1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Academic Calendar …………………………………………………………….. 03

School Officials ………………………………………………………………… 06
Academic Officials …………………………………………………………….. 07

Part I. The Foundations of the Colegio ………………………………………… 10

Part II. Administration …………………………………………………………. 24
Part III. Academic Programs …………………………………………………... 33
Elementary and Junior High School …………………………………… 35
Senior High School ……………………………………………………. 66
Collegiate ……………………………………………………………… 83
Graduate School ………………………………………………………. 477
NSTP …………………………………………………………………. 496
Co-Curricular and Extra Curricular Programs ………………………… 499
Part IV. Student Services, Function Halls, and Multi-Purpose Facilities …….. 508
Part V. Community and Extension Programs ………………………………… 514
Part VI. Research and Publication ……………………………………………. 540

2
3
4
5
 SCHOOL OFFICIALS
ACADEMIC YEAR 2020-2021

RECTOR’S DIVISION
Rector and President: Rev. Fr. Clarence Victor Marquez, OP, SThD
Executive Assistant: Asst. Prof. Mercy Batutay, MBA, CPME
Directress,
Planning, Quality, and Accreditation
Department: Asst. Prof. Diane Francisco, MBA

ADMINISTRATIVE AFFAIRS DIVISION

Directress, Alumni and Public Relations: Ms. Jhennie Villar, MBA
Director, Information Technology Services: Asst. Prof. Henry Pahilanga, MBA
Director, Human Resource Department: Asst. Prof. Ian Dancel, CPA, MBA
Directress, Auxiliary Services: Engr. Katrina Lee, MBA

FINANCIAL AFFAIRS DIVISION

Vice President: Rev. Fr. Lauro de Dios, OP, MSc
Comptroller: Asst. Prof. Ariel Delas Alas, MBA
Director, Finance and Resources: Asst. Prof. John Carlo Timajo, MBA

ACADEMIC AFFAIRS DIVISION

Vice President: Assoc. Prof. Cristina M. Castro-Cabral, Ph.D.
Director, Research and Publication: Asst. Prof. Louie Ian Mariano, RChe, MEN
Directress, Department of Student Affairs: Asst. Prof. Catherine Sanchez, RChe,MEN
Chief Librarian: Asst. Prof. Carolyn de Jesus, MA
Director, Guidance, Counseling, Testing
and Placement Department: Asst. Prof. Efraem Janairo, LPT, RGC
Registrar: Assoc. Prof. Jinky P. Batiduan, DBM
Principal, Senior High School: Assoc. Prof. Eric Awi, PhD
Principal, Basic Education: Ms. Teresa Magpantay, MAEd
Dean, College of Engineering
and Information Technology: Assoc. Prof. Jacqueline Reynoso, Ph.D.
Dean, College of Education: Prof. Danilo Villena, Ph.D.
Dean, Graduate School: Assoc. Prof. Emmanuel Lopez, Ph.D.
Dean, College of Liberal Arts and Sciences: Assoc. Prof. Darwin Rungduin, RPm, PhD
Dean, College of Business Administration
and Accountancy: Asst. Prof. Kenji Asano Jr., CPA, MBA, CMA

RELIGIOUS AFFAIRS DIVISION

Vice President: Rev. Fr. Rommel P. Olivar, MA, LPT
Director, Center Extension Development Asst. Prof. Leo Bernadas, MBA

6
 ACADEMIC OFFICIALS
SCHOOL YEAR 2020-2021

ASSOC. PROF. CRISTINA M. CASTRO-CABRAL, PhD

Vice-President for Academic Affairs

Elementary and Junior High School Department

Principal: Ms. Teresa Magpantay, MAEd
Management Staff: Ms. Karen Kathleen Ignacio
Ms. Harvy Paltingca
Department Coordinators:
Prefect of Discipline (ELEM) Ms. Ma. Sotera G. Alcaraz
Prefect of Discipline (JHS)/
Student Activities Mr. Albert M. Rosarda

Subject Coordinators:
Christian Living Ms. Ma. Sotera G. Alcaraz
HELE/TLE/Computer Ms. Soledad E. Boquiren
Mathematics Mr. Jesus M. Cababa, Jr.
MAPEH Mr. Edwin S. Palaganas
Araling Panlipunan Ms. Amida A. Pelonio
Languages (English and Filipino) Ms. Elizabeth A. Soriano
Science Ms. Cathlea N. Tongco

Senior High School Department

Principal: Assoc. Prof. Eric Awi, PhD

Management Staff: Ms. Marlit Estorninos

Ms. Ruth Manding
Department Coordinators:
Student Discipline Ms. Maribel Capitle
Student Development Mr. John Christopher Mesana
Work Immersion /
Digital Communication Technology Ms. Patricia Angelli Valderrama

Learning Area Coordinators:

STEM Ms. Monique Molina
ABM Ms. Racquel Baga
TECH-VOC Mr. Jerry Escultura
CORE Ms. Maria Jessa Tenero

College of Business Administration and Accountancy (CBAA) Department

Dean: Assoc. Prof. Kenji Asano Jr., CPA, DBA

Management Staff: Mr. Crizaldy Roque

Ms. Mary Rose Bernal

7
 Program Chairpersons:
Accountancy Assoc. Prof. Kenji Asano Jr., CPA, DBA
HRM / Operations Management /
Marketing Management /
Entrepreneurial Management: Assoc. Prof. Virginia Salonga, DBA
Accounting Information System /
Financial Management / Economics: Inst. Michel Monreal, CPA, MBA
Hospitality Management/
Tourism Management: Asst. Prof. Maria Rowena Diocares, MBA
Nutrition and Dietetics Asst. Prof. Adorita De Jose, RND
Food Technology Asst. Prof. Christine Cruz, MSFS, LPT

College of Liberal Arts and Sciences (CLAS) Department

Dean: Assoc. Prof. Darwin Rungduin, RPm. PhD

Management Staff: Ms. Kristine Verna Pascual

Ma. Margarita Silva-Netto

Program/Area Chairpersons:
Political Science and Legal Studies: Asst. Prof. Sherman Louis Gabito
Gen Ed Cluster: Asst. Prof. Russel Tropa
Psychology: Asst. Prof. Angeline Martha Beroin, RPsy
IComm: Asst. Prof. Manuel Dasig, Jr., PhD
NSTP: Inst. John Michael Ramirez

College of Engineering and Information Technology (CEIT) Department

Dean: Assoc. Prof. Jacqueline Reynoso, PhD

Management Staff Mr. Landrew Santos

Program Chairpersons:
Information Technology: Asst. Prof. Maria Luisa Carlos
Electrical /Electronics Engineering: Engr. Kim Hubert Enrile
Civil Engineering: Engr. Natassha Mae Quinsaat
Industrial Engineering: Engr. Ninna Ocampo

College of Education (COED) Department

Dean: Prof. Danilo Villena, PhD

Management Staff: Ms. Marichu Javier

Program Chairperson: Prof. Danilo Villena, PhD

Area Coordinators:
Mathematics: Asst. Prof. Marcelo Buen
English: Asst. Prof. Joy Chavez

8
Graduate School
Dean Assoc. Prof. Emmanuel Lopez, PhD

Management Staff Ms. Melissa Anne Coronel

Program Coordinators:
Master of Business Administration: Asst. Prof. Ramoncito Javier, DBA
Doctor of Business Administration: Assoc. Prof. Mary Rosaleen Agaton, DBA
Research Coordinator: Prof. Maria Vida Caparas, Ph.D.

9
 PART I
THE FOUNDATIONS OF THE COLEGIO

LETRAN: A HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE

Colegio de San Juan de Letran emerged from the fusion of two similar institutions both
located in Intramuros.

The first was founded in 1620 by Don Juan Geronimo Guerrero, a retired Spanish officer,
who transformed his hermitage into an orphanage called the Colegio de Niños Huerfanos de San
Juan de Letran. Its purpose was to educate and to mold orphans into good Christian citizens.

At about the same time, another institution by the name of Colegio de Huerfanos de San
Pedro y San Pablo was established by the Dominican brother Diego de Santa Maria at the Convent
of Santo Domingo.

The founders of these two institutions with identical origin and purpose did not only share
a common concern for the children of Intramuros but they were also linked by a strong bond of
friendship. It was not surprising therefore that their institutions were merged into one in 1630 and
became known simply as the Colegio de San Juan de Letran.

The name San Juan de Letran was inspired by the Basilica of St. John Lateran in Rome,
mother of all Christian churches. Early in the history of the College, its chapel was granted many
privileges enjoyed by the major Basilica. Saint John the Baptist for whom the Basilica is named,
is also the patron of saint of the College.

In 1690, Letran was declared an ecclesiastical college. In 1738, six scholarships were
granted by the King of Spain for Chinese, Japanese, and Tongkinese (Vietnamese) students. San
Vicente Liem de la Paz was among the students who enjoyed this scholarship.

A royal decree of May 1865 pronounced Letran as a “College of the First Class.” The
school’s curriculum was reviewed and revised to European and American patterns in 1886.
Further expansion took place in 1894 and adjustments were made with the arrival of the Americans
in 1900.

In 1937, a three-storey building replaced the old structure. The growth of the college was
temporarily arrested when the building was bombed in 1941 and then turned into a garrison by the
Japanese army in 1944. The college was temporarily housed in the Dominican church and convent
of San Juan del Monte. After the war in 1946, Letran returned to its home in Intramuros.

In a span of more than three centuries, Letran produced alumni who became the builders
of the Filipino nation. The names of Manuel Quezon, Sergio Osmeña, Apolinario Mabini, Marcelo
H. del Pilar, Padre Mariano Gomez, Padre Jacinto Zamora, Padre Jose Burgos, Francisco Baltazar,
Emilio Aguinaldo, and many others are enshrined in the hearts of every Filipino.

10
 Significant changes and achievements highlighted the twenty-first century. After decades
of operating exclusively for boys, the Basic Education Department opened its doors to female
students as a response to parents’ request and to the need of developing well-balanced educated
Christian men and women in school year 2005-2006. The department accepted female students in
kinder, preparatory, grade 1, and first year high school.

The school has always recognized the need for quality education; hence, it ventured to
conduct a self-survey using the PAASCU norms in 2001. The elementary level had their first
normal visit on July 30-31, 2002. The high school department followed soon. During the re-visit
of the elementary level in 2007, the high school level had their first formal visit on January 25-26,
2007, giving the school a level autonomy and other privileges granted to an institution possessing
a standard of quality excellence.

In the same year, the two levels were taken as the Basic Education Department of the
Colegio de San Juan de Letran.

The Basic Education Department of the Colegio has been a recipient of various awards in
academic, religious, and cultural fields through outstanding participation of students in civic and
community outreach activities.

Colegio de San Juan de Letran has faithfully lived up to her mission. No revolution nor
earthquakes, no world war nor man-made disasters have broken or changed the resolve of our
Dominican administrators to continue this noble task of providing excellent Christian education.
Countless great men have passed and will continue to pass through the portals of this old venerable
institution – revolutionaries, heroes and patriots, presidents, leaders of the Church and most
notable of all, a saint. In its long history, there will always be the successes as well as challenges
for Letran. But in the end, Letran will remain standing as a cut above the rest – proud of its heritage
and sure of the time – honored and enshrined ideals of DEUS, PATRIA, LETRAN.

FILIPINO DOMINICAN PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION

Introduction

Education is one of the priorities of the Dominican Province of the Philippines because it is among the
most important means of evangelization and has been, historically and by God’s providence, an integral
element of the mission of the Dominicans in the Philippines.

Purpose of Education

Education encompasses religious, personal, and social goals. Education is an extension of the Church’s
mission of evangelization. As such, its purpose is to bring out salvific dimensions of the arts, science,
technology and culture. It aims at the synthesis of faith and culture, of faith and life. It seeks to deepen
faith as it develops reason leading to an appreciation and living of Gospel values.

For society, education nurtures culture and serve as catalyst of change and development.

11
 For the person, education is meant to bring out his/her total and integral development. Ultimately,
education enables the person to attain the purpose for which he/she was created, namely, union with God,
communion with others, and harmony with creation.
As a Dominican mission, education is a form of preaching ministry borne out and nourished by the
pillars of the Dominican life: study, prayer, community life, and service.

Nature of the Learner

The learner is God’s creation, made to His image and likeness, therefore, basically good. He/She is
entrusted the task of being a steward of creation. Although wounded by sin, he/she has been redeemed
and endowed with the grace to live a life in Christ.

The learner is a person, an individual unique in him/herself but with an inherently social nature. As a
Filipino learner, he/she is characterized by a set of traits or asal: dangal, damdamin, pakikipagkapwa, and
distinguished by a set of values: de utang na loob, palabram honor, pakikisama, hiya, bayanihan, etc.,
challenged existentially by the widespread poverty and injustice.

The challenge for the Filipino learner is to develop kagandahang loob by becoming more and more
makaDiyos, makatao, makabayan and makakalikasan. Moreover, he/she is challenged to cope with the
demands of the times triggered by a global, highly technological, and materialistic culture.

Nature of Education

Education is integral, concerned with the total formation of the human person in all dimensions.
Education is self-initiated and self-motivated process. It occurs in the learner and ends in the learner. The
teacher is but a facilitator of learning. Education is about learning to learn, to live, to love, and to leave a
legacy.

Filipino Dominican Educational Apostolate Mission and Vision

Mission

Inspired by the Mission of the Dominican Province of the Philippines, we, the brethren with our
cooperators engaged in the educational ministry, commit ourselves to promote education as a form of
evangelization for the total and integral development of the person in the service of the church and society
through an authentic Filipino Dominican way nourished by our study, prayer, and community life.

Vision

We envision an effective and efficient system of collaboration of all DPP educational institutions in all
areas of our academic endeavors aimed at enhancing the growth and development of each institution and
the furtherance of the evangelizing mission of the province.

12
STATEMENT OF PURPOSE AND OBJECTIVES

INSTITUTIONAL

A. VISION

Filled with the ARRIBA spirit towards 2022,

We shall RAISE the awareness, efforts and standards of
LETRAN MANILA as a REPUTABLE SCHOOL OF QUALITY EDUCATION,
• that is centered on a Dominican community that preaches Christ;
• that offers programs in Academics, Research, Community Service that are
responsive and responsible to the nation;
• that forms Letranites who are ready for a relevant role in the world.

B. MISSION

WE are COLEGIO DE SAN JUAN DE LETRAN.

We are a Catholic School
committed to Dominican Preaching through Education
towards the integral formation of the Human Person
in the noble tradition of knightly excellence
with a special devotion to Mary
according to the ideal of DEUS, PATRIA, LETRAN.

C. CREED

I am a Letranite, and I will continue to live my days as one, for God, for the Fatherland, and for
my beloved Alma Mater.

D. CORE VALUES

Our core values are those values we hold which form the foundation on which we perform our work
and conduct ourselves. These values inspire our work, how we interact with each other, and which
strategies are employ to fulfill our mission and vision. These are;

Deus (Love and Service of God). Our strong faith in God and filial devotion to the Blessed Virgin
Mary give us an unbreakable bond that unifies us. We are vigorous in adhering to truth. We recognize
the principles and tenets of the Catholic Church to be the basis of our integrity, ethics and morality.

Patria (Love and Service of Country). We are committed in assisting the nation by sharing our
resources and capabilities. The passion to serve the less privilege sectors of the society overflows in our
spirit. Social awareness and responsibility always exist in the mainstream of our thoughts. We understand
the importance of fellowship and charity among individuals and thereby promote cooperation and
harmony toward a progressive community.

13
 Letran (Love and Service of Letran). We cherish the many years spent in Colegio de San Juan de
Letran , home for our mind and body, and where human values were imbibed and skills honed all to
prepare us for a meaningful and noble Christian life. In deep gratitude, we pledge our loyalty to Letran.
We are proud of our history and legacies. We continuously strive for excellence in our pursuit of
knowledge and wisdom and commit to spread her ideals and values. In all our endeavors, we conduct
ourselves with grace and nobility. We venture to conquer new glories for her honor and promise to always
remember our dear Alma mater, Letran.

E. SYMBOLS AND PERSONIFICATIONS

Basilica of St. John Lateran

November 9 marks the feast of the dedication of the Basilica of St. John Lateran in Rome. The Basilica
is considered as the mother church of Christendom. This feast was originally observed only in Rome.
When the Emperor Constantine donated the Laterani Palace to the Pope, the Palace was dedicated to our
Lord.

The Palace was owned by the Laterani, a Roman noble family who revolted against Nero in 53-54A.D.
The Emperor Constantine stayed there when he visited Rome in 315 A.D. During the crusades, the Pope
renamed the church after the Benedictine Monastery of St. John the Baptist and St. John the evangelist
(which were situated on both sides of the Palace), but retained the Laterani appellation. Thus, it is the
present name of Basilica of St. John Lateran.

During the dark days of the Church, the Papal elections were conducted at the Basilica, from the 12th
century onwards. The feast of the Lateran Basilica was observed throughout the Roman Catholic as a sign
of devotion to and unity with the Chair of Peter.

The Dominican spirit of upholding church unity and orthodoxy in faith was clearly manifested when
the founding father named the first boy’s school in the country after the mother Church of Christendom:
Colegio de San Juan de Letran.

THE SEAL / LOGO

The silver cross on a blue and red field encircled by the wreath of green laurel represents the pattern of
perfection of which all minds that come to Letran are molded. Its silver bespeaks of the purity which must
be attained. The blue and red field indicates Letran, the battleground where the vile things are fought

14
against the daunted and where ultimately the consummate ideal of the cross is accomplished. For that
ultimate triumph, there is the wreath of green, ever fresh for every victory.

Coat of Arms

At the top center of the shield is the Knight, the title and name all members of the Letran community most
especially the students must be known. At the left side of the figure is the spear and at the right side is the
torch, symbolizing truth and courage every Knight must have in the pursuit of quality integral formation.
The shield itself contains the Dominican cross colored black and white, signifying that Letran is a
Dominican institution. At the center is the Letran seal of a silver cross on a blue and red field encircled
by the green wreath laurel. On it hangs the Letran’s motto, summarizing the core values of love of God,
country and Letran.

Letran’s Motto
DEUS, PATRIA, LETRAN
(for God, for Country, for Letran)

Her motto is embodied in the triune ideal of God, country, and alma mater. First, God, as God
cannot but be first, then, the fatherland, as all the bounties of God are rooted deeply in the land upon
which she stands, and finally, the school, she is the mother who takes the plastic minds in her hands and
fashion them in accord with her supreme ideal. Her magnificence is measured by this supreme ideal.

Letran Knighthood

The Letranite is personified by the Knight who goes through rigid tests from being a Page to a Squire
when his heart and soul are many times tested for purity before he qualifies for the most trying challenge
and then granted knighthood. As a Knight, he carries the shield and the lance to protect not his body but
his ideals as he fights for them with a pure heart.

The Letran Cross

The Colegio’s seal bears the Cross, the symbol of Christianity and the Crusades. Tradtions says that Don
Juan Geromino Guerrero, one of the founding fathers of Letran, was a Knight of Malta . This group traces
its origin to the Crusades, under the banner, “Knights of the order of Saint John of Jerusalem,” who
transferred to Malta in1530, and allowed to stay on the condition that they swear allegiance to the Emperor

15
Charles V of Spain. Since then, the Knights of Malta have earned a place of honor within the Church by
their pious works. The Letran Cross represents our creed and commitment, our crusade and championing
of the Christian faith

BLUE AND RED COLORS

Blue stands for loyalty and justice. It is the loyalty and justice of the blue-blooded, a loyalty of noblest
form and a sense of justice which grasps fully well the order of values. Red is the consummate bravery …
that firmness of heart, that staunchness of will, that openness of mind. It stands for the firmness of a
martyr who welcomes the heaven’s sword across the neck and a hero who saves countless lives as the
price of his precious own.

The colors of Letran are blue and red, not red and blue… needs must stay before red… for consummate
bravery asks of consummate cause. The martyr marches firmly towards the scaffold only in complete
faithfulness to his creed, and the hero offers his whole life only if such whole offertory does justice to a
sublime cause… bravery simply for the exquisiteness of spilled blood, which ends in supreme sacrifice
for a trivial or for no account, this is not Letran’s.

THE LETRANITE

The ideal of a Letranite is an embodiment of the nobility, generosity and discipline of the Knight
of Old. It draws its inspiration from God Himself who guides His conduct and orients it towards
Himself. The Letranite is also a man-for-others. His/Her relationship with other people is marked
by fairness and generosity that flows from the nobility of his heart.

A Letranite is a faithful witness to the gospel message empowered by his/her strong relationship
with the Lord and the teachings of his Alma Mater. He/She lives his faith based on sound Catholic
doctrines. Inspired by love of God and love of neighbor, he/she practices charity and justice to
promote peace. Called to share in the prophetic role of Christ, he/she continuously propagates and
defends the tenets and traditions of the church.

The Letranite is devoted to the Mother of God, whom he/she reveres and honors. His/ Her devotion
to Our Lady is manifested in more ways than one, the more popular being the Rosary. Following
a long-standing tradition, the Letranite always carries the rosary, which he/she prays alone, with
his/her peers and with his/her family at home.

The Letranite is stirred by constant search for truth. Inspired by the Holy Spirit, he/she possesses
the ability to think critically, analyze, synthesize and form right judgment. He/She has
uncompromising passion for truth. Instilled with the Dominican spirit, he/she acts with reason and
insight.

The successful Letranite excels and is recognized in his/her chosen field of endeavor. He/She is
armed with professional competence to advance the national interest and global competitiveness.
In his/her dealings, he/she practices fairness at all times. He/She maintains high dignity and
integrity in the exercise of his/her profession.

16
The Colegio is a Dominican institution of learning, tasked to form a student to become a person
who has integrated within himself/herself the natural and supernatural aspects of Catholic
education that will effectively prepare him/her for his/her bounded duties as citizen of his/her
country and a child of the Holy Mother Church.

INSTITUTIONAL OBJECTIVES

The Colegio is a Dominican institution of learning, tasked to form a learner to become a person
who has integrated within himself/herself the natural and supernatural aspects of Catholic
education that will effectively prepare him/her for his/her bounded duties as citizen of his/her
country and a child of the Holy Mother Church

Specifically, the learner shall become a person who:

Spiritually
• Lives a life of constant witnessing to the gospel message of Jesus Christ;
• Practices the faith, solidly based on sound Catholic doctrine
• Fearlessly stands up in the defense of his faith;
• Possesses a strong community spirit;
• Is an ardent devotee of the Blessed Mother Mary and the Rosary, St. Dominic and other
Dominican saints.

Volitionally
• Possesses a high degree of responsibility; a person who is a master of his/her own action,
• Always decides according to God’s will

Intellectually
• Has uncompromising passion for truth;
• Possesses the ability to think critically, analyze, synthesize and form right judgment
• Organizes and applies knowledge to real-life situations.

Socially
• Actively participates in the affairs of the Church and society;
• Is a respected leader in the society
• Works for the betterment of the marginalized members of the society;
• Is an altruist, manifested in his/her active concern for others.

Culturally
• Adheres to traditional Filipino values, enriched by the Catholic teachings;
• Is proud of his/her heritage, customs and traditions, making the Filipino unique in the
world.

Psychologically
• Manifests a well-balanced personality

17
Physically
• Shows a state of physical well-being;
• Cares for his/her body as the temple of the Holy Spirit.

Professionally
• Is an asset to the society;
• Is prepared to meet the demands and challenges of his/her chosen profession
• Creates opportunities for the improvement of the quality of life;
• And is a world class professional, a person whose core competencies and skills are honed
overtime.

PRAYERS AND HYMNS

PAMBANSANG AWIT PILIPINAS

Himig ni Julian Felipe a titik ni Rafael Palma

Bayang magiliw
Perlas ng Silanganan,
Alab ng puso
Sadibdib mo’y buhay
Lupang hinirang
Duyan ka ng magiting
Sa manlulupig
Di kapasisiil
Sa dagat at bundok
Sa simoy at sa langit mong bughaw
May dilag ang tula
At awit sa paglaya ng minamahal
Ang kislap ng watawat mo’y
Tagumpay na nagniningning
Ang bituin at araw niya
Kailan pa ma’y di magdidilim
Lupa ng araw, ang luwalhati’t pagsinta
Buhay ay langit sa piling mo;
Aming ligaya na pag may mang –aapi
Ang mamatay nang dahil sa iyo.

18
PANUNUMPA NG KATAPATAN SA WATAWAT NG PILIPINAS
Iniibig ko ang Pilipinas,
Aking lupang sinilangan,
tahanan ng aking lahi
kinukupkop ako at tinutulungang
maging malakas, masipag, at marangal.
Dahil mahal ko ang Pilipinas,
Diringgin ko ang payo ng aking magulang,
Susundin ko ang tuntunin ng paaralan,
Tutuparin ko ang tungkulin
ng mamamayang makabayan
Naglilingkod, nag-aaral, at nagdarasal nang buong katapatan.
Iaalay ko ang aking buhay, pangarap, pagsisikap
sabansang Pilipinas

LETRAN HYMNS:

LETRAN FOREVER

Letran forever, we’ll carry on the torch

While we’re marching on up to victory
Let’s fight and ne’er give up for our Alma Mater
Cheer to the end while we’re marching onward
Onward to victory.
Always together, we’ll cheer for you
Oh, brave Red and Blue
We’ll fight on to victory
We’ll cheer and cheer rah rah rah
Hail, Alma Mater
You are alone on your ebony throne
So onward to victory.

OLD LETRAN

Now, hail the men from old Letran

Tried are they, both good and true
On their palms see victory’s tan
While on their breast sits friendship too.
*We are the men from old Letran
Ne’er dismayed on field nor track!
Push on to victory to the van!
Rah! Rah! Letran! Anack!
(Repeat *)

19
LETRAN MAGPAKAILANMAN

Letran naming mahal, magpakailan pa man

Alay sa Maykapal, sabayan ring mahal
Magkaisa’t magdamayan
At kung katalinuhan ng mga kabataan
Ang kailangan ng bayan, ating ibigay.
Isigaw ang “Mabuhay!”
Sana ay mapakinggan
Alay sa Maykapal at bayan.

ALMA MATER

*ALMA MATER LETRAN ESPLENDENTE!

Pure Mother, glorious Letran!
COMO EL SOL ES TU GLORIA, SIN FIN
As the sun is your glory forever
Y PERFUMAN LOS LAUROS TU AMBIENTE
And the laurels give aroma to your air
COMO EXHALA SU AROMA EL JASMIN
As the jasmin breathes off its fragrance

ORGULLOSOS DE TI Y DE TU HISTORIA
proud of you and your history
NUESTRAS ALMAS DESDE HOY JURARAN;
Our souls from today shall swear;
CONQUISTAR POR TU HONOR NUEVAS GLORIAS
To conquer for your honor new glories
Y JAMAS OLVIDARTE, LETRAN!
And never to forget you Letran!

Solo:
EN EL MAGICO EDEN FILIPINO
In the magical Philippine paradise
FUISTE ANTORCHA DE LUZ Y SABER;
You were the torch of Light and knowledge;
Y ATRAVES DE SU AUGUSTO DESTINO
And through your venerable destiny
DE ESPERANZA SERAS ROSICLER,
You shall be the rosy color of hope

PUES LOGRASTE SEGÚN TU MODELO,

20
 For you were able, according to your exemplar,
TANTOS HOMBRES ILUSTRES FORMAR,
To mold so many illustrious men,
QUE SEMEJAN ESTRELLAS DEL CIELO,
Who resemble stars in the heaven,
EN LA NOCHE SERENA AL BRILLAR!
As they shine on tranquil evenings!

* Repeat

IMPORTANT PRAYERS

PRAYER TO THE HOLY SPIRIT

Come Holy Spirit, fill the hearts of Your faithful and enkindle in them the fire of your love.
V. Send forth Your Spirit, and they shall be created;
R. And You shall renew the face of the earth.

Let us pray:
O God, who instructed the hearts of the faithful by the light of the Holy Spirit, grant us in the same
Spirit to be truly wise and ever rejoice in His consolation, through Christ our Lord. Amen.

ANGELUS

The angel of the Lord announced unto Mary

And she conceived of the Holy Spirit.
Hail Mary. . .

Behold the handmaid of the Lord;

Be it done to me according to Thy Word
Hail Mary. . .

And the Word was made flesh.

And dwelt among us.
Hail Mary. . .

Pray for us, O Holy Mary Mother of God.

That we may be made worthy of the promises of Christ.

Let us pray:
Pour forth, we beseech You O Lord, Your grace into our hearts, that we to whom the Incarnation
of Christ, Your Son, was made known, by the message of an angel, may by His passion and cross
be brought to the glory of His resurrection, through the same Christ, our Lord, Amen.

21
PRAYER IN HONOR OF ST. VICENTE LIEM DE LA PAZ

Lord, thank you for our fellow Letranite, San Vicente Liem de la Paz. May the victory of
your Martyr give us joy. May his example strengthen our faith and his prayers give us courage
to bear witness to Your truth. Grant this through Jesus Christ, our Lord. Amen.

MORNING OFFERING

O Jesus through the Immaculate Heart of Mary, I offer Thee my prayers, works, joys, and
sufferings of this day, for all the intensions of thy Sacred Heart, in union with the Holy Sacrifice
of the Mass throughout the world, in reparation for our sins, for the intentions of all Letranites, for
the reunion of Christendom, and in particular for the intentions of our Holy Father, the Pope.
Amen.

QUADRICENTENNIAL PRAYER

Dearest God, our Loving Lord

to you, we direct our praise and prayer,
as Creator of the world,
as Giver of life.
Four hundred years ago,
Upon Las Islas de Filipinas, our beloved country,
It pleased you to establish
COLEGIO DE SAN JUAN DE LETRAN,
as haven for the poor,
as seedbed of saints,
as cradle of heroes,
as school dedicated to the teaching of truth,
and the learning of life.

On this, our Jubilee,

Bind us to our oath as your knights –
Without fear in the face of enemies;
brave and upright in the love of God;
always truthful, even unto death;
defenders of the helpless;
doers of good.

May the blessings bestowed upon us,

Lead us to serve your people,
And return to you in thanks eternal.

Through the pleas of Mary;

In the name of Jesus.
Arriba! Amen!

22
 Panalangin sa ika-400 taon ng Letran

Pinakagigiliw na Diyos, aming Minamahal na Panginoon,

Ikaw ang tuon n gaming papuri’t panalangin,
O Lumikha ng Sandaigdigan,
O Tagapagbigay-Buhay!

Apat na raan taon na nakalilipas,

sa Las Islas de Filipinas, aming mahal na bayan,
Niloob Ninyo na matatag ang
COLEGIO DE SAN JUAN DE LETRAN,
kanlungan ng mga aba,
punlaan ng mga banal,
duyan ng magigting,
paaralang laan na magturo ng katotohanan,
at matutuhan ang buhay.

Ngayong aming Jubileo,

Bigkisin kami sa panata bilang mga caballero-
Walang takot sa labanan,
Matapang at matuwid sa pagmamahal sa Diyos,
Laging tapat, kahit sa kamatayan,
Tagapagtanggol ng mga inaapi,
May mabubuting-loob.

Nawa, ang mga biyayang kaloob sa amin,

ay dumaloy sa paglilingkod naming sa iyong bayan,
at bumalik sa Iyo sa pasasalamat na walang hanggan.

Sa pagdulog ni Maria;
Sa pangalan ni Hesus

Arriba! Amen!

23
 PART II
ADMINISTRATION

1. Organizational Structure

1.1 Board of Trustees

The Board of Trustees, being at the top of the hierarchy of the organization of the Colegio,
formulate and promulgate Policies, rules, resolutions and Guidelines for the management of the
operations of the school. The BOT is also directly responsible in drawing-up and defining the
general objectives of the institution, formulation of the General Policies and programs in the
furtherance of the basic objectives of providing a well-rounded catholic education with
Dominican orientation to its students.

The BOT is headed by the Prior Provincial of the Dominican Province of the Philippines, Inc.

1.2. Executive Committee

Executive Committee (EXCECOM). The Rector and President heads this

committee. Included in this group are the Executive Vice President, Vice President
for Academic Affairs, Vice President for Administrative Affairs, Vice President for
Religious Affairs, and Vice President for Financial Affairs.

A brief overview of the respective offices are as follows:

1.2.1. Office of the Rector and President - The Office of the Rector and President is the
highest office in Letran. As such, the office provides leadership and direction in the
attainment of the institutional goals and objectives in the light of its philosophy,
vision and mission. The office is responsible to Letran’s Board of Trustees for every
facet of Letran’s operations.

The Rector is a traditional ecclesiastical title for the head of a Catholic Institution
of Higher Education. In the Order of Preachers, the rector is a solemnly professed
Dominican religious, and ordinarily an ordained cleric.

In the Dominican Province of the Philippines, in accordance with the Corporate

Code of the Philippines, the rector is also the president of the Board of Trustees,
and the chief executive officer of Letran.

Immediately subject to the rector and president are the vice-presidents, who are
appointed to share in the executive powers, as defined in the operational manual,
according to their specific areas of concern and care. In Letran, these are; the
Executive Vice President, Vice President for Academic Affairs, Vice President for
Religious Affairs, Vice President for Administrative Affairs, and Vice President for
Financial Affairs.

24
 Letran Bataan, while under the same rector and president as Letran Manila, may be
governed by a separate set of duly appointed vice presidents.

1.2.2. Office of the Vice President for Academic Affairs (VPAA) - The Office of the Vice
President for Academic Affairs provides leadership in the development and
implementation of academic program offerings and standards of Letran. The Office
is responsible in achieving the intended educational outcomes of Letran. It is
responsible for ensuring the quality of students and graduates, curriculum,
instruction, faculty, facilities, student services, extension services, and research
culture.

1.2.3. Office of the Vice President for Religious Affairs (VPRA) - The Office of the Vice
President for Religious Affairs provides leadership in the development and
implementation of spiritual activities and programs of Letran. Specifically, the
office is responsible for providing programs particularly to develop faith, wisdom
and insight, love of truth, moral discernment, understanding of self, respect and
appreciation for others.

1.2.4. Office of the Vice President for Administrative Affairs (VPA) - The Office of the
Vice President for Administrative Affairs provides support for administrative,
academic, engineering, and non-technical services to support the operations of
Letran. Administrative services include but not limited to management of buildings
and grounds, janitorial, safety and security, mail, fleet management, surplus
property, space management, building and environmental permits and clearances,
and function room management.

1.2.5. Office of the Vice President for Financial Affairs (VPFA) - The Office of the Vice
President for Financial Affairs advises the Rector and President on the overall fiscal
policy of Letran. Specifically, the Office completes and presents the annual fiscal
plan; and manages the central accounting and payroll systems. The functions
performed by the Office fall under three (3) sections - comptrollership, finance and
resources, and business units.

1.3. Management Committee

Management Committee (MANCOM). The Executive Vice-President heads this

committee. It is sub-divided into two groups, the (1.) Academic and (2.) Administrative
heads group. Included in the group of Academic heads are; VP for Academic Affairs,
Dean of the Graduate School, College Deans, Basic Education Principal, Senior High
School Principal, Registrar, Director of the Research Center, the Chief Librarian, and the
Director for Guidance and Counseling. The Administrative heads included the VP for
Religious Affairs, VP for Financial Affairs, VP for Administrative Affairs, Director for
Planning and Development, Director for Risk Management, Compliance and Audit
Department, Director for Alumni and Public Relations, Director for Community and
Extension, Director for Student Affairs, Director for Human Resources, Comptroller,

25
 Director for Finance and Resources, Director for Auxiliary, and Director for Information
Technology Services.

A brief overview of the respective offices are as follows:

OFFICES UNDER THE RECTOR AND PRESIDENT

Offices and Departments:
Description
Financial Affairs
The Office of the Rector and President provides
leadership and direction in the attainment of the
institutional goals and objectives in the light of
Office of the Rector and President
its philosophy, vision and mission. The office is
responsible to Letran’s Board of Trustees for
every facet of Letran’s operations.
The Risk Management, Compliance, and Audit
Department assists the Rector and President in
discharging its functions of overseeing the
management of Letran’s resources by providing
Risk Management, Compliance and Audit
reasonable assurance on the internal control, risk
Department
management, and governance processes.
The Office conducts an independent, objective
assurance and consulting activity designed to
add value and improve Letran’s operations.
The Planning, Quality and Accreditation
Department serves as the main arm of the Rector
and President in formulating and implementing
the strategic plans of the Colegio.
Planning, Quality and Accreditation
Department
It also leads the implementation of Quality
Management projects and coordination with the
Academic Departments to ensure compliance
with accreditation requirements.
This Office acts as the Colegio’s point of contact
on issues and concerns related to privacy and
data protection. It specifically monitors
compliance with the R.A. 10173 or the Data
Privacy Act 2012, its IRR, and other issues of
Data Protection Office
the National Privacy Commission.
It monitors the performance of all data
processing systems and provides direction on the
impact of data privacy and data protection
efforts.

26
RELIGIOUS AFFAIRS DIVISION
Offices and Departments:
Description
Religious Affairs
The Office of the Vice President for Religious
Affairs provides leadership in the development
and implementation of spiritual activities and
Office of the Vice President for Religious programs of Letran.
Affairs The Office provides programs to develop faith,
wisdom and insight, love of truth, moral
discernment, understanding of self, respect and
appreciation for others.
The Office serves as the social development
manager of Letran. It facilitates community
planning initiatives, identifying and fostering
Community and Extension Department
community development opportunities, and
securing funding for community development
programs and projects.

ACADEMIC AFFAIRS DIVISION

Offices and Departments: Academic
Description
Affairs
The Office provides leadership in the
development and implementation of academic
program offerings and standards of Letran. The
Office of the Vice President for Academic Office is responsible for achieving the intended
Affairs educational outcomes of Letran. It is responsible
for ensuring the quality of students and graduates,
curriculum, instruction, faculty, facilities, student
services, extension services, and research culture.
The Office of the Dean is responsible for the
implementation of the academic standards and
research goals of the Colleges of Letran. The
Office of the Deans Office is responsible for the execution of
programs and activities to ensure quality
curriculum and instruction, academic extension
services and research culture
The Office of the Senior High School Principal is
responsible for the implementation of the
academic standards and student services
Office of the Principal – Senior High programs.
School It spearheads programs and activities to ensure
quality of curriculum, instruction, extension
services and spiritual formation of students and
forging external partnerships.
Office of the Principal – Elementary and The Office of is responsible for the
Junior High School implementation of the academic standards and

27
 student services programs, execution of programs
and activities to ensure quality of curriculum,
instruction, extension services and spiritual
formation of students
The Office plans, directs, and coordinates the
research activities and publications of the campus.
The Office leads in the development and
Research and Publications Department
implementation of the research agenda and the
direction to all research undertakings of the
Colegio.
The Department of Student Affairs is responsible
for the formulation and implementation of
academic support services for students to attain a
holistic development of students. Such academic
support services relate to student welfare services,
student development services, and institutional
student program and services and promotion of
student groups through cultural affairs.
Department of Student Affairs
The department also spearheads the Athletics
Office, whose function includes the planning,
directing, implementing and coordinating the
sports development programs of the Colegio. It
leads the Colegio in its participation in sports
competitions and activities, particularly in the
NCAA.
The Library Department plans, directs and
coordinates the library services of the campus.
The Office is responsible for providing an
Library Services Department
adequate, well-selected and well- organized
collection of library materials supporting the
academics and research programs of Letran.
The Department plans, directs and implements the
Guidance, Counseling, Testing and
guidance program, counseling, testing, and
Placement
career/job placement services of Letran.
The Office of Registrar plans, implements and
coordinates all facets of the operation of the
Registrar’s Office including student registration,
management of students’ records, class schedules,
Office of the Registrar graduation clearance, and other related matters to
provide a central and consistent registration
operation. The Office also serves as the official
representative of the campus to TESDA, CHED,
DepEd and other government regulatory bodies.

28
Administrative Affairs Division
Offices and Departments:
Description
Administrative Affairs
The Office plans, directs and coordinates on
matters related to institutional communication,
public relations, philanthropic development,
Alumni and Public Relations Department publication, corporate enhancement and image
building, and other efforts to improve awareness,
understanding and support of the campus among
the general public and key stakeholders.
The department empowers the Letran community
to fulfill its responsibilities in the areas of
teaching, learning, research management and the
delivery of administrative services through the
use of information and communications
technology.
It is responsible for the campus-wide supervision
of all computing and computer aided instructional
Information Technology and Services facilities. Also, the department directs and
Department manages plans, policies, programs and schedules
for business and data processing, computer
services, network communications, maintenance
and management of information systems to
accomplish the goals and objectives of the
campus. The department also provides technical
assistance with the academic department for the
utilization of the computer aided instructional
resources.
The Office plans, directs, implements and
coordinates the human resource management
activities of the campus to maximize the strategic
use of human resources and maintain functions
such as employee compensation, recruitment,
personnel policies and regulatory compliance.
The Office is primarily responsible for attracting,
Human Resources Department
employing and retaining highly qualified, service
oriented and performance driven employees. The
Office is expected to manage programs that will
enhance job performance and employee
development, create and maintain a safe working
environment and establish and nurture a positive
and cooperative labor relations environment.
Auxiliary Services Department The Office is responsible for the maintenance,
upkeep, safety and security of all human and
material resources in support of instruction,

29
 Offices and Departments:
Description
Administrative Affairs
research, training and development, and
administrative services of the campus. The Office
shall provide technical direction and support for
the continued improvement of campus-wide
facilities management. Moreover, the Office is
held responsible to plan, organize, and manage
the maintenance, repair, and improvement of
building structures to protect Letran’s investment
in its facilities to continuously meet the needs of
our internal and external customers for safe,
functional, CHED compliant, and up-to-date
facilities. Additionally, the Office is also tasked
to closely coordinate with HRD office related to
management of outsourced services—such as the
janitors and security guards.

Financial Affairs Division

Offices and Departments:
Description
Financial Affairs
The Office of the Vice President for Financial
Affairs advises the Rector and President on the
overall fiscal policy of Letran. It completes and
Office of the Vice President for Financial presents the annual fiscal plan and manages the
Affairs central accounting and payroll systems. The
functions performed by the Office is divided to
finance and resources, comptrollership and
management of grants and international relations.
The Office of the Comptroller is responsible for
providing the Colegio with efficient financial
services that involve budgeting and financial
Comptrollership
planning; student accounts management; payroll
and benefits administration; and general
accounting and taxation.
The Office of Finance and Resources manages the
financial functions of Letran pertaining to
Finance and Resources
cashiering and investments, procurement,
property and management of business units.
The Office is responsible for fostering linkages
and partnerships leading to mutually beneficial
Grants, Endowments and International
projects and funding opportunities for
Relations Office
scholarship, research, innovation, community and
business development.

30
1.4. Quality Policy Statement and Objectives

All employees shall commit to adhere to Letran’s Quality Policy Statement and achieve
its quality objectives:

1.4.1. Quality Policy Statement

Letran is committed to the quality formation of integral human persons through
Christian formation, Instruction, Research, and Community Service.

In order to achieve this, Letran is committed to continuously provide and improve

its:
• Academic Programs
• Delivery of Instruction (Teaching and Learning | Measurement and
Evaluation)
• Quality Personnel (Faculty, Support Staff, and Administrators)
• Research Culture (Conduct and Impact)
• Community Service Programs
• Service Quality to our Stakeholders

Letran commits itself to continually improve the effectiveness of its quality

management system in recognition of its noble tradition of excellence and the
supreme ideal of Deus, Patria, Letran.

1.4.2. Quality Objectives:

Letran aims to:
• Consistently meet and exceed our stakeholder’s needs and expectations and
continuously improve.
• Continuously improve our standards of quality by stimulating employees in
becoming increasingly competent and creative.
• Continuously encourage innovation and collaboration that enables Letran
adaptable to change
• Continuously improve relationship of openness and trust among the
employees at all levels in the organization.

1.5. Sustainability Statement

The goal of sustainable development is to “meet the needs of the present without
compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs.” As key forces
in society, organizations of all kinds have an important role to play in achieving this goal.

Letran expresses its commitment to the principle of sound decision making anchored on
sustainable development. The three cornerstones of sustainability; economic,
environmental and social responsibility, are equally supported and addressed by Letran
through its commitment to the protection and enhancement of the environment and their

31
 promotion of “zero tolerance“ of unsafe practices; encourage a culture that allows people
to make the best decisions, and to initiate and implement safety on the job.

Letran is committed to minimizing the impact of its operation on the environment and
encouraging sustainable practices within the community. Letran strives to tread lightly
on the planet by minimizing the natural resources we consume during our normal
operations and continuously reducing the amount of waste we generate. We encourage
creative, forward-thinking ideas that will improve the efficiency of the educational
process and the advancement of new learning technologies. Letran will invest in
employee development to deliver the most efficient, sustainable quality education for our
stakeholders.

1.6. Work-Life Balance

Our vision and philosophy of work-life balance is based on the values of fairness and
creating opportunities for employees to develop positive behavioral change towards
balancing work and life responsibilities. Letran believes that all persons have the right to
be treated fairly, and to be happy in their work and personal life. Letran commits to build
employees’ confidence from knowledge and awareness of self, by means of developing
skills and learning new ways to increase productivity within the workplace as well as
benefiting employees in personal achievement.

Letran commits to find ways to empower employees in finding the balance in the work
place and personal life in order to fulfill the many roles and challenges that exist. Letran
shall continuously find the tools and develop the skills employees need to give them
greater choices in life and for their future success.

1.7. Open Door Policy

Letran value each employee and makes it a priority to provide a positive work
environment. The observance of open door policy for employees and their respective
supervisor is encouraged to bring any workplace and job-related concerns or problems to
be resolved in timely and appropriate manner. Support Staff are encouraged to bring any
workplace concerns or problems they might have or know about to their subordinate (if
any), immediate superior or some other members of the Administration.

32
 PART III
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS

1. COLEGIO’S PROGRAM OF STUDIES

1.1 ELEMENTARY
Complete Elementary Education
From Kinder to Grade 6

1.2 JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOL

Complete General Secondary Education
From Grade 7 to Grade 10

1.3 SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL

Complete General Secondary Education
From Grade 11 to Grade 12

Academic Track
Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics (STEM) Strand
Accountancy, Business and Management (ABM) Strand

Technical-Vocational-Livelihood Track
Information and Communications Technology (ICT) Strand
Home Economics (HE) Strand

1.4 COLLEGIATE

College of Business Administration and Accountancy

Bachelor of Science in Accountancy

Bachelor of Science in Accounting Information System
Bachelor of Science in Entrepreneurship
Bachelor of Science in Business Administration
*Major in Business Economics
*Major in Financial Management
*Major in Human Resource Management
*Major in Operations Management
*Major in Marketing Management
Bachelor of Science in Food Technology
Bachelor of Science in Nutrition and Dietetics
Bachelor of Science in Hospitality Management
Bachelor of Science Tourism Management
Accountancy Bridging Program

33
 College of Liberal Arts and Sciences

Bachelor of Arts in Advertising

Bachelor of Arts in Broadcasting
Bachelor of Arts in Communications
Bachelor of Arts in Journalism
Bachelor of Arts in Legal Management
Bachelor of Arts in Political Science
Bachelor of Science in Psychology

College of Engineering and Information Technology

Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering

Bachelor of Science in Electrical Engineering
Bachelor of Science in Electronics Engineering
Bachelor of Science in Industrial Engineering
Bachelor of Science in Information Technology
with specialization in:
*Systems Engineering
*Software Development
*Digital Arts

College of Education

Bachelor of Secondary Education

*Major in English
*Major in Mathematics

Teacher Cerificate Program

1.5 GRADUATE SCHOOL

Doctor in Business Administration (DBA Program)

MBA-SMP Program
MBA Regular

34
2. CURRICULAR PROGRAMS

2.1. Elementary and Junior High School

2.1.1. Curriculum

Kindergarten
SUBJECTS - (5) DESCRIPTION UNITS NO. OF
MINS. /
DAY

1. CL-K Christian Living –EsP – I Am A Child of 1.0 30

God
2. English –K Language, Literacy & Communication 1.0 30
3. Math-K Introduction to Mathematics 1.0 30
4. Filipino-K Pagbasa at Pagsulat 1.0 30
5. MAPEH-K Music, Arts, P.E, Health, Writing 1.0 30

Homeroom/ Library (0.0)

Hour
ICT (Computer) ICT with Business Analytics (0.0) 30 ( Every
Friday)
Conduct

GRADE – 1
SUBJECTS (7) DESCRIPTION UNITS NO. OF
MINS. /
DAY

1. CL-1 Christian Living – Esp – God Loves Us 1.0 40

2. English -1 Reading, Writing, Speech & Grammar 1.0 40
3. Filipino -1 Gramatika at Panitikan 1.0 40
4. Math-1 Number Sense, Fraction, Measurement, 1.5 60
Geometry, Statistics
5. Science-1 Science 1.0 40
6. AP -1 Araling Panlipunan 1.0 40
7. MAPEH-1 / Music, Arts, P.E , Health and ICT with 1.0 40
ICT (Computer) Business Analytics

Homeroom Homeroom 0.0 30

330 /
270
(DepEd)
Conduct 0.0

35
GRADE – 2
SUBJECTS (7) DESCRIPTION UNITS NO. OF
MINS. /
DAY

1. CL-2 Christian Living – Esp – Jesus Dwells in 1.0 40

Us
2. English -2 Reading, Writing, Speech & Grammar 1.0 40
3. Filipino-2 Grammatika at Panitikan 1.0 40
4. Math-2 Number Sense, Fraction, Measurement, 1.5 60
Geometry, Statistics
5. Science-2 Science 1.0 40
6. AP-2 Araling Panlipunan 1.0 40
7. MAPEH-2 / Music, Arts, P.E.,Health and ICT with 1.0 40
Computer Business Analytics

Homeroom Homeroom 0.0 30

330 / 310
(DepEd)
Conduct 0.0

GRADE – 3
SUBJECTS (7) DESCRIPTION UNITS NO. OF
MINS. /
DAY

1. CL-3 Christian Living – Esp-We Are the Church 1.0 40

2. English -3 Reading, Writing, Speech & Grammar 1.5 60
3. Filipino-3 Gramatika at Panitikan 1.0 40
4. Math-3 Number Sense, Fraction, Measurement, 1.5 60
Geometry, Statistics
5. Science-3 Science 1.5 60
6. AP-3 Araling Panlipunan 1.0 40
7. MAPEH-3 / Music, Arts, P.E., Health and ICT with 1.5 60
Computer Business Analytics

Homeroom Homeroom 0.0 30

390 / 360
(DepEd)
Conduct Conduct 0.0

36
GRADE – 4
SUBJECTS (8) DESCRIPTION UNITS NO. OF
MINS. /
DAY

1. CL-4 Christian Living –EsP - We 1.0 40

Grow in Faith
2. English -4 Reading, Writing, Speech, & Grammar 1.5 60
3. Filipino-4 Gramatika at Panitikan 1.0 40
4. Math-4 Mathematics 1.5 60
5. Science-4 Science 1.5 60
6. AP-4 Araling Panlipunan 1.0 40
7. MAPEH-4 Music, Arts, P.E., Health 1.0 40
8. HELE & ICT Home Economics & Livelihood Educ. / 1.5 60
ICT with Bus. Analytics

Homeroom Homeroom 0.0 30

430 / 360
(DepEd)

Conduct 0.0

GRADE – 5
SUBJECTS (8) DESCRIPTION UNITS NO. OF
MINS. /
DAY

1. CL-5 Christian Living –EsP- We Celebrate in 1.0 40

the Church
2. English -5 Reading, Writing, Speech & Grammar 1.5 60
3. Filipino-5 Gramatika at Panitikan 1.0 40
4. Math-5 Number Sense, Fraction, Measurement, 1.5 60
Geometry, Statistics
5. Science-5 Science 1.5 60
6. AP-5 Araling Panlipunan 1.0 40
7. MAPEH-5 Music, Arts, P.E., Health 1.0 40
8. HELE & ICT 5 Home Economics & Livelihood Educ. / 1.5 60
ICT with Bus. Analytics

Homeroom Homeroom 0.0 30

430 / 360
(DepEd)
7.17 hrs.
Conduct 0.0

37
GRADE – 6
SUBJECTS (8) DESCRIPTION UNITS NO. OF
MINS. /
DAY

1. CL-6 Christian Living –EsP-God Forms 1.0 40

aCovenant with Us
2. English -6 Reading, Writing, Speech, & Grammar 1.5 60
3. Filipino-6 Gramatika at Panitikan 1.0 40
4. Math-6 Number Sense, Fraction, Measurement, 1.5 60
Geometry, Statistics
5. Science-6 Science 1.5 60
6. AP-6 Araling Panlipunan 1.0 40
7. MAPEH-6 Music, Arts, P.E., Health 1.0 40
8. HELE & ICT 6 Home Economics & Livelihood Educ. / 1.5 60
ICT with Bus. Analytics

Homeroom Homeroom 0.0 30

430 / 360
(DepEd)
7.17 hrs
Conduct Conduct 0.0

GRADE – 7
SUBJECTS (8) DESCRIPTION UNITS NO. OF MINS. /
DAY
1. FIL-7 Panitikan ng Pilipinas, Gramatika, 1.0 40
at Retorika
2. Math-7 Algebra, Geometry, Statistics 1.5 60
3. TLE -7 TLE-(Exploratory) Bread with 1.5 60
Pastry Production, Household
Services, Handicraft Production,
Computer Hardware Services /
ICT -Office Productivity, Business
Analytics
4. ARALIN-7 Kasaysayan ng Asya-7 1.0 40
5. MAPEH-7 Music, , Arts, P.E & Health -7 1.0 40
6. SCI-7 Integrated Science-7 1.5 60
7. CL-EsP 7 CLE-EsP -Salvation History 1.0 40
8. ENG-7 Speech, Grammar & Composition / 1.5 60
Philippine Literature
Homeroom Homeroom 0.0 30
430 = 7.17 hrs.
2,150 = 35 hrs/ wk
Conduct Conduct

38
 DepEd= 29
hrs./wk

GRADE – 8
SUBJECTS (8) DESCRIPTION UNITS NO. OF MINS.
/ DAY
1. FIL-8 Panitikang Asyano, Gramatika, at 1.0 40
Retorika
2. Math-8 Algebra, Geometry, Statistics 1.5 60
3. TLE -8 TLE (Exploratory) 1.5 60
Commercial Cooking, Consumer
Electronics Services, Electrical
Installation & Maintenance, Photo
Editing . ICT- Web Design (HTML5.
Adobe Dreamweaver CS6, Java Script,
XHTML and Business Analytics
4. ARALIN-8 Kasaysayan ng Daigidig 1.0 40
5. MAPEH-8 Music, , Arts, P.E & Health - 1.0 40
6. SCI-8 Integrated Science- 1.5 60
7. CL- EsP 8 Formation of Morality- EsP –Church & 1.0 40
Sacraments
8. ENG-8 Grammar & Composition / Afro-Asian 1.5 60
Literature
Homeroom Homeroom 0.0 30
Conduct Conduct
430 = 7.17 hrs.
2,150 = 35 hrs/
wk
DepEd= 29
hrs./wk

GRADE – 9
SUBJECTS (8) DESCRIPTION UNITS NO. OF MINS.
/ DAY
1. FIL-9 Panitikan ng Timog Silangang Asya, 1.0 40
Gramatika, at Retorika 9
2. Math-9 Integrated Math 9 1.5 60
3. TLE -9 TLE (Specialization) – Cookery, ICT- 1.5 60
Animation with Multimedia (Adobe
Flash CS6) Bus. Analytics
4. ARALIN-9 Ekonomiks 1.0 40
5. MAPEH-9 Music, Music, Arts, P.E & Health -9 1.0 40
6. SCI-9 Integrated Science- 1.5 60
7. CL-EsP-9 CLE- EsP-Christian Morality 1.0 40

39
 8. ENG-9 Speech, Grammar & Composition / 1.5 60
English American Literature
Homeroom Homeroom 0.0 30
Conduct Conduct
430 = 7.17
hrs.
2,150 = 35 hrs/
wk
DepEd= 29
hrs./wk

GRADE – 10
SUBJECTS (8) DESCRIPTION UNITS NO. OF
MINS. / DAY
1. FIL-10 Panitikang Kanluranin, Gramatika, 1.0 40
at Retorika
2. Math-10 Algebra, Geometry, Statistics 1.5 60
3. TLE -10 TLE- (Specialization) Cookery 1.5 60
ICT- Entrepreneurial Development
with Business Analytics
4. ARALIN-10 Ekonomiks 1.0 40
5. MAPEH-10 Music, Music, Arts, P.E & Health 1.0 40
6. SCI-10 Integrated Sciece 1.5 60
7. CL-10 CLE- EsP – Social Responsibility 1.0 40
8. ENG-10 Speech, Grammar & Composition / 1.5 60
World Literature

Homeroom Homeroom 0.0 30

Conduct Conduct
430 = 7.17hrs.
2,150 = 35 hrs/
wk
DepEd= 29
hrs./wk

2.1.2. Subject Description

ARALING PANLIPUNAN
GRADE LEVEL COURSE DESCRIPTION
GRADE 1 Paglinang sa kamalayan ng indibidwal bilang bahagi ng pamilya
at paaralan tungo sa pag-unawa sa pagkakakilanlan sa sarili.
GRADE 2 Pag-unawa sa sarili bilang kasapi ng pamilya at komunidad na
nagpapamalas ng sariling pagkakakilanlan at pagpapahalaga sa
kapaligirang pisikal.

40
GRADE 3 Pag-unawa sa kinabibilangang komunidad at pagbibigay-diin sa
konsepto ng heograpikal na lokasyon at pinagkukunang yaman at
tradisyon na bahagi ng kasaysayan.

Pagpapahalaga sa pambansang pagkakakilanlan at mga

GRADE 4 kontribusyon ng bawat rehiyon sa paghubog ng kulturang
Pilipino. Pagpapamalas ng pagpapahalaga sa mithiin ng bansang
Pilipinas.

GRADE 5 Pagtukoy sa pagkakabuo ngmga kapuluan ng Pilipinas at mga

sinaunang lipunan.
GRADE 6 Pagtalakay sa mga hamon sa bansang Pilipinas mula ika-20 siglo
hanggang sa kasalukuyan at pagkakabuo ng sariling
pagakakilanlan bilang isang matatag na bansa

GRADE 7 Pag-unawa sa heograpiya, kultura, lipunan, ekonomiya at

pamahalaan ng mga bansang Asyano at pagpapahalaga sa
pagkakakilanlan sa harap ng mga hamon.

GRADE 8 Pag-unawa at pagtukoy sa pagkakaisa sa kabila ng pagkakaiba-

iba ng heograpiya, kultura, lipunan, ekonomiya at pamahalaan ng
mga bansa sa daigdig tungo sa pag-unlad at mapayapang
samahan.

GRADE 9 Pag-unawa at pagpapamalas ng kamalayan ukol sa mga

napapanahong isyu sa ekonomiks at mga hamong-pang-
ekonomiya, pangkalikasan, pampulitika, pananagutang sibiko,
gamit ang kaalaman at kasanayan sa pananaliksik at pagsisiyasat
tungo sa matalinong pagpapasya.

Pag-unawa at pagpapahalaga sa mga kontemporaryong isyu at

GRADE 10 hamong pang-ekonomiya, pangkalikasan, pampolitika,
karapatang pantao, pang-edukasyon at pananagutang sibiko at
pagkamamamayan sa kinakaharap ng mga bansa sa kasalukuyang
panahon gamit ang mga kasanayan sa pagsisiyasat, pagsusuri ng
datos at iba’t ibang sanggunian, pagsasaliksik, mapanuring pag-
iisip, mabisang komunikasyon at matalinong pagpapasya.

CHRISTIAN LIVING
GRADE LEVEL COURSE DESCRIPTION
KINDER Christian Living in Kinder encompasses different teachings and
skills that help learners to develop holistically as a good follower
of Jesus. It helps learners to understand God’s love and care. It is
aligned with ONE LETRAN that tackles mainly on God’s
creation, life of Jesus, the Holy Family and the role of God the
Father and the Holy Spirit on one’s life.

41
GRADE 1 The subject presents the beauty of creation and the great love of
God to man. It also emphasizes man as the image and likeness of
God and the value of stewardship.
GRADE 2 This subject is the continuation of the Story of God’s Love, being
fulfilled in the person of Jesus Christ. It also discusses the works
and teachings of Christ. This subject also introduces the child to
the sacrament of the Holy Eucharist as a preparation for their holy
communion for grade 3.
GRADE 3 This subject welcomes the child to the bigger community, the
Church. It also prepares the child to his/her mission as a first
communicant to the Church as the Body of Christ.
GRADE 4 This subject introduces the child to the commandments and it also
educates the child about conscience and moral responsibility. It
focuses on Beatitudes, Commandments, and Virtues.
GRADE 5 This subject presents Jesus as the center of the sacraments. It also
reminds the child of his mission as member of the Church.
GRADE 6 The subject reviews the child about the beauty of creation and our
responsibility towards creation as it introduces also the Social
teachings of the Church. It also presents the covenant made by
God to His chosen people and the life of the chosen leaders of
Israel.
GRADE 7 This serves as the foundational subject. It presents the basic
knowledge of Sacred Scriptures and studies of the history of
salvation. The overarching theme of this subject is God’s Breath
as the source of man. It discusses the creation story, the fall of
man and ends with God’s promise of a Redeemer as manifested in
the different covenants made between God and man through time.
GRADE 8 This subject relates the connection between the Old and the New
Testaments. It recognizes the Church as the continuation of Jesus’
mission here on earth. It also assumes the responsibility for
opening mind and heart to Jesus in order to live out and celebrate
personal relationship with Him. It shows appreciation of
sacraments, Marian devotions and other forms of Filipino popular
religiosity that foster and strengthen the Christian Faith.
GRADE 9 This subject presents the human person as a moral agent. It
discusses the basic concepts of the human acts, its underlying
principles and moral accountability. It aims to provide the
students with guidelines on moral issues, taking the Ten
Commandments as its framework and moral foundation

This course introduces the students to the meaning of Christian

GRADE 10 Social Responsibility and the mission of the Church as the moral
center of our society. It tackles the principles and teachings of the
Church regarding social issues, vocation, and discernment that can
guide the students to look for realistic ways to help the poor and

42
 contribute to the building of a more peaceful and just Filipino
Society

FILIPINO
GRADE LEVEL COURSE DESCRIPTION
KINDER

GRADE 1 Ang Filipino 1 ay naglalaman ng mga aralin na tutulong sa mga

mag-aaral upang linangin ang iba’t ibang kasanayan sa pakiking,
pagsasalita, pagbasa, pagsulat at panonood. Saklaw ng mga
kasanayan sa pakikinig ang masusing pagtuklas at mabisang pang-
unawa. Sa pagsasalita naman, nahahasa ang wastong pagbigkas,
paggamit ng mga pahayag at istrukturang panggramatiko. Sa
kasanayan sa pagbasa, nalilinang ang husay sa pagpapalawak ng
talasalitaan, pagkilala sa mga salita, pag-unawa at kasanayan sa pag-
aaral at pananaliksik. Sa kasanayang pagsulat, napapaganda ang
ayos ng sulat-kamay, naiaangat ang kasiglahan sa antas ng pagkatha
at kasiya-siyang kaayusang pansulatin. Para sa mabisang pagtuturo,
ang mga tiyak na kasanayan ay malilinang sa pamamagitan ng mga
sitwasiyon at iba’t ibang kagamitan tungo sa lubusang pagkatuto.
Ang mga bata ay tuturuan ng angkop na kagamitang pangliteratura
tulad ng ingles, tugma, tula, diyalogo at iba pa.
GRADE 2 Ang Filipino 2 ay naglalaman ng mga aralin na tutulong sa mga
mag-aaral upang linangin ang iba’t ibang kasanayan sa pakiking,
pagsasalita, pagbasa, pagsulat at panonood. Saklaw ng mga
kasanayan sa pakikinig ang masusing pagtuklas at mabisang pang-
unawa. Sa pagsasalita naman, nahahasa ang wastong pagbigkas,
paggamit ng mga pahayag at istrukturang panggramatiko. Sa
kasanayan sa pagbasa, nalilinang ang husay sa pagpapalawak ng
talasalitaan, pagkilala sa mga salita, pag-unawa at kasanayan sa pag-
aaral at pananaliksik. Sa kasanayang pagsulat, napapaganda ang
ayos ng sulat-kamay, naiaangat ang kasiglahan sa antas ng pagkatha
at kasiya-siyang kaayusang pansulatin. Para sa mabisang pagtuturo,
ang mga tiyak na kasanayan ay malilinang sa pamamagitan ng mga
sitwasiyon at iba’t ibang kagamitan tungo sa lubusang pagkatuto.
Ang mga bata ay tuturuan ng angkop na kagamitang pangliteratura
tulad ng ingles, tugma, tula, diyalogo at iba pa.

43
GRADE 3 Ang Filipino 3 ay naglalaman ng mga aralin na tutulong sa mga
mag-aaral upang linangin ang iba’t ibang kasanayan sa pakiking,
pagsasalita, pagbasa, pagsulat at panonood. Saklaw ng mga
kasanayan sa pakikinig ang masusing pagtuklas at mabisang pang-
unawa. Sa pagsasalita naman, nahahasa ang wastong pagbigkas,
paggamit ng mga pahayag at istrukturang panggramatiko. Sa
kasanayan sa pagbasa, nalilinang ang husay sa pagpapalawak ng
talasalitaan, pagkilala sa mga salita, pag-unawa at kasanayan sa pag-
aaral at pananaliksik. Sa kasanayang pagsulat, napapaganda ang
ayos ng sulat-kamay, naiaangat ang kasiglahan sa antas ng pagkatha
at kasiya-siyang kaayusang pansulatin. Para sa mabisang pagtuturo,
ang mga tiyak na kasanayan ay malilinang sa pamamagitan ng mga
sitwasiyon at iba’t ibang kagamitan tungo sa lubusang pagkatuto.
Ang mga bata ay tuturuan ng angkop na kagamitang pangliteratura
tulad ng ingles, tugma, tula, diyalogo at iba pa.

GRADE 4 Ang Filipino 3 ay naglalaman ng mga aralin na tutulong sa mga

mag-aaral upang linangin ang iba’t ibang kasanayan sa pakiking,
pagsasalita, pagbasa, pagsulat at panonood. Saklaw ng mga
kasanayan sa pakikinig ang masusing pagtuklas at mabisang pang-
unawa. Sa pagsasalita naman, nahahasa ang wastong pagbigkas,
paggamit ng mga pahayag at istrukturang panggramatiko. Sa
kasanayan sa pagbasa, nalilinang ang husay sa pagpapalawak ng
talasalitaan, pagkilala sa mga salita, pag-unawa at kasanayan sa pag-
aaral at pananaliksik. Sa kasanayang pagsulat, napapaganda ang
ayos ng sulat-kamay, naiaangat ang kasiglahan sa antas ng pagkatha
at kasiya-siyang kaayusang pansulatin. Para sa mabisang pagtuturo,
ang mga tiyak na kasanayan ay malilinang sa pamamagitan ng mga
sitwasiyon at iba’t ibang kagamitan tungo sa lubusang pagkatuto.
Ang mga bata ay tuturuan ng angkop na kagamitang pangliteratura
tulad ng ingles, tugma, tula, diyalogo at iba pa.
GRADE 5 Ang Filipino 5 ay naglalaman ng mga aralin na tutulong sa mga
mag-aaral upang linangin ang iba’t ibang kasanayan sa pakiking,
pagsasalita, pagbasa, pagsulat at panonood. Saklaw ng mga
kasanayan sa pakikinig ang masusing pagtuklas at mabisang pang-
unawa. Sa pagsasalita naman, nahahasa ang wastong pagbigkas,
paggamit ng mga pahayag at istrukturang panggramatiko. Sa
kasanayan sa pagbasa, nalilinang ang husay sa pagpapalawak ng
talasalitaan, pagkilala sa mga salita, pag-unawa at kasanayan sa pag-
aaral at pananaliksik. Sa kasanayang pagsulat, napapaganda ang
ayos ng sulat-kamay, naiaangat ang kasiglahan sa antas ng pagkatha
at kasiya-siyang kaayusang pansulatin. Para sa mabisang pagtuturo,
ang mga tiyak na kasanayan ay malilinang sa pamamagitan ng mga
sitwasiyon at iba’t ibang kagamitan tungo sa lubusang pagkatuto.
Ang mga bata ay tuturuan ng angkop na kagamitang pangliteratura
tulad ng ingles, tugma, tula, diyalogo at iba pa.

44
GRADE 6 Ang Filipino 6 ay naglalaman ng mga aralin na tutulong sa mga
mag-aaral upang linangin ang iba’t ibang kasanayan sa pakiking,
pagsasalita, pagbasa, pagsulat at panonood. Saklaw ng mga
kasanayan sa pakikinig ang masusing pagtuklas at mabisang pang-
unawa. Sa pagsasalita naman, nahahasa ang wastong pagbigkas,
paggamit ng mga pahayag at istrukturang panggramatiko. Sa
kasanayan sa pagbasa, nalilinang ang husay sa pagpapalawak ng
talasalitaan, pagkilala sa mga salita, pag-unawa at kasanayan sa pag-
aaral at pananaliksik. Sa kasanayang pagsulat, napapaganda ang
ayos ng sulat-kamay, naiaangat ang kasiglahan sa antas ng pagkatha
at kasiya-siyang kaayusang pansulatin. Para sa mabisang pagtuturo,
ang mga tiyak na kasanayan ay malilinang sa pamamagitan ng mga
sitwasiyon at iba’t ibang kagamitan tungo sa lubusang pagkatuto.
Ang mga bata ay tuturuan ng angkop na kagamitang pangliteratura
tulad ng ingles, tugma, tula, diyalogo at iba pa.
GRADE 7 Ang Filipino 7 ay kursong binubuo ng mga araling tumatalakay sa
mga akdang pampanitikan mula sa Mindao, Kabisayaan, Luzon at
klasikong panitikang Pilipino, ang koridong Ibong Adarna. Ang
kursong ito ay naglalaman rin ng mga paksang tumatalakay sa
paglinang ng mga makrong kasanayan, wika at gramatika tungo sa
katatasan sa kasanayang pangkomunikatibo na makatutulong sa
kanilang pagkatuto. Ang mga kuwento sa akdang pampanitikan ay
makatutulong sa paghubog ng pananampalataya, paniniwala at
pagpapahalaga sa kultura at tradisyon na umiiral sa iba’t ibang lugar
ng bansa. Sa katapusan ng buong kurso, inaasahan na ang mga mag-
aaral ay kakikitaan ng matatag na pananampalataya, paniniwala at
pagpapahalaga, napagtibay ang pinagsama-samang makrong
kasanayan at naipamamalas ang kanilang buong husay sa paggamit
ng wikang Filipino sa akademikong larangan. Higit sa lahat ay
maipakita ng mga mag-aaral ang kanilang pagiging mulat sa mga
isyung pampamilya at panlipunan noon na maaaring nagpapatuloy
pa rin hanggang sa kasalukuyan.
GRADE 8 Ang Filipino 8 ay naglalaman ng mga araling sumasalamin sa
panitikang asyano sa panahon ng Katutubo, Espanyol, Hapon,
Amerikano, Komonwelt, at Kasalukuyan kasama ang Kulturang
Popular at klasikong panitikang Pilipino, ang awit na Florante at
Laura. Ang kursong ito ay naglalaman rin ng mga paksang
tumatalakay sa paglinang ng mga makrong kasanayan, wika at
gramatika tungo sa katatasan sa kasanayang pangkomunikatibo na
makatutulong sa kanilang pagkatuto. Ang mga kuwento sa akdang
pampanitikang asyano ay makatutulong sa paghubog ng
pananampalataya, paniniwala at pagpapahalaga sa kultura at
tradisyon na umiiral sa iba’t ibang panig ng mundo. Sa katapusan ng
buong kurso, inaasahan na ang mga mag-aaral ay kakikitaan ng
matatag na pananampalataya, paniniwala at pagpapahalaga,
napagtibay ang pinagsama-samang makrong kasanayan at

45
 naipamamalas ang kanilang buong husay sa paggamit ng wikang
Filipino sa akademikong larangan. Higit sa lahat ay maipakita ng
mga mag-aaral ang kanilang pagiging mulat sa mga isyung
pampamilya at panlipunan noon na maaaring nagpapatuloy pa rin
hanggang sa kasalukuyan.
GRADE 9 Ang asignaturang FILIPINO 9 ay ibinatay sa bagong kurikulum ng
edukasyon na K-12. Naglalaman ito ng mga araling tutulong samga
mag-aaral upang linangin ang iban’t ibang kasanayan sa pakikinig,
pagsasalita, pagbasa, pagsulat at panonood. Saklaw ng mga
kasanayan sa pakikinig ang masusing pagkilatis at mabisang pang-
unawa. Sa pagsasalita naman, nahahasa ang wastong pagbigkas,
paggamit ng mga pahayag at istrukturang panggramatiko. Sa
kasanayan sa pagbasa nalilinang ang husay sa pagpapalawak ng
talasalitaan, pagkilala ng mga salita, pag-unawa at kasanayan sa
pag-aaral at pananaliksik. At sa pagsulat napagaganda ang ayos ng
sulat- kamay, naiaangat ang kasiglahan sa antas ng pagkatha at
kasiya-siyang kaayusang pansulatin. Ang mga bata ay tuturuan ng
angkop na kagamitang pangliteratura tulad ng Ingles, tugma, tula,
diyalogo at iba pa.
Ang asignaturang FILIPINO 10 ay ibinatay sa bagong kurikulum ng
GRADE 10 edukasyon na K-12. Dokumentong Pangkurikulum sa Filipino ng
Kagawaran ng Edukasyon. Layunin ng pagtuturo ng Filipino na
malinang ang kakayahang komunikatibo, replektibo/ mapanuring
pag-iisip, at pagpapahalagang pampanitikan sa pamamagitan ng
mga babasahin at teknolohiya tungo sa pagkakaroon ng pambansang
pagkakakilanlan, kultural na literasi, at patuloy na pagkatuto upang
makaagapay sa mabilis na pagbabagong nangyayari sa daigdig. Ang
mga paksa, babasahin, gawain, at mga pagsasanay sa seryeng ito ay
sadyang iniangkop sa kakayahan at interes ng mga mag-aaral upang
ang pagkatuto ay maging integratibo, makabuluhan, napapanahon,
kawili-wili, nakalilinang ng kritikal at mapanuring pag-iisip, at
makapaghanda sa mga mag-aaral sa mga pagsubok at realidad ng
totoong buhay .

ENGLISH

GRADE LEVEL COURSE DESCRIPTION

KINDER This course encompasses early literacy learning which is helpful
in honing both English and Filipino language suited for a five-year
old child. It also provides opportunities for self-expression
through collaborative and individual tasks than can apply in real
life situation. Learners are expected to develop more positive
attitude towards reading, writing and to view themselves as
effective users and learners of language.

46
GRADE 1 English as a subject is concerned with developing competence in
listening, speaking, reading, writing, and viewing. Listening is an
information processing act which includes skills in auditory
discrimination and cognitive comprehension. Speaking includes
skills in using the language expressions and grammatical
structures correctly in oral communication. Reading is getting
meaning from the printed page which includes skills in vocabulary
development, levels of comprehension namely literal, critical
analysis and application, literary appreciation and study skills.
Writing includes readiness skills, mechanics, guided writing,
functional and creative writing.
GRADE 2 English as a subject is concerned with developing competence in
listening, speaking, reading, writing, and viewing. Listening is an
information processing act which includes skills in auditory
discrimination and cognitive comprehension. Speaking includes
skills in using the language expressions and grammatical
structures correctly in oral communication. Reading is getting
meaning from the printed page which includes skills in vocabulary
development, levels of comprehension namely literal, critical
analysis and application, literary appreciation and study skills.
Writing includes readiness skills, mechanics, guided writing,
functional and creative writing.
GRADE 3 English as a subject is concerned with developing competence in
listening, speaking, reading, writing, and viewing. Listening is an
information processing act which includes skills in auditory
discrimination and cognitive comprehension. Speaking includes
skills in using the language expressions and grammatical
structures correctly in oral communication. Reading is getting
meaning from the printed page which includes skills in vocabulary
development, levels of comprehension namely literal, critical
analysis and application, literary appreciation and study skills.
Writing includes readiness skills, mechanics, guided writing,
functional and creative writing.
GRADE 4 English as a subject is concerned with developing competence in
listening, speaking, reading, writing, and viewing. Listening is an
information processing act which includes skills in auditory
discrimination and cognitive comprehension. Speaking includes
skills in using the language expressions and grammatical
structures correctly in oral communication. Reading is getting
meaning from the printed page which includes skills in vocabulary
development, levels of comprehension namely literal, critical
analysis and application, literary appreciation and study skills.
Writing includes readiness skills, mechanics, guided writing,
functional and creative writing.
GRADE 5 This course strengthens the knowledge and skills of the students
in speaking, listening, reading, and writing. It includes the

47
 integration of the following language arts domains: writing and
composition, grammar structure, vocabulary development,
spelling, reading comprehension, and speech delivery.
GRADE 6 This course strengthens the knowledge and skills of the students
in speaking, listening, reading, and writing. It includes the
integration of the following language arts domains: writing and
composition, grammar structure, vocabulary development,
spelling, reading comprehension, and speech delivery.
GRADE 7 The learner demonstrates understanding of Philippine Literature
as a means of connecting to a significant past, examining conflicts,
asserting one’s identity, and responding to the needs of the global
village. The course is also designed to demonstrate one’s
competence through appreciating Philippine Literature.
GRADE 8 English 8 is designed to involve the student in applying reading,
writing, listening, speaking, and viewing skills through
meaningful learning tasks. The course is also designed to develop
an appreciation for literature through the study of literary elements
and classic and contemporary Afro-Asian literary masterpieces.
GRADE 9 The course guides students to improve communication skills while
strengthening their ability to understand and analyze literature
indifferent genres. The course also guides students in critical
analysis of classic works of Anglo-American literature, and helps
them appreciate the texts and the contexts in which the works were
written.
ENGLISH 10 is a subject that involves using the language as a
GRADE 10 tool for communication with emphasis on developing the five
language skills: Speaking, Listening, Reading, Writing, and
Viewing. This course uses WORLD LITERATURE as a reference
for literary study.

HELE/TLE/ICT
GRADE LEVEL DESCRIPTION
ICT - Appreciation of Computer
KINDER 1 Focuses on the understanding of computers, how to use them and
the software applications.

Business Analytics - Appreciation of Data Information

Covers basic information about computers
ICT - Appreciation of Various Skills in Computer
GRADE 1 Covers an introduction to computer basics, the use of graphics
program, the use of word processor to work with text, and the safe
and responsible use of the Internet

Business Analytics - Appreciation of Data Information

Deals with the basic computing and history of computers

48
 GRADE LEVEL DESCRIPTION
ICT - Appreciation of Various Skills in Computer
GRADE 2 Covers an introduction to Windows desktop and its environment,
the use of a word processor to work with graphics, and the safe
and responsible use of the Internet

Business Analytics - Appreciation of Data Information

Focuses on the trends on technology
ICT - Appreciation of Various Skills in Computer
GRADE 3 Covers the topic about understanding and using the Windows
desktop, managing files and folders, working with text and
graphics using word processor, using a slide presentation
program, and being safe and responsible when browsing the
Internet

Business Analytics - Appreciation of Data Information

Covers hardware of computers
HELE – Exploratory
GRADE 4 (Home Economics, Entrepreneurship, Agricultural Arts and
Industrial Arts)
Equip the learners with basic knowledge and skills in the four
areas of HELE necessary for everyday living.

ICT - Appreciation of ICT

Covers the topics on the safe and responsible use of ICT; the use
of a graphic program in drawing, designing and basic photo
editing; the creation of documents with the different types of
illustrations, and the creation of brochures using a word processor
and an introduction to the electronic spreadsheet program

Business Analytics - Appreciation of Software

Concerns with the appreciation of software
HELE - Exploratory
GRADE 5 (Home Economics, Entrepreneurship, Agricultural Arts,
Industrial Arts)
Equip the learners with functional knowledge and skills in the
four areas of HELE necessary for everyday living.

ICT - Appreciation of ICT

Covers safe and responsible use of ICT, word processing
program, slide presentation program and electronic spreadsheet
program.

Business Analytics - Appreciation of Software

Explores IPO Process and Peopleware

49
 GRADE LEVEL DESCRIPTION
HELE - Exploratory
GRADE 6 (Home Economics, Entrepreneurship, Agricultural Arts,
Industrial Arts)
Equip the learners with advanced functional knowledge and skills
in the four areas of HELE necessary for everyday living.

ICT - Appreciation of On-Line tools

Covers technological trends like online survey forms, software
related to statistics, and online design tools

Business Analytics - Appreciation of Software

Focuses on the appreciation of Microsoft Office Applications and
mastery of basic commands
TLE Exploratory
GRADE 7 Bread and Pastry Production (HE), Handicraft Production (IA),
Household Services (HE), and Computer Hardware Servicing
(ICT)
Covers the areas in Home Economics, Industrial Arts and
Information and Communication Technology that provide
learners with the necessary knowledge, skills and attitudes
relevant to everyday living and in the field of work

ICT - Office Productivity

Deals with the mastery of Microsoft office applications
specifically on MS Word, MS PowerPoint and MS Excel.

Business Analytics - Appreciation of Advanced Excel

Concerns with the mastery of basic MS Excel Applications

TLE Exploratory
GRADE 8 Commercial Cooking (HE), Consumer Electronics and Servicing
(IA), Electrical Installation and Maintenance (IA) and Photo
Editing (AA)
Covers the areas in Home Economics, Industrial Arts and
Information and Communication Technology that provide
learners with the necessary knowledge, functional skills and
attitudes relevant to everyday living and in the field of work

ICT - Web Design

Deals with the mastery of using HTML tags and attributes
necessary in designing a web page

Business Analytics - Appreciation of Advanced Excel

Deals with the mastery of other functions of MS Excel
Applications

50
 GRADE LEVEL DESCRIPTION

TLE Specialization – Commercial Cooking

GRADE 9 Provide the learners with the knowledge, functional skills and
attitudes required in preparing, garnishing, storing and packaging
appetizers, salad and dressing, sandwiches and dessert
ICT - Animation and Multimedia
Covers the use of Windows Movie Maker to create and edit videos
and Adobe Flash CS6 to create and control animation

Business Analytics - Appreciation of Advanced Excel

Focuses with the mastery of advanced multifunction of MS Excel
Applications
TLE Specialization – Commercial Cooking
GRADE 10 Provide the learners with the knowledge, functional skills and
attitudes required in selecting, preparing, cooking, garnishing and
storing stocks, meat, fish, poultry, fruit, vegetable, starch and egg
dishes.

ICT - Entrepreneurial Development

Covers the study of entrepreneurship and accounting software for
the learners to be financially literate and financially capable

Business Analytics - Appreciation of Software Integration

Deals with the integration of SAP Business Program (Systems,
Applications and Products)

MATHEMATICS
GRADE LEVEL COURSE DESCRIPTION
KINDERGARTEN The course is a formal introduction of Mathematical concepts to
first time learners. The beginning of learning conceptual and
computational mathematics commences with introductory topics
in Numeration. Numbers, Geometry, Algebra, Measurement and
Statistics. The discussion is made in simplest manner to
emphasize understanding and ensure that main ideas are acquired.
Computational skills in addition and subtraction are introduced as
pre-requisites for the development of logical reasoning, analysis
and problem-solving ability. Varied problem-solving strategies
and activities though real- world applications are included to
address student needs, sustain interest and facilitate conceptual
understanding. At the end of the course, the students are expected
to master understanding and required skills in preparation for
Grade 1 Mathematics.
GRADE 1 Mathematics 1 involves numbers and number sense;
measurement; geometry; patterns and algebra; statistics and

51
 GRADE LEVEL COURSE DESCRIPTION
probability as applied using appropriate technology in critical
thinking, problem solving, reasoning, communicating, making
connections, representations, representations and decisions in real
life.
GRADE 2 Mathematics 2 involves numbers and number sense;
measurement; geometry; patterns and algebra; statistics and
probability as applied using the appropriate technology in critical
thinking, problem solving, reasoning, communicating, making
connections, representations, representations and decisions in real
life
GRADE 3 Mathematics 3 involves numbers and number sense;
measurement; geometry; patterns and algebra; statistics and
probability as applied using the appropriate technology in critical
thinking, problem solving, reasoning, communicating, making
connections, representations, and decisions in real life.
GRADE 4 The course continues the development of the learner’s basic
problem solving and conceptual understanding through the
acquisition of succeeding mathematical processes and their
applications. The content areas include the main strands of
Number Sense, Fractions, Measurement, Geometry and Statistics
in spiral progression with Grade 3 Mathematics. Real life
applications are integrated in the lesson to make learning
authentic and relevant.

GRADE 5 The course continues the development of the learner’s basic

problem solving and conceptual understanding through the
acquisition of succeeding mathematical processes and their
applications. It is compliant to the goal of the K to 12 basic
education curriculum which is the development of fundamental
mathematical skills. The content areas include the main strands of
Number Sense, Fractions, Measurement, Geometry and Statistics.

The topics are organized so that students are able continuously re-
learn ideas and concepts over a period of time but in increasing
complexity to attain a higher level of mastery. Varied problem
solving strategies and activities are integrated to address the
different needs, sustain interest and facilitate conceptual
understanding towards relevant real life applications.
GRADE 6 The course continues the development of the learner’s basic
problem solving and conceptual understanding through the
acquisition of succeeding mathematical processes and their
applications. It is compliant to the goal of the K to 12 basic
education curriculum which is the development of fundamental
mathematical skills. The content areas include the main strands of
Number Sense, Fractions, Measurement, Geometry and Statistics.

52
 GRADE LEVEL COURSE DESCRIPTION
The topics are organized so that students are able continuously re-
learn ideas and concepts over a period of time but in increasing
complexity to attain a higher level of mastery. Varied problem
solving strategies and activities are integrated to address the
different needs, sustain interest and facilitate conceptual
understanding towards relevant real life applications.
GRADE 7 Grade 7 mathematics is an integration of Elementary Algebra,
Geometry and Statistics and follows the concepts learned in grade
6 mathematics. The Algebra component includes sets, real
numbers, algebraic expressions and polynomials. Basic concepts
in geometry angles, triangles, quadrilaterals, polygons and circle
precede the discussion in statistics and probability. The lessons
are presented in a sequential order to facilitate deeper
understanding and allow students to progress with less difficulty.
GRADE 8 Grade 8 mathematics is an integration of Elementary Algebra,
Geometry and Statistics and follows the concepts learned in grade
7 mathematics. The Algebra component includes sets, real
numbers, algebraic expressions and polynomials. Basic concepts
in geometry angles, triangles, quadrilaterals, polygons and circle
precede the discussion in statistics and probability. The lessons
are presented in a sequential order to facilitate deeper
understanding and allow students to progress with less difficulty.
GRADE 9 The course continues the development of the learner’s problem
solving and critical thinking skills through the acquisition of
succeeding mathematical processes. Both concepts and skills
progress using adequate and appropriate real life applications in
order to develop learners’ competencies and practical skills. The
content areas include the main strands of Algebra and Patterns,
Geometry and Statistics in spiral progression with Grade 9
Mathematics.

The topics are organized so that students are able to continuously

re-learn ideas and concepts over a period of time but in increasing
complexity to attain a higher level of mastery. Varied problem
solving strategies and activities are integrated to address the
different needs, sustain interest and facilitate conceptual
understanding towards relevant real life applications.
Grade 10 The course continues the development of the learner’s problem
solving and critical thinking skills through the acquisition of
succeeding mathematical processes. Both concepts and skills
progress using adequate and appropriate real life applications in
order to develop learners’ competencies and practical skills. The
content areas include the main strands of Algebra and Patterns,

53
 GRADE LEVEL COURSE DESCRIPTION
Geometry and Statistics in spiral progression with Grade 9
Mathematics.

The topics are organized so that students are able to

continuously re-learn ideas and concepts over a period of time
but in increasing complexity to attain a higher level of mastery.
Varied problem solving strategies and activities are integrated
to address the different needs, sustain interest and facilitate
conceptual understanding towards relevant real life
applications.

SCIENCE
GRADE LEVEL COURSE DESCRIPTION
Science 1 is a course that will allow the pupils to use their senses to
locate and describe the external parts of their body; to identify
external parts of animals and plants; to tell the shape, color, texture,
taste and size of things around them; to describe similarities and
differences of two given objects; to differentiate sounds produced
GRADE 1 by animals, vehicles, cars and musical instruments; to illustrate how
things move; to describe the weather and what to do in different
situations; to use appropriate terms or vocabulary to describe these
features; to collect, sort, count, draw, take thins apart or make
something out of the things; and to practice healthful habits and
safety measures.
Science 2 will allow the pupils to use their senses to explore and
describe the functions of their senses, compare two or more objects
by using two or more properties, sort things in different ways and
give a reason for doing so, describe the kind of weather or certain
events in the home or school and express how these are affecting
GRADE 2 them, do simple measurements of length, tell why some things
around them are important, decide if what they do is safe or
dangerous; give suggestions on how to prevent accidents at home,
practice electricity, water, and paper conservation, help take care of
pets or of plants, and tell short stories about what they do, what they
have seen, or what they feel.
Science 3 will allow the pupils, the learners should have acquired
healthful habits and have developed curiosity about self and their
environment using basic process skills of observing,
communicating, comparing, classifying, measuring, inferring and
GRADE 3
predicting. This curiosity will help learners value science as an
important tool in helping them continue to explore their natural and
physical environment. This should also include developing
scientific knowledge or concepts.

54
 GRADE LEVEL COURSE DESCRIPTION
Science 4 is a course that will allow learners to demonstrate
understanding and application of basic concepts in physical and
biological sciences. It focuses on the understanding of the concepts
of properties of materials, safety of materials and changes in matter,
different body organs of the human body, life cycles of living
things, habitat and interaction of living things, effects of forms of
energy on matter, kinds of soil, water resources, water cycle,
weather instruments, and importance of sun. As self-driven
individuals, the learners demonstrate understanding of the basic
Science concepts, apply science process skills and demonstrate
GRADE 4
scientific attitudes and values to solve problems critically, create or
innovate basic systems and products, and make informed and
unbiased decisions about social issues that involve science and
technology. These will enhance the integrity and wellness of the
human person, protect the environment and conserve resources in
orders to sustain quality life as living witnesses of Christ. At the end
of the course, the learners are expected to employ ways of handling
substances, start advocating on issues about environment, respond
positively on situations related to safety in motion, and promote
ways on conserving resources on Earth.
Science 5 is a course that will allow learners to demonstrate
understanding and application of basic concepts in physical and
biological sciences. It focuses on the understanding of the concepts
of properties of materials, and changes they undergo, organs of the
reproductive systems of humans, animals and plants, reproduction
of animal groups and flowering plants, interactions among
components of estuaries and intertidal zones, measure the amount
of change in the movement of an object in terms of its distance and
time, effects of different forms of energy, weathering and erosion,
changes in the weather before, during, and after a typhoon and their
effects, and moon phases and star patterns. As self-driven
GRADE 5
individuals, the learners demonstrate understanding of the basic
Science concepts, apply science process skills and demonstrate
scientific attitudes and values to solve problems critically, create or
innovate simple mechanisms, and make informed and unbiased
decisions in the changes brought by the dynamism of Earth. These
will enhance the integrity and wellness of the human person, protect
the environment and conserve resources in orders to sustain quality
life as living witnesses of Christ. At the end of the course, the
learners are expected to apply waste management, stand for
advocacy as a care-take of Creations, create mechanisms on
electrical safety, and create systems for disaster-preparedness.
Science 6 is a course that will allow learners to demonstrate
GRADE 6 understanding and application of basic concepts in physical and
biological sciences. It focuses on the understanding of

55
 GRADE LEVEL COURSE DESCRIPTION
characteristics of mixtures and the changes they undergo,
reproduction of animal groups and non-flowering plants,
interactions among components of tropical rainforests, coral reefs,
and mangrove swamps, effects of forces on man and objects, effects
of transformation of energy, effects of earthquakes and volcanic
eruptions, interpreting weather data and patterns, and dynamism of
the Earth and beyond. As self-driven individuals, the learners
demonstrate understanding of the basic Science concepts, apply
science process skills and demonstrate scientific attitudes and
values to solve problems critically, create or innovate beneficial
products and make informed and unbiased decisions about social
issues that involve science and technology. These will enhance the
integrity and wellness of the human person, protect the environment
and conserve resources in orders to sustain quality life as living
witnesses of Christ. At the end of the course, the learners are
expected to prepare different types of mixtures and employ ways of
separating their components, make proposals on how to maintain
balance in the ecosystem, create mechanisms on manipulating
objects, and create models that will help others understand the
dynamism of Earth and beyond.
Science 7 is a course that recognizes the place of Science and
Technology in everyday human affairs. It integrates Science and
Technology in the social, economic, personal and ethical aspects
of life. The course promotes Science as a strong link between
science and technology, including indigenous technology, thus
preserving our country’s cultural heritage.
As a whole, Science 7 curriculum will help the learners distinguish
mixtures from substances through semi-guided investigations. They
realize the importance of air testing when conducting investigations.
After studying how organ systems work together in plants and
GRADE 7
animals in the lower grade levels, learners can use the microscope
when observing very small organisms and structures. They
recognize that living things are organized into different levels.
Learners can describe the motion of objects in terms of distance and
speed, and represent this in tables, charts, and equations. They can
describe how various forms of energy travel through different
media. Learners can also describe what makes up the Philippine
archipelago as a whole and the resources found in it. They can
explain the occurrence of breezes, monsoons and ITCZ, and how
these weather systems affect people.
Science 8 is a course that presents concepts and skills in Life
Sciences, Physics, Chemistry, and Earth Sciences. The integration
GRADE 8 across science topics and other disciplines in this course will lead to
a meaningful understanding of concepts, and its application to real-
life situations. The learnerswill apply science process skills, and

56
 GRADE LEVEL COURSE DESCRIPTION
demonstrate scientific attitudes and values to solve problems
critically, create or innovate beneficial products, and make
informed and unbiased decisions about social issues that involve
science and technology. These will enhance the integrity and
wellness of the human person, protect the environment, and
conserve resources in order to sustain quality life. At the end of this
course, the learners will develop scientific, technological, and
environmental literacy, which would lead them to make rational
choices on issues confronting them.
Science 9 is a course that is divided into four major topics in
Science: Living things and the environment, Matter, Earth and
Space, and Force, Motion and Energy. It aims to develop students’
scientific, technological, and environmental literacy so as to make
rational choices on issues confronting them. Exposing students to
scientific investigations related to real-life, they recognize that the
GRADE 9 central feature of an investigation is the interplay of factors, and
their effects on each other. The contexts of the investigation are
problems at the local, national or global levels to allow students to
communicate with learners in other parts of the Philippines or even
from other countries using appropriate technology. The learners
understand science concepts and apply science inquiry skills in
addressing real-world problems through scientific investigations.
Science 10 is a course that will develop students’ scientific,
technological, and environmental literacy so that they will not be
isolated from the society where they live, will not be overwhelmed
by change, and can make rational choices on issues confronting
them. The learners can explain the importance of controlling the
conditions under which a chemical reaction occurs. They recognize
that cells and tissues of the body are made up of water, a few kinds
of ions, and biomolecules. The learners will realize that volcanoes
and earthquakes occur in the same places in the world and that these
are related to plate boundaries. They can demonstrate ways to
ensure safety and reduce damage during earthquakes, tsunamis, and
GRADE 10
volcanic eruptions. Also, the learners will have completed the study
of the entire organism with their deeper study of the nervous,
endocrine and reproductive systems. They can explain in greater
detail how genetic information is passed to offspring, and how
diversity of species increases the probability of adaptation and
survival in changing environments. They can also explain the
factors affecting balance and stability of an object to help them
practice appropriate positions and movements to achieve efficiency
and safety such as in sports and dancing. They can analyze
situations in which energy is harnessed for human use whereby heat
is released, affecting the physical and biological components of the

57
 GRADE LEVEL COURSE DESCRIPTION
environment that will lead them to a meaningful understanding of
concepts and its application to real-life situations.

MAPEH
GRADE LEVEL COURSE DESCRIPTION
KINDER Art - This course follows the Minimum Learning Competencies
prescribed by the Department of Education. It provides a basic yet
comprehensive coverage of drawing, color, and texture recognition
and other basic components of art.

Lessons are presented in the level of pre-school children. All the

lessons focus on the finished of artwork of each child as the end
result of the learning process.

P.E. - This course follows the Minimum Learning Competencies

prescribed by the Department of Education. It provides a basic yet
comprehensive coverage of physical movements. Lessons are
presented in the level of pre-school children. All the lessons focus
on children’s acquisition and development of basic skills necessary
to cope up with the demands of their daily physical activities and
higher Physical Education.
GRADE 1 Music – Includes the elements of music: melody, harmony, rhythm,
dynamics, tempo, forms, and styles from all continents and
historical periods. Students are expected to have active involvement
in the various creative musical processes.
Art – Discusses about arts and its various forms and elements. It is
geared towards developing the students, creativity and self-
expression. Students are given opportunities to create various art
forms using locally and available materials.
P.E. – A thorough discussion of concepts in Physical Education and
a comprehensive presentation of physical fitness. This includes the
five learning strands which include body management, movement
skills and games and sports, rhythm and dance, and physical fitness.
It aimed at training pupils to have an active lifestyle for a lifelong
fitness and wellness.
Health – It aimed to enlighten students about the importance of
appropriate health practices. The program focuses on the physical,
mental, emotional, social, moral and spiritual dimension of holistic
health. The concepts discussed enable the pupils to acquire essential
knowledge, attitudes and skills necessary to promote nutrition and
to prevent and control diseases and substance misuse and abuse.
GRADE 2 Music –Includes the elements of music: melody, harmony, rhythm,
dynamics, tempo, forms, and styles from all continents and
historical periods. Students are expected to have active involvement
in the various creative musical processes.

58
 Art – Discusses about arts and its various forms and elements. It is
geared towards developing the students, creativity and self-
expression. Students are given opportunities to create various art
forms using locally and available materials.
P.E. – A thorough discussion of concepts in Physical Education and
a comprehensive presentation of physical fitness. This includes the
five learning strands which include body management, movement
skills and games and sports, rhythm and dance, and physical fitness.
It aimed at training pupils to have an active lifestyle for a lifelong
fitness and wellness.
Health – It aimed to enlighten students about the importance of
appropriate health practices. The program focuses on the physical,
mental, emotional, social, moral and spiritual dimension of holistic
health. The concepts discussed enable the pupils to acquire essential
knowledge, attitudes and skills necessary to promote nutrition and
to prevent and control diseases and substance misuse and abuse.
GRADE 3 The MAPEH and ICT 3 are divided into the five areas: Music Arts,
Physical Education, Health and Information and Communication
Technology. The first part is all about music which includes the
elements of music: melody, harmony, rhythm, dynamics, tempo,
forms, and styles from all continents and historical periods. The
second part discusses Arts, and its various forms and elements. The
approach is student-centered. The third part includes thorough
discussion of concepts in Physical Education and a comprehensive
presentation of physical fitness activities. The fourth part covers an
in-depth discussion of Health Education and health-related
practices. The spiral approach in presenting the concepts will help
students to develop health knowledge and skills for them to achieve,
sustain and promote lifelong wellness. The last part is the
Information and Communication Technology which covers the
understanding and using the Windows desktop, managing files and
folders, using a slide presentation program and being safe and
responsible when browsing the Internet.
GRADE 4 Music – focuses on elements of music: melody, harmony, rhythm,
dynamics, tempo, forms, and style forms from all continents and
historic periods.
Arts – discusses its forms and elements geared toward developing
the students’ creativity and self-expressions. It also allows students
to create various art forms using locally available materials.
P.E. – It includes comprehensive presentation of physical fitness
activities which include body management, movement skills, games
and sports, rhythms and dances, and physical fitness for lifelong
fitness and wellness.
Health – It covers related practices aimed to enlighten young people
about the importance for holistic health.

59
GRADE 5 Music - It includes the elements of music: melody, harmony,
rhythm, dynamics, tempo, forms, and styles from all continents
and historical periods. The concepts are presented based on the
spiral, integrative and multicultural approaches in music. It is
designed for students to have active involvement in the various
creative musical processes.
Arts - It includes various forms and elements of the art. The hands-
on differentiated activities are geared toward developing the
students’ creativity and self-expression. Students are given
opportunities to create various art forms using locally available
materials.
Physical Education - It includes thorough discussion concepts in
physical education and a comprehensive presentation of physical
fitness activities. The physical education curriculum under the K
to 12 basic education program has five learning strands which
includes body management, movement skills, games and sports,
rhythm and dance, and physical fitness. Many activities are aimed
at training students to have an active lifestyle for lifelong fitness
and wellness.
Health - It includes in-depth discussion of health education and
related health practices aimed to enlighten young people about the
importance of appropriate health practices. K to 12 Health
education program focuses on the physical, mental, emotional,
social, moral and expected to enable learners to acquire essential
knowledge, attitude, and skills necessary to promote good
nutrition and prevent and control diseases and substance misuse
and abuse. The spiral approach in presenting the concepts will
help students to develop health knowledge and skills for them to
achieve, sustain and promote lifelong wellness.
GRADE 6 Music – It includes the elements of music: melody, harmony,
rhythm, dynamics, tempo, forms, and styles from all continents and
historical periods. The concepts are presented based on the spiral,
integrative, multicultural approaches in music education. Many
activities are designed for pupils to have active involvement in
various creative musical processes.
Arts - It includes various forms and elements of the art. The hands-
on differentiated activities are geared toward developing the
students’ creativity and self-expression. Pupils are given
opportunities to create various art forms using locally available
materials.
Physical Education - It includes thorough discussion concepts in
physical education and a comprehensive presentation of physical
fitness activities. Many activities are aimed at training students to
have an active lifestyle for lifelong fitness and wellness.
Health – it convers an in-depth discussion of Health Education and
its related health practices aimed to enlighten young people about

60
 the importance of appropriate health practices. The concepts and
activities are expected to enable the learners to acquire essential
knowledge, attitudes, and skills necessary to promote good
nutrition, prevent and control diseases, and substance misuse and
abuse.
GRADE 7 Music and Arts 7 is performance-based course that focuses on
different indigenous and contemporary music and art forms of the
Philippines, from the songs and crafts of ethnic tribes, the colonial
periods, up to the modern era.
The different definitions subdivisions, and functions of music and
art will be tackled in the first quarter, in order for the students to
realize the need of studying both disciplines. To equip the students
with better understanding and analysis of native and modern music
art forms, a review of the elements of music and visual arts will be
conducted thoroughly. Different folk songs and ethnic crafts will be
performed in the following quarters, together with Filipino folk
tales, myths and legends, as these are an expression of our faith,
emotions, and aspirations.
Modern and contemporary forms of the Spanish American periods
will be discussed toward the last quarter, together with additional
advanced lessons on basic Photography and Philippine Cinema.
Music and Arts 7 is designed to help enhance musical, spatial,
existential, interpersonal and intrapersonal aspects of students and
prepare them for future topics in their following Junior High School
years, as it welcomes them into unique and fun-filled learning
experiences.
Health Curriculum for Grade 7 aims to assist the Letranite learners
in attaining, sustaining and promoting lifelong-health and wellness.
The learning experience through the program provides opportunity
for the development and daily practice of health behaviors, analyze
the interrelationship among the factors that influence the status,
areas, and dimension of health (physical, mental, social, emotional,
moral/spiritual).
It also helps the recognition of the nutrients children and
adolescents need, analysis of the quality and quantity of their food
intake, and development of proper eating habits to meet
physiological, psychological, and social needs, including diseases
and disorders that arise from improper eating habit.
It promotes an educational philosophy based on valuing self, others,
and the environment, through the consideration of ethical values as
the bases of good educational practice.
The Physical Education 7 is a performance-based course that
focuses on the concept of fitness in relation to strength, power,
endurance, speed, agility, balance, and flexibility. It also correlates
the exercise to respiratory and muscular fitness. Individual and dual
sports are discussed on these courses like the basic skills and the

61
 rules and regulation of the games in playing table tennis. The
Philippine Folk Dance is one of the courses that describe the rich
culture of our country. The learners will demonstrate the basic
dance steps of Philippine Folk Dances. They also describe the
social, popular and modern dances by critiquing. The fourth quarter
focuses on the concepts of “laro ng lahi” which their skills acquire
cardio-respiratory and muscular endurance and even body
coordination, leg strength and power. The acquisition of physical
literacy serves as the foundation for lifelong physical activity
participation which is critical to maintaining and promoting health
of the learners.
GRADE 8 Music and Arts 8 is a performance-based course that focuses on
different indigenous and contemporary music and art forms of
Asia, including their historical, geographical, socio-cultural,
religious, and environmental facades.
Traditional music and arts will be systematically examined
starting from our neighbouring Southeast Asian countries, to the
influential East Asia nations, towards the rich central, southern,
and western Asian cultures. Special sessions on Asian dance,
festivals, pop music, and playing of the lyre, flute, and percussion
is added in the Music component, while weaving, painting,
calligraphy, sculpture, architecture, martial arts, and Asian cinema
are part of the Arts component.
By utilizing varied theories and facets of learning and development,
sessions in Music and Arts 8 develop multiple intelligences and
bring forth the maximum potentials of students. As it is vertically
and horizontally patterned with topics in Social Studies and
Languages subjects, it is easily applied with academic and extra-
curricular activities in and outside the classroom. Being exposed to
different cultures and customs of different countries makes the
learners more versatile and adaptable individuals in the
international community.
The Physical Education 8 is a performance-based that focuses on
the importance of fitness in relation to strength, power, endurance,
speed, agility, balance, flexibility, and coordination. It also
correlates the exercise to respiratory, circulatory, and muscular. The
basic basketball skills either it is individual, or team can be perform
by the learners. They can demonstrate the mechanics and the rules
of the games. The Philippine Folk Dance is of the curse that describe
the rich culture of our country in folk dance because it can learn the
basic movement like “Sakuting” and “Sua-Ko_Sua”. The fourth
quarter focuses on team sports of the game volleyball. The students
can easily learn, perform and execute the basic skills in playing
volleyball.

62
 The acquisition of physical literacy serves as the foundation for
lifelong physical activity participation which is critical to
maintaining and promoting heath of the learners.
Health Curriculum for Grade 7 aims to assist the Letranite learners
in attaining, sustaining and promoting lifelong-health and wellness.
The learning experience through the program provides opportunity
for the human life cycle related to the personal interactions within
the family that nurtures the individual and that provides a home
environment that enhances his/her growth as a person and the
development of ideals, values and standards of behavior regarding
sexuality and responsible parenthood. It expresses on how dating,
courtship should be done and how to become a responsible parent.
It studies the incidence and prevalence of disease in large
population, including detection of the source and cause of
epidemics and helps people take positive action of their health and
lifestyle to prevent disease and achieve optimum health, and tackles
the prevention and control of the use of abuse and substances: their
identification, causes, effects on the person, the family and the
society.
GRADE 9 Music and Arts 9 is a performance-based course that focuses on
different music and art eras of the Western world. This includes
music and arts from the Prehistoric, Medieval, Renaissance,
Baroque, Classical, Romantic, and Contemporary periods.
Significant topics taken from European school curriculum include
Arts from Egyptian, Greek, and Roman civilizations. Grade 10
advanced lessons are added, such as Music from Africa and Latin
America, while special sessions in Piano, Guitar, Ukulele, Violin,
Bass, and Drum set are a bonus for the students, as very few music
teachers can teach all these.
Music and Arts 9 will make students realize the importance of
manually performed music and hand-made art genius, in
developing individual talents, skills, and abilities, without the use
of modern gadgets and technological advancements. The
inventions and old masterpiece of the west will be incorporated
with current trends through presentation and processing of
concepts using up to date media and techniques, in order to
maintain the students’ interests and fit their modernized needs.
An important goal of the subject is to promote positive leisure and
authentic relaxation for students, providing effective emotional
outlets for teenagers in their critical years, keeping them away from
unhelpful habits and harmful vices, and having them recognize the
value of Humanities in today’s paradoxical age.
The Physical Education 9 is a performance-based course that
focuses on the Physical fitness, warm-up, exercises, and obstacle
course related to fitness. The individual and dual sports focusing on
badminton, table tennis are also discussed in this course. After

63
 which is the ballroom dance that focusing on basics of waltz, cha-
cha and tango. Lastly the outdoor recreational activities like hiking,
biking, map reading(orienteering), wall climbing, camping, etc. that
develops the independent of an individual to make their life more
meaningful.
Health education for grade 9 focuses on situate the learner as
integral part of his/her community and the environment, with
responsibility to help protect the environment, supported by
individual and community actions and legislations to promote a
standard of health, hygiene, and safety in food and water supply,
waste management, pollution control, noxious animal control, and
the delivery of primary health care, prevention, and control of the
use and abuse of substances: their identification, cases, effects of
the person, the family, society, and the nation, and the causes, cost,
and prevention of accidents and injuries at home, in the school and
in the community and in the performance of different activities,
through promotion of safe environment, safety programs,
procedures and services including first aid education.
GRADE 10 Music and Arts 10 is a performance-based course that focuses on
different music and art forms from the Twentieth Century up to
present. This includes 21st Century Multimedia-based forms,
Abstract and Pop Music and Arts, History of Music in the United
States (Band, Blues, Jazz, Rock, Country, Gospel, Broadway),
Design arts (Fashion, Furniture, Landscape, Website, Video
Game, Camera arts, Advertising) and introductory lessons in
practical music and art such as Music Therapy, Music
Technology, Art Therapy, and Architecture.
As practiced from Music and Arts 7 to 9, the fundamental
elements of music and visual arts are spirally employed in
appreciation and performance activities, such as listening,
singing, playing instruments, composing, watching videos, and
using diverse art media and techniques. The learners therefore, are
both recipient and instructor of knowledge, skills, and values, as
they develop creative expression, cultural literacy, aesthetic
valuation, critical analysis, practical abilities, and environmental
awareness.
Special topics like Issue-oriented arts and Alternative music are
integrated with current global developments and social needs that
make the learners comprehend more the significance of music and
art in the fast-changing global society. In the final year of Junior
high school, the course ends in presenting possible career options
and professions in both fields, to help the students choose the right
strand for Senior high school and eventually, for their future.
The Physical Education 10 is a performance-based course that
focuses on health-related and skill-related fitness tests and
designing a personal fitness plan. The fundamentals, rules,

64
regulations and sports management in volleyball can also discuss
on this course. After which is the International dance focuses on
La Curacha and Minuet. Lastly, is the team sports in basketball in
which is the advance skills and officiating followed by the class
mini-olympics.
The acquisition of physical literacy serves as the foundation for
lifelong physical activity participation which is critical to
maintaining and promoting health of the learners.
Health Education for Grade 10 focuses on the application of
consumer skills in the wise evaluation, selection and use of health
information products, and services. It focuses on the student’s need,
abilities, interests, and learning styles with the teacher as a
facilitator of learning uses the cultural knowledge, prior
experiences, and performance styles of diverse students to make
learning more appropriate and effective for them, and helps people
to take positive action on their health and lifestyle to prevent
diseases and achieve optimum health.

65
 2.2 Senior High School

ACCOUNTANCY AND BUSSINESS MANAGEMENT (ABM)

GRADE 11
1st Semester 2nd Semester
GR CODE TITLE UNI HR GRA CODE TITLE UNI HR
AD TS S DE TS S
E
21st Century Literature
CSENG *Speech & Oral CSHU
3 80 from the Philippines and 3 80
01 Communication M1
the World
Komunikasyon at
CS CSMA
Pananaliksik sa Wika at 3 80 Statistics and Probability 3 80
FIL01 TH02
Kulturang Filipino
CSSCI0 Earth and Life Science 3 80 CSSCI0 *Earth and Disaster 3 80
1 2 Readiness
CSMA CSCO Digital Media &
General Mathematics 3 80 3 80
TH01 MM02 Information Literacy
*Philosophy of the
CSPHI Human Person (with CSCLE **Dominican Life and
3 80 (1.5) 40
LO1 World Religion & 02 Charism
Belief Systems)
*Understanding
Culture, Politics, &
CSSOC CSPEH
Society (with 3 80 Rhythmic Activities 1 20
01 02
Philippine Politics &
Governance)
Pagsulat sa Filipino sa
CSCLE CTFIL0
**A Letranite Code (1.5) 40 Piling Larangan 3 80
01 2
(Akademik)
CSPEH Physical Fitness & CTRDL
1 20 Qualitative Research 3 80
01 Aerobics Activities 01
Empowerment
CTCO SP-
Technologies: ICT for 3 80 Business Mathematics 3 80
MM01 ABM2
Professionals
Fundamentals of
SP- Organization and SP-
3 80 Accounting, Business 3 80
ABM1 Management ABM3
and Management 1
TOTAL UNITS/HOURS 26.5 700 TOTAL UNITS/HOURS 26.5 700

66
 GRADE 12
1st Semester 2nd Semester
GR CODE TITLE UNI HR GRA CODE TITLE UNI HR
AD TS S DE TS S
E
*Trends, Networks, and
CSENG *Reading and Creative CSSOC
3 80 Critical Thinking in the 3 80
02 Writing 03
21st Century Culture
*Personal Development
in the Context of
CS CSFL0
Community 3 80 **Advanced Mandarin 3 80
SOC02 2
Involvement & Social
Issues
CSFL0 CSCLE **Living the Christian
**Basic Mandarin 3 80 (1.5) 40
1 04 Faith with Immersion
CSCLE **Social Teachings of (1.5) 40 CSPEH Recreational Activities 1 20
03 the Church 04
CSPEH Individual, Dual, & CTEN English for Academics
1 20 3 80
03 Team Sports G03 and Professional Purpose
CSENT Entrepreneurship 3 80 SP- Applied Economics 3 80
RE1 ABM7
CTRDL SP- Business Ethics and
Quantitative Research 3 80 3 80
02 ABM8 Social Responsibility
Business Enterprise
Fundamentals of
SP- SP- Simulation (Work
Accounting, Business 3 80 3 80
ABM4 ABM9 Immersion /
and Management 2
Culminating Activity)
SP- Business Finance 3 80
ABM5
SP- Business Marketing 3 80 TOTAL UNITS/HOURS 20.5 540
ABM6
TOTAL UNITS/HOURS 26.5 700

*HUMSS/GAS specialized courses integrated / **Institutional Mandated

CURRICULUM SUMMARY:
Number of Courses Units
Core: 17 39
Contextualized: 6 18
Specialized: 9 27
Institutional Mandated: 6 12
TOTAL: 38 96

Course Description

Specialized Subjects

CODE TITLE Description

This course is designed to familiarize the learners with the basic
SP- Organization and concepts, principles, and processes related to business organization, and
ABM1 Management the functional areas of management. Particular emphasis will be given
to the study of management functions like planning, organizing, leading,

67
 and controlling, and orient the learners on the importance of these
functions and the role of each area in entrepreneurship.
This course will provide an understanding of the basic concepts of
Mathematics as applied in business. It includes a review of the
SP- fundamentals of Mathematic operations using decimal, fractions,
Business Math
ABM2 percent, ratio and proportion; Mathematics concepts and skills in buying
and selling computing gross and net earnings; overtime and business
data presentation, analysis and interpretation.
This course helps learners understand fundamental accounting concepts
Fundamentals of
and principles, as well as to develop the capability to perform the basic
SP- Accounting,
accounting functions: the recognition, valuation, measurement and
ABM3 Business and
recording of the most common business transactions and the preparation
Management 1
of financial statements as well as the working paper.
The course deals with the preparation and analysis of financial
Fundamentals of
statements of a service business and merchandising business using
SP- Accounting,
horizontal and vertical analyses and financial ratios. Knowledge and
ABM4 Business and
skills in the analysis of financial statements will aid the future
Management 2
entrepreneurs in making sound economic decisions.
This course deals with the fundamental principles, tools, and techniques
of the financial operation involved in the management of business
enterprises. It covers the basic framework and tools for financial analysis
and financial planning and control, and introduces basic concepts and
principles needed in making investment and financing decisions.
SP-
Business Finance Introduction to investments and personal finance are also covered in the
ABM5
course. Using the dual-learning approach of theory and application, each
chapter and module engages the learners to explore all stages of the
learning process from knowledge, analysis, evaluation, and application
to preparation and development of financial plans and programs suited
for a small business.
The course deals with the principles and practices in marketing goods
SP- Business
and services. It also focuses on the development of integrated marketing
ABM6 Marketing
programs that will help grow businesses.
This course deals with the basic principles of applied economics, and its
application to contemporary economic issues facing the Filipino
SP- Applied entrepreneur such as prices of commodities, minimum wage, rent, and
ABM7 Economics taxes. It covers an analysis of industries for identification of potential
business opportunities. The main output of the course is the preparation
of a socioeconomic impact study of a business venture.
The course deals with the fundamental concepts, principles, and
practices of ethical standards in the business environment. It combines
the theoretical foundations of setting up business enterprises with the
Business Ethics
SP- conduct of entrepreneurial activities in the context of one’s
and Social
ABM8 accountability and social responsibility. Specifically, the course aims to:
Responsibility
(1) provide learners with a basic understanding of the mechanisms
whereby companies can be made to act in the best interest of
shareholders, other stakeholders, and society as a whole; (2) provide

68
 learners with knowledge of general ethical principles as applied to the
special situations of business and the ability to make informed judgments
through case analyses; and (3) equip learners with the ability to
formulate basic strategies in relation to corporate ethics and governance.
Work Immersion is one of the course requirements for graduation. A
Senior High School student has to undergo Work Immersion in an
industry that directly relates to the student’s postsecondary goal.
Through Work Immersion, the learners are exposed to and become
familiar with work-related environment related to their field of
specialization to enhance their competence. Specifically, the learners are
SP- able to: (i) gain relevant and practical industrial skills under the guidance
Work Immersion
ABM9 of industry experts and workers; (ii) appreciate the importance and
application of the principles and theories taught in school; (iii) enhance
their technical knowledge and skills; (iv) enrich their skills in
communications and human relations; and (v) develop good work habits,
attitudes, appreciation, and respect for work. These prepare them to meet
the needs and challenges of employment or higher education after
graduation.

SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY, ENGINEERING, AND MATHEMATICS STRAND

CURRICULUM (STEM)
GRADE 11
1st Semester 2nd Semester
GR CODE TITLE UNI HR GRA CODE TITLE UNI HRS
AD TS S DE TS
E
21st Century Literature
CSEN *Speech & Oral CSHU
3 80 from the Philippines and 3 80
G01 Communication M1
the World
Komunikasyon at
CS CSMA
Pananaliksik sa Wika 3 80 Statistics and Probability 3 80
FIL01 TH02
at Kulturang Filipino
CSSCI Earth and Life Science 3 80 CSSCI *Earth and Disaster 3 80
01 02 Readiness
CSMA CSCO Digital Media &
General Mathematics 3 80 3 80
TH01 MM02 Information Literacy
*Philosophy of the
CSPHI Human Person (with CSCLE **Dominican Life and
3 80 (1.5) 40
LO1 World Religion & 02 Charism
Belief Systems)
*Understanding
Culture, Politics, &
CSSOC CSPEH
Society (with 3 80 Rhythmic Activities 1 20
01 02
Philippine Politics &
Governance)
Pagsulat sa Filipino sa
CSCLE CTFIL
**A Letranite Code (1.5) 40 Piling Larangan 3 80
01 02
(Akademik)
CSPEH Physical Fitness & CTRD
1 20 Qualitative Research 3 80
01 Aerobics Activities L01

69
 Empowerment
CTCO SP-
Technologies: ICT for 3 80 Basic Calculus 3 80
MM01 STEM2
Professionals
SP- SP- General Biology 1
Pre-Calculus 3 80 3 80
STEM1 STEM3
TOTAL UNITS/HOURS 26.5 700 TOTAL UNITS/HOURS 26.5 700

GRADE 12
1st Semester 2nd Semester
GR CODE TITLE UNI HR GRA CODE TITLE UNI HR
AD TS S DE TS S
E
*Trends, Networks, and
CSENG *Reading and Creative CSSOC
3 80 Critical Thinking in the 3 80
02 Writing 03
21st Century Culture
*Personal Development
in the Context of
CS CSFL0
Community 3 80 **Advanced Mandarin 3 80
SOC02 2
Involvement & Social
Issues
CSFL0 CSCLE **Living the Christian
**Basic Mandarin 3 80 (1.5) 40
1 04 Faith with Immersion
CSCLE **Social Teachings of (1.5) 40 CSPEH Recreational Activities 1 20
03 the Church 04
CSPEH Individual, Dual, & CTEN English for Academics
1 20 3 80
03 Team Sports G03 and Professional Purpose
CSENT Entrepreneurship 3 80 SP- General Chemistry 2 3 80
RE1 STEM7
CTRDL SP- General Physics 2
Quantitative Research 3 80 3 80
02 STEM8
Research/Capstone
SP- SP- Project, or Culminating
General Biology 2 3 80 3 80
STEM4 STEM9 Activity (i.e.
Prototyping, Modeling)
SP- General Chemistry 1 3 80
STEM5
540
SP- General Physics 1 3 80 TOTAL UNITS/HOURS 20.5
STEM6
TOTAL UNITS/HOURS 26.5 700

*HUMSS/GAS specialized courses integrated / **Institutional Mandated

Number of Courses Units

Core: 17 39
Contextualized: 6 18
Specialized: 9 27
Institutional Mandated: 6 12
TOTAL: 38 96

70
 Course Description

Specialized Subjects
CODE TITLE Description
The learners must be able to apply concepts and solve problems
SP- involving conic sections, systems of nonlinear equations, series and
Pre-Calculus
STEM1 mathematical induction, circular and trigonometric functions,
trigonometric identities, and polar coordinate system.
The learners must know how to determine the limit of a function,
differentiate, and integrate algebraic, exponential, logarithmic, and
SP-
Basic Calculus trigonometric functions in one variable, and to formulate and solve
STEM2
problems involving continuity, extreme values, related rates,
population models, and areas of plane regions.
This subject is designed to enhance the understanding of the
SP- principles and concepts in the study of biology, particularly life
General Biology 1
STEM3 processes at the cellular and molecular levels. It also covers the
transformation of energy in organisms.
This subject is designed to enhance the understanding of the
SP- principles and concepts in the study of biology, particularly heredity
General Biology 2
STEM4 and variation, and the diversity of living organisms, their structure,
function, and evolution.
This subjec tackles composition, structure, and properties of matter;
SP-
General Chemistry 1 quantitative principles, kinetics, and energetics of transformations of
STEM5
matter; and fundamental concepts of organic chemistry
This subject discusses mechanics of particles, rigid bodies, and fluids;
SP- waves; and heat and thermodynamics using the methods and concepts
General Physics 1
STEM6 of algebra, geometry, trigonometry, graphical analysis, and basic
calculus
This subject deals with composition, structure, and properties of
SP- matter; quantitative principles, kinetics, and energetics of
General Chemistry 2
STEM7 transformations of matter; and fundamental concepts of organic
chemistry
This subject deals with electricity and magnetism; optics; the basics
SP- of special relativity, atomic and nuclear phenomena using the
General Physics 2
STEM8 methods and concepts of algebra, geometry, trigonometry, graphical
analysis, and basic calculus
Work Immersion is one of the course requirements for graduation. A
Senior High School student has to undergo Work Immersion in an
industry that directly relates to the student’s postsecondary goal.
Through Work Immersion, the learners are exposed to and become
SP- familiar with work-related environment related to their field of
Work Immersion
STEM9 specialization to enhance their competence. Specifically, the learners
are able to: (i) gain relevant and practical industrial skills under the
guidance of industry experts and workers; (ii) appreciate the
importance and application of the principles and theories taught in
school; (iii) enhance their technical knowledge and skills; (iv) enrich

71
 their skills in communications and human relations; and (v) develop
good work habits, attitudes, appreciation, and respect for work. These
prepare them to meet the needs and challenges of employment or
higher education after graduation.

INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATIONS TECHNOLOGY (ICT)

GRADE 11
1st Semester 2nd Semester
GR CODE TITLE UNI HR GRA CODE TITLE UNI HR
ADE TS S DE TS S
21st Century Literature
CSENG *Speech & Oral CSHU
3 80 from the Philippines and 3 80
01 Communication M1
the World
Komunikasyon at
CS CSMAT
Pananaliksik sa Wika at 3 80 Statistics and Probability 3 80
FIL01 H02
Kulturang Filipino
CSSCI0 Earth and Life Science 3 80 CSSCI0 *Earth and Disaster 3 80
1 2 Readiness
CSMAT CSCO Digital Media &
General Mathematics 3 80 3 80
H01 MM02 Information Literacy
*Philosophy of the
CSPHIL Human Person (with CSCLE **Dominican Life and
3 80 (1.5) 40
O1 World Religion & Belief 02 Charism
Systems)
*Understanding Culture,
CSSOC Politics, & Society (with CSPEH
3 80 Rhythmic Activities 1 20
01 Philippine Politics & 02
Governance)
Pagsulat sa Filipino sa
CSCLE CTFIL0
**A Letranite Code (1.5) 40 Piling Larangan 3 80
01 2
(Akademik)
CSPEH Physical Fitness & CTRDL
1 20 Qualitative Research 3 80
01 Aerobics Activities 01
Empowerment Quality Standards in
CTCO SP-
Technologies: ICT for 3 80 Application Development 3 80
MM01 ICT2
Professionals & Animation
Introduction to Application Development
SP- Application SP- 1 (1st Language):
3 80 3 80
ICT1 Development & ICT3 Microsoft C#
Animation
TOTAL UNITS/HOURS 26.5 700 TOTAL UNITS/HOURS 26.5 700

GRADE 12
1st Semester 2nd Semester
GR CODE TITLE UNI HR GRA CODE TITLE UNI HR
ADE TS S DE TS S
*Trends, Networks, and
CSENG *Reading and Creative CSSOC
3 80 Critical Thinking in the 3 80
02 Writing 03
21st Century Culture
*Personal Development
CS
in the Context of 3 80 CSFL02 **Advanced Mandarin 3 80
SOC02
Community

72
 Involvement & Social
Issues
CSCLE **Living the Christian
CSFL01 **Basic Mandarin 3 80 (1.5) 40
04 Faith with Immersion
CSCLE **Social Teachings of (1.5) 40 CSPEH Recreational Activities 1 20
03 the Church 04
CSPEH Individual, Dual, & CTENG English for Academics
1 20 3 80
03 Team Sports 03 and Professional Purpose
CSENT Entrepreneurship 3 80 SP- Animation 201: Autodesk 3 80
RE1 ICT7 Maya
CTRDL SP- Animation 202: Autodesk
Quantitative Research 3 80 3 80
02 ICT8 Auto CAD
Application Industry Exposure /
SP- SP-
Development 2 (2nd 3 80 Research Project / 3 80
ICT4 ICT9
Language): JAVA Culminating Activity
SP- Animation 101: Adobe 3 80
ICT5 Flash CS/6/CC
SP- Animation 102: Adobe 3 80 TOTAL UNITS/HOURS 20.5 540
ICT6 After Effects 6/CC
TOTAL UNITS/HOURS 26.5 700

*HUMSS/GAS specialized courses integrated / **Institutional Mandated

CURRICULUM SUMMARY:
Number of Courses Units
Core: 17 39
Contextualized: 6 18
Specialized: 9 27
Institutional Mandated: 6 12
TOTAL: 38 96

Course Description

Specialized Subjects
CODE TITLE Description
This course introduces the learners to the fundamental concepts of
Computer Programming and Animation. It covers the knowledge,
Quality Standards
skills, attitudes and values needed to apply quality standards in the
in Application
SP-ICT1 workplace. The course also includes the application of relevant
Development and
safety procedures and regulations, organization procedures,
Animation
customer requirements, tools, software and principles of program
development and animation.
The course aims to equip the learners with the competencies to
achieve the basic knowledge in producing cleaned-up and in-
Animation 101:
between drawings in both production and post-production of
SP-ICT2 Foundations of
animations. The competent learners are expected to understand the
Animation
essence of participating in a workplace communication; work in a
team environment, practice career professionalism, apply the

73
 quality and standards in creating animation, and produce their own
animations. The learners will be taking the TESDA Animation
NCII to gauge their knowledge and recognize the needs for
improvement. After receiving the NCII qualification, learners will
be identified as a clean-up artist, in-betweener, clean-up checker,
and in-between checker.
This course aims to equip the learners with fundamental concepts
of writing a program by coding in C# language using Microsoft
Visual Studio 2010. At the end of this course, learning Microsoft
Application C# will prepare them to comprehend and adjust to other
Development 1 programming languages. It includes lectures and hands-on
SP-ICT3
(1st Language): activities about .NET, C# Syntax, Data Types, Operators,
Microsoft C# Expressions and Control Structures. These topics are provided to
develop and enhance the student’s knowledge, skills as a C#
Programmer.

This course aims to equip the learners with the competencies to

achieve the knowledge in using Adobe Flash as an animation tool
for both production and post-production of animations. The
competent learners are expected to understand the Adobe Flash
Animation 102:
interface; work in a team environment, practice career
SP-ICT4 Animation Using
professionalism, apply the quality and standards in creating
Adobe Flash CS3
animation, and produce interactive web-based animations. The
learners are expected to have the basic knowledge in traditional
animation from prior Animation class. After the course, the learners
will have the necessary skills in the field of digital animation.
This course is designed to develop knowledge, skills, and attitudes
Computer Systems of a Computer Service Technician in accordance with industry
SP-ICT5 Servicing (CSS standards. It covers basic and common competencies such as
NCII) installing, maintaining, configuring, and diagnosing computer
systems and networks.
This course is designed to establish proficiency in information and
communications technology needed in the industry such as Web
Web Design 1: design. This covers a brief review on the basic creation of a
Adobe webpage using HTML, understanding the importance of creating a
SP-ICT6 Dreamweaver + good website, and an introduction to a new software that is essential
Adobe Photoshop in producing a good quality website. This course also provides a
(Mapping) venue for the learners to creatively present their valuable contents
online and be able to produce websites that integrates a variety of
information fundamental to the 21st century.
This is a specialization course that leads to a Programing (Java)
Application National Certificate Level III (NC III). It discusses two (2) core
Development 2 competencies that will enable learners to perform object-oriented
SP-ICT7
(2nd Language): analysis and design in Java technology. This will allow the learners
JAVA create and fine-tune Java technology applications using object-
oriented programming concept.

74
 This course focuses on improving the learners’ skills in Animation
and improving them through the introduction of a new software,
Adobe After Effects. With the aid of the competencies achieved in
Animation 101: Basic Animation, learners are expected to produce
Animation 201: animations of a higher-level quality, basic Photography and
SP-ICT8 Animation Using Videography skills, as well as the application of Visual Effects.
After Effects The learners are expected to appreciate the importance of the
different Animation Principles, showcase creative outputs and
produce an advanced animation project. After the course, the
learners will have the necessary skills in the field of digital
animation.
Work Immersion is one of the course requirements for graduation.
A Senior High School student has to undergo Work Immersion in
an industry that directly relates to the student’s postsecondary goal.
Through Work Immersion, the learners are exposed to and become
familiar with work-related environment related to their field of
Work Immersion/ specialization to enhance their competence. Specifically, the
Research Project / learners are able to: (i) gain relevant and practical industrial skills
SP-ICT9
Culminating under the guidance of industry experts and workers; (ii) appreciate
Activity the importance and application of the principles and theories taught
in school; (iii) enhance their technical knowledge and skills; (iv)
enrich their skills in communications and human relations; and (v)
develop good work habits, attitudes, appreciation, and respect for
work. These prepare them to meet the needs and challenges of
employment or higher education after graduation.

HOME ECONOMICS (HE)

GRADE 11
1st Semester 2nd Semester
GRA CODE TITLE UNI HR GRA CODE TITLE UNI HR
DE TS S DE TS S
21st Century Literature
CSENG *Speech & Oral CSHU
3 80 from the Philippines and 3 80
01 Communication M1
the World
Komunikasyon at
CS CSMAT
Pananaliksik sa Wika at 3 80 Statistics and Probability 3 80
FIL01 H02
Kulturang Filipino
CSSCI0 Earth and Life Science 3 80 CSSCI0 *Earth and Disaster 3 80
1 2 Readiness
CSMAT CSCO Digital Media &
General Mathematics 3 80 3 80
H01 MM02 Information Literacy
*Philosophy of the
CSPHIL Human Person (with CSCLE **Dominican Life and
3 80 (1.5) 40
O1 World Religion & Belief 02 Charism
Systems)
*Understanding Culture,
CSSOC Politics, & Society (with CSPEH
3 80 Rhythmic Activities 1 20
01 Philippine Politics & 02
Governance)

75
 Pagsulat sa Filipino sa
CSCLE CTFIL0
**A Letranite Code (1.5) 40 Piling Larangan 3 80
01 2
(Akademik)
CSPEH Physical Fitness & CTRDL
1 20 Qualitative Research 3 80
01 Aerobics Activities 01
Empowerment
CTCO Room Service
Technologies: ICT for 3 80 SP-HE2 3 80
MM01 Management
Professionals
Introduction to
SP-HE1 Bartending and Food & 3 80 SP-HE3 Bartending 101 3 80
Beverage Services
TOTAL UNITS/HOURS 26.5 700 TOTAL UNITS/HOURS 26.5 700

GRADE 12
1st Semester 2nd Semester
GR CODE TITLE UNI HR GRA CODE TITLE UNI HR
ADE TS S DE TS S
*Trends, Networks, and
CSENG *Reading and Creative CSSOC
3 80 Critical Thinking in the 3 80
02 Writing 03
21st Century Culture
*Personal Development
in the Context of
CS
Community 3 80 CSFL02 **Advanced Mandarin 3 80
SOC02
Involvement & Social
Issues
CSCLE **Living the Christian
CSFL01 **Basic Mandarin 3 80 (1.5) 40
04 Faith with Immersion
CSCLE **Social Teachings of (1.5) 40 CSPEH Recreational Activities 1 20
03 the Church 04
CSPEH Individual, Dual, & CTENG English for Academics
1 20 3 80
03 Team Sports 03 and Professional Purpose
CSENT Entrepreneurship 3 80 SP-HE7 Bartending 104 3 80
RE1
Food and Beverage
CTRDL
Quantitative Research 3 80 SP-HE8 Service Industry 3 80
02
Exposure
Food and Beverage Bartending Industry
SP-HE4 3 80 SP-HE9 3 80
Service Procedure Exposure
SP-HE5 Bartending 102 3 80
SP-HE6 Bartending 103 3 80 TOTAL UNITS/HOURS 20.5 540
TOTAL UNITS/HOURS 26.5 700

*HUMSS/GAS specialized courses integrated / **Institutional Mandated

CURRICULUM SUMMARY:
Number of Courses Units
Core: 17 39
Contextualized: 6 18
Specialized: 9 27
Institutional Mandated: 6 12
TOTAL: 38 96

76
 Course Description

Specialized Subjects
CODE TITLE Description
Introduction to Bartending, Food and Beverage Services covers topics
that will help the student understand the duties and responsibilities of a
food and beverage service staff, the food and beverage department and
Introduction to its role in the industry. This course also covers the basic, common and
Bartending and core competencies required in the delivery of food and beverage service
SP-HE1
Food & Beverage in various food service facilities. It covers the core competencies on
Services preparing the dining room for service, welcoming guests and taking food
and beverage orders, promoting food and beverage products, providing
food and beverage service to guests, and receiving and handling guest
concerns.
This subject describes the performance outcomes, skills, and knowledge
required to provide room service in accommodation establishments. It
requires the ability to take orders, set up room service trolleys, deliver
meals, process accounts and clear used meal service items. The unit
Room Service applies to all hospitality organizations where room service is provided,
SP-HE2
Management including hotels, motels, and bed and breakfasts. It applies to kitchen
staff, and operational food and beverage attendants who work with very
little independence and under the guidance of others. It can also apply
to front office personnel.

This course is designed to enhance the knowledge, skills and attitude of

learners on in cleaning bar areas, operating bar, preparing and mixing
mocktails and drinks in accordance with five-star hotel and restaurant
standards as well as the duties, tasks an steps required of a bartender in
SP-HE3 Bartending 101
the various bar and food and beverage outlets. It is also designed to
develop learners’ skills in flair bartending in order to entertain their
guests in a dazzling way.

The Food and Beverage Services, an NC III qualification, consists of

competencies that a learner must achieve to deliver and supervise food
and beverage service operations in various food and beverage service
Food and Beverage facilities.
SP-HE4
Service Procedure • Direct and lead service team in the dining area/restaurant
• Oversee dining area operations
• Oversee banquet and/or catering function

The Bartending NCII Qualification consists of competencies that a

learner must achieve to operate a bar, prepare and mix cocktails and non-
alcoholic concoctions and provide basic wine service to guests in all
SP-HE5 Bartending 102
food and beverage service providers except for “Specialty Coffee
Shops”.

77
 This subject is designed to provide learners with the knowledge and
Bartending 103 skills in mixology specifically the barista basics. It requires learners to
SP-HE6
(Barista) familiarize the different coffee terminologies used, preparation of the
different coffee concoctions and the different methods used.
This subject is designed to provide learners with the skills and
Bartending 104 knowledge required to analyze, interpret and manage the departmental
(Banquet and operation for the food and beverage division of a hospitality
SP-HE7
Catering establishment. In addition, it consists of competencies that a learner
Procedure) must achieve the deliverance of good quality banquet and catering
service.
This subject is designed to supplement classroom learning by actual
Food and Beverage
exposure to food and beverage establishments (restaurants) who admit
SP-HE8 Service Industry
student trainees. It requires the learners to be exposed in the food and
Exposure
beverage division such as in dining service and kitchen.
This subject is designed to supplement classroom learning by actual
exposure to the different bar and beverage establishments (including
Bartending
SP-HE9 coffee shops) who admit student trainees. It requires the learners to be
Industry Exposure
exposed in the different department of the bar industry which would
made them apply their learnings in mixology.

COURSE DESCRIPTION FOR (ABM, STEM, ICT AND HE)

Contextualized Subjects
CODE TITLE Description
This subject provides basic understanding of Information and
Empowerment
CTCOMM Communications Technologies as a tool for curating, contextualizing,
Technologies: ICT
01 collaborating, and creating content and experiences for learning in the
for Professionals
professional tracks.
Pagsulat sa
Pagsulat ng iba’t ibang anyo ng sulating lilinang sa mga kakayahang
Filipino sa Piling
CTFIL02 magpahayag tungo sa mabisa, mapanuri, at masinop na pagsusulat sa
Larangan
piniling larangan.
(Akademik)
This subject develops initiative and self-direction to update
Qualitative
CTRDL01 knowledge, critical-thinking and problem-solving skill to answer
Research
global questions, problems, and issues through qualitative research.
This subject develops initiative and self-direction to update
Quantitative knowledge, critical-thinking and problem-solving skill to answer
CTRDL02
Research global questions, problems, and issues through quantitative research
with the aid of business analytics.
English for
The development of communication skills in English for academic
Academics and
CTENG03 and professional purposes with focus on the development of writing
Professional
skills for academic and job specific writing.
Purpose

78
 Core Subjects
CODE TITLE Description
The development of listening and speaking skills and strategies
*Speech & Oral for effective communication in various situations. It tacklrs both
CSENG01
Communication the skill in communicating in the work place and of the
guidelines in public speaking.
Komunikasyon at
Pag-aaral tungo sa pananaliksik ukol sa kalikasan, katangian,
Pananaliksik sa
CS FIL01 pag-unlad, gamit at paggamit ng Wikang Filipino sa mga
Wika at Kulturang
sitwasyong komunikatibo at kultural sa lipunang Pilipino.
Filipino
This learning area is designed to provide a general background
in understanding Biology. It deals with basic principles and
Earth and Life
CSSCI01 processes in the study of Biology. It covers life, processes and
Science
interactions at the cellular, organism, population, and ecosystem
levels.
The students must know how to solve problems involving
CSMATH0 General rational, exponential and logarithmic functions; to solve
1 Mathematics business-related problems; and to apply logic to real-life
situations.
*Philosophy of the An initiation to the activity and process of philosophical
Human Person reflection as a search for a synoptic vision of life. Topics to be
CSPHILO1 (with World discussed include the human experiences of embodiment, being
Religion & Belief in the world with others and the environment, freedom,
Systems) intersubjectivity, sociality, being unto death.
This course uses insights from Anthropology, Political Science,
and Sociology to develop students’ awareness of cultural, social
and political dynamics, and sensitivity to cultural diversity;
provide them with an understanding of how culture, human
*Understanding
agency, society and politics work; and engage them in the
Culture, Politics,
examination of the country’s current human development goals.
CSSOC01 & Society (with
At the end of the course, students should acquire ideas about
Philippine Politics
human cultures, human agency, society and politics; recognize
& Governance)
cultural relativism and social inclusiveness to overcome
prejudices; and develop social and cultural competence to guide
their interactions with groups, communities, networks, and
institutions.
This course tackles about the history of the Colegio and the
values, which she to instill in her student, are good sources of
Christian Faith. This relates the Colegio to the educational
**A Letranite
CSCLE01 mission of the Church in the Philippines. It also introduces/
Code
deepens the different marks that make a Letranite, including the
exemplary embodiment of its supreme ideals of Deus, Patria,
Letran.
Physical Fitness & Physical Education and Health offers experiential learning for
CSPEH01 Aerobics learners to adopt an active life for fitness and lifelong health. The
Activities knowledge, skills and understanding which include physical and

79
 health literacy competencies support them in accessing,
synthesizing and evaluating information; making informed
decisions; enhancing and advocating their own as well as others’
fitness and health.
21st Century This course aims to engage students in appreciation and critical
Literature from the study of 21st Century Literature from the Philippines and the
CSHUM1
Philippines and the World encompassing their various dimensions, genres,
World elements, structures, contexts, and traditions.
The students must know how to find the mean and variance of a
random variable, to apply sampling techniques and distributions,
CSMATH0 Statistics and to estimate population mean and proportion, to perform
2 Probability hypothesis testing on population mean and proportion, and to
perform correlation and regression analyses on real-life
problems.
This course focuses on the application of scientific knowledge
*Earth and and the solution of practical problems in a physical environment.
CSSCI02
Disaster Readiness It is designed to bridge the gap between theoretical science and
daily living.
The course introduces the learners to basic understanding of
media and information as channels of communication and tools
Digital Media &
CSCOMM for the development of individuals and societies. It also aims to
Information
02 develop students to be creative and critical thinkers as well as
Literacy
responsible users and competent producers of media and
information.
This subject presents the life of St. Dominic de Guzman as the
**Dominican Life founder of the Order of Preachers (Dominicans). It also
CSCLE02
and Charism discusses the Pillars of the Dominican Life and the Charism on
which the Order is founded.
Physical Education and Health offers experiential learning for
learners to adopt an active life for fitness and lifelong health. The
knowledge, skills and understanding which include physical and
Rhythmic
CSPEH02 health literacy competencies support them in accessing,
Activities
synthesizing and evaluating information; making informed
decisions; enhancing and advocating their own as well as others’
fitness and health through dance.
*Reading and The development of reading and writing skills as applied to a
CSENG02
Creative Writing wide range of materials other than poetry, fiction and drama
This course makes senior high school students aware of the
*Personal developmental stage that they are in, for them to better
Development in understand themselves and the significant people around them as
the Context of they make important career decisions as adolescents. The course
CS SOC02
Community consists of modules, each of which addresses a key concern in
Involvement & personal development. Using the experiential learning approach,
Social Issues each module invites students to explore specific themes in their
development. Personal reflections, sharing, and lectures help

80
 reveal and articulate relevant concepts, theories, and tools in
different areas in psychology.
This subject enables students to learn how to read, write and
speak basic and/or familiar Chinese words, simple sentences and
classroom expressions related to personal/daily life. This will
build good pronunciation and listening skills. It enables them to
repeat, retell and/or recite learned words and sentences as well as
respond to simple greetings. It allows students to use Pinyin
CSFL01 **Basic Mandarin
Romanization System along with the Chinese Writing System
(using the correct stroke order) and progress to recognizing at
least 250 Chinese characters. In addition, students will also
examine the uniqueness of Chinese culture, using their own
culture and experiences to detect cultural differences in and
outside of the Chinese speaking world.
The primary goal of this course is to review and deepen to
students their understanding of the tradition of the Catholic
**Social
Social Teachings which is rooted in the Gospel of Christ. The
CSCLE03 Teachings of the
course will also examine papal and conciliar texts from Rerum
Church
Novarum (1891) up to the present time. It will also facilitate that
social justice is constitutive of Christian identity.
Physical Education and Health offers experiential learning for
learners to adopt an active life for fitness and lifelong health. The
knowledge, skills and understanding which include physical and
Individual, Dual,
CSPEH03 health literacy competencies support them in accessing,
& Team Sports
synthesizing and evaluating information; making informed
decisions; enhancing and advocating their own as well as others’
fitness and health through dance.
This course deals with the concepts, underlying principles,
processes and implementation of a business plan. The
CSENTRE preliminaries of this course include the following: 1) discussion
Entrepreneurship
1 on the relevance of the course; 2) explanation of key concepts of
common competencies; 3) explanation of core competencies
relative to the course; and 4) exploration of career opportunities.
The course provides opportunities for students to discover
patterns and extract meanings from emerging trends. It aids in
developing their critical and creative thinking skills-- essential
*Trends, tools for decision making and understanding “ethics of care”.
Networks, and Global trends in the 21st century are examined and are either
CSSOC03 Critical Thinking accepted or rejected on a sound set of criteria. Students will be
in the 21st Century asked to create and analyze scenarios that will challenge them to
Culture (1) formulate their stances on issues or concerns; (2) propose
interventions and; (3) formulate alternative futures. The students
will realize the interconnections between their neural
connections and social realities.
**Advanced This subject enables students to handle everyday situations,
CSFL02
Mandarin explain their life, interests, etc. and will also learn how to

81
 inquire/ask the same. This subject increases their proficiency in
oral comprehension, speaking, reading and writing skills.
Culture content is also incorporated.
The course studies the Christian social vision and thrust from the
perspective of the Eucharist, Christian Marriage, and Social
Theology with emphasis on its method and basic steps: SEE-
DISCERN-ACT. The SEE aspect highlights the importance of
**Living the social analysis as a basic tool in grounding the Christian faith to
CSCLE04 Christian Faith concrete human experience. The DISCERN aspect is the
with Immersion theological mediation that stresses the central message of Jesus
of salvation. The ACT aspect fosters Christian response. An
exposure (1 day) to rural poor communities will be an integral
part of the course.

Physical Education and Health offers experiential learning for

learners to adopt an active life for fitness and lifelong health. The
knowledge, skills and understanding which include physical and
health literacy competencies support them in accessing,
synthesizing and evaluating information; making informed
Recreational decisions; enhancing and advocating their own as well as others’
CSPEH04
Activities fitness and health. This course on exercise for fitness enables the
learner to set goals, monitor one’s participation in aerobic and
muscle- and bone-strengthening activities and constantly
evaluate how well one has integrated this into one’s personal
lifestyle. It consists of an array of offerings which learners can
choose from.

82
2.3 COLLEGIATE

COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND ACCOUNTANCY

Bachelor of Science in Accounting Information System

Curriculum Code: AIS2019
Year: 2019
Total Units 177
First Year, First Semester First Year, Second
Semester
Subject Description Units Pre Req Subject Description Units Pre-req
Code Code

ACC101 COST ACCOUNTING & 3 ACC102 FINANCIAL 3

CONTROL ACCOUNTING &
REPORTING
CBA103 OPERATIONS 3 ECO104 PROF. ELEC. 2: 3 ECO105
MANAGEMENT & TQM ECONOMIC
DEVELOPMENT
ECO105 MANAGERIAL 3 GE11 READINGS IN THE 3
ECONOMICS PHILIPPINE
HISTORY
GE12 SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY 3 GE14 UNDERSTANDING 3
AND SOCIETY THE SELF
GE13 THE CONTEMPORARY 3 GE2 ETHICS 3
WORLD
GE6 MATHEMATICS IN THE 3 GEE5 LIVING IN THE IT 3
MODERN WORLD ERA
NSTP1 CIVIC WELFARE 3 NSTP2 CIVIC WELFARE 3 NSTP 1
TRAINING SERVICES 1 TRAINING SERVICES
2
PE1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION 2 PE2 PHYSICAL 2 PE 1
EDUCATION 2
RE1 THE CATHOLIC FAITH 1 RE2 CHRISTIAN 3 RE1
MORALITY
Total 24 Total 26

Second Year, First Semester Second Year, Second

Semester
ACC103 CONCEPTUAL 3 ACC102 ACC106 MANAGEMENT 3 ACC101
FRAMEWORK & ACCTG. SCIENCE
STANDARDS
ACC105 INTERMEDIATE 3 ACC102 ACC107 INCOME TAXATION 3 ACC102
ACCOUNTING I
GE1 ARTS APPRECIATION 3 ACC108 INTERMEDIATE 3 ACC105
ACCOUNTING 2
GE10 PURPOSIVE 3 ACC109 LAW ON 3
COMMUNICATION OBLIGATIONS AND
CONTRACTS
GE4 LIFE AND WORKS OF 3 ACC110 REGULATORY 3 ACC103
RIZAL FRAMEWORK &

83
 LEGAL ISSUES IN
BUS.
GEE1 ENTREPRENEURIAL 3 ACC111 STRATEGIC COST 3
MIND MANAGEMENT
GEE4 GREAT BOOKS 3 AIS101 ACCOUNTING INFO. 3
SYSTEM (W/ LAB OF
5 HRS.)
PE3 PHYSICAL EDUCATION 2 PE 1 AIS102 IT APP. TOOLS IN 3
3 BUSINESS (W/ LAB
OF 5 HRS.)
RE3 CHRISTIAN MARRIAGE 3 RE1 FMT101 FINANCIAL 3
MANAGEMENT
PE4 PHYSICAL 2 PE 1
EDUCATION 4
Total 26 Total 29

Third Year, First Semester Third Year, Second

Semester
ACC104 FINANCIAL MARKETS 3 ACC125 GOVERNANCE, BUS. 3 ACC118
ETHICS, RISK MGT.
& INTERNAL
CONTROL
ACC116 BUSINESS LAWS & 3 ACC127 STRATEGIC 3 ACC111
REGULATIONS BUSINESS
ANALYSIS
ACC117 BUSINESS TAXATION 3 ACC107 AIS104 INFO. SECURITY & 3 AIS103
MANAGEMENT (W/ 5
HRS. LAB)
ACC118 INTERMEDIATE 3 ACC108 AIS105 INFO. SYSTEM 3 AIS103
ACCOUNTING 3 OPERATIONS &
MAINTENANCE (W/
5 HRS. LAB)
ACC121 ACCTG. RESEARCH 3 AIS102 AIS106 MANAGING INFO. & 3 AIS103
METHODS W/ LAB TECHNOLOGY
AIS103 INFO. SYSTEM 3 AIS101 AIS107 STATS. ANAL. W/ 3 AIS103
ANALYSIS & DESIGN (W/ SOFTWARE APP. (W/
5 HRS. LAB) 5 HRS. LAB)
OMT104 PROJECT MANAGEMENT 3 ACC111 AIS108 STRATEGIC MGT. 3 ACC111
FOR ACCTG. INFO.
SYSTEM
RE4 THE CHURCH AND 3 RE1 ENT112 INTERNATIONAL 3 CBA103
HUMAN SOCIETY BUSINESS & TRADE
Total 24 Total 24

Fourth Year, First Semester Fourth Year, Second

Semester
AIS109 ACCTG. INFO. SYSTEM 6 AIS111 PROF. ELEC 1: 3 AIS107
INTERNSHIP BUSINESS
ANALYTICS
AIS110 ACCOUNTING INFO. 3 ACC121 AIS112 PROF. ELECTIVE: 3 AIS107
SYSTEM RESEARCH FINANCIAL
MODELING (W/ 5
HRS. LAB)

84
 Total 9 AIS113 MGT. INFORMATION 3 AIS106
& SYSTEM (W/5 HRS.
LAB)
AIS114 PROF. ELECTIVE: 3 AIS107
DATA
WAREHOUSING&
MGT. (W/ 5 HRS.
LAB)
OMT107 ENTERPRISE 3 OMT104
RESOURCE
PLANNING & MGT.

Total 15

Bachelor of Science in Accounting Information System Course Descriptions

COURSE COURSE TITLE DESCRIPTION NUMBER PRE-
CODE OF UNITS REQUISITE

ACC101 Cost Accounting This course is designed to orient 3 NONE

and Control the students to the cost
accounting and cost management
framework of business. Topics
discussed are: overview of cost
accounting: manufacturing cost
accounting cycle; job and
process cost systems;
accounting, planning and control
for materials, labor, and factory
overhead; accounting for joint
and by-product cost; and cost
management systems (CMS) for
the new manufacturing
environment such as activity-
based costing, target costing,
total quality management value
reengineering, and theory of
constraints.
ACC102 Financial This course is the culmination of 3 NONE
Accounting and Financial Accounting cluster. It
Reporting deals with the preparation of
general-purpose financial
statements in accordance with
generally accepted Philippine
standards on financial reporting.
It also covers reconstruction of

85
 accounts from incomplete
records, change from cash basis
to accrual basis of accounting,
accounting changes, correction
of errors, discontinued
operations and segment
reporting. Introduction of
Philippine Financial Reporting
Standards are also covered in
this course.
ACC103 Conceptual This course discuss the 3 ACC 102
Framework & description of the Accountancy Financial
Accounting Profession, the conceptual Accounting
Standards framework which also covers the and
introduction to the preparation of Reporting
financial statements and concise
discussion of all Philippine
Accounting Standards,
Philippine Financial Reporting
Standards or related financial
accounting principles.

ACC105 Intermediate This course introduces the 3 ACC 102

Accounting Part 1 nature, functions, scope, and
limitations of the board field of
accounting theory, it deals with
the study of the theoretical
accounting framework objectives
of financial statements,
accounting conventions, and
generally accepted accounting
principles, standard setting
process for accounting practice,
national as well as international Financial
principles relating to the Accounting
preparation and presentation of and
financial statements, and Reporting
conditions under which they may
be appropriately applied, their
impact or effect on the financial
statements; and the criticisms
commonly leveled against them.
The course covers the detailed
discussion, appreciation, and
application of accounting

86
 principles covering the assets,
financial and non-financial.

ACC106 Management This subject is designed to 3 ACC101

Science acquaint the student s with cost
concepts, financial planning and
decision making for short-term
business opportunities and their
application to management in
general. It covers the discussion
of the foundation of management
accounting; its expanding role,
organization structure; design of
management accounting
systems, evaluating the impact of
changes in business structure,
functions, and appropriateness of
different management
accounting techniques and other
decision-making methods.
ACC107 Income Taxation The course is an in-depth study 3 ACC102
of Philippine tax system and
income taxation. It provides a
solid foundation on the areas of
tax that are likely to be
encountered during the initial
stage of a CPA’s professional tax
practice. It covers the overview
of the national tax system, and
the income taxation of
employees, unincorporated, and
incorporated businesses. Also,
provides the students with
knowledge of the capital gains
tax; final tax on certain passive
income; and the year-end tax,

87
 including the minimum Financial
corporate tax, the normal tax and Accounting
the improperly accumulated and
profits tax of corporations. Tax Reporting
forms are provided for specific
topics discussed.

ACC108 Intermediate This course is a continuation of 3 ACC105

Accounting, Part 2 Financial Accounting &
Reporting, part I. It is designed Intermediate
to cover the financial accounting Accounting
principles relative to recognition, Part 1
measurement, valuation, and
financial statement of
presentation of liabilities and
shareholders' equity, including
disclosures requirements. The
related internal control, ethical
issues, and management of
liabilities and owner(s)' equity
are also covered. It also deals
with contemporary issues such
as leases, employees' retirement
benefits, deferred items and
other current related items.

ACC109 Law on Obligation A course designed to familiarize 3 ACC102

and Contracts the commerce student with the
basic principles of governing
rights and liabilities arising from
obligations and contracts. It
treats on the nature, sources and
effects of obligations, different
kinds of obligations and their

88
 manner of extinction; contracts
in general, particularly with
reference to their essential
requisites, operation,
interpretation, rescission and
nullity.

Financial
Accounting
and
Reporting

AIS101 Accounting This course provides students 3 ACC103

Information System with an understanding of how
information should be generated,
processed, assessed and
managed. It introduces the
features of typical computer
based accounting systems as
distinguished from manual
system and how they interface
with one another. The course
also provides an introduction on
e-commerce.

Conceptual
Framework
and
Accounting
Standards

89
AIS102 IT Application This course introduces to 3 ACC103
Tools in Business students different accounting
software’s used in the industry.
The course will provide students
better understanding on
computer application by means
recording and generating
accounting transactions and
reports with the used of latest
accounting software.

Conceptual
Framework
and
Accounting
Standards

ACC110 Regulatory This subject covers the 3 ACC103

Framework & candidates’ knowledge of the
Business regulatory framework governing
Transaction business transactions and
business
organizations/associations, and
of business laws including their
legal implications. Candidates
should know and understand the
pertinent legal provisions,
general principles, concepts, and
underlying philosophy of the
laws applicable to commerce and
business. The candidates must
have sufficient knowledge to
enable them to recognize the

90
 legal implications of business Conceptual
situations or transactions and to Framework
know when to seek legal counsel and
or recommend that it be sought. Accounting
Standards

ACC111 Strategic Cost This course is designed for 3 ACC101

Management students to developed skills of
analysis, evaluation and
synthesis in cost and
management accounting and, in
the process, created an
awareness of current
developments and issue in the
area. The subject covers the
complex modern industrial
organizations within which the
various facets of decision-
making and controlling
operations take place; the subject
includes discussion of costing
systems and activity based
costing, activity management,
and implementation issues in Cost
modern costing systems. Accounting
and Control

ACC104 Financial Markets This course introduces the basic 3 FMT101

principles of finance and Financial
financial markets including and Management
introduction on how assets are
valued and traded. The course
considers stock market prices
and returns; stock market risk
and the influence of risk on the
pricing of shares. It also
considers exchange rates,
interest rates and the pricing of
bonds; and the characteristics

91
 and pricing of financial futures
and options. Other topics include
the financial tools and devices
used in modern financial
markets, and the sources, uses
and control of funds for the
growth and expansion of
business enterprises.
ACC116 Business Laws And This course is intended to give 3 ACC110
Regulations the students a broad knowledge
of legal provisions governing
business associations - limited
liability company, partnership,
and corporations. Topics
include: nature of partnership;
element and kinds of
partnership; formalities required,
rules of management,
distribution of profits, and
sharing of losses and liabilities;
modes of dissolution; limited
partnership; nature and classes of
corporations; requirements for
incorporation; powers of a
corporation (expressed, implied,
and incidental); Board of Regulatory
Directors; classes of stock; Framework
powers and obligations of and Legal
stockholders; majority and Issues in
minority controls; corporate Business
reorganizations (mergers,
consolidations, and other
business combinations); modes
of dissolution and liquidation;
and statutory books, records and
returns required for a
corporation.
ACC117 Business Taxation This course is an in-depth study 3 ACC107
of business and transfer taxes
and is also continuation of
income tax. It covers value-
added tax schemes; local direct
taxes including real estate and
other property taxes; excise
taxes; transfer taxes on

92
 gratuitous transfer of property
which are estate tax and the
donor's tax; business taxes; and
the remedies of the state and
taxpayer. On estate tax, the
basic concept of succession
gives the student an
understanding of successional
rights. Discussion on estate tax
Income
are on gross estate, deduction
Taxation
from the gross estate and
computations of net taxable
estate, estate tax, and estate tax
credit. On donor's tax, basic
concepts of donation blend into
the discussion of gross gifts,
deductions from the gross profits
and computations of net taxable
gifts, donor's tax, and tax credit.
On business taxes, the value-
added tax, percentage taxes, and
excise taxes are discussed on
who are the taxpayers, the tax
base, and the tax rates.
ACC118 Intermediate This course is the culmination of 3 ACC108
Accounting , Part 3 the Financial Accounting cluster.
It deals with the preparation of a
property-classified balance sheet,
income statement, statement of
changes equity, and statement of
cash flow, including the required
disclosures and notes to the
financial statements. It also
covers reconstruction of
accounts from incomplete
records, change from cash basis
to accrual basis of accounting
correction of errors, accounting
changes, discontinued
operations, earnings per share,

93
 accounting for changing prices, Intermediate
interim reporting, segment Accounting 2
reporting, and other related
items. The students will also be
exposed to the financial
statements of specialized
industries.

ACC121 Accounting This course prepares the students 3 AIS102

Research Methods to resolve business and other
with Lab issues using scientific inquiry. It
exposes the learners to the
pivotal concepts and principles
of technical and research writing
as applied to the accounting
discipline. The course introduces
the learners to the research
process, focusing on the
quantitative, qualitative and
mixed research methods. The
types of the research papers,
such as thesis, feasibility studies,
case analyses and technical
writings will be extensively
discussed. Likewise, learners
will be exposed to the different IT
statistical tools that are Application
appropriately applied for Tools in
analyses of data. Learners shall Business with
be able to draft a research paper Lab
proposal using the effective
technical style and applying the
principles learned.
AIS103 Information System This course introduces the AIS 3 ACC102
Analysis & Design learners to basic information
with Lab systems concepts, systems
planning, determining and
analyzing system requirements,
and evaluating system
alternatives, systems design, and
systems implementation. At the

94
 end of the course, AIS learners
are expected to conduct an
information systems analysis and
design project.

Financial
Accounting
and
Reporting

ACC125 Governance, The course highlights decision- 3 ACC118

Business Ethics, making approach to business
Risk Management ethics, good governance, risk
& Internal Control management, and assessment
and review of internal controls
by using case studies, lectures
and reflections. The pertinent
principles advocated by different
frameworks such as those of the
Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations (COSO),
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and
ethical practices that are within
and beyond the provisions of
laws are covered. Learners will
be able to apply and integrate
concepts and theories and
develop sensitivity to values Internmediate
particularly Christian values Accounting 3
involved in business decisions.
Likewise, learners shall apply an
ethical decision-making process
and evaluation and review of
internal controls in solving real-
life cases.

95
ACC127 Strategic Business This course integrates the 3 ACC111
Analysis management core courses
together with the understanding
and application of the real-world
issues across different industries
such as among others, the
dynamics of internal and
external environment affecting
the business, industry and
competition, the fast-paced
advancement of technology and
importance and/or shrinking
concept of border, and changes
of customer preferences.
Equipped with the theories and
concepts of strategic
management, students shall be
able to analyze business cases,
issues and challenges and
recommend strategic solutions to
address them.

Strategic
Cost
Management

AIS104 Information This course introduces the AIS 3 AIS103

Security learners to design,
Management with implementation and maintenance
Lab of IS controls, logical access
controls, hardware and systems
controls, risks and controls
related to virtualization, network
security controls, encryption-

96
 related techniques, and physical
access controls. At the end of the
course, AIS learners are
expected to evaluate and solve
real-life problems in information
security and management.

Information
Analysis and
Design with
Lab

AIS105 Information System This course introduces the AIS 3 AIS103

Operations & learners to practices in IT
Maintenance with services management, planning
Lab and capacity management in IS,
incident management, disaster
recovery planning, and testing of
IT/IS plans. At the end of the
course, AIS learners are
expected to evaluate and solve
real-life problems related to
information systems operations
and maintenance.

Information
Analysis and
Design with
Lab

97
AIS106 Managing This course introduces the AIS 3 AIS103
Information & learners to Information
Technology Technology (IT) governance
structures, IT organizational
structure and Human Resources,
IT strategy and direction, IT
policies, standards and
procedures, quality management
systems, IT management
controls, IT resource
management, IT contracting
strategies and policies, IT risk
management practices, and
business continuity planning. At
the end of the course, AIS
learners are expected to apply
information technology
principles in evaluating issues Information
related to IT management. Analysis and
Design with
Lab

AIS107 Statistical Analysis This course focuses on how to 3 AIS103

with Software use the computer to conduct a
Application with statistical analysis of data,
Lab including how to acquire, clean
and organize data, analyze data
using computationally intensive
statistical methods, and report
findings. Students gain
experience in computing as a
supporting skill for statistical
practice and research. It is
designed to use the appropriate
statistical techniques and any
available software applications
that will facilitate a data-driven
decision-making process in the

98
 field of accounting and other Information
related areas. In addition to the Analysis and
more complex software for data Design with
analysis, it requires that the Lab
students be highly proficient
with the use of MS Excel for
Statistical Analysis. Students
acquire skills in basic numeracy,
graphics, modern
computationally intensive
methods, and simulation.
Programming concepts include
variables, data types, trees,
control flow. Lastly, this course
also provides a fundamental
understanding of the concepts of
statistical interference necessary
to effectively employ statistical
methods in contemporary
business situations.
AIS108 Strategic The aim of this course is to 3 ACC111
Management for provide students with a broad
Accounting overview of the basic concepts
Information System of strategic managements.
Students are exposed to number
of framework and model to
understand and analyze the
macro-environment, industry
environment and firm level
resources. The goal is for
students to be able to think
strategically as opposed to only
having a functional orientation,
and to formulate, and to
implement creative and
innovative strategies that are
conducive to the demands of the
firm and environment, which it Strategic
resides. Together with the Cost
management consultancy, this Management
course serves as an integrated
course to be taken in the last
semester.

99
AIS109 Accounting This course is one of the 6
Information System capstone courses for the BSAIS
Internship program. Learners are deployed
to industry partners for a
supervised internship. Faculty
members will supervise interns
to ensure the appropriate skills
are acquired by the AIS learners.
At the end of the course, learners
are expected to complete the
required minimum number of
hours of internship and submit a
reflection journal on his/her
experiences.
AIS110 Accounting This course culminates the AIS 3 ACC121
Information System learners’ preparation to conduct Accounting
Research research. The AIS learner will be Research
mentored by a faculty member in Methods with
the selection of research topic, Lab
synthesis of existing literature,
proposal writing, conduct of the
research, and writing a
publishable research paper. At
the end of the course, AIS
learners are expected to present
and defend their research paper
before a panel of experts
ECO104 Economic This course equips the learners 3 ECO105
Development with a thorough understanding of
the theories of economic growth;
inequality and poverty;
population; rural and urban
development; international trade
and foreign aids; inflation;
industrialization; income
distribution; and integration.
Learners are expected to
challenge current economic
policies and recommend
revisions or amendments as
necessary.

100
 Managerial
Economics

AIS111 Business Analytics This course covers discussion of 3 AIS107

descriptive statistics, data
visualization, application of
linear regression, time series
analysis and forecasting, data
mining, use of spreadsheet
models, Block Chain and Monte
Carlo simulation, and application
of linear and non-linear
optimization models. Towards
the end of the course, learners
are expected to explain and
apply analytical models, perform
basic exploratory and/or
descriptive analysis of data, and
formulate data-driven business
decisions.
Statistical
Analysis with
Software
Application
with Lab

AIS112 Financial Modeling This course is develop the 3 AIS107

with Lab students for financial modeling
skills used in the application of
financial theory to practical
problems in investment analysis,
portfolio management, and
valuation. In particular, the
course will cover the application

101
 of Excel spreadsheet functions
and visual basic programming to
the statistical analysis of
financial market data, the use of
optimization models to
determine mean-variance
efficient allocations of financial
assets, and the valuation of fixed
income and derivative securities.
Statistical
Additional topics to be covered
Analysis with
include, active portfolio
Software
management, simulation and
Application
retirement planning, and the
with Lab
valuation of exotic options and
high yield bonds.

AIS113 Management This course introduces learners 3 AIS106

Information & to networked enterprises,
System with Lab information technology
infrastructure, enterprise
applications, e-commerce,
managing knowledge, building
information systems, and
managing global systems. At the
end of the course, learners are
expected to evaluate information
systems by developing
improvements on existing
systems.

Managing
Information
and
Technology

102
 AIS114 Data Warehousing This course introduces the AIS 3 AIS107
& Management learners to data warehousing and
with Lab business intelligence.
Particularly, learners are
introduced to data warehousing
requirements, data warehouse
architectures, dimensional data
warehouse models, physical data
warehouse models, data
warehouse strategies, Online
Analytical Processing databases,
and business intelligence
applications. At the end of the
course, AIS learners are
expected to conduct a data
warehousing and business
intelligence project.
Statistical
Analysis with
Software
Application
with Lab

Bachelor of Science in Accountancy

Curriculum Code: BSA2019
Year: 2019
Total 201
Units
First Year, First Semester First Year, Second
Semester
Subject Description Units Pre Req Subject Description Units Pre-req
Code Code
ACC101 COST ACCOUNTING & 3 ACC102 FINANCIAL 3
CONTROL ACCOUNTING &
REPORTING

CBA103 OPERATIONS 3 ECO104 PROF. ELEC. 2: 3

MANAGEMENT & TQM ECONOMIC
DEVELOPMENT

ECO105 MANAGERIAL 3 FMT101 FINANCIAL 3 ACC102

ECONOMICS MANAGEMENT

GE12 SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY 3 GE11 READINGS IN THE 3

AND SOCIETY PHILIPPINE HISTORY

103
GE13 THE CONTEMPORARY 3 GE14 UNDERSTANDING 3
WORLD THE SELF

GE6 MATHEMATICS IN THE 3 GE2 ETHICS 3

MODERN WORLD
NSTP1 CIVIC WELFARE 3 GEE5 LIVING IN THE IT 3
TRAINING SERVICES 1 ERA

PE1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION 2 NSTP2 CIVIC WELFARE 3 NSTP 1

TRAINING SERVICES
2

Total 23 PE2 PHYSICAL 2 PE 1

EDUCATION 2

RE1 THE CATHOLIC 1

FAITH

Total 30

Second Year, First Semester Second Year, Second

Semester
ACC103 CONCEPTUAL 3 ACC102 ACC107 INCOME TAXATION 3 ACC102
FRAMEWORK & ACCTG.
STANDARDS
ACC104 FINANCIAL MARKETS 3 FMT101 ACC108 INTERMEDIATE 3 ACC105
ACCOUNTING 2
ACC105 INTERMEDIATE 3 ACC102 ACC109 LAW ON 3 ACC102
ACCOUNTING I OBLIGATIONS AND
CONTRACTS
ACC106 MANAGEMENT SCIENCE 3 ACC101 ACC110 REGULATORY 3 ACC106
FRAMEWORK &
LEGAL ISSUES IN
BUS.
GE1 ARTS APPRECIATION 3 ACC111 STRATEGIC COST 3 ACC101
MANAGEMENT
GE10 PURPOSIVE 3 AIS101 ACCOUNTING INFO. 3 ACC103
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (W/ LAB OF
5 HRS.)
GEE1 ENTREPRENEURIAL MIND 3 AIS102 IT APP. TOOLS IN 3 ACC103
BUSINESS (W/ LAB
OF 5 HRS.)
GEE4 GREAT BOOKS 3 GE4 LIFE AND WORKS OF 3
RIZAL
PE3 PHYSICAL EDUCATION 3 2 PE 1 PE4 PHYSICAL 2 PE 1
EDUCATION 4
RE2 CHRISTIAN MORALITY 3 RE1 RE3 CHRISTIAN 3 RE1
MARRIAGE
Total Total

Third Year, First Semester Third Year, Second

Semester

104
ACC112 ACCTG. FOR BUSINESS 3 ACC ACC120 ACCTG. FOR GOVT. 3 ACC112
COMBINATIONS 103 & NON PROFIT
ORGANIZATIONS

ACC113 ACCOUNTING FOR 3 ACC103 ACC121 ACCTG. RESEARCH 3 AIS107

SPECIAL TRANSACTIONS METHODS W/ LAB
ACC114 AUDITING & ASSURANCE 3 ACC108 ACC122 AUDITING & 3 ACC115
PRINCIPLES ASSURANCE:
CONCEPTS & APP. 2
ACC115 AUDITING & ASSURANCE: 3 ACC110 ACC123 AUDITING & 3 ACC118
CONCEPTS & APP. 1 ASSURANCE:
SPECIALIZED
INDUSTRIES
ACC116 BUSINESS LAWS & 3 ACC110 ACC124 AUDITING IN CIS 3 AIS102
REGULATIONS ENVIRONMENT W/
LAB
ACC117 BUSINESS TAXATION 3 ACC107 ACC125 GOVERNANCE, BUS. 3 ACC114
ETHICS, RISK MGT. &
INTERNAL CONTROL
ACC118 INTERMEDIATE 3 ACC108 ACC126 PROF. ELEC. 2: 3 ACC114
ACCOUNTING 3 OPERATIONS
AUDITING
ACC119 PROF. ELEC. 1: PRIN. & 3 ACC103 ACC127 STRATEGIC 3 ACC111
METHODS OF TEACHING BUSINESS ANALYSIS
AIS107 STATISTICAL ANAL. W/ 3 AIS102 ACC128 STRATEGIC 3 ACC111
SOFTWARE APP. (W/ 5 MANAGEMENT FOR
HRS. LAB) ACCOUNTANCY

RE4 THE CHURCH AND 3 RE1 CBA105 PROF. ELEC 1: 3

HUMAN SOCIETY ENTREP.
MANAGEMENT
Total Total

Fourth Year, First Semester Fourth Year, Second

Semester
ACC129 ACCOUNTING 6 ACC131 INTEG.REVIEW-ADV. 3 ACC120
INTERNSHIP FIN’L ACCTG. &
REPORTING
ACC130 ACCOUNTING RESEARCH 3 ACC121 ACC132 INTEG. REVIEW- 3 ACC125
W/ LAB AUDITING
ACC133 INTEG. REVIEW 3 ACC118
FIN’L ACCTG. &
REPORTING
ACC134 INTEG. REVIEW - 3 ACC127
MGT. ADVISORY
SERVICES
ACC135 INTEG. REVIEW- 3 ACC116
REGULATORY
FRAMEWORK & BUS.
TRANSACTION
ACC136 INTEG. REVIEW- 3 ACC117
TAXATION
ACC137 PROF. ELEC. 3: 3 ACC127
VALUATION

105
 CONCEPTS AND
METHODS
ACC138 PROF. ELEC. 4: 3 ACC128
UPDATES IN FIN’L
REPORTING
STANDARDS

Bachelor of Science in Accountancy

Course Descriptions
COURSE COURSE DESCRIPTION NUMBER PRE-REQUISITE
CODE TITLE OF UNITS

ACC101 Cost This course is designed to orient the 3 NONE

Accounting students to the cost accounting and
and Control cost management framework of
business. Topics discussed are:
overview of cost accounting:
manufacturing cost accounting cycle;
job and process cost systems;
accounting, planning and control for
materials, labor, and factory
overhead; accounting for joint and
by-product cost; and cost
management systems (CMS) for the
new manufacturing environment such
as activity-based costing, target
costing, total quality management
value reengineering, and theory of
constraints.
ACC102 Financial This course is the culmination of 3 NONE
Accounting Financial Accounting cluster. It deals
and Reporting with the preparation of general-
purpose financial statements in
accordance with generally accepted
Philippine standards on financial
reporting. It also covers
reconstruction of accounts from
incomplete records, change from
cash basis to accrual basis of
accounting, accounting changes,
correction of errors, discontinued
operations and segment reporting.
Introduction of Philippine Financial
Reporting Standards are also covered
in this course.

106
ACC103 Conceptual This course discuss the description of 3 ACC 102
Framework & the Accountancy Profession, the
Accounting conceptual framework which also
Standards covers the introduction to the
preparation of financial statements
and concise discussion of all
Philippine Accounting Standards,
Philippine Financial Reporting
Standards or related financial
accounting principles. Financial
Accounting and
Reporting

AC104 Financial This course introduces the basic 3 NONE

Markets principles of finance and financial
markets including and introduction
on how assets are valued and traded.
The course considers stock market
prices and returns; stock market risk
and the influence of risk on the
pricing of shares. It also considers
exchange rates, interest rates and the
pricing of bonds; and the
characteristics and pricing of
financial futures and options. Other
topics include the financial tools and
devices used in modern financial
markets, and the sources, uses and
control of funds for the growth and
expansion of business enterprises.

ACC105 Intermediate This course introduces the nature, 3 ACC 102

Accounting functions, scope, and limitations of
Part 1 the board field of accounting theory,
it deals with the study of the
theoretical accounting framework
objectives of financial statements,
accounting conventions, and
generally accepted accounting

107
 principles, standard setting process Financial
for accounting practice, national as Accounting and
well as international principles Reporting
relating to the preparation and
presentation of financial statements,
and conditions under which they may
be appropriately applied, their impact
or effect on the financial statements;
and the criticisms commonly leveled
against them. The course covers the
detailed discussion, appreciation, and
application of accounting principles
covering the assets, financial and
non-financial.
ACC106 Management This subject is designed to acquaint 3 ACC101
Science the student s with cost concepts,
financial planning and decision
making for short-term business
opportunities and their application to
management in general. It covers the
discussion of the foundation of
management accounting; its
expanding role, organization
structure; design of management
accounting systems, evaluating the
impact of changes in business
structure, functions, and
appropriateness of different
management accounting techniques
and other decision-making methods.

Cost Accounting
and Cost
Management

108
ACC107 Income The course is an in-depth study of 3 ACC102
Taxation Philippine tax system and income
taxation. It provides a solid
foundation on the areas of tax that are
likely to be encountered during the
initial stage of a CPA’s professional
tax practice. It covers the overview
of the national tax system, and the
income taxation of employees,
unincorporated, and incorporated
businesses. Also, provides the
students with knowledge of the
capital gains tax; final tax on certain
passive income; and the year-end tax,
including the minimum corporate tax,
the normal tax and the improperly
accumulated profits tax of
corporations. Tax forms are provided
for specific topics discussed. Financial
Accounting and
Reporting

ACC108 Intermediate This course is a continuation of 3 ACC105

Accounting, Financial Accounting & Reporting,
Part 2 part I. It is designed to cover the
financial accounting principles
relative to recognition, measurement,
valuation, and financial statement of
presentation of liabilities and
shareholders' equity, including

109
 disclosures requirements. The related
internal control, ethical issues, and
management of liabilities and
owner(s)' equity are also covered. It
also deals with contemporary issues
such as leases, employees' retirement
benefits, deferred items and other
current related items.

Intermediate
Accounting Part
1

ACC109 Law on A course designed to familiarize the 3 ACC102

Obligation commerce student with the basic
and Contracts principles of governing rights and
liabilities arising from obligations
and contracts. It treats on the nature,
sources and effects of obligations,
different kinds of obligations and
their manner of extinction; contracts
in general, particularly with reference
to their essential requisites, operation,
interpretation, rescission and nullity.

110
 Financial
Accounting and
Reporting

AIS101 Accounting This course provides students with an 3 ACC103

Information understanding of how information
System should be generated, processed,
assessed and managed. It introduces
the features of typical computer
based accounting systems as
distinguished from manual system
and how they interface with one
another. The course also provides an
introduction on e-commerce.

Conceptual
Framework and
Accounting
Standards

AIS102 IT Application This course introduces to students 3 ACC103

Tools in different accounting software’s used
Business in the industry. The course will
provide students better understanding
on computer application by means
recording and generating accounting
transactions and reports with the used
of latest accounting software.

111
 Conceptual
Framework and
Accounting
Standards

ACC110 Regulatory This subject covers the candidates’ 3 ACC106

Framework & knowledge of the regulatory
Business framework governing business
Transaction transactions and business
organizations/associations, and of
business laws including their legal
implications. Candidates should
know and understand the pertinent
legal provisions, general principles,
concepts, and underlying philosophy
of the laws applicable to commerce
and business. The candidates must
have sufficient knowledge to enable
them to recognize the legal
implications of business situations or
transactions and to know when to
seek legal counsel or recommend that
it be sought.
Management
Science

112
ACC111 Strategic Cost This course is designed for students 3 ACC101
Management to developed skills of analysis,
evaluation and synthesis in cost and
management accounting and, in the
process, created an awareness of
current developments and issue in the
area. The subject covers the complex
modern industrial organizations
within which the various facets of
decision-making and controlling
operations take place; the subject
includes discussion of costing
systems and activity based costing,
activity management, and
implementation issues in modern
costing systems.

Cost Accounting
and Control

ACC112 Accounting This course deals with specialized 3 ACC103

for Business accounting problems likely to be
Combination encountered by accountants. The
study of various topics in this course
is based upon fundamental valuation
accounting and accounting theory as
applied to special income and
expense recognition methods and
expanded operations. This course
also includes specialized problems in
partnership accounting for joint
ventures and associated enterprises
(including International Accounting
Standards Statements Nos. 24, 28,
and 31); accounting for domestic
branches; accounting for installment
sales; accounting for long-term

113
 construction contracts; fire insurance Conceptual
accounting; and other special issues Framework and
such as build-operate transfer (BOT) Accounting
and similar schemes. Standards

ACC113 Accounting This is a continuation of Advanced 3 ACC103

for Special Accounting I and deals mainly with
Transactions branch accounting, consolidation and
mergers, parent-subsidiary
relationships, and consolidated
statements, including foreign
subsidiaries. The other topics deal
with accounting for the effects of
changes in foreign exchange rates
and other similar current issues. Also
discussed are debt restructuring,
accounting for financially distressed
corporations, accounting for the
winging up of an enterprise and
accounting variations among
countries.

Conceptual
Framework and
Accounting
Standards

ACC114 Auditing and This course is designed to expose ACC108

Assurance students both to the demand for and
Principles the supply of the profession’s
flagship service - financial statement
audits - and to the nature of the value
added assurance services which
decision makers’ demand in the
information age. Topics include:

114
nature of the accounting profession,
auditing and assurance fundamentals:
relationship among assurance,
attestation, and audit services;
consulting vs. assurance services;
types of attestation services (agreed-
upon procedures engagement and
review engagement); types of audits
(internal, external or financial
statement audits, government audit, Intermediate
and special purpose audits); Accounting 2
relationship of accounting and
auditing; other services (operational
audits, compliance audits, and non-
attest services); professional
standards: assurance standards and
attestation and auditing standards;
public sector regulation of accounting
practice and legal liability; the
framework of financial statements
auditing: risk-based approach as audit
methodology; audit evaluation and
planning, including the concept of
risk and materiality; assessing
internal controls, and tests of controls
including internal controls in
computer-based business systems;
performance of an audit: evidence
collection, analysis, and substantive
tests; reporting: reports on assurance
services, attestation services, and
financial statement audits; and
completing the audit including
communications with board of
directors and management
concerning internal control
weaknesses. Also discussed in detail
are the basic professional values and
the Code of Ethics for Professional
Accountants and SEC’s Code of
Corporate Governance.

115
ACC116 Business This course is intended to give the 3 ACC110
Laws And students a broad knowledge of legal
Regulations provisions governing business
associations - limited liability
company, partnership, and
corporations. Topics include: nature
of partnership; element and kinds of
partnership; formalities required,
rules of management, distribution of
profits, and sharing of losses and
liabilities; modes of dissolution;
limited partnership; nature and
classes of corporations; requirements
for incorporation; powers of a
corporation (expressed, implied, and
incidental); Board of Directors;
classes of stock; powers and
obligations of stocksholders; majority
and minority controls; corporate Regulatory
reorganizations (mergers, Framework and
consolidations, and other business Legal Issues in
combinations); modes of dissolution Business
and liquidation; and statutory books,
records and returns required for a
corporation.

ACC117 Business This course is an in-depth study of 3 ACC107

Taxation business and transfer taxes and is also
continuation of income tax. It covers
value-added tax schemes; local direct
taxes including real estate and other
property taxes; excise taxes; transfer
taxes on gratuitous transfer of
property which are estate tax and the
donor's tax; business taxes; and the
remedies of the state and taxpayer.
On estate tax, the basic concept of
succession gives the student an
understanding of successional rights.
Discussion on estate tax are on gross
estate, deduction from the gross
estate and computations of net
taxable estate, estate tax, and estate

116
 tax credit. On donor's tax, basic Income Taxation
concepts of donation blend into the
discussion of gross gifts, deductions
from the gross profits and
computations of net taxable gifts,
donor's tax, and tax credit. On
business taxes, the value-added tax,
percentage taxes, and excise taxes are
discussed on who are the taxpayers,
the tax base, and the tax rates.
AIS107 Statistical This course focuses on how to use 3 AIS102 IT
Analysis with the computer to conduct a statistical
Software analysis of data, including how to
Application acquire, clean and organize data,
with Lab analyze data using computationally
intensive statistical methods, and
report findings. Students gain
experience in computing as a
supporting skill for statistical practice
and research. It is designed to use the
appropriate statistical techniques and
any available software applications
that will facilitate a data-driven
decision-making process in the field
of accounting and other related areas.
In addition to the more complex
software for data analysis, it requires
that the students be highly proficient
with the use of MS Excel for Application Tools
Statistical Analysis. Students acquire in Business
skills in basic numeracy, graphics,
modern computationally intensive
methods, and simulation.
Programming concepts include
variables, data types, trees, control
flow. Lastly, this course also
provides a fundamental
understanding of the concepts of
statistical interference necessary to
effectively employ statistical
methods in contemporary business
situations.

117
ACC118 Intermediate This course is the culmination of the 3 ACC108
Accounting , Financial Accounting cluster. It deals
Part 3 with the preparation of a property-
classified balance sheet, income
statement, statement of changes
equity, and statement of cash flow,
including the required disclosures
and notes to the financial statements.
It also covers reconstruction of
accounts from incomplete records,
change from cash basis to accrual
basis of accounting correction of
errors, accounting changes,
discontinued operations, earnings per
share, accounting for changing
prices, interim reporting, segment
reporting, and other related items.
The students will also be exposed to
the financial statements of Intermediate
specialized industries. Accounting 2

ACC120 Accounting This course is the last part of the 3 ACC112

for advanced financial accounting and
Governmental, reporting for government and not-for-
Non –Profit profit organizations such as
Entities universities, NGOs and hospitals
accounting and specialized industries
like banking, insurance and
extractive industries. A large part of
the course covers the Philippine
Government Accounting Standards
(PGAS) and the New Government
Accounting System (NGAS)
prescribed by the Commission on
Audit.

118
 Accounting for
Business
Combinations

ACC121 Accounting This course prepares the students to 3 AIS107

Research resolve business and other issues
Methods with using scientific inquiry. It exposes
Lab the learners to the pivotal concepts
and principles of technical and
research writing as applied to the
accounting discipline. The course
introduces the learners to the research
process, focusing on the quantitative,
qualitative and mixed research
methods. The types of the research
papers, such as thesis, feasibility
studies, case analyses and technical
writings will be extensively
discussed. Likewise, learners will be
exposed to the different statistical
tools that are appropriately applied
for analyses of data. Learners shall be
able to draft a research paper Statistical
proposal using the effective technical Analysis with
style and applying the principles Software
learned. Application with
Lab

ACC123 Auditing & This course covers detailed 3 ACC118

Assurance: approaches to problems and
Specialized situations normally encountered in
Industries the independent examination of
financial statements of entities
engaged in special industries such as
banking and financial institutions,
real estate, business process

119
 outsourcing (BPO) entities, health
maintenance organizations (HMO),
holding entities, logging and mining
entities. Learners must be able to
identify the audit procedures, prepare
audit adjustments and complete
working papers to serve as bases for
the preparation of audit reports for
entities belonging to special
industries. Intermediate
Accounting 3

ACC124 Auditing in This course complements the course 3 ACC108

CIS in auditing, but limited to the areas
Environment that have an immediate consequence
to computer based accounting
information system. It discusses the
impact of computer on the auditor’s
study and evaluation of internal
control, techniques used in auditing
computer process, computer files,
and computer processing systems
small computer system, advanced
computer system, third-party system
and expert system. It also introduces
tools and techniques in auditing
computer based accounting systems
(CAAT).

Intermediate
Accounting 2

120
ACC125 Governance, The course highlights decision- 3 ACC114
Business making approach to business ethics,
Ethics, Risk good governance, risk management,
Management and assessment and review of
& Internal internal controls by using case
Control studies, lectures and reflections. The
pertinent principles advocated by
different frameworks such as those of
the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations (COSO), Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002 and ethical
practices that are within and beyond
the provisions of laws are covered.
Learners will be able to apply and
integrate concepts and theories and
develop sensitivity to values
particularly Christian values involved
in business decisions. Likewise,
learners shall apply an ethical Auditing and
decision-making process and Assurance
evaluation and review of internal Principles
controls in solving real-life cases.

ACC127 Strategic This course integrates the 3 ACC111

Business management core courses together
Analysis with the understanding and
application of the real-world issues
across different industries such as
among others, the dynamics of
internal and external environment
affecting the business, industry and
competition, the fast-paced
advancement of technology and Strategic Cost
importance and/or shrinking concept Management
of border, and changes of customer
preferences. Equipped with the
theories and concepts of strategic
management, students shall be able to
analyze business cases, issues and
challenges and recommend strategic
solutions to address them.

121
ACC 115& Auditing & This is a continuation of Assurance 6 ACC110
122 Assurance: Principles, Professional Ethics and Regulatory
Concepts and Good Governance, focusing on Framework and
Application 1 financial statements audit. It covers Legal Issues in
&2 detailed approaches to problems and Business
situations normally encountered in
the independent examination of cash,
receivables, inventories, investments,
prepaid expenses, deferred charges,
property, plant and equipment,
intangibles, liabilities, stockholders’
equity, and revenue and expenses. It
deals specifically with the application
of auditing standards, techniques, and
procedures; internal control
evaluation; preparation of audit
programs and audit working papers;
introduction of computer application
in auditing; audit adjustments; and
audit reports pertaining to a medium-
sized manufacturing or trading
concern. The determination of audit
objectives and audit programs, and
determination of substantive
procedures as applied to various
accounts are better appreciated as the
transaction cycle approach is
employed in the course. Audit
working papers and auditing financial
statements are the natural outputs of
this course leading to the preparation
of audit reports.
ACC128 Strategic The aim of this course is to provide 3 ACC111
Management students with a broad overview of the Strategic Cost
for basic concepts of strategic Management
Accountancy managements. Students are exposed
to number of framework and model
to understand and analyze the macro-
environment, industry environment
and firm level resources. The goal is

122
 for students to be able to think
strategically as opposed to only
having a functional orientation, and
to formulate, and to implement
creative and innovative strategies that
are conducive to the demands of the
firm and environment, which it
resides. Together with the
management consultancy, this course
serves as an integrated course to be
taken in the last semester.

ACC129 Accounting This is an applied academic 6

Internship experience conducted under joint
faculty and employer supervision
which required a minimum of one
semester and will include a minimum
of 160 contact hours. This may be in
the areas of accounting , external
audit, internal audit, or tax. Each
intern registers for this course which
will be given three hours credit. A
regular letter grade will be given at
the end of the interns with input for
both the employer and the
Accountancy Program Chair or Dean
ACC130 Accounting This course culminates the 3 ACC121
Research with preparation of the learners for
Lab individual or group scientific inquiry
which they have imbibed from the
course Accounting Research
Methods. It endeavors to train the
learners to become good researchers
who are prepared to respond to the
urgent need of conducting research
that can be useful in the field of
accountancy, finance, business,
economics and accounting education.
The learners shall identify the
problem (or research objective),
conduct a review of related
literatures, apply research methods,
present the evidences gathered and

123
 present findings and Accounting
recommendations. Towards the end Research
of the course, the learners shall, as a Methods
group, present before the defense
panel their thesis output for
evaluation on the method and depth
of analyses. While the defense should
be a team effort of the student
researchers and the faculty
collaborators, the learners are also
assessed individually on how they
contribute to their final thesis paper.
ACC131 Integ. Review This subject tests the students’ 3 ACC120
– Advance proficiency in applying accounting
Financial concepts, techniques and
Acctg & methodology to problems likely to be
Reporting 2 encountered in practice. Students
should know and understand
problems involving accounting of
special transactions and their effects
and presentation in the financial
statements.

Accounting for
Government and
Non-profit
Organizations

124
ACC132 Integ. Review This subject tests the students’ 3 ACC125
- Auditing conceptual knowledge and
understanding of assurance and
related services performed by
professional accountants by applying
audit standards, techniques, and
procedures to a typical independent
audit of a medium size service,
trading or manufacturing concern.
Students shall be able to plan and
perform an audit, analyze data for
possible errors and irregualrities,
formulate adjusting entries, resolve
audit issues, prepare audit working
papers and complete the audit
including the preparation of the audit
report. In all the ares included, the
student shall apply the philippine
standards on auditing (PSA) and Governance,
other regulatory laws and regulations Business Ethics,
in effect at the time of examination. Risk Management
and Internal
Control

ACC133 Integ. Review This course tests the students' 3 ACC118

– Financial proficiency in applying financial
Acctg and accounting techniques and
Reporting methodology to problems likely to be
encountered in practice. The
problems involve recognition,
measurement, valuation,
classification, disposition and
disclosure of assets, liabilities,
equity, income, expenses, and net
income of a business enterprise,
preparation of financial statements,
and contemporary accounting issues
in accordance with Philippines
Financial Reporting Standards in
effect at the time of the scheduled
examination.

125
 Intermediate
Accounting 3

ACC134 Integ. Review This subject tests the students’ 3 ACC127

– Mgt. knowledge of, and proficiency in the
Advisory concepts, standards, techniques, and
Services methodology applicable to
management services / consultancy
practice by CPAs; management
accounting; financial management–
related services; capital budgeting
concepts and techniques; and project
feasibility studies.

Strategic
Business Analysis

ACC135 Integ. Review This subject tests the students’ 3 ACC116

– Regulatory knowledge of the regulatory
Framework framework governing of business
and Business transactions, business associations,
Transaction and of business laws including their
legal implications.Students should
know and understand the pertinent
legal provisions, general principles,

126
 concepts, and underlying philosophy
of the law. The examination is not
intended to test the students’
competence to practice law or their
expertise in legal matters but to
determine that their knowledge is
sufficient to enable them to recognize
the legal implications of business
situations, apply the underlying
principles of law to accounting and Business Laws
auditing, and know when to seek and Regulations
legal counsel or recommend that it be
sought.

ACC136 Integrated This subject tests the students’ 3 ACC117

Review conceptual knowledge and
Taxation proficiency in the practical
application of the basic principles of
taxation as they relate to accounting
practice. The emphasis is on the
application of the theory and
principles in solving tax problems.
Students are expected to know,
understand and be able to apply the
laws on income tax, business taxes
(value-added and percentage taxes),
estate tax, donors tax, as well as
Revenue Regulations and Court of
Tax Appeals and Supreme Court
decisions. Students should know the
tax rates for computing taxes, except
for the following where the tax rates
will be given: schedular income tax Business Taxation
rates for individuals; schedular estate
tax rates; and schedular donor’s tax
rates.

127
ECO104 Economic This course equips the learners with a 3 ECO105
Development thorough understanding of the
theories of economic growth;
inequality and poverty; population;
rural and urban development;
international trade and foreign aids;
inflation; industrialization; income
distribution; and integration. Learners
are expected to challenge current
economic policies and recommend
revisions or amendments as
necessary.

Managerial
Economics

ACC119 Principles and This course introduces accountants to 3 ACC103

Methods of a rewarding vocation of teaching. It
Teaching focuses on building a foundation for
planning, teaching and assessment
based on outcome-based approach. It
considers methods and approaches
applicable to teaching Accounting,
Business and allied courses. At the
end of the course, students will be
able to apply the principles learned
by writing learning outcomes for a
particular topic in accounting,
implementing teaching and learning
activities and developing assessment
tools that are aligned with the crafted
learning outcomes.

128
 Conceptual
Framework and
Accounting
Standards

ACC126 Operations This courses exposes the learners to 3 ACC114

Auditing the principles of and the sequence of
the processes of operations audit,
which focuses on benchmarking
concepts, performance indicators and
measurement criteria, identification
and analysis of performance gaps and
opportunities and discussion of
benchmarking results with
management. Through simulated case
studies and highly interactive group
discussions, learners will identify
various tools and methods, analyze
operational data and information,
identify causes of operational issues
and risk exposures, and formulate
solutions to enhance an entity’s
operational performance.
Auditing and
Assurance
Principles

ACC137 Valuation This course provides learners the 3 ACC127

Concepts & tools and techniques they need in
Methods arriving at the value of an asset or an
entity. The generally used discounted
cash flow (DCF) approach as well as
alternative models such as relative
valuation and adjusted book values
are thoroughly taken up in the course.

129
 It also covers the challenges of
valuing entities across their life cycle.
At the end of the course, learners are
expected to demonstrate critical
thinking skills in applying the
different valuation methods and
techniques.

Strategic
Business Analysis

ACC138 Updates in This course aims to update the 3 ACC128

Financial learners on the current issues on
Reporting financial reporting. Recently released
Standards financial reporting frameworks and
standards, including application
guidance and interpretations of the
authoritative bodies and regulatory
agencies are explored in this course.
At the end of the course, learners
shall be able to apply the
requirements of the recently released
reporting frameworks and financial
reporting standards in the initial
recognition, accounting for
subsequent transactions and
presentation in the financial
statements of elements affected.

Strategic
Management for
Accountancy

Bachelor of Science in Entrepreneurship

130
Curriculum Code: ENTRE2019
Year: 2019
Total Units 139
First Year, First Semester First Year, Second
Semester
Subject Description Units Pre Req Subject Description Units Pre-req
Code Code
ENT101 ENTREPRENEURIAL 3 CBA101 BASIC 3 ENT101
BEHAVIOUR MICROECONOMICS

GE11 READINGS IN THE 3 GE1 ARTS 3

PHILIPPINE HISTORY APPRECIATION

GE13 THE CONTEMPORARY 3 GE10 PURPOSIVE 3

WORLD COMMUNICATION

GE14 UNDERSTANDING THE 3 GE6 MATHEMATICS IN 3

SELF THE MODERN
WORLD
NSTP1 CIVIC WELFARE 3 GEE5 LIVING IN THE IT 3
TRAINING SERVICES 1 ERA

PE1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION 2 NSTP2 CIVIC WELFARE 3 NSTP 1

TRAINING
SERVICES 2
RE1 THE CATHOLIC FAITH 1 PE2 PHYSICAL 2 PE1
EDUCATION 2

RE2 CHRISTIAN 3 RE1

MORALITY

Total 18 Total 23

Second Year, First Semester Second Year, Second

Semester
ENT102 OPPORTUNITY SEEKING 3 ENT101 CBA102 HUMAN RESOURCE 3
MANAGEMENT
GE12 SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY 3 ENT103 E-COMMERCE 3 ENT102
AND SOCIETY
GE2 ETHICS 3 ENT104 INNOVATION 3 ENT102
MANAGEMENT
GE4 LIFE AND WORKS OF 3 ENT105 MARKET 3 ENT102
RIZAL RESEARCH &
CONSUMER
BEHAVIOR
GEE4 GREAT BOOKS 3 ENT106 PRICING & 3 ENT102
COSTING
PE3 PHYSICAL EDUCATION 2 PE1 GEE1 ENTREPRENEURIAL 3
3 MIND
RE3 CHRISTIAN MARRIAGE 3 RE 1 PE4 TEAM SPORTS 2 PE1

Total 20 Total 20

131
 Third Year, First Semester Third Year, Second
Semester
CBA103 OPERATIONS 3 CBA102 CBA 106 STRATEGIC 3 CBA103
MANAGEMENT & TQM MANAGEMENT
ENT107 PRODUCTION 3 ENT106 ENT 110 BUS. LAW & 3 ENT109
PLANNING & CONTROL TAXATION, W/
(W/ 5 HRS. LAB) FOCUS ON LAWS
AFFECTING SME'S
ENT108 PROGRAMS & POLICIES 3 ENT103 ENT 111 BUSINESS PLAN 3 ENT102
ON ENTERPRISE DEVT. PREPARATION (W/ 5
HRS. LAB)
ENT109 SOCIAL 3 ENT106 ENT 112 INTERNATIONAL 3 ENT109
ENTREPRENEURSHIP BUSINESS & TRADE
FMT101 FINANCIAL 3 ENT 113 MANAGEMENT OF 3 ENT109
MANAGEMENT TECHNOLOGY
RE4 THE CHURCH AND 3 RE1 ENT 114 VENTURE 3 ENT109
HUMAN SOCIETY FINANCING
OMT 101 INVENTORY MGT. 3
& CONTROL W/
LAB

Total Total

Fourth Year, First Semester Fourth Year, Second

Semester
ENT115 BUS. IMPLE. 1: PRODUCT 5 ENT111 ENT 118 BUSINESS PLAN 5 ENT115
DEVT. & MARKET IMPLEMENTATION
ANALYSIS 2 (W/ 5 HRS. LAB)
ENT 116 EVENTS MANAGEMENT 3 ENT114 ENT 119 DESIGN & 3 ENT118
ANALYSIS OF
MANUFACTURING
SYSTEMS (W/ 5
HRS. LAB)
ENT 117 LOGISTICS 3 ENT114
MANAGEMENT (W/ 5
HRS. LAB)
Total 8
Total 11

Bachelor of Science in Entrepreneurship

Course Descriptions
COURSE COURSE TITLE DESCRIPTION NUMBER PRE-
CODE OF REQUISITE
UNITS

132
 This course includes the
following topics which
include the basic concept of
entrepreneur,
entrepreneurship, mSMEs as
well as its socio-economic
contributions. It also includes
identification of business
ideas and opportunity
seeking, introduction to
entrepreneurial planning and
writing. The Porter's Five
ENTREPRENEURIAL Forces in conjunction with a
ENT101 3 UNITS NONE
BEHAVIOUR SWOT analysis are included
to understand competitiveness
of the business. It also cover
topic on Personal
Entrepreneurial
Competencies (PECs) of the
successful entrepreneurs to
cultivate in the students a
spirit of entrepreneurship to
be applied in their business
career, and behavioural
characteristics associated with
the successful entrepreneurs.
Business Opportunity
Seeking is a 3-unit course that
involves the study of project
identification and selection
techniques and select business
opportunities the learners
would like to pursue. It covers
steps in micro and macro
environment screening and ENT101
OPPORTUNITY steps in project selection. It Entrepreneurial
ENT102 3 UNITS
SEEKING also relates entrepreneurial Behaviour
competencies with project
selection while considering
the current business
environment. It includes
realistic and pragmatic way of
market seizing through
demand and supply gap
analysis. The learners are
expected to gather relevant

133
 information needed to
complete a product concept
proposal with corresponding
marketing strategies. They
are also expected to a come up
with a Business Opportunity
Plan applying product concept
proposal.

This course is the study of

varied social and
psychological factors present
in any employer-employee
relationship. This should
include the processes of
recruitment, selection,
training, career development,
HUMAN RESOURCE performance management,
CBA102 3 UNITS
MANAGEMENT compensation, benefits, NONE
occupational and safety
administration and labor laws.
The course includes also the
study of ethical principles and
their application to life with
emphasis on the
professionalrights, duties, and
roles of employees.

134
 This course introduces the
concepts, vocabulary, and
procedures associated with E-
Commerce and the Internet.
The student gains an overview
of all aspects of E-Commerce.
Topics include development ENT102
of the Internet and E- Opportunity
ENT103 E-COMMERCE 3 UNITS
Commerce, options available Seeking
for doing business on the
Internet, features of Web sites
and the tools used to build an
E-Commerce web site,
marketing issues, payment
options, security issues, and
customer service.
This course examines the
technical and managerial
challenges presented by
emerging and evolving
technologies. Particular
consideration is given on the
forces affecting the nature and
rate of technological
INNOVATION innovation and the managerial ENT102
ENT104 3 UNITS
MANAGEMENT options available to both Opportunity
established and Seeking
entrepreneurial organizations.
In doing so, we explore both
internal and external sources
of innovation as well as the
appropriate strategies and
processes for capitalizing on
them.

135
 This course involves a study
of consumer behavior as a
tool for marketing decision. It
describes the rationale for
studying, the consumer
behavior outcomes, and the
consumer behavior process:
the psychological core, the
process of making decisions,
and the post decisions
evaluation. Consumers’
culture, consumer behavior ENT102
MARKET RESEARCH
outcomes and issues Opportunity
ENT105 & CONSUMER 3 UNITS
concerning consumer welfare Seeking
BEHAVIOR
is also discussed This course
also equips the students with
the necessary knowledge and
skills in market research
writing, enabling them to
know and apply the different
processes, methodologies,
and tools in research as
applied in the various aspects
of business organizations
focusing on consumer
behavior
This course is designed to
orient the students to the cost
accounting and cost
management framework
particularly of small
businesses. Topics discussed
are: overview of cost
accounting; manufacturing
cost accounting cycle; job and ENT102
process cost systems; Opportunity
ENT106 PRICING & COSTING 3 UNITS
accounting, planning and Seeking
control for materials,labor,
and factory overhead;
accounting for joint and by-
product costs; and cost
management systems (CMS)
for the new manufacturing
environment such as activity-
based costing, target costing,
total quality management,

136
 value reengineering, and
theory of constraints.

This course covers the basic

concepts and principles in
operations of a business
organization, i.e. materials
planning, work and labor
efficiency and effectiveness,
facilities layout and planning,
demand forecasting, financial
analysis of operations plan
which will be used for
managerial decision-making.
This includes industrial tour
for students for them to see the
real operations in actual
industrial setting. This course
OPERATIONS
also covers the basic concepts CBA102
CBA103 MANAGEMENT & 3 UNITS
and principles of total quality Human Resource
TQM
management. The course is Management
multi-disciplinary and
includes elements relating ton
operations management,
design of services/products
and processes, organizational
behaviour, problem solving
methods, marketing,
organizational administration
for service organizations and
manufacturing. Topics
include evolution of theory,
Total Quality Management
models, tools, and techniques;
development of quality of

137
 quality teams; application of
quality tools; strategies for
meeting customer
expectations; benchmarking;
and TQM applications using
ISO 9001 standards.

Production Planning &

Control is a three (3) unit
course that deals on , tools and
tactical issues, and the
extended enterprise.
Primarily, this emphasizes on
how individual company
operations such as
PRODUCTION manufacturing, services,
PLANNING & logistics, and purchasing, ENT106
ENT107 3 UNITS
CONTROL (W/ 5 HRS. contribute to a company’s Pricing &
LAB) success. Tools and tactical Costing
issues contain basic concepts
and techniques such as
production design analysis,
inventory management, ERP,
MRP, and quality
improvement tools. The
extended enterprise consists
of lean production,

138
 technology, and increasing
globalization as competition
is occurring across production
of goods & services among
business enterprises.

Enterprise development is the

process involved in the
running and management of
an enterprise – the various
stages with the focus on the
early phases of its life cycle
and factors that contribute to
its survival. This course will
PROGRAMS &
enable students to understand
ENT108 POLICIES ON 3 UNITS ENT103
the various facets of
ENTERPRISE DEVT. E-Commerce
development of an enterprise.
It will provide students with
experiential learning
opportunities in order to
acquire the relevant
knowledge and skills in
running and growing a new
business.
This course will introduce the
critical overview and
assessment of the rapidly
growing field of social
entrepreneurship. It will
ENT106
provide the students, the
SOCIAL Pricing &
ENT109 future entrepreneurs, with 3 UNITS
ENTREPRENEURSHIP Costing
necessary knowledge, tools,
and skill sets to tackle some of
the most difficult problems in
our society. It will guide the
students from understanding
social entrepreneurship as a

139
 discipline to measuring the
impact of social ventures.

The course deals with the

basic financial policies and
strategies in business
operation and the role of the
financial manager in
FINANCIAL determining the financial None
FMT101 3 UNITS
MANAGEMENT goals of the business. It
covers financial statement
analysis, time value of money,
financial planning and
budgeting and short-term
financing management.

140
 This course aims to provide
the students with a deeper
understanding and
appreciation about the
importance of Strategic
Management which helps
them systematically identify
varying problems and/or
challenges faced by the
company, competitors, and
other players in the industry.
It provides the students with
adept knowledge and
cognizance on various issues
concerning stiff competition,
bargaining power of
customers and suppliers, and
fast-paced development in
technology which help them CBA103
STRATEGIC
CBA106 craft suitable business and 3 UNITS Operations
MANAGEMENT
organizational strategies in Management &
order to cope up with the ever- TQM
changing landscape of the
business macro-environment
and microenvironment of the
company. Ultimately, this
course will guide the students
not only on strategy
formulation procedures but it
would also cover equally
important aspects such as
monitoring and control
measures which are proven
effective tools in carrying out
the company’s strategic action
plans in order to achieve
sustained profitability and
financial stability in its
business operation.

141
 This course highlights the
fundamental concepts and
principles regarding business
organizations and taxation
including the rights,
obligations and liabilities of
BUS. LAW &
persons comprising business
TAXATION, W/ ENT109
ENT110 organizations. Likewise, the 3 UNITS
FOCUS ON LAWS Social
study focuses on Small and
AFFECTING SME'S Entrepreneurship
Medium-sized entities that
will expose the learners to
understand the different
concepts and statutory
requirements, presentations
and disclosures.
This course focuses on the
Business Plan as a necessary
component to beginning a
small business. It addresses
facets of the business plan
from determining actual
content, reviewing examples
to creating a comprehensive
BUSINESS PLAN plan. The students should be
ENT102
ENT111 PREPARATION (W/ 5 able to prepare marketing, 3 UNITS
Opportunity
HRS. LAB) operations, personnel and
Seeking
financial plans. The students
will learn to evaluate their
plans and determine their
viability as resources are
considered. Topics include
fund sourcing, franchising,
incubators and venture capital
among others.
This course focuses on
problems, techniques and
strategies necessary to
incorporate the marketing ENT109
concepts into the framework Social
INTERNATIONAL of today’s marketplace-the Entrepreneurship
ENT112 3 UNITS
BUSINESS & TRADE world. The course gives the CBA103
emphasis on pricing, market Operations
research, promotions and Management &
market planning. Likewise, TQM
the course exposes students to
a better understanding of

142
 international trade terms and
restrictive trade practices and
their importance to
international trade and export
marketing.

This course guides senior

Entrepreneurship
undergraduates through the
technology development
process, and is intended to
appeal to those interested in
evolution, managing
technology-oriented firms,
creating technology-driven
startups, or consulting to such
ENT109
firms. Students will
Social
understand how to better
MANAGEMENT OF Entrepreneurship
ENT113 select technological 3 UNITS
TECHNOLOGY CBA103
opportunities and understand
Operations
organizational challenges that
Management &
prevent these technologies
TQM
from being successful. The
class consists of case studies,
and story-telling among
students. As such, students
will be asked to view the firm
as a whole and analyze the
various functional areas of
business and its external
factors.

143
 This course provides a
detailed study of the
Philippine Financial System
emphasizing the various fund
sourcing alternatives for the
needs of entrepreneurial
ventures. Sources of funds
from the government and
ENT109
private sectors, banks and
VENTURE Social
ENT114 non-banking institutions will 3 UNITS
FINANCING Entrepreneurship
be discussed. It also focuses
on raising capital for small
and medium size businesses.
Issues covered are hoe to
assess the amount of equity
dilution to be given up to
outside investors and how to
retain management control of
the enterprise.
The course deals with topics
on inventory system, controls,
models, and theories leading
to effective and efficient
utilization of materials and
resources of the firm
including human resource,
supplies, raw materials,
inventory, and equipment. It
INVENTORY MGT. &
also discusses modern day NONE
OMT101 CONTROL (W/ 5 HRS. 3 UNITS
issues or special topics in
LAB)
resource management that
affect delivery of quality
goods and services.
Corporate social
responsibility in resource
management is integrated in
lectures, discussions, reports,
and case analyses provided by
the course.

144
 This course introduces the
ethical, theoretical, and
practical challenges of the
product management
framework, including the
basic product management
phases (initiation, planning,
execution, control, and
closure) and interactions.
BUS. IMPLE. 1: This course explores ENT111
ENT115 PRODUCT DEVT. & contemporary thinking on the 3 UNITS Business Plan
MARKET ANALYSIS process of bringing new Preparation w/ 5
products and services to Hrs. Lab
market within the overall
strategic context of the firm. It
also integrates project
management and strategic
management. The course
instructs students on the
purpose and appreciation and
their portfolio.
This course examines the
principles of conceptualizing,
planning, managing and
evaluating meetings, and
events and festivals
management. Topics include
the significance of
conventions and events in ENT114
EVENTS business, event design, project Venture
ENT116 3 UNITS
MANAGEMENT management, methods and Financing
evaluation, physical
requirements, organizing,
promotion and sponsorship.
An integration course that
applies all the principles of
conceptualization and
management arerequired to be
taken up in the terminal year.

145
 This course covers topics in
Logistics Management. This
includes subject matters in
strategic operations
management, tools and
tactical issues, and the
extended enterprise.
Primarily, this emphasizes on
how individual company
operations such as
manufacturing, services,
logistics, and purchasing,
ENT114
LOGISTICS contribute to a company’s
Venture
ENT117 MANAGEMENT (W/ 5 success. Tools and tactical 3 UNITS
Financing
HRS. LAB) issues contain basic concepts
and techniques such as
process design analysis,
inventory management,
project management, and
quality improvement tools.
The extended enterprise
consists of lean production,
technology, and increasing
globalization as competition
is occurring across supply
chains of multiple
organizations.

146
 The course provides an
opportunity for business
administration students to
carry out their written
business plan in a given
semester. The premise is in
the context of starting up,
operating, and dissolving an
entrepreneurial venture. It
allows students to complete
the business cycle from
compliance with the legal
requirements, fulfilment of
the financial requirements,
organization of an effective
business structure, creation
BUSINESS PLAN and satisfaction of the ENT115
ENT118 IMPLEMENTATION 2 economic demands, 3 UNITS Bus. Imple.1:
(W/ 5 HRS. LAB) distribution of the goods and Product Devt. &
services, execution of Market Analysis
business strategies, fruition of
labour, and proper semestral
reporting. It requires students
to promote their business
ideas in trade shows and other
modern avenues. The
method of instruction is
regular reporting of business
groups inside the classroom
and up to date consultation
with the subject professor and
faculty consultant other than
the actual and/or formal
assessment on the business
progress.
An advanced course
emphasizing the analysis and
design of job requirements,
DESIGN & ANALYSIS
workplace arrangements,
OF ENT118
material handling
ENT119 MANUFACTURING 3 UNITS Business Plan
devices/systems and machine
SYSTEMS (W/ 5 HRS. Implementation 2
controls which improve the
LAB) w/ 5 Hrs. Lab
human workplace. Students
will research and create a
system design project.

147
Bachelor of Science in Busines Administration
Major in Business Economics
Curriculum Code: ECON2019
Year: 2019
Total Units 153
First Year, First Semester First Year, Second
Semester
Subject Description Units Pre Req Subject Description Units Pre-req
Code Code
CBA101 BASIC 3 ACC109 LAW ON 3
MICROECONOMICS OBLIGATIONS AND
CONTRACTS
GE12 SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY 3 CBA102 HUMAN RESOURCE 3
AND SOCIETY MANAGEMENT
GE13 THE CONTEMPORARY 3 ECO101 BASIC 3
WORLD MACROECONOMICS

GE6 MATHEMATICS IN THE 3 GE11 READINGS IN THE 3

MODERN WORLD PHILIPPINE HISTORY
NSTP1 CIVIC WELFARE 3 GE14 UNDERSTANDING 3
TRAINING SERVICES 1 THE SELF

PE1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION 2 GE2 ETHICS 3

RE1 THE CATHOLIC FAITH 1 GEE5 LIVING IN THE IT 3

ERA
Total 18 NSTP2 CIVIC WELFARE 3 NSTP 1
TRAINING SERVICES
2
PE2 PHYSICAL 2 PE 1
EDUCATION 2

Total 26

Second Year, First Semester Second Year, Second

Semester
BUS101 FUND. OF BUSINESS 3 ACC107 INCOME TAXATION 3 ACC109
ANALYTICS W/ LAB
CBA103 OPERATIONS 3 CBA102 BUS102 FUND. OF DATA 3 BUS101
MANAGEMENT & TQM WAREHOUSING W/
LAB
ECO102 HISTORY OF 3 ECO101 BUS103 FUND. OF 3 BUS101
ECONOMICS THOUGHTS DESCRIPTIVE
ANALYTICS W/ LAB
GE1 ARTS APPRECIATION 3 CBA104 MANAGERIAL 3
ACCOUNTING
GE10 PURPOSIVE 3 CBA105 PROF. ELEC 1: 3 CBA103
COMMUNICATION ENTREP.
MANAGEMENT
GE4 LIFE AND WORKS OF 3 CBA106 STRATEGIC 3 CBA103
RIZAL MANAGEMENT
GEE1 ENTREPRENEURIAL 3 ECO103 ADVANCED 3 ECO102
MIND MICROECONOMICS

148
GEE4 GREAT BOOKS 3 HRD102 GOOD GOVERNANCE 3 CBA102
& SOCIAL
RESPONSIBILITY
PE3 PHYSICAL EDUCATION 2 PE 1 PE4 PHYSICAL 2 PE 1
3 EDUCATION 4
RE2 CHRISTIAN MORALITY 3 RE 1 RE3 CHRISTIAN 3 RE 1
MARRIAGE
Total 29 Total 29

Third Year, First Semester Third Year, Second

Semester
BUS104 FUND. OF PREDICTIVE 3 BUS103 BUS105 FUND. OF 3 BUS104
ANALYTICS W/ LAB PRESCRIPTIVE
ANALYTICS W/ LAB
CBA107 BUSINESS RESEARCH 1 / 3 CBA105 CBA108 BUSINESS 3 CBA107
THESIS W/ LAB RESEARCH 2 /
THESIS W/ LAB
ECO104 PROF. ELEC. 2: 3 ECO102 ECO109 PROF. ELEC 3: 3 ECO108
ECONOMIC ECONOMIC
DEVELOPMENT STATISTICS (W/
BUSINESS
ANALYTICS)
ECO105 MANAGERIAL 3 ECO103 ECO110 PROF. ELEC. 4: 3 ECO104
ECONOMICS ENVIRONMENTAL
ECONOMICS
ECO106 ADVANCED 3 ECO103 ECO111 PROJECT DEVT. 3 ECO107
MACROECONOMICS MANAGEMENT
ECO107 INTERNATIONAL 3 ECO103 ECO112 SPECIAL TOPICS IN 3 ECO107
ECONOMICS BUSINESS
ECONOMICS
ECO108 PROF. ELEC. 1: LABOR 3 ECO103 ENT112 INTERNATIONAL 3 CBA103
ECONOMICS BUSINESS & TRADE
RE4 THE CHURCH AND 3 RE1
HUMAN SOCIETY

Total 24 Total 21

Fourth Year, First Semester Fourth Year, Second

Semester
BUS106 ANALYTICS 3 ECO112 BUS107 ANALYTICS 3 BUS106
INTERNSHIP 1 (300 HRS.) INTERNSHIP 2 (300
HRS.)

Total 3 Total 3

149
Bachelor of Science in Business Administration
- Major in Business Economics
Course Descriptions
COURSE COURSE TITLE DESCRIPTION NUMBER PRE-REQUISITE
CODE OF
UNITS
CBA101 Basic This course introduces the 3 NONE
Microeconomics students to the fundamentals of
economic theory, particularly
Microeconomics. It focuses on
the nature, tools, methods of
Economics, Microeconomics of
product markets and market
structures. The emphasis is on
the dynamic relationship
between consumers and firms
through the models of consumer
behavior, demand, supply and
applications, production and
cost theory and the different
market structures.
ACC109 Law on A course designed to familiarize 3 NONE
Obligations and the commerce student with the
Contracts basic principles of governing
rights and liabilities arising
from obligations and contracts.
It treats on the nature, sources
and effects of obligations,
different kinds of obligations
and their manner of extinction;
contracts in general, particularly
with reference to their essential
requisites, operation,
interpretation, rescission and
nullity.
CBA102 Human This course is the study of 3 NONE
Resource varied social and psychological
Management factors present in any employer-
employee relationship. This
should include the processes of
recruitment, selection, training,
career development,
performance management,
compensation, benefits,
occupational and safety
administration and labor laws.

150
 The course includes also the
study of ethical principles and
their application to life with
emphasis on the professional
rights, duties, and roles of
employees.
ECO101 Basic The course introduces the 3 NONE
Macroeconomics students on the fundamental
concepts and analysis of
macroeconomics with emphasis
on the Philippine economic
system growth and
development. This covers the
topics in macroeconomic
fundamentals, national income
analysis, and macroeconomic
policies with emphasis on
national income accounting,
consumption and savings,
investment function, national
income determination, labor and
employment, price level and
inflation, monetary policy,
fiscal policy, and international
trade practices and policies.
BUS101 Fundamentals of The course provides students 3 NONE
Business with an overview of the current
Analytics with trends in business analytics that
Lab drives today business. The
course will provide
understanding on the data
management techniques that can
help an organization to achieve
its business goals and address
operational challenges.
CBA103 Operations This course covers the basic 3 CBA102
Management & concepts and principles in
TQM operations of a business Operations
organization, i.e. materials Management and
planning, work and labor TQM
efficiency and effectiveness,
facilities layout and planning,
demand forecasting, financial
analysis of operations plan
which will be used for
managerial decision-making.

151
 This includes industrial tour for
students for them to see the real
operations in actual industrial
setting. This course also covers
the basic concepts and
principles of total quality
management. The course is
multi-disciplinary and includes
elements relating ton operations
management, design of
services/products and processes,
organizational behavior,
problem solving methods,
marketing, organizational
administration for service
organizations and
manufacturing. Topics include
evolution of theory, Total
Quality Management models,
tools, and techniques;
development of quality of
quality teams; application of
quality tools; strategies for
meeting customer expectations;
benchmarking; and TQM
applications using ISO 9001
standards.
ECO102 History of The course focuses on the 3 ECO101
Economic development of economics.
Thoughts The importance of economics to
the society, how it influence the
world of finance and its Basic
significance from the historical Macroeconomics
perspective.
ACC107 Income Taxation The course is an in-depth study 3 ACC109
of Philippine tax system and
income taxation. It provides a Law on Obligations
solid foundation on the areas of and Contracts
tax that are likely to be
encountered during the initial
stage of a CPA’s professional
tax practice. It covers the
overview of the national tax
system, and the income taxation
of employees, unincorporated,
and incorporated businesses.

152
 Also, provides the students with
knowledge of the capital gains
tax; final tax on certain passive
income; and the year-end tax,
including the minimum
corporate tax, the normal tax
and the improperly accumulated
profits tax of corporations. Tax
forms are provided for specific
topics discussed.
BUS102 Fundamentals of The course is designed to 3 BUS101
Data introduce students to the
Warehousing fundamentals of data Fundamentals of
with Lab warehousing for managers. Data Business Analytics
warehousing is used in business with Lab
intelligence, enabling managers
to make critical decisions based
on different business
transactions. Managers of
businesses should be able to see
opportunities for exploiting data
coming from transactions using
data warehousing. This provides
a discussion on how to adapt
data warehousing as an
approach for managing data,
highlighting the needed
resources to roll out a data
warehouses.
BUS103 Fund. Of In this course, the students will 3 BUS101
Descriptive learn what data can and cannot
Analytics (W/ 5 describe about customer Fundamentals of
Hrs. Lab) behavior as well as the most Business Analytics
effective methods for collecting with Lab
data and deciding what it
means.

153
CBA104 Managerial This course is designed to 3 NONE
Accounting acquaint the students with the
role of the management
accountant in analyzing,
interpreting, and reporting cost
information to help the
management develop and
identify superior strategies that
will produce a sustainable
competitive advantage. It covers
the discussion of the objectives,
role and scope of management
accounting; management
accounting concepts and
techniques for planning and
control which includes cost
terms, concepts and behavior,
CVP analysis, variable costing
& absorption costing, master
budget; and differential cost
analysis for management
decision-making.
CBA105 Prof. Elec 1: The course aims to teach the 3 ECO103
Entrep. approach entrepreneurs use in
Management identifying opportunity and Advance
creating new ventures; the Microeconomics
analytic skills that are needed to
practice this approach; and the
background knowledge and
managerial skills that are
necessary for dealing with the
recurring issues involved in
starting, growing, and
harnessing the value of new
ventures. Business enterprise is
operated for profit. However,
due to failure to observe the
basic safeguards, a number of
enterprises actually plunge into
difficulties thus negating the
attainment of the profit
objective. Hence, entrepreneurs
should plan out their projects in
order to attain this objective. At
the end of the course, the
student is expected to have a

154
 better understanding of the
activities that lead to the
development of a business
enterprise and to come up with
a project feasibility study.
CBA106 Strategic Strategic Management helps the 3 CBA103
Management organization as well as the
managers identify their areas of Operations
strengths and weaknesses. Management &
Once identified, the TQM
organization/managers should
use the information to make
choices between alternative
courses of action. This course
deals with the systematic
approach in the management of
the business enterprise. It covers
discussions on the objectives of
organizational units as well as
the entire firm. It covers such
topics as general and functional
strategies, SWOT analysis,
industry analysis, company
analysis and strategic
management responsibilities.
ECO103 Advance This course is designed to give 3 ECO102
Microeconomics the students a consistent way of
approaching the full range of History of Economic
contemporary macroeconomics Thoughts
issues. It focuses upon
economic growth, business
cycle, unemployment, inflation
and the output effects of
globalization. It also deals with
the structure and performance
of national economics and of
the policies that governments
use to try to effect economic
performance. The course
explains the behavior,
relationship and role of
investments, savings and
interest rates in economic
growth. It will also demonstrate
how the study of the theories on
investments, savings and

155
 interest rates can be used to
analyze and solve existing
economic problems.
BUS105 Fund. Of The course aims to provide the 3 BUS103
Prescriptive student with applications that
Analytics (W/ 5 help organizations develop Fund. Of
Hrs. Lab) insights to make decisions from Descriptive
current data that maximizes the Analytics (W/ 5 Hrs.
organization goals. Lab)
CBA107 Business The course deals with the 3 CBA105
Research 1 / development of the essential
Thesis (W/ 5 ideas, concepts, principles, Prof. Elec 1:
Hrs. Lab) tools, and skills needed in Entrep.
business research and thesis Management
writing. Specifically, it deals
with the formulation of the
research problem,
familiarization of the research
methods, preparation of the
research instruments, review of
related literature and studies,
sampling techniques, and the
selection of statistical tools in
the analysis of data. The
procedural aspects of thesis
development, from the research
problem identification up to the
development of the research
design are given emphasis. Due
importance is given to the
identification and definition of
the research problem and the
design of the tools of research.
Thus, Business Research 1 is
concerned with writing the first
three chapters of the thesis.
ECO105 Managerial This course involves basic 3 ECO103
Economics economic theories and practices
as normally used in managerial Advance
decision making. It is also Microeconomics
serve as guide to understand
the various ways of increasing
profits, perform inventory
control, economics of
production, Costs analysis,
demand and supply analysis ,

156
 forecasting and capital
budgeting.
ECO106 Advance This course is designed to give 3 ECO103
Macroeconomics the students a consistent way of
approaching the full range of Advance
contemporary macroeconomics Microeconomics
issues. It focuses upon
economic growth, business
cycle, unemployment, inflation
and the output effects of
globalization. It also deals with
the structure and performance
of national economics and of
the policies that governments
use to try to effect economic
performance. The course
explains the behavior,
relationship and role of
investments, savings and
interest rates in economic
growth. It will also demonstrate
how the study of the theories on
investments, savings and
interest rates can be used to
analyze and solve existing
economic problems.
ECO107 International This course presents various 3 ECO103
Economics concepts and theories pertaining
to international environment. It Advance
also includes economic analysis Microeconomics
of problems, issues, and trends
pertaining to global
environment. This course
presents different economic
indicators that explain
international relations of the
country. Likewise, the course
explain how global business
environment is used in decision
making.
BUS104 Human This course is the study of 3 BUS102
Resource varied social and psychological
Management factors present in any employer- Fundamentals of
employee relationship. This Data Warehousing
should include the processes of with Lab
recruitment, selection, training,

157
 career development,
performance management,
compensation, benefits,
occupational and safety
administration and labor laws.
The course includes also the
study of ethical principles and
their application to life with
emphasis on the professional
rights, duties, and roles of
employees.
CBA108 Business The course is a continuation of 3 CBA107
Research 2 / Business Research 1.
Thesis (W/ 5 Specifically, it deals with Business Research
Hrs. Lab) answering the research 2with Thesis Lab
problems identified in Chapter 1
through the presentation,
analysis, and interpretation of
data gathered using the research
instrument(s). Thus, it presents
to the students the various
methods of presenting and
analyzing data. Due importance
is given to the summary of
findings, the formulation of
conclusions from the findings,
and development of
recommendations.
ECO111 Environmental This course deals with the 3 ECO107
Economics performance of economic
analysis to the management of International
the environmental and natural Economics
resources. The course also l
consider the role of economic
theory in understanding and
solving environmental and
resource problems and discuss
empirical examinations of the
theory. Domestic and
international policy implications
will be addressed. A key
assessment component will
involve students engaging first-
hand in changing behavior
regarding a resource or
environmental issue of direct

158
 relevance to them. Topics that
may be covered include: air and
water pollution, sustainability,
renewable and non-renewable
resource management, and the
impact of trade.
ECO112 Special Topics The course is a rigorous, 3 ECO107
in Business quantitative introduction to
Economics financial market structure and International
financial asset valuation. The Economics
main topics of the course are
portfolio selection, equilibrium
asset pricing, fixed income
securities, arbitrage and option
pricing economics.
BUS106 Analytics 3
Internship 1 300
hrs.
BUS107 Analytics 3
Internship 2 300
hrs.
ECO104 Economic The course is designed to 3 NONE
Development provide the students a broad
overview to the scope and
complexities of economic
policies and theories of the
developing countries. The
covered topics are the issues of
poverty, its causes and cures;
the per capita income and its
relationship to capital
formation, employment and
equity, population growth and
internal migration, market
policies and the socio-political
and cultural aspects that
determine the nature and extent
of economic development.
ECO108 Labor This course is designed to teach 3 ECO103
Economics fundamental concepts and
theories in labor economics. It Advance
includes the complex workings Microeconomics
of the labor market by studying
the dynamics between
employers, employees and their

159
 wage , price and profit making
incentives. It also analyzes the
behavior of employers and
employees and studies their
responses to changes in
government policies and or
demographic composition of the
labor force. Likewise, this
course will teach the students on
how workers and firms make
decisions in the labor market.
ECO109 Economic This course introduces students 3 ECO108
Statistics to basic statistical concepts and
methods that are widely used in Labour Economics
economics, finance,
accountancy, marketing and,
more generally, business.
Emphasis is placed on applying
statistical methods to draw
inferences from sample data as
an aid to informed decision-
making. Course topics include:
descriptive statistics, probability
distributions, point and interval
estimation of parameters,
hypothesis testing, and
regression models.
ECO110 Environmental This course deals with 3 ECO104
Economics systematic exposition of
environmental and natural Economic
resource economics. It presents Development
the economic and ecological
principles essential for a clear
understanding of contemporary
environmental and natural
resource issues and policy
considerations. Environmental
and natural resource issues are
considered in a broad,
interdisciplinary context that
does not treat them as just
another subset of applied
economics. The main subject
areas include:

160
Bachelor of Science in Business Administration
-Major in Financial Management
Curriculum Code: FM 2019
Year: 2019
Total Units 150
First Year, First Semester First Year, Second
Semester
Subject Description Units Pre Req Subject Description Units Pre-req
Code Code
CBA102 HUMAN RESOURCE 3 CBA101 BASIC 3
MANAGEMENT MICROECONOMICS
GE12 SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY 3 FMT101 FINANCIAL 3
AND SOCIETY MANAGEMENT
GE13 THE CONTEMPORARY 3 GE11 READINGS IN THE 3
WORLD PHILIPPINE
HISTORY
GE 6 MATHEMATICS IN THE 3 GE14 UNDERSTANDING 3
MODERN WORLD THE SELF
NSTP 1 CIVIC WELFARE 3 GE2 ETHICS 3
TRAINING SERVICES 1
PE 1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION 2 GEE5 LIVING IN THE IT 3
ERA

RE 1 THE CATHOLIC FAITH 1 NSTP2 CIVIC WELFARE 3 NSTP 1

TRAINING
SERVICES 2
PE2 PHYSICAL 2 PE 1
EDUCATION 2
RE2 CHRISTIAN 3 RE 1
MORALITY

Total 18 Total 26

Second Year, First Semester Second Year, Second

Semester
BUS101 FUND. OF BUSINESS 3 ACC107 INCOME 3 CBA 104
ANALYTICS W/ LAB TAXATION
BUS102 FUND. OF DATA 3 ACC109 LAW ON 3 CBA 104
WAREHOUSING W/ LAB OBLIGATIONS AND
CONTRACTS
CBA104 MANAGERIAL 3 BUS103 FUND. OF 3 BUS 101
ACCOUNTING DESCRIPTIVE
ANALYTICS W/
LAB
FMT102 FINANCIAL ANAL. & 3 FMT101 CBA103 OPERATIONS 3 CBA 102
REPORTING MANAGEMENT &
TQM
GE1 ARTS APPRECIATION 3 CBA106 STRATEGIC 3 FMT 101
MANAGEMENT
GE10 PURPOSIVE 3 FMT103 BANKING & FIN'L 3 FMT 101
COMMUNICATION INSTITUTION

161
GE4 LIFE AND WORKS OF 3 FMT104 MONETARY 3 FMT 101
RIZAL POLICY &
CENTRAL
BANKING
GEE1 ENTREPRENEURIAL 3 HRD102 GOOD 3 CBA 102
MIND GOVERNANCE &
SOCIAL
RESPONSIBILITY
GEE4 GREAT BOOKS 3 PE4 PHYSICAL 2 PE 1
EDUCATION 4
PE3 PHYSICAL EDUCATION 2 PE 1 RE3 CHRISTIAN 3 RE 1
3 MARRIAGE

Total 29 Total 29

Third Year, First Semester Third Year, Second

Semester
BUS104 FUND. OF PREDICTIVE 3 BUS103 BUS105 FUND. OF 3 BUS 104
ANALYTICS W/ LAB PRESCRIPTIVE
ANALYTICS W/
LAB
CBA105 PROF. ELEC 1: ENTREP. 3 CBA108 BUSINESS 3 CBA 104
MANAGEMENT RESEARCH 2 /
THESIS W/ LAB
CBA107 BUSINESS RESEARCH 1 / 3 CBA106 FMT108 CAPITAL MARKET 3 FMT 106
THESIS W/ LAB
ENT112 INTERNATIONAL 3 FMT109 PROF. ELEC. 3: 3 FMT 107
BUSINESS & TRADE BEHAVIORAL
FINANCE
FMT105 CREDIT AND 3 FMT103 FMT110 PROF. ELEC. 4: 3 FMT 107
COLLECTIONS SECURITY
ANALYSIS
FMT106 INVESTMENT & 3 FMT104 FMT111 SPECIAL TOPICS IN 3 FMT 107
PORTFOLIO FIN'L
MANAGEMENT MANAGEMENT
FMT107 PROF. ELEC 2: RISK 3 FMT104
MANAGEMENT
RE4 THE CHURCH AND 3 RE 1
HUMAN SOCIETY

Total 24 Total 18

BUS 106 ANALYTICS 3 BUS ANALYTICS 3 BUS 106

INTERNSHIP 1 (300 HRS.) 107 INTERNSHIP
2(300HRS.)

Total 3 Total 3

162
Bachelor of Science in Business Administration
- Major in Financial Management
COURSE COURSE TITLE DESCRIPTION NUMBER PRE-REQUISITE
CODE OF UNITS
CBA102 Human This course is the study of 3 NONE
Resource varied social and
Management psychological factors
present in any employer-
employee relationship.
This should include the
processes of recruitment,
selection, training, career
development, performance
management,
compensation, benefits,
occupational and safety
administration and labor
laws. The course includes
also the study of ethical
principles and their
application to life with
emphasis on the
professional rights, duties,
and roles of employees.
CBA101 Basic This course introduces the 3 NONE
Microeconomics students to the
fundamentals of economic
theory, particularly
Microeconomics. It
focuses on the nature,
tools, methods of
Economics,
Microeconomics of
product markets and
market structures. The
emphasis is on the
dynamic relationship
between consumers and
firms through the models
of consumer behavior,
demand, supply and
applications, production
and cost theory and the
different market
structures.

163
FMT101 Financial The course offers a 3 NONE
Management comprehensive
introduction to the key
concepts and practical
aspects of financial assets,
marketplace, and
institutions. It further
provides a solid, enduring
foundation of the tools of
modern risk theories for
finance while at the same
time developing the logic
behind their use. The
course aims to provide the
students with an in-depth
knowledge and
proficiency of how finance
significantly affects the
overall industry. An
intensive study of both the
fundamental and advanced
strategies used in financial
management shall be
introduced into the course.
To achieve this, in
addition to the basic
theoretical approach, the
subject shall be taught
using simulated case
analysis of selective high
profile firms
BUS101 Fundamentals of The course provides 3 NONE
Business students with an overview
Analytics with of the current trends in
Lab business analytics that
drives today business.
The course will provide
understanding on the data
management techniques
that can help an
organization to achieve its
business goals and address
operational challenges.

164
BUS102 Fundamentals of The course is designed to 3 NONE'
Data introduce students to the
Warehousing fundamentals of data
with Lab warehousing for
managers. Data
warehousing is used in
business intelligence,
enabling managers to
make critical decisions
based on different
business transactions.
Managers of businesses
should be able to see
opportunities for
exploiting data coming
from transactions using
data warehousing. This
provides a discussion on
how to adapt data
warehousing as an
approach for managing
data, highlighting the
needed resources to roll
out a data warehouses.
CBA104 Managerial This course is designed to 3 NONE
Accounting acquaint the students with
the role of the
management accountant in
analyzing, interpreting,
and reporting cost
information to help the
management develop and
identify superior strategies
that will produce a
sustainable competitive
advantage. It covers the
discussion of the
objectives, role and scope
of management
accounting; management
accounting concepts and
techniques for planning
and control which includes
cost terms, concepts and
behavior, CVP analysis,
variable costing &

165
 absorption costing, master
budget; and differential
cost analysis for
management decision-
making.

FMT102 Financial This course deals with 3 FMT101

Reporting and solving common financial
Analysis problems. The primary
focus is on equity (share)
valuation, with some
attention given to credit
analysis and the valuation
of debt. The methods of
fundamental analysis will
be examined in detail and
applied in cases and
project involving listed
Financial
companies. Topics include
Management
models of shareholder
value and a comparison of
accounting and discounted
cash flow approaches to
valuation, methods of
financial statement
analysis, testing the
quality of financial
reports, designing value-
added metrics, forecasting
earnings and cash flows,
pro-forma analysis for
strategy and planning, and
the determination of
price/earnings and market-
to-book ratios.

166
ACC107 Income The course is an in-depth 3 CBA104
Taxation study of Philippine tax Managerial
system and income Accounting
taxation. It provides a
solid foundation on the
areas of tax that are likely
to be encountered during
the initial stage of a CPA’s
professional tax practice.
It covers the overview of
the national tax system,
and the income taxation of
employees,
unincorporated, and
incorporated businesses.
Also, provides the students
with knowledge of the
capital gains tax; final tax
on certain passive income;
and the year-end tax,
including the minimum
corporate tax, the normal
tax and the improperly
accumulated profits tax of
corporations. Tax forms
are provided for specific
topics discussed.
ACC109 Law on A course designed to 3 CBA104
Obligations and familiarize the commerce
Contracts student with the basic Managerial
principles of governing Accounting
rights and liabilities
arising from obligations
and contracts. It treats on
the nature, sources and
effects of obligations,
different kinds of
obligations and their
manner of extinction;
contracts in general,
particularly with reference
to their essential
requisites, operation,
interpretation, rescission
and nullity.
BUS103 3 BUS101

167
 In this course, the students
will learn what data can Fundamentals of
Fund. Of and cannot describe about Business Analytics
Descriptive customer behavior as well with Lab
Analytics (W/ 5 as the most effective
Hrs. Lab) methods for collecting
data and deciding what it
means.
CBA103 Operations This course covers the 3 CBA102
Management & basic concepts and
TQM principles in operations of Operations
a business organization, Management and
i.e. materials planning, TQM
work and labor efficiency
and effectiveness,
facilities layout and
planning, demand
forecasting, financial
analysis of operations plan
which will be used for
managerial decision-
making. This includes
industrial tour for students
for them to see the real
operations in actual
industrial setting. This
course also covers the
basic concepts and
principles of total quality
management. The course
is multi-disciplinary and
includes elements relating
ton operations
management, design of
services/products and
processes, organizational
behavior, problem solving
methods, marketing,
organizational
administration for service
organizations and
manufacturing. Topics
include evolution of
theory, Total Quality
Management models,
tools, and techniques;

168
 development of quality of
quality teams; application
of quality tools; strategies
for meeting customer
expectations;
benchmarking; and TQM
applications using ISO
9001 standards.
CBA106 Strategic Strategic Management 3 FMT101
Management helps the organization as
well as the managers Financial
identify their areas of Management
strengths and weaknesses.
Once identified, the
organization/managers
should use the information
to make choices between
alternative courses of
action. This course deals
with the systematic
approach in the
management of the
business enterprise. It
covers discussions on the
objectives of
organizational units as
well as the entire firm. It
covers such topics as
general and functional
strategies, SWOT analysis,
industry analysis,
company analysis and
strategic management
responsibilities.
FMT103 Banking and This course is designed to 3 FMT102
Financial develop an understanding
Institution of financial institutions Financial Analysis
and financial markets and and Reporting
their Relationship to
public policies. Included
are the study of market
structure, profit stratifies,
relationship of commercial
and other financial
institutions, problem of
assets and liability

169
 management, and theory
of interest and asset prices.

FMT104 Monetary Policy This course deals with the 3 FMT102

and Central origin, development and
Banking functions of central Financial Analysis
banking. Discussion and Reporting
include money, inflation,
financial intermediaries,
financial instruments,
markets and institutions,
interest rates, foreign
exchange and rates, and
monetary policies. It also
covers topics about the
IMF, BSP and the
Monetary Board.
BUS104 Human This course is the study of 3 BUS103
Resource varied social and
Management psychological factors Fundamentals of
present in any employer- Descriptive Analytics
employee relationship. with Lab
This should include the
processes of recruitment,
selection, training, career
development, performance
management,
compensation, benefits,
occupational and safety
administration and labor
laws. The course includes
also the study of ethical
principles and their
application to life with
emphasis on the
professional rights, duties,
and roles of employees.
CBA105 Prof. Elec 1: The course aims to teach 3 NONE
Entrep. the approach entrepreneurs
Management use in identifying
opportunity and creating
new ventures; the analytic
skills that are needed to
practice this approach; and
the background knowledge
and managerial skills that

170
 are necessary for dealing
with the recurring issues
involved in starting,
growing, and harnessing
the value of new ventures.
Business enterprise is
operated for profit.
However, due to failure to
observe the basic
safeguards, a number of
enterprises actually plunge
into difficulties thus
negating the attainment of
the profit objective.
Hence, entrepreneurs
should plan out their
projects in order to attain
this objective. At the end
of the course, the student
is expected to have a
better understanding of the
activities that lead to the
development of a business
enterprise and to come up
with a project feasibility
study.
CBA107 Business The course deals with the 3 CBA106
Research 1 / development of the
Thesis (W/ 5 essential ideas, concepts, Strategic Management
Hrs. Lab) principles, tools, and skills
needed in business
research and thesis
writing. Specifically, it
deals with the formulation
of the research problem,
familiarization of the
research methods,
preparation of the research
instruments, review of
related literature and
studies, sampling
techniques, and the
selection of statistical
tools in the analysis of
data. The procedural
aspects of thesis

171
 development, from the
research problem
identification up to the
development of the
research design are given
emphasis. Due importance
is given to the
identification and
definition of the research
problem and the design of
the tools of research. Thus,
Business Research 1 is
concerned with writing the
first three chapters of the
thesis.
FMT105 Credit and This course deals with 3 FMT103
Collection study of credit
management. It highlights Banking and Financial
the study of the principles, Institutions
meaning, classification,
nature and functions of
credit and collections in
the Philippine setting. It
covers techniques of
establishing the credit,
obtaining and checking
information, servicing the
loan, billing and collecting
the amount due. Each of a
bank’s installment credit
operation is carefully
scrutinized. After
successfully completing
this course the student
should have a working
knowledge of: collection
policies and procedure;
principles of credit
evaluation; open-end
credit; direct lending;
leasing of consumer
goods; indirect lending;
legal aspects of
installment credit; and
organizing and managing

172
 an installment loan
department

FMT106 Portfolio This course is a study of 3 FMT104

Management fundamental theories of
optimal portfolio Monetary Policy and
selection, investment Central Banking
evaluation, securities
valuation, industry and
company analysis in
relation to stock market
operations, management
of fixed income
instruments, international
portfolio diversification.
BUS105 Fund. Of The course aims to 3 BUS104
Prescriptive provide the student with
Analytics (W/ 5 applications that help Fundamentals of
Hrs. Lab) organizations develop Predictive Analytics
insights to make decisions with Lab
from current data that
maximizes the
organization goals.
CBA108 Business The course is a 3 CBA104
Research 2 / continuation of Business
Thesis (W/ 5 Research 1. Specifically, it Managerial
Hrs. Lab) deals with answering the Accounting
research problems
identified in Chapter 1
through the presentation,
analysis, and interpretation
of data gathered using the
research instrument(s).
Thus, it presents to the
students the various
methods of presenting and
analyzing data. Due
importance is given to the
summary of findings, the
formulation of conclusions
from the findings, and
development of
recommendations.
FMT108 Capital Market This course focuses on 3 FMT106
Capital Market Theory, its

173
 efficiency and Investment and
implications. It establishes Portfolio Management
its coherence with the rest
of the financial institutions
within the financial
environment. The course
also deals with the
relationship of the
financial market with the
government and how the
latter stands a powerful
influential tool. The course
likewise attempts to
develop the analytical
ability of the students
through various financial
case presentations.
FMT111 Special Topics This course introduces 3 FMT107
in Financial strategy as a discipline and
Management the frameworks used to Prof. Elective Risk
conduct strategic analysis. Management
Topics include: thinking
strategically, strategic
analysis, operational
analysis, financial
analysis, performance
improvement,
product/market analysis,
industry analysis,
customer analysis,
competitor analysis,
supply chain assessment
and balanced scorecard
assessments.
BUS106 Analytics 3
Internship 1
300 hrs.
BUS107 Analytics 3
Internship 2
300 Hrs.
FMT107 Risk This course provides an 3 FMT104
Management introduction to risk
management, within the Monetary Policy and
context of business and Central Banking
decisions. Students will

174
learn the different types of
risk that business firms
face and the ways to
mitigate these risks. They
will explore the different
ways in which risks are
measured and quantified
as well as managed by
companies and financial
institutions. Among the
topics covered are market
risk, credit risk,
operational risk, the
regulation of banks, and
the credit derivatives
market. The course also
focuses on the ways banks
and other financial
institutions measure
market risk and control
credit and operational risk.
Additional topics include
the new Basel II
regulatory requirements
for banks, the VaR
Measure for measuring
market risk, hedging
techniques used by traders,
mathematics of interest
rates, economic capital,
risk adjusted return on
capital (RAROC). Risk
management establishes
standards for aggregating
disparate information,
gathering market data,
calculating risk measures
and creating timely
reporting tools for
management market,
credit, and operational
risks. Thus, the students
will understand and
appreciate collating and
analyzing disparate
information and data,

175
 establishing risk measures
and providing adequate
reports for management to
control market, credit,
operational and other
risks. Emphasis is placed
on understanding the
reasons underlying risks
and their management and
control providing students
with an adequate
background on data
gathering, calculation of
risk measures and
recommendation of
controls.
FMT109 Behavioral This course focuses on the 3 FMT107
Finance development of practical Prof. Elective Risk
methods for organizing Management
financial information,
interpreting economic
position and cash flow,
developing achievable and
worthwhile goals, and
implementing actionable
plans and risk
management techniques to
meet those goals. Specific
topics cover includes
management, insurance
and investment.
FMT110 Security This course focuses on the 3 FMT107
Analysis fundamental principles
and techniques of security Prof. Elective Risk
analysis. The course will Management
deal with the following
topics: definition of
securities; securities
regulation in the
Philippines; the
investment environment;
markets and instruments;
macroeconomic and
industry analysis;
fundamental analysis;
technical analysis; equity

176
 valuation models;
financial statement
analysis; derivatives
instruments; and special
topics.

Bachelor of Science in Business Administration

- Major in Human Resource Management

Curriculum Code: HRM2019

Year: 2019
Total Units 150
First Year, First Semester First Year, Second
Semester
Subject Description Units Pre Req Subject Description Units Pre-req
Code Code
CBA101 BASIC MICROECONOMICS 3 ACC109 LAW ON 3
OBLIGATIONS AND
CONTRACTS
GE12 SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY 3 CBA102 HUMAN RESOURCE 3
AND SOCIETY MANAGEMENT
GE13 THE CONTEMPORARY 3 GE11 READINGS IN THE 3
WORLD PHILIPPINE HISTORY

GE6 MATHEMATICS IN THE 3 GE14 UNDERSTANDING 3

MODERN WORLD THE SELF
NSTP1 CIVIC WELFARE 3 GE2 ETHICS 3
TRAINING SERVICES 1
PE1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION 2 GEE5 LIVING IN THE IT ERA 3
RE1 THE CATHOLIC FAITH 3 HRD101 ADMINISTRATIVE & 3
OFFICE
MANAGEMENT
NSTP2 NATIONAL SERVICE 3 NSTP 1
TRNG. PROG. 2
PE2 PHYSICAL 2 PE 1
EDUCATION 2

Total 18 Total 26

Second Year, First Semester Second Year, Second

Semester
BUS101 FUND. OF BUSINESS 3 ACC107 INCOME TAXATION 3 ACC109
ANALYTICS W/ LAB
CBA 103 OPERATIONS 3 CBA102 BUS102 FUND. OF DATA 3
MANAGEMENT AND TQM WAREHOUSING W/
LAB
GE1 ARTS APPRECIATION 3 BUS103 FUND. OF 3 BUS101
DESCRIPTIVE
ANALYTICS W/ LAB

177
 GE10 PURPOSIVE 3 CBA104 MANAGERIAL 3
COMMUNICATION ACCOUNTING
GE4 LIFE AND WORKS OF 3 CBA105 PROF. ELEC 1: 3 GEE1
RIZAL ENTREP,MANAGEMET
GEE1 ENTREPRENEURIAL MIND 3 HRD102 GOOD GOVERNANCE 3 CBA102
& SOCIAL
RESPONSIBILITY
ICC6 LABOR LAWS & SOCIAL 3 HRD101 HRD103 RECRUITMENT AND 3 HRD101
LEGISLATIONS SELECTION
GEE4 GREAT BOOKS 3 PE4 PHYSICAL 2 PE 1
EDUCATION 4
PE3 PHYSICAL EDUCATION 3 2 PE 1 RE3 CHRISTIAN 3 RE 1
MARRIAGE
RE2 CHRISTIAN MORALITY 3 RE 1

Total 29 Total 26

Third Year, First Semester Third Year, Second

Semester
BUS104 FUND. OF PREDICTIVE 3 BUS103 BUS105 FUND. OF 3 BUS104
ANALYTICS W/ LAB PRESCRIPTIVE
ANALYTICS W/ LAB
CBA106 STRATEGIC 3 CBA105 CBA108 BUSINESS RESEARCH 3 CBA104
MANAGEMENT 2 / THESIS W/ LAB
CBA107 BUSINESS RESEARCH 1 / 3 CBA105 HRD106 ORGANIZATIONAL 3 HRD105
THESIS W/ LAB DEVELOPMENT
ENT112 INTERNATIONAL 3 CBA103 HRD107 SPECIAL TOPICS IN 3 HRD105
BUSINESS & TRADE HUMAN RESOURCE
MGT.
ENT117 LOGISTICS 3 CBA105 HRD108 TRAINING AND 3 HRD104
MANAGEMENT DEVELOPMENT
HRD104 COMPENSATION 3 HRD103 MKT101 MARKETING 3 ENT112
ADMINISTRATION MANAGEMENT
HRD 105 LABOR RELATIONS AND 3 HRD103 OMT103 ENVIRONMENTAL 3 ENT117
NEGOTIATIONS MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
RE4 THE CHURCH AND 3 RE1
HUMAN SOCIETY

Total 24 Total 21

Fourth Year, First Semester Fourth Year, Second

Semester
BUS 106 ANALYTICS INTERNSHIP 1 3 BUS105 BUS107 ANALYTICS 3 BUS106
(300 HRS.) INTERNSHIP
2(300HRS.)

Total 3 Total 3

Bachelor of Science in Business Administration

Major in Human Resource Management
Course Descriptions

178
COURSE COURSE TITLE DESCRIPTION UNITS PRE-
CODE REQUISITE

CBA102 HUMAN This course is the study of varied 3

RESOURCE social and psychological factors UNITS NONE
MANAGEMENT present in any employer-
employee relationship. This
should include the processes of
recruitment, selection, training,
career development,
performance management,
compensation, benefits,
occupational and safety
administration and labor laws.
The course includes also the
study of ethical principles and
their application to life with
emphasis on the
professionalrights, duties, and
roles of employees.
HRD101 ADMINISTRATIVE This course is a study of the 3 NONE
& OFFICE different phases of UNITS
MANAGEMENT administrative office
management and its vital role in
the business organization. It
also includes the importance of
AOM on management,
technology, management’s
decision making and the need for
good planning toward job
satisfaction and self
actualization. It covers topics
like the basic concepts of AOM,
managing a culturally diverse
workforce, managing
administrative services and
controlling administrative
services.

179
CBA103 OPERATIONS This course covers the basic 3 CBA102
MANAGEMENT & concepts and principles in UNITS Human
TQM operations of a business Resource
organization, i.e. materials Management
planning, work and labor
efficiency and effectiveness,
facilities layout and planning,
demand forecasting, financial
analysis of operations plan
which will be used for
managerial decision-making.
This course also covers the basic
concepts and principles of total
quality management. The
course is multi-disciplinary and
includes elements relating ton
operations management, design
of services/products and
processes, organizational
behaviour, problem solving
methods, marketing,
organizational administration
for service organizations and
manufacturing. Topics include
evolution of theory, Total
Quality Management models,
tools, and techniques;
development of quality of
quality teams; application of
quality tools; strategies for
meeting customer expectations;
benchmarking; and TQM
applications using ISO 9001
standards.
ICC6 LABOR LAWS & Introduction to the basic 3
SOCIAL concepts related to labor law, UNITS HRD101
LEGISLATIONS particularly with labor standards Administrative
and labor relations. & Office
Management

180
CBA105 PROF. ELEC 1: The course aims to teach the 3 GEE1
ENTREP. approach entrepreneurs use in UNITS Entrepreneurial
MANAGEMENT identifying opportunity and Mind
creating new ventures; the
analytic skills that are needed to
practice this approach; and the
background knowledge and
managerial skills that are
necessary for dealing with the
recurring issues involved in
starting, growing, and
harnessing the value of new
ventures.Business enterprise is
operated for profit. However,
due to failure to observe the
basic safeguards, a number of
enterprises actually plunge into
difficulties thus negating the
attainment of the profit
objective. Hence, entrepreneurs
should plan out their projects in
order to attain this objective.At
the end of the course, the student
is expected to have a better
understanding of the activities
that lead to the development of a
business enterprise and to come
up with a project feasibility
study.
HRD102 GOOD This course involves the study of 3 CBA102
GOVERNANCE & Social Responsibilities of UNITS Human
SOCIAL organizations and Good Resource
RESPONSIBILITY Governance in business Management
operations. It is based on the
theories and principles of
Corporate Social
Responsibilities, Corporate
Governance and Business
Ethics. It covers discussion on
the nature and types of social
responsibilities, corporate
governance, business ethics,
legal and regulatory
requirements of business. It also
includes discussion on the

181
 responsibilities of business to all
stakeholders.

HRD103 RECRUITMENT This course will provide a 3 HRD101

AND SELECTION conceptual and operational UNITS Administrative
understanding of all the key & Office
aspects of human resources Management
staffing functions, including job
analysis, recruitment,
assessment, selection, and
performance evaluation. At the
completion of this class, students
should be able to design and
implement an effective and
legally defensible staffing
system tailored to organizational
requirements. They should also
be able to evaluate existing
staffing programs for
efficaciousness and legal
compliance.
CBA106 STRATEGIC Strategic Management helps the 3 CBA105
MANAGEMENT organization as well as the UNITS Prof. Elec.1:
managers identify their areas of Entrep.
strengths and weaknesses. Once Management
identified, the
organization/managers should
use the information to make
choices between alternative
courses of action. This course
deals with the systematic
approach in the management of
the business enterprise. It covers
discussions on the objectives of
organizational units as well as
the entire firm. It covers such
topics as general and functional
strategies, SWOT analysis,

182
 industry analysis, company
analysis and strategic
management responsibilities.

CBA107 BUSINESS This course focuses on the 3

RESEARCH 1(W/ 5 Business Plan as a necessary UNITS CBA105
HRS. LAB) component to beginning a small Prof. Elec.1:
business. It addresses facets of Entrep.
the business plan from Management
determining actual content,
reviewing examples to creating a
comprehensive plan. The
students should be able to
prepare marketing, operations,
personnel and financial plans.
The students will learn to
evaluate their plans and
determine their viability as
resources are considered. Topics
include fund sourcing,
franchising, incubators and
venture capital among others.
ENT112 INTERNATIONAL The course focuses on the core 3
BUSINESS & concepts and techniques for UNITS CBA103
TRADE entering the international Operations
marketplace. Emphasis is on the Management &
effect of sociocultural, TQM
demographic, economic,
technological, and political-
legal factors in the foreign trade
environment. It cover a variety
of topics to illustrate the unique
nature of international business
including the patterns of world
trade, currency exchange and
international finance,

183
 globalization of the firm,
international marketing, and
operating procedures of the
multinational enterprise.

ENT117 LOGISTICS This course covers topics in 3

MANAGEMENT Logistics Management. This UNITS CBA105
includes subject matters in Prof. Elec.1:
strategic operations Entrep.
management, tools and tactical Management
issues, and the extended
enterprise. Primarily, this
emphasizes on how individual
company operations such as
manufacturing, services,
logistics, and purchasing,
contribute to a company’s
success. Tools and tactical
issues contain basic concepts
and techniques such as process
design analysis, inventory
management, project
management, and quality
improvement tools. The
extended enterprise consists of
lean production, technology, and
increasing globalization as
competition is occurring across
supply chains of multiple
organizations.

184
HRD104 COMPENSATION Students in this course will 3 HRD103
ADMINISTRATION examine the major foundation UNITS Recruitment
programs and skills that and Selection
undergird the current practice of
Human Resource Management.
Theory and method used in the
design of compensation systems
is explored, interviewing
method and skill as applied to
data gathering for problem
solving or personnel selection,
surveys for compensation
benchmarking or employee
attitude measurement and
development of performance
feedback and goal setting
(MBO) programs are intensively
reviewed.
HRD105 LABOR The course presents the 3 HRD103
RELATIONS & conceptual basis of Industrial UNITS Recruitment
NEGOTIATIONS Relations as an academic and Selection
discipline. It involves the
discussion of the philosophy,
legal foundations and the
structural relationship between
the industry and workers to
render a useful understanding of
the components and means of
Industrial peace, which is the
ultimate aim in promoting an
equitable, harmonious and
progressive society. This will be
done through lectures, case
studies & interactive
discussions.

185
CBA108 BUSINESS The course provides an 3 CBA107
RESEARCH 2 (W/ 5 opportunity for business UNITS Business
HRS. LAB) administration students to carry Research 1 /
out their written business plan in Thesis w/ Lab
a given semester. The premise is CBA104
in the context of starting up, Managerial
operating, and dissolving an Accounting
entrepreneurial venture. It
allows students to complete the
business cycle from compliance
with the legal requirements,
fulfilment of the financial
requirements, organization of an
effective business structure,
creation and satisfaction of the
economic demands, distribution
of the goods and services,
execution of business strategies,
fruition of labour, and proper
semestral reporting. It requires
students to promote their
business ideas in trade shows
and other modern avenues. The
method of instruction is regular
reporting of business groups
inside the classroom and up to
date consultation with the
subject professor and faculty
consultant other than the actual
and/or formal assessment on the
business progress.
HRD106 ORGANIZATIONAL This course introduces the 3 HRD105
DEVELOPMENT student to the discipline of UNITS Labor
Organizational Development Relations &
(OD); it provides an overview of Negotiations
how an Organizational
Development specialist plans
and implements interventions to
create interpersonal, group,
intergroup, or organization-wide
change. This course presents
theoretical and historical
foundations of the field and
explains the practical
interventions involved in an OD
process; in addition, values,

186
 ethics and the role of the
Organizational Development
professional/change agent will
be studied.
HRD107 SPECIAL TOPICS This course introduces the HRD105
IN HUMAN students to the essential concepts Labor
RESOURCE MGT. and topics in human resource Relations &
management which are relevant Negotiations
in today’s practices in managing
people within the organization.
The topics will be able to
enhance the understanding and
critical thinking of the learners
as they progress in their chosen
program. At the completion of
the class, students should be able
to design and implement an
effective and legally defensible
staffing system tailored to
organizational requirements,
and evaluate existing staffing
and employee development
programs for efficaciousness
and legal compliance. Before the
end of the semester, the learners
should be able to organize a
classroom based forum where
they will invite industry
practitioner to share their
company’s best practices in
managing people.
HRD108 TRAINING AND This course discusses training in 3 HRD104
DEVELOPMENT relation to organizational UNITS Compensation
objects. Training models, Administration
learning theories, evaluation
methodologies, instructional
techniques and related special
topics are given emphasis.

187
MKT101 MARKETING This course aims to provide the 3
MANAGEMENT students with a detailed UNITS ENT112
information and deeper International
understanding about the Business &
importance of Marketing Trade
Management in identifying
different marketing problems
facing companies nowadays. At
the same time, the course will
help students understand and
appreciate the intensive studies
of both the fundamental and
advanced strategies used in
marketing.
OMT103 ENVIRONMENTAL This course covers the 3 ENT117
MANAGEMENT fundamental methodologies of UNITS Logistics
SYSTEM nature conservation and the Management
prevention of destruction needed
by the organization with
emphasis on effective
knowledge and qualities of an
employee, the art of working
being aware of social
responsibilities, and exposing
the workers in the internal and
external environment, the
process of effective environment
management in the workplace
and to integrate modern policies
for an effective workplace and to
balance the business
organizations’ objective to gain
profit with that of the costs. The
students will be oriented on the
strategies and techniques to
persuade every person in the
organization to perform with the
knowledge of conservation at all
levels and their contribution to
reduce cost and awareness of
environmental problems that
will help organizations’ achieve
its business plan and operational
objectives for a given period.

188
BUS106 ANALYTICS This course is one of the 3 units BUS105
INTERNSHIP 1 (300 capstone courses for the BSBA Fund. Of
HRS.) program. This is the first part of Prescriptive
their internship and learners are Analytics w/
deployed to industry partners Lab
and partner communities for a
supervised internship.
Learners, working under the
supervision of an industry
representative and faculty
coordinator, are expected to
acquire the necessary skills,
attitudes and values needed in
the workplace, apply problem
recognition, understand business
& system process, collection of
data, established facts & draw
valid conclusions by completing
the required minimum number
of hours (300 hrs.) internship
and submitting an individual
reflection journal on their
experiences.
BUS 107 ANALYTICS This course is the second part of 3 units
INTERNSHIP 1 (300 their internship and learners are BUS106
HRS.) still deployed to industry Analytics
partners and partner Internship 1
communities for a supervised (300 hrs.)
internship.
Learners, working under the
supervision of an industry
representative and faculty
coordinator, are expected to
acquire the necessary skills,
attitudes and values needed in
the workplace, apply problem
recognition, understand business
& system process, collection of
data, established facts & draw
valid conclusions by completing
the required minimum number
of hours (300 hrs.) internship
and submitting an individual
reflection journal on their
experiences.

189
Bachelor of Science in Business Administration
Major in Marketing Management

Curriculum Code: MM2019

Year: 2019
Total Units
First Year, First Semester First Year, Second
Semester
Subject Description Units Pre Req Subject Description Units Pre-req
Code Code
CBA102 HUMAN RESOURCE 3 CBA101 BASIC 3
MANAGEMENT MICROECONOMICS
GE12 SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY 3 GE11 READINGS IN THE 3
AND SOCIETY PHILIPPINE
HISTORY
GE13 THE CONTEMPORARY 3 GE14 UNDERSTANDING 3
WORLD THE SELF
GE6 MATHEMATICS IN THE 3 GE2 ETHICS 3
MODERN WORLD
NSTP1 CIVIC WELFARE 3 GEE5 LIVING IN THE IT 3
TRAINING SERVICES 1 ERA
PE1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION 2 MKT101 MARKETING 3
MANAGEMENT
RE1 THE CATHOLIC FAITH 1 NSTP2 CIVIC WELFARE 3
TRAINING
SERVICES 2
PE2 PHYSICAL 2 PE 1
EDUCATION 2
RE2 CHRISTIAN 3 RE 1
MORALITY

Total 18 Total 26

Second Year, First Semester Second Year, Second

Semester
BUS101 FUND. OF BUSINESS 3 ACC107 INCOME 3 CBA104
ANALYTICS W/ LAB TAXATION
BUS102 FUND. OF DATA 3 ACC109 LAW ON 3 CBA104
WAREHOUSING W/ LAB OBLIGATIONS AND
CONTRACTS
CBA104 MANAGERIAL 3 BUS103 FUND. OF 3 BUS101
ACCOUNTING DESCRIPTIVE
ANALYTICS W/
LAB
GE1 ARTS APPRECIATION 3 CBA103 OPERATIONS 3 CBA102
MANAGEMENT &
TQM
GE10 PURPOSIVE 3 CBA106 STRATEGIC 3 CBA104
COMMUNICATION MANAGEMENT
GE4 LIFE AND WORKS OF 3 HRD102 GOOD 3 CBA102
RIZAL GOVERNANCE &

190
 SOCIAL
RESPONSIBILITY
GEE1 ENTREPRENEURIAL MIND 3 MKT103 DISTRIBUTION 3 MKT102
MANAGEMENT
GEE4 GREAT BOOKS 3 MKT104 PRODUCT 3 MKT102
MANAGEMENT
MKT102 PRICING STRATEGY 3 MKT101 PE4 PHYSICAL 2 PE 1
EDUCATION 4
PE3 PHYSICAL EDUCATION 3 2 PE1 RE3 CHRISTIAN 3 RE1
MARRIAGE
Total 29 Total 29

Third Year, First Semester Third Year, Second

Semester
BUS104 FUND. OF PREDICTIVE 3 BUS103 BUS105 FUND. OF 3 BUS104
ANALYTICS W/ LAB PRESCRIPTIVE
ANALYTICS W/
LAB
CBA105 PROF. ELEC 1: ENTREP. 3 GEE1 CBA108 BUSINESS 3 CBA107
MANAGEMENT RESEARCH 2 /
THESIS W/ LAB
CBA107 BUSINESS RESEARCH 1 / 3 CBA106 MKT108 ADVERTISING 3 MKT107
THESIS W/ LAB
ENT112 INTERNATIONAL 3 CBA103 MKT109 PROF. ELEC. 3: 3 MKT107
BUSINESS & TRADE INTERNATIONAL
MARKETING
MKT105 MARKETING RESEARCH 3 MKT104 MKT110 RETAIL 3 MKT107
MANAGEMENT
MKT106 PROFESSIONAL 3 MKT104 MKT111 PROF. ELEC 4: 3 MKT106
SALESMANSHIP SPECIAL TOPICS IN
MARKETING MGT.
MKT107 PROF. ELEC 2: SERVICES 3 MKT103
MARKETING
RE4 THE CHURCH AND 3 RE1
HUMAN SOCIETY

Total 24 Total 18

Fourth Year, First Semester Fourth Year, Second

Semester
BUS106 ANALYTICS INTERNSHIP 1 3 BUS105 BUS107 ANALYTICS 3 BUS106
(300 HRS.) INTERNSHIP 2 (300
HRS.)

Total 3 Total 3

191
Bachelor of Science in Business Administration
Major in Marketing Management
Course Descriptions

COURSE COURSE TITLE DESCRIPTION UNITS PRE-

CODE REQUISITE
This course is the study of varied
social and psychological factors
present in any employer-
employee relationship. This
should include the processes of
recruitment, selection, training,
career development, performance
HUMAN RESOURCE 3
CBA102 management, compensation, NONE
MANAGEMENT UNITS
benefits, occupational and safety
administration and labor laws.
The course includes also the study
of ethical principles and their
application to life with emphasis
on the professional rights, duties,
and roles of employees.
This course aims to provide the
students with detailed information
and a deeper understanding of the
importance of Marketing
Management in identifying
different marketing issues
concerning stiff competition in a
fast-paced development in
technology which helps them craft
MARKETING 3
MKT101 appropriate marketing strategies NONE
MANAGEMENT UNITS
problems facing stiff competition
nowadays. Learners will explore
the use of marketing management
decision making via an integrated
marketing mix in formulating and
evaluating operational marketing
strategies. The expected output is
a marketing plan integrating the
concepts and techniques

192
 This course covers the basic
concepts and principles in
operations of a business
organization, i.e. materials
planning, work and labor
efficiency and effectiveness,
facilities layout and planning,
demand forecasting, financial
analysis of operations plan which
will be used for managerial
decision-making. This course also
covers the basic concepts and
principles of total quality
management. The course is multi-
disciplinary and includes elements
OPERATIONS relating ton operations CBA102
3
CBA103 MANAGEMENT & management, design of Human
UNITS
TQM services/products and processes, Resource
organizational behaviour, Management
problem solving methods,
marketing, organizational
administration for service
organizations and manufacturing.
Topics include evolution of
theory, Total Quality
Management models, tools, and
techniques; development of
quality of quality teams;
application of quality tools;
strategies for meeting customer
expectations; benchmarking; and
TQM applications using ISO 9001
standards.
Strategic Management helps the
organization as well as the
managers identify their areas of
strengths and weaknesses. Once
identified, the
organization/managers should use
STRATEGIC 3 CBA104
CBA106 the information to make choices
MANAGEMENT UNITS Managerial
between alternative courses of
Accounting
action. This course deals with the
systematic approach in the
management of the business
enterprise. It covers discussions
on the objectives of organizational

193
 units as well as the entire firm. It
covers such topics as general and
functional strategies, SWOT
analysis, industry analysis,
company analysis and strategic
management responsibilities.

This course involves the study of

Social Responsibilities of
organizations and Good
Governance in business
operations. It is based on the
theories and principles of
Corporate Social Responsibilities,
GOOD
Corporate Governance and CBA102
GOVERNANCE & 3
HRD102 Business Ethics. It covers Human
SOCIAL UNITS
discussion on the nature and types Resource
RESPONSIBILITY
of social responsibilities, Management
corporate governance, business
ethics, legal and regulatory
requirements of business. It also
includes discussion on the
responsibilities of business to all
stakeholders.
The course covers the principles
and functions of distribution
management, the roles of
marketing channels and physical
distribution in the marketing
system, the cost implications of
DISTRIBUTION management decisions involving 3 MKT102
MKT103
MANAGEMENT distribution. The course aims to UNITS Pricing
crystallize student’s Strategy
understanding of distribution cost
analysis through their
involvement in exercises and
actual projects in the area of
distribution management

194
 This course introduces the ethical,
theoretical, and practical
challenges of the product
management framework,
including the basic product
management phases (initiation,
planning, execution, control, and
closure) and interactions. This
course explores contemporary
PRODUCT 3 MKT102
MKT104 thinking on the process of
MANAGEMENT UNITS Pricing
bringing new products and
Strategy
services to market within the
overall strategic context of the
firm. It also integrates project
management and strategic
management. The course
instructs students on the purpose
and appreciation and their
portfolio.
The course aims to teach the
approach entrepreneurs use in
identifying opportunity and
creating new ventures; the
analytic skills that are needed to
practice this approach; and the
background knowledge and
managerial skills that are
necessary for dealing with the
recurring issues involved in
starting, growing, and harnessing
the value of new
PROF. ELEC 1:
ventures.Business enterprise is 3 GEE1
CBA105 ENTREPRENEURIAL
operated for profit. However, due UNITS Entrepreneurial
MANAGEMENT
to failure to observe the basic Mind
safeguards, a number of
enterprises actually plunge into
difficulties thus negating the
attainment of the profit objective.
Hence, entrepreneurs should
plan out their projects in order to
attain this objective.At the end of
the course, the student is expected
to have a better understanding of
the activities that lead to the
development of a business

195
 enterprise and to come up with a
project feasibility study.

This course focuses on the

Business Plan as a necessary
component to beginning a small
business. It addresses facets of the
business plan from determining
actual content, reviewing
examples to creating a
BUSINESS comprehensive plan. The students
3 CBA106
CBA107 RESEARCH 1 (W/ 5 should be able to prepare
UNITS Strategic
HRS. LAB) marketing, operations, personnel
Management
and financial plans. The students
will learn to evaluate their plans
and determine their viability as
resources are considered. Topics
include fund sourcing,
franchising, incubators and
venture capital among others.
The course focuses on the core
concepts and techniques for
entering the international
marketplace. Emphasis is on the
effect of sociocultural,
demographic, economic, CBA103
technological, and political-legal Operations
INTERNATIONAL 3
ENT112 factors in the foreign trade Management &
BUSINESS & TRADE UNITS
environment. It cover a variety of TQM
topics to illustrate the unique
nature of international business
including the patterns of world
trade, currency exchange and
international finance,
globalization of the firm,

196
 international marketing, and
operating procedures of the
multinational enterprise.

Marketing Research deals with the

development of the essential
ideas, concepts, principles, tools,
and skills needed in business
research. Specifically, it deals
with the formulation of the
research problem, familiarization
of the research methods,
preparation of the research
instruments, review of related MKT104
MARKETING literature and studies, sampling 3 Product
MKT105
RESEARCH techniques, and the selection of UNITS Management
statistical tools in the analysis of
data. The procedural aspects of
research development, from the
research problem identification up
to the development of the research
design are given emphasis. Due
importance is given to the
identification and definition of the
research problem and the design
of the tools of research.
This course introduces the
students to the concepts of
professional selling in the
contemporary world and it focuses
on the requirements of
salesmanship as a profession, as MKT104
PROFESSIONAL well as methods and techniques of 3 Product
MKT106
SALESMANSHIP personal selling. It will familiarize UNITS Management
students on how sales personnel
analyze needs of the customers,
present benefits, gain commitment
for purchase, and illustrates the
impact of social, ethical, and legal
issues on a firm’s operation.

197
 A services marketing course
introduces students to the
following topics which include
management and measurement of
service quality, linking customer
measurement to performance
measurement, and an integration
of marketing issues with other
functional areas such as
operations and human resources.
Each of these three topics
represents pivotal content to the
“horizontal corporations” of the
PROF. ELEC 2: future. Companies differ from
3 MKT103
MKT107 SERVICES traditional corporations in that
UNITS Distribution
MARKETING they are designed around process
Management
rather than task, have flattened the
hierarchical structure, use teams
to manage everything, let
customers drive performance,
reward team performance, and
maximize supplier and customer
contact (Byrne 1993). Services
marketing course also update and
adapt standard material in product
design, pricing and promotion to
adjust for the intangibility,
heterogeneity and perishability of
the service offerings.
The course provides an
opportunity for business
administration students to carry
out their written business plan in a
given semester. The premise is in
CBA107
the context of starting up,
Business
operating, and dissolving an
BUSINESS Research 1 /
entrepreneurial venture. It allows
RESEARCH 2 / 3 Thesis w/ Lab
CBA108 students to complete the business
THESIS (W/ 5 HRS. UNITS CBA104
cycle from compliance with the
LAB) Managerial
legal requirements, fulfilment of
Accounting
the financial requirements,
organization of an effective
business structure, creation and
satisfaction of the economic
demands, distribution of the goods
and services, execution of

198
 business strategies, fruition of
labour, and proper semestral
reporting. It requires students to
promote their business ideas in
trade shows and other modern
avenues. The method of
instruction is regular reporting of
business groups inside the
classroom and up to date
consultation with the subject
professor and faculty consultant
other than the actual and/or formal
assessment on the business
progress.

Advertising can be defined as a

form of marketing communication
used to influence, persuade, or
control a specific target market
who in the book is referred as the
audience, viewers, readers or
listeners. The goal of advertising
is to take or continue to take some
action closely related to awareness
and purchasing. The course
provides an overview of the basics
MKT107
of advertising, it discusses the 3
MKT108 ADVERTISING Prof. Elec.2:
roles and functions of advertising UNITS
Services
within society and business and its
Marketing
key components. This course also
identifies the key resources and its
roles in the advertising process.
Moreover, it explains the different
types of advertising and it
summarizes the characteristics of
effective advertising. Most
importantly, this course explains
the importance of ethics in
advertising.
This course focuses on problems,
techniques and strategies
necessary to incorporate the
PROF. ELEC. 3: MKT107
marketing concepts into the 3
MKT109 INTERNATIONAL Prof. Elec.2:
framework of today’s UNITS
MARKETING Services
marketplace-the world. The
Marketing
course gives the emphasis on
pricing, market research,

199
 promotions and market planning.
Likewise, the course expose
students to a better understanding
of international trade terms and
restrictive trade practices and their
importance to international trade
and export marketing.
The course focuses on strategies
covering identification of target
retail customers, developing
information and distribution
systems that will build wide
customer, build good long-term
customer relationships and MKT107
RETAIL 3
MKT110 develop competitive advantage Prof. Elec.2:
MANAGEMENT UNITS
through proper merchandising, Services
management of human and Marketing
material resources, management
of the supply chain, efficient
financial management, use of
technology and providing total
quality retail customer service.
This course will expose students
to the important role of business
management in the field of
marketing which will focus on the
basic functions of Planning,
Organizing, Leading, and
Controlling (POLC). At the same
time, the inclusion of topics
centered with the traditional
marketing mix (4P’s) and the
extended marketing mix (People, MKT106
PROF. ELEC 4:
Process, and Physical Evidence) 3 Professional
MKT111 SPECIAL TOPICS IN
will add valuable information to UNITS Salesmanship
MARKETING MGT.
the learners. This subject will
explore the different strategies
used in business management
which are derived from the
internal and external forces
affecting business operations. The
learners will also understand the
value of using the appropriate
communication strategy for
certain products and
services. Before the end of the

200
 semester, the learners should be
able to organize a classroom based
forum where they will invite
industry practitioner to share their
company’s best practices in
marketing management.

This course is one of the capstone

courses for the BSBA program.
This is the first part of their
internship and learners are
deployed to industry partners and
partner communities for a
supervised internship. Learners,
working under the supervision of
an industry representative and
faculty
BUS105
ANALYTICS coordinator, are expected to
Fund. Of
BUS106 INTERNSHIP 1 (300 acquire the necessary skills, 3 units
Prescriptive
HRS.) attitudes and values needed in the
Analytics w/
workplace, apply problem
Lab
recognition, understand business
& system process, collection of
data, established facts & draw
valid conclusions by completing
the required minimum number of
hours (300 hrs.) internship and
submitting an individual
reflection journal on their
experiences.

201
 This course is the second part of
their internship and learners are
still deployed to industry partners
and partner communities for a
supervised internship.
Learners, working under the
supervision of an industry
representative and faculty
coordinator, are expected to BUS106
ANALYTICS acquire the necessary skills, Analytics
BUS107 INTERNSHIP 2 (300 attitudes and values needed in the 3 u ni ts Internship 1
HRS.) workplace, apply problem (300 hrs.)
recognition, understand business
& system process, collection of
data, established facts & draw
valid conclusions by completing
the required minimum number of
hours (300 hrs.) internship and
submitting an individual
reflection journal on their
experiences.

Bachelor of Science in Business Administration

Major in Operations Management

Curriculum Code: OM2019

Year: 2019
Total Units 150
First Year, First Semester First Year, Second
Semester
Subject Description Units Pre Req Subject Description Units Pre-req
Code Code
CBA101 BASIC MICROECONOMICS 3 ACC109 LAW ON 3
OBLIGATIONS
AND CONTRACTS
GE12 SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY 3 CBA102 HUMAN 3
AND SOCIETY RESOURCE
MANAGEMENT
GE13 THE CONTEMPORARY 3 GE11 READINGS IN THE 3
WORLD PHILIPPINE
HISTORY
GE6 MATHEMATICS IN THE 3 GE14 UNDERSTANDING 3
MODERN WORLD THE SELF
NSTP1 CIVIC WELFARE 3 GE2 ETHICS 3
TRAINING SERVICES 1

202
PE1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION 2 GEE5 LIVING IN THE IT 3
ERA
RE1 THE CATHOLIC FAITH 1 NSTP2 CIVIC WELFARE 3 NSTP 1
TRAINING
SERVICES 2

OMT101 INVENTORY MGT. 3

& CONTROL W/
LAB
PE2 PHYSICAL 2 PE 1
EDUCATION 2

Total 18 Total 26

Second Year, First Semester Second Year, Second

Semester
BUS101 FUND. OF BUSINESS 3 ACC107 INCOME 3 ACC109
ANALYTICS W/ LAB TAXATION

CBA103 OPERATIONS 3 CBA102 BUS102 FUND. OF DATA 3

MANAGEMENT & TQM WAREHOUSING
W/ LAB
GE1 ARTS APPRECIATION 3 BUS103 FUND. OF 3 BUS101
DESCRIPTIVE
ANALYTICS W/
LAB
GE10 PURPOSIVE 3 CBA104 MANAGERIAL 3
COMMUNICATION ACCOUNTING
GE4 LIFE AND WORKS OF 3 CBA105 PROF. ELEC 1: 3 GEE1
RIZAL ENTREP.
MANAGEMENT
GEE1 ENTREPRENEURIAL MIND 3 HRD102 GOOD 3 CBA102
GOVERNANCE &
SOCIAL
RESPONSIBILITY
GEE4 GREAT BOOKS 3 OMT103 ENVIRONMENTAL 3 OMT102
MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OMT102 COSTING AND PRICING 3 OMT101 OMT104 PROJECT 3 OMT102
MANAGEMENT
PE3 PHYSICAL EDUCATION 3 2 PE 1 PE4 PHYSICAL 2 PE 1
EDUCATION 4
RE2 CHRISTIAN MORALITY 3 RE 1 RE3 CHRISTIAN 3 RE 1
MARRIAGE

Total 29 Total 29

Third Year, First Semester Third Year, Second

Semester
BUS104 FUND. OF PREDICTIVE 3 BUS103 BUS105 FUND. OF 3 BUS104
ANALYTICS W/ LAB PRESCRIPTIVE
STRATEGIC ANALYTICS W/
MANAGEMENT LAB

203
CBA106 STRATEGIC 3 CBA105 CBA108 BUSINESS 3 CBA104
MANAGEMENT RESEARCH 2 /
THESIS W/ LAB
CBA107 BUSINESS RESEARCH 1 / 3 CBA105 MKT101 MARKETING 3 ENT112
THESIS W/ LAB MANAGEMENT
ENT112 INTERNATIONAL 3 CBA103 OMT107 ENTERPRISE 3 OMT106
BUSINESS & TRADE RESOURCE
PLANNING &
MGT.
ENT117 LOGISTICS 3 OMT104 OMT108 FACILITIES 3 OMT106
MANAGEMENT MANAGEMENT
OMT105 OPERATIONS RESEARCH 3 OMT104 OMT SPECIAL TOPICS 3 OMT106
109 IN OPERATIONS
MANAGEMENT
OMT106 PRODUCTIVITY & 3 OMT104
QUALITY TOOLS
RE4 THE CHURCH AND 3 RE1
HUMAN SOCIETY

Total 24 Total 18

Fourth Year, First Semester Fourth Year, Second

Semester
BUS106 ANALYTICS INTERNSHIP 1 3 BUS105 BUS107 ANALYTICS 3 BUS106
(300 HRS.) INTERNSHIP 2 (300
HRS.)

Total 3 Total 3

204
Bachelor of Science in Business Administration
Major in Operations Management
Course Descriptions

COURSE COURSE TITLE DESCRIPTION UNITS PRE-

CODE REQUISITE
This course is the study of
varied social and
psychological factors
present in any employer-
employee relationship. This
should include the processes
of recruitment, selection,
training, career
development, performance
HUMAN
management,
CBA102 RESOURCE 3 UNITS NONE
compensation, benefits,
MANAGEMENT
occupational and safety
administration and labor
laws. The course includes
also the study of ethical
principles and their
application to life with
emphasis on the
professionalrights, duties,
and roles of employees.
The course deals with topics
on inventory system,
controls, models, and
theories leading to
effective3 and efficient
utilization of materials and
resources of the firm
including human resource,
INVENTORY MGT. supplies, raw materials,
OMT101 & CONTROL (W/ 5 inventory, and equipment. 3 UNITS NONE
HRS. LAB) It also discusses modern day
issues or special topics in
resource management that
affect delivery of quality
goods and services.
Corporate social
responsibility in resource
management is integrated in
lectures, discussions,

205
 reports, and case analyses
provided by the course.

This course covers the basic

concepts and principles in
operations of a business
organization, i.e. materials
planning, work and labor
efficiency and
effectiveness, facilities
layout and planning,
demand forecasting,
financial analysis of
operations plan which will
be used for managerial
decision-making. This
course also covers the basic
OPERATIONS concepts and principles of CBA102
CBA103 MANAGEMENT & total quality management. 3 UNITS Human
TQM The course is multi- Resource
disciplinary and includes Management
elements relating ton
operations management,
design of services/products
and processes,
organizational behaviour,
problem solving methods,
marketing, organizational
administration for service
organizations and
manufacturing. Topics
include evolution of theory,
Total Quality Management
models, tools, and

206
 techniques; development of
quality of quality teams;
application of quality tools;
strategies for meeting
customer expectations;
benchmarking; and TQM
applications using ISO 9001
standards.

This course is designed to

orient the students to the
cost accounting and cost
management framework
particularly of small
businesses. Topics
discussed are: overview of
OMT101
cost accounting;
Inventory Mgt.
COSTING AND manufacturing cost
OMT102 3 UNITS & Control w/
PRICING accounting cycle; job and
Lab
process cost systems;
accounting, planning and
control for materials,labor,
and factory overhead;
accounting for joint and by-
product costs; and cost
management systems
(CMS) for the new

207
 manufacturing environment
such as activity-based
costing, target costing, total
quality management, value
reengineering, and theory of
constraints.

The course aims to teach the

approach entrepreneurs use
in identifying opportunity
and creating new ventures;
the analytic skills that are
needed to practice this
approach; and the
background knowledge and
managerial skills that are
necessary for dealing with
the recurring issues
involved in starting,
growing, and harnessing the
value of new
GEE1
PROF. ELEC 1: ventures.Business
Entrepreneurial
CBA105 ENTREP. enterprise is operated for 3 UNITS
Mind
MANAGEMENT profit. However, due to
failure to observe the basic
safeguards, a number of
enterprises actually plunge
into difficulties thus
negating the attainment of
the profit objective. Hence,
entrepreneurs should plan
out their projects in order to
attain this objective.At the
end of the course, the
student is expected to have a
better understanding of the
activities that lead to the
development of a business

208
 enterprise and to come up
with a project feasibility
study.

This course involves the

study of Social
Responsibilities of
organizations and Good
Governance in business
operations. It is based on the
theories and principles of
Corporate Social
CBA102
GOOD Responsibilities, Corporate
Human
GOVERNANCE & Governance and Business
HRD102 3 UNITS Resource
SOCIAL Ethics. It covers discussion
Management
RESPONSIBILITY on the nature and types of
social responsibilities,
corporate governance,
business ethics, legal and
regulatory requirements of
business. It also includes
discussion on the
responsibilities of business
to all stakeholders.

209
 This course covers the
fundamental methodologies
of nature conservation and
the prevention of
destruction needed by the
organization with emphasis
on effective knowledge and
qualities of an employee, the
art of working being aware
of social responsibilities,
and exposing the workers in
the internal and external
environment, the process of
effective environment
management in the
workplace and to integrate
OMT102
ENVIRONMENTAL modern policies for an
Costing and
OMT103 MANAGEMENT effective workplace and to 3 UNITS
Pricing
SYSTEM balance the business
organizations’ objective to
gain profit with that of the
costs. The students will be
oriented on the strategies
and techniques to persuade
every person in the
organization to perform
with the knowledge of
conservation at all levels
and their contribution to
reduce cost and awareness
of environmental problems
that will help organizations’
achieve its business plan
and operational objectives
for a given period.
This course deals on how to
manage and handle projects
of an organization. This
involves decision on
lucrative project endeavors,
PROJECT OMT102
OMT104 resource allocation, capital 3 UNITS
MANAGEMENT Costing and
funds investment projects
Pricing
that will put the entity to a
competitive advantage,
market-wise, profit-wise,
resource and facilities wise.

210
 Strategic Management helps
the organization as well as
the managers identify their
areas of strengths and
weaknesses. Once
identified, the
organization/managers
should use the information
to make choices between
alternative courses of
action. This course deals CBA105
with the systematic Prof. Elec.1:
STRATEGIC
CBA106 approach in the 3 UNITS Entrep.
MANAGEMENT
management of the business Management
enterprise. It covers
discussions on the
objectives of organizational
units as well as the entire
firm. It covers such topics as
general and functional
strategies, SWOT analysis,
industry analysis, company
analysis and strategic
management
responsibilities.
This course focuses on the
Business Plan as a necessary
component to beginning a
small business. It addresses
facets of the business plan
from determining actual
content, reviewing
examples to creating a
CBA105
BUSINESS comprehensive plan. The
Prof. Elec.1:
RESEARCH 1 / students should be able to
CBA107 3 UNITS Entrep.
THESIS (W/ 5 HRS. prepare marketing,
Management
LAB) operations, personnel and
financial plans. The students
will learn to evaluate their
plans and determine their
viability as resources are
considered. Topics include
fund sourcing, franchising,
incubators and venture
capital among others.

211
 The course focuses on the
core concepts and
techniques for entering the
international marketplace.
Emphasis is on the effect of
sociocultural, demographic,
economic, technological,
and political-legal factors in
the foreign trade
INTERNATIONAL environment. It cover a CBA103
ENT112 BUSINESS & variety of topics to illustrate 3 UNITS Operations
TRADE the unique nature of Management &
international business TQM
including the patterns of
world trade, currency
exchange and international
finance, globalization of the
firm, international
marketing, and operating
procedures of the
multinational enterprise.
This course covers topics in
Logistics Management.
This includes subject
matters in strategic
operations management,
tools and tactical issues, and
the extended enterprise.
Primarily, this emphasizes
on how individual company
operations such as
manufacturing, services,
logistics, and purchasing,
LOGISTICS OMT104
ENT117 contribute to a company’s 3 UNITS
MANAGEMENT Project
success. Tools and tactical
Management
issues contain basic
concepts and techniques
such as process design
analysis, inventory
management, project
management, and quality
improvement tools. The
extended enterprise consists
of lean production,
technology, and increasing
globalization as competition

212
 is occurring across supply
chains of multiple
organizations.

This course emphasizes

analytical, experimental,
and quantitative approaches
to solution of business
problems. Emphasis is also
put on the study of scientific
techniques for decision
making in business, industry
and government. Most
OPERATIONS operations research projects OMT104
OMT105 3 UNITS
RESEARCH involve elements of data Project
collection and analysis, Management
development of skills in
formulating and solving
mathematical models
dealing with inventory,
waiting lines, game theory,
linear programming,
transportation and other
decision tools.

213
 This course provides
students with understanding
and knowledge of the
philosophies and methods
used to improve
effectiveness and efficiency
of organizational
processes. The course
covers a basic
understanding and
application of "widely-
used" productivity and
quality analysis tools and
techniques. This begins
with a review of basic
concepts and definitions
rated to the subject of total
PRODUCTIVITY & quality management and the OMT104
OMT106
QUALITY TOOLS application quality Project
management system Management
audit. Variations in product
quality are discussed, and
techniques to measure the
variations are
presented. The course
creates an awareness of then
quality management
problem-solving techniques
currently in use to manage
processes to achieve highest
quality lower cost. The
course also provides skills
in diagnosing and analysing
problems causing variation
in manufacturing and
service industry processes.

214
 The course provides an
opportunity for business
administration students to
carry out their written
business plan in a given
semester. The premise is in
the context of starting up,
operating, and dissolving an
entrepreneurial venture. It
allows students to complete
the business cycle from
compliance with the legal
requirements, fulfilment of
the financial requirements,
organization of an effective
business structure, creation CBA107
BUSINESS and satisfaction of the Business
RESEARCH 2 / economic demands, Research 1 /
CBA108 3 UNITS
THESIS (W/ 5 HRS. distribution of the goods and Thesis w/ Lab
LAB) services, execution of CBA104
business strategies, fruition Managerial
of labour, and proper Accounting
semestral reporting. It
requires students to promote
their business ideas in trade
shows and other modern
avenues. The method of
instruction is regular
reporting of business groups
inside the classroom and up
to date consultation with the
subject professor and
faculty consultant other than
the actual and/or formal
assessment on the business
progress.

215
 This course aims to provide
the students with detailed
information and a deeper
understanding of the
importance of Marketing
Management in identifying
different marketing issues
concerning stiff competition
in a fast-paced development
in technology which helps
them craft appropriate
marketing strategies ENT112
MARKETING
MKT101 problems facing stiff 3 UNITS International
MANAGEMENT
competition nowadays. Business &
Learners will explore the Trade
use of marketing
management decision
making via an integrated
marketing mix in
formulating and evaluating
operational marketing
strategies. The expected
output is a marketing plan
integrating the concepts and
techniques

216
 This course will introduce
you to enterprise systems
and show how organizations
use enterprise systems to
run their operations more
efficiently and effectively.
You will learn about the
critical success factors and
implementation strategies
that lead to enterprise
system success, and about
the informational,
knowledge, and decision-
making opportunities
afforded by enterprise
systems. The course will
examine typical Enterprise
ENTERPRISE OMT106
Systems modules: materials
RESOURCE Productivity &
OMT107 management (MM), supply 3 UNITS
PLANNING & Quality Tools
chain management (SCM),
MGT.
customer relationship
management (CRM),
financials, projects and
human resource
management (HRM).
Enterprise systems use a
single database to integrate
business transactions along
and between processes,
leading to benefits such as
efficient and error-free
workflows plus accounting,
management reporting and
improved decision-making.
The course will incorporate
a laboratory component
using SAP software.
The course covers
discussion on the basic
principles of facilities asset
FACILITIES management and the key OMT106
OMT108 elements of systematic 3 UNITS
MANAGEMENT Productivity &
facilities management. This Quality Tools
includes discussion on the
different laws that regulate
facilities management,

217
 financial management, risk
management, work pplace
facilities and outsourcing.

This course introduces the

students to the essential
concepts and topics in
production and operations
management which are
relevant in today’s
practices. The consolidated
topics from various and
updated references will be
able to enhance the
understanding and critical
thinking of the learners as
they progress in their chosen
program. At the completion
of the class, students should
OMT106
SPECIAL TOPICS be able to design an
Productivity &
OMT109 IN OPERATIONS effective production and
Quality Tools
MANAGEMENT operations systems tailored
to organizational
requirements, and evaluate
existing departmental
practices to develop
programs consistent to the
mission and vision of an
organization. Before the end
of the semester, the learners
should be able to organize a
classroom based forum
where they will invite
industry practitioner to
share their company’s best
practices in operations
management.

218
 This course is one of the
capstone courses for the
BSBA program. This is the
first part of their internship
and learners are deployed to
industry partners and
partner communities for a
supervised internship.
Learners, working under the
supervision of an industry
representative and faculty
coordinator, are expected to BUS105
ANALYTICS
acquire the necessary skills, Fund. Of
BUS106 INTERNSHIP 1 (300
attitudes and values needed Prescriptive
HRS.)
in the workplace, apply Analytics w/
problem recognition, Lab
understand business &
system process, collection
of data, established facts &
draw valid conclusions by
completing the required
minimum number of hours
(300 hrs.) internship and
submitting an individual
reflection journal on their
experiences.
This course is the second
part of their internship and
learners are still deployed
to industry partners and
partner communities for a
supervised internship.
Learners, working under
the supervision of an
BUS106
industry representative and
ANALYTICS Analytics
faculty coordinator, are
BUS107 INTERNSHIP 2 (300 Internship 1
expected to acquire the
HRS.) (300 hrs.)
necessary skills, attitudes
and values needed in the
workplace, apply problem
recognition, understand
business & system process,
collection of data,
established facts & draw
valid conclusions by
completing the required

219
 minimum number of hours
(300 hrs.) internship and
submitting an individual
reflection journal on their
experiences.

Bachelor of Science in Food Technology

Curriculum Code: FT2019

Year: 2019
Total Units 177
First Year, First Semester First Year, Second
Semester
Subject Description Units Pre Req Subject Description Units Pre-req
Code Code
FDT101 INTRODUCTION OF FOOD 1 FDT103 APPLIED PHYSICS 3
TECHNOLOGY W/ LAB
FDT102 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 3 FDT 104 GENERAL 3 FDT 102
BIOCHEMISTRY W/
LAB
GE11 READINGS IN THE 3 GE10 PURPOSIVE 3
PHILIPPINE HISTORY COMMUNICATION
GE13 THE CONTEMPORARY 3 GE21 CALCULUS 5
WORLD (INTEGRAL &
DIFFERENTIAL)
GE14 UNDERSTANDING THE 3 GEE1 ENTREPRENEURIAL 3
SELF MIND
GE6 MATHEMATICS IN THE 3 NSTP2 CIVIC WELFARE 3 NSTP 1
MODERN WORLD TRAINING
SERVICES 2
NSTP1 CIVIC WELFARE 3 PE2 PHYSICAL 2 PE 1
TRAINING SERVICES 1 EDUCATION 2
PE1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION 2 RE2 CHRISTIAN 3 RE 1
MORALITY
RE1 THE CATHOLIC FAITH 1

Total 22 Total 25

220
 Second Year, First Semester Second Year, Second
Semester
ENT120 BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 3 FDT104 FDT108 APPLIED 3
& ENTREP. STATISTICS

FDT105 FOOD CHEMISTRY W/ LAB 5 FDT104 FDT109 FOOD 5 FDT106

MICROBIOLOGY W/
LAB
FDT106 GENERAL 5 FDT110 FOOD PROCESSING 3 FDT101
MICROBIOLOGY W/ LAB 1 W/ LAB
FDT107 QUANTITATIVE 3 FDT102 FDT111 QUALITATIVE 3 FDT107
CHEMISTRY W/ LAB CHEMISTRY W/
LAB
GE1 ARTS APPRECIATION 3 GE2 ETHICS 3
GEE5 LIVING IN THE IT ERA 3 PE4 PHYSICAL 2 PE 1
EDUCATION 4
PE3 PHYSICAL EDUCATION 3 2 PE 1 RE3 CHRISTIAN 3 RE1
MARRIAGE

Total 24 Total 22

Third Year, First Semester Third Year, Second

Semester
FDT113 FOOD CHEMISTRY 2 W/ 5 FDT105 FDT118 FOOD ANALYSIS 5 FDT113
LAB W/ LAB
FDT114 FOOD PROCESSING 2 W/ 3 FDT110 FDT119 FOOD 5 FDT103,GE21
LAB ENGINEERING W/
LAB
FDT115 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY 2 3 FDT108 FDT120 FOOD PACKAGING 3 FDT114
W/ LAB & LABELLING W/
LAB
FDT116 POST-HARVEST 3 FDT109 FDT121 FOOD PROCESSING 3 FDT110,FDT114
HANDLING & TECH. W/ 3 W/ LAB
LAB
FDT117 SENSORY EVALUATION 3 FDT108 FDT122 FOOD SAFETY 3 FDT110,FDT109
W/ LAB
RE4 THE CHURCH AND 3 RE1 GE12 SCIENCE, 3
HUMAN SOCIETY TECHNOLOGY AND
SOCIETY

Total 20 Total 22

Third Year, Summer

FDT112 PRACTICUM (300 HRS.) 6

Total

Fourth Year, First Semester Fourth Year, Second

Semester
FDT123 FOOD LAWS 3 FDT110 FDT128 ENVIRONMENTAL 3 FDT110,FDT114
FDT114 SUSTAINABILITY FDT122, FDT118
IN THE FOOD
INDUSTRY

221
 FDT124 FOOD PRODUCT DEVT. & 3 FDT110 FDT129 THESIS WRITING W/ 3
INNOVATION W/ LAB FDT114 LAB
FDT117
FDT121
FDT120
FDT118
FDT125 FOOD QUALITY 3 FDT108 FDT130 UNDERGRADUATE 1
ASSURANCE W/ LAB FDT110 SEMINAR W/ LAB
FDT114
FDT122
FDT126 METHODS OF RESEARCH 3 FDT105 GE4 LIFE AND WORKS 3
IN FOOD SCIENCE TECH. FDT113 OF RIZAL
FDT118
FDT127 PROF. ELECT. : CULINARY 3 GEE4 GREAT BOOKS 3
SCIENCE & TECH. W/ LAB
NDT103 BASIC NUTRITION W/ 5 FDT104 MKT101 MARKETING 3
LAB MANAGEMENT

Total 20 Total 16

Bachelor of Science in Nutrition and Dietetics

Course Descriptions

COURSE COURSE TITLE DESCRIPTION UNITS PRE-

CODE REQUISITE

ENT120 Basic Business The course aims to teach the 3 NONE

Management approach entrepreneurs use in
identifying opportunity and creating
new ventures; the analytic skills that
are needed to practice this approach;
and the background knowledge and
managerial skills that are necessary
for dealing with the recurring issues
involved in starting, growing, and
harnessing the value of new ventures.

222
FDT102 Organic Chemistry This 3-unit course that involves the 3 NONE
study of organic carbon compounds.
It encompasses the structures,
composition, and synthesis of
carbon-containing compounds. In
understanding organic chemistry, it
is important to note that all organic
molecules consist not only of carbon,
but also contain hydrogen. While it is
true that organic compounds can
contain other elements, the bond
between carbon and hydrogen is
what makes a compound organic.
These compounds may contain any
number of other elements, including
hydrogen, nitrogen,
oxygen, the halogens as well as
phosphorus, silicon, and sulfur.
FDT103 Applied Physics Broad survey of classical and 3 None
modern physics. Designed to enable
students to appreciate the role of
physics in the life sciences and
technology. Emphasis on the
fundamental laws of nature on which
all science is based.
FDT104 General Structure and function of biological 3 FDT 102
Biochemistry molecules such as proteins, lipids Organic
and carbohydrates. Important Chemistry
concepts include bioenergetics,
biological catalysis, and metabolic
pathways as interacting regulated
systems.
FDT105 Food Chemistry 1 Chemistry of major food 5 FDT 104
components: their structure General
properties and changes during Biochemistry
postharvest handling, preparation,
processing, storage and utilization of
food

223
FDT106 General Microbiology and Parasitology 5 None
Microbiology explores the principles of
microbiology and parasitology
comprising the metabolism,
molecular biology and gene
expression. It emphasizes on the
microbial evolution and microbial
ecology as well as antimicrobial
agents and pathogenicity. An
emphasis is placed on the
interrelatedness of immunology,
diagnosis and tracking microbial
diseases.
FDT107 Quantitative This 3-unit course that involves the 3 FDT 102
Chemistry study of different chemical Organic
techniques and unit operations Chemistry
involved in an analytical chemical
analysis. The course involves the
discussion of various classical
methods of analyses like gravimetric,
titrimetric, neutralization,
complexation and
potentiometric. The course also
includes the discussion on different
spectrochemical methods of analysis.
This course enables the students to
acquire and apply the basic concepts
of Quantitative Chemistry to
different chemical analysis that is
used in many fields of science,
clinical and laboratory.
FDT108 Applied Statistics Statistics course provides students 3 None
with a basic understanding of
statistics and prepares them to solve
problems that involve collecting and
analyzing meaningful data. This
includes the study of measures of
central tendency, measures of
variation, graphical representation of
data, least squares regression,
correlation, probability distributions,
sampling techniques, parameter
estimation, and hypothesis testing.
Technology and statistical literacy
will be integrated throughout the
course.

224
FDT109 Food Microbiology Microbial flora of food as affected by 5 FDT 106
processing/preservation techniques General
with special mention to beneficial Microbiology
groups of microorganisms,
pathogenic, and spoilage
microorganisms
FDT110 Food Processing 1 Food Processing and preservation 3 FDT 101
techniques: heat-processing, non- Introduction
thermal processing, and chemical to Food
preservatives Technology
FDT111 Qualitative Qualitative Chemisry is a 3-unit 3 FDT 107
Chemistry course that involves the study Quantitative
different chemical techniques and Chemistry
unit operations
involved in a qualitative chemical
analysis. The course involves the
discussion of the basic principles in
chemical analysis, chemical
equilibrium, acid-base equilibria,
buffers and polyprotic acids and
bases.
FDT112 Practicum This course is designed to 6 All Major
supplement classroom learning by Subjects
actual exposure to Food companies
who admit student trainees
FDT113 Food Chemistry 2 Chemistry of minor food 5 FDT 105
components: their structure Food
properties and changes during Chemistry 1
postharvest handling, preparation,
processing, storage and utilization of
food
FDT114 Food Processing 2 Food Processing and preservation 3 FDT 110
techniques: fermentation, Food
refrigeration and freezing, drying and Processing 1
dehydration, concentration, hurdle
technology

225
FDT115 Physical Chemistry This is a 3 -unit course that involves 3 FDT 103
2hours lecture and 3 hours laboratory Applied
per week. It is a fundamental course Physics
in physical chemistry that states the
behavior of gases, liquids, solid
substances and their mixtures, the
fundamentals of chemical
thermodynamics, physical
transformations of pure substances,
simple mixtures, phase diagrams the
fundamentals of electrochemistry
and chemical kinetics.
FDT116 Post-Harvest Basic principles on handling primary 3 FDT 109
Handling and and secondary processing of Food
Technology agricultural food produce Microbiology
FDT 113
Food
Chemistry 2
FDT117 Sensory Evaluation Principles and techniques in sensory 3 FDT 108
evaluation; statistical analysis and Applied
interpretation of sensory evaluation Statistics
data; and their relations to
physicochemical tests.
FDT118 Food Analysis Principles, methods and techniques 5 FDT 113
necessary for qualitative and Food
quantitative physical and chemical Chemistry 2
analysis of food and food products
FDT119 Food Engineering Engineering concepts and principles 5 GE21
as applied to food processing. Calculus
FDT 103
Applied
Physics
FDT120 Food Packaging Principles and methods of food 3 FDT 114
and Labelling packaging and labeling; evaluation of Food
properties of packaging and labeling Processing 2
materials.
FDT122 Food Safety Safety of food and ingredients, best 3 FDT 109
practices, risk analysis traceability, Food
regulatory developments and Microbiology
scientific and technical
advancements
FDT 110
Food
Processing 1

226
 FDT 114
Food
Processing 2
FDT123 Food Laws An introduction to food law and 3 FDT 110
regulation including areas of the law Food
that would impact food science Processing 1
professionals. This course deals with
the understanding of food technology
as a profession and the regulation
governing, handling, processing up
to distribution of goods. It also hones
the students’ awareness and
compliance to food laws and
regulations in manufacturing and
distribution of foods in the local and
international markets.
FDT 114
Food
Processing 2
FDT124 Food Product Development and Optimization of 3 FDT 110
Development and food products with traditional and Food
Innovation novel food ingredients and processes Processing 1
– theory and practice
FDT 114
Food
Processing 2

FDT 110
Food
Packaging &
Labelling

FDT 117
Sensory
Evaluation

FDT 118
Food
Analysis
FDT125 Food Quality Principles and methods of quality 3 FDT 110
Assurance control and assurance in foods Food
Processing 1

FDT 114
Food
Processing 2

227
 FDT 122
Food Safety

FDT 108
Applied
Statistics
FDT126 Methods of Introduction to research proposal 3 FDT 105
Research on Food writing, research methodologies, and Food
Science and foundational research theories and Chemistry 1
Technology protocols.
FDT 113
Food
Chemistry 2

FDT 118
Food
Analysis
FDT127 Culinary Science Following this introductory course in 3 None
and Technology food production, students will be
able to identify and analyze the
elements of safe food preparation
that include food chemistry, basic
cooking techniques and proper use of
preparation utensils and equipment.
Students will also prepare small
quantity, industry standard menus in
a commercial kitchen setting.
FDT128 Environmental Sustainability and environmental 3 FDT 110
Sustainability for issues in the food industry. Food
Food Industries Processing 1

FDT 114
Food
Processing 2

FDT 118
Food
Analysis

FDT 122
Food Safety

228
 FDT129 Thesis Writing Culminating course of the BS Food 3 FDT 126
Technology program where the Methods of
students will be able to create a Research on
working research paper in food Food Science
science and technology. and
Technology
Food Product
Development
and
Innovation
FDT130 Undergraduate A one-unit course which hones the 1 None
Seminar communication skills of students to
disseminate scientific information to
the public in oral and written format.
FDT131 Introduction to An overview of food science and 3 None
Food Science and technology, career opportunities of
Technology food technologists and their
responsibilities to society
FDT132 Basic Food Elements of safe food preparation 3 FDT101
Preparation that include food chemistry, basic Introduction
cooking techniques and proper use of to Food
preparation utensils and equipment. Technology
Students will also prepare small
quantity, industry standard menus in
a commercial kitchen setting.
FDT133 Basic Nutrition Fundamentals of nutrition science as 3 FDT 104
they relate to human life and growth. General
It includes the study of nutrients – Biochemistry
their nature, functions,
interrelationships and utilization in
the body, food sources, requirements,
and deficiencies.

Bachelor of Science in Nutrition and Dietetics

Curriculum Code: ND2019

Year: 2019
Total Units 175
First Year, First Semester First Year, Second
Semester
Subject Description Units Pre Subjec Description Units Pre-req
Code Req t Code
GE11 READINGS IN THE 3 GE13 THE CONTEMPORARY 3
PHILIPPINE HISTORY WORLD

229
GE14 UNDERSTANDING THE 3 GE6 MATHEMATICS IN THE 3
SELF MODERN WORLD
GE15 ANATOMY/PHYSIOLOGY 5 NDT BASIC FOODS 2 W/ LAB 3 NDT10
102 1

ICC1 BIOCHEMISTRY 5 NDT BASIC NUTRITION W/ 5 ICC1,

103 LAB NDT10
1

NDT101 BASIC FOODS 1 W/ LAB 3 NDT MICROBIOLOGY/PARA 3

104 SITOLOGY WITH LAB
NSTP1 CIVIC WELFARE 3 NSTP2 CIVIC WELFARE 3 NSTP1
TRAINING SERVICES 1 TRAINING SERVICES 2
PE1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION 2 PE2 PHYSICAL EDUCATION 2 PE 1
2
RE1 THE CATHOLIC FAITH 1 RE2 CHRISTIAN MORALITY 3 RE 1

Total 25 Total 25

Second Year, First Semester Second Year, Second

Semester
CBA104 MANAGERIAL 3 GE6 GE2 ETHICS 3
ACCOUNTING
GE1 ARTS APPRECIATION 3 GE22 ENGLISH (TECHNICAL 3 GE10
WRITING)
GE10 PURPOSIVE 3 NDT1 FOOD SERVICE 5 NDT10
COMMUNICATION 08 SYSTEM 1 W/ LAB 4

GEE1 ENTREPRENEURIAL MIND 3 NDT1 FUND. OF FOOD TECH. 3

09 W/ LAB

ICC2 DEVELOPMENTAL 3 GE14 NDT1 NUTRITION CARE 3 NDT10

PSYCHOLOGY 10 PROCESS 7

NDT105 BIOSTATISTICS 3 NDT1 NUTRITION IN LIFE 3 NDT10

11 STAGES 1 W/ LAB 3,
NDT10
7
NDT106 MEAL MANAGEMENT W/ 3 NDT10 NDT1 PRIN. & STRATEGIES 3
LAB 1 12 OF TEACHING
NDT10
2
NDT10
3
NDT107 NUTRITIONAL 3 NDT10 PE 4 PHYSICAL EDUCATION 2 PE 1
ASSESSMENT W/ LAB 3 4

PE3 PHYSICAL EDUCATION 3 2 PE 1 RE 4 THE CHURCH AND 3 RE 1

HUMAN SOCIETY
RE 3 CHRISTIAN MARRIAGE 3 RE 1
Total 28
Total 29

230
 Third Year, First Semester Third Year, Second
Semester
GE12 SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY 3 GE4 LIFE AND WORKS OF 3
AND SOCIETY RIZAL

GE20 LOGIC 3 GEE4 GREAT BOOKS 3

NDT113 FOOD & NUTRITION 3 NDT10 GEE5 LIVING IN THE IT ERA 3
RESEARCH 1 W/ LAB 5
NDT10
7
NDT114 FOOD SERVICE SYSTEM 2 5 NDT10 NDT1 FOOD & NUTRITION 3 NDT11
W/ LAB 8 18 RESEARCH 2 W/ LAB 3

NDT115 NUTRITION IN LIFE 3 NDT11 NDT1 HEALTH ECONOMICS 3 NDT10

STAGES 2 W/ LAB 1 19 1
NDT10
2
NDT10
4
NDT116 NUTRITION THERAPY 1 W/ 3 NDT10 NDT1 NUTRITION 3 NDT10
LAB 6 20 EDUCATION W/ LAB 7
NDT10 NDT11
7 2
NDT11
1
NDT117 PUBLIC HEALTH 3 NDT10 NDT1 NUTRITION THERAPY 2 3 NDT11
NUTRITION 7 21 W/ LAB 6

Total 23 Total 21

Fourth Year, First Semester Fourth Year, Second

Semester
NDT122 ND PRACTICUM 1: FOOD 6 NDT1 ND PRACTICUM 3: 12
SERVICE (300 HRS) 24 HOSPITAL DIETETICS
(600 HRS.)

NDT123 ND PRACTICUM 2: PUBLIC 6

HEALTH NUTRITION (300
HRS.)

Total 12 Total 12

Bachelor of Science in Nutrition and Dietetics

Course Descriptions

231
COURSE COURSE DESCRIPTION NUMBER PRE-REQUISITE
CODE TITLE OF
UNITS
GE 15 Anatomy / This course centers on the 5 NONE
Physiology investigation of human system
structure and function. The course
will cover the basic structural level
of organization from sub-atom to
human. It will include diseases that
can affect the natural function of a
particular system. It deals with the
understanding of the basic
anatomical terminology to the
biochemical composition of the
human body all the way into great
detail of each of the major systems
of the body. The understanding of
human anatomy and physiology
will be a great help for nutrition
and dietetics students as they enter
higher subjects that deals with
complex analysis of diseases and
therapy.
ICC 1 Biochemistry Biochemistry deals with the 5 NONE
molecular composition of living
cells, the organization of biological
molecules, within the cell, and the
structure and function of this
biological molecules. Biological
molecules such as carbohydrates,
protein, lipids, nucleic acid,
vitamins and enzymes. All
biological molecules have different
classification, kinds, chemical and
physical properties. Biochemistry
is a helpful tool for nutrition
students as they go through higher
nutrition and dietetic subjects.

232
NDT 101 Basic Foods 1 This course contains the principles 3 NONE
in the preparation and cooking of
different classes of food, their
composition, structure and market
forms. Emphasis is given on the
principles underlying preparation
and cooking in order to maintain
quality, palatability, nutritive value
and acceptability of meals with
consideration on economic factors
under strict compliance with food
safety standards. Laboratory
experience will include the
preparation of basic recipes to
apply the above principles.
NDT 102 Basic Foods 2 This course is study of the 3 NDT 101
principles underlying the Basic Foods 1
preparation and cooking classes of
food, their composition and
structure, and market forms.
Emphasis given on the principles
underlying preparation and
cooking in order to maintain
quality, palatability, nutritive value
and acceptability of meals.
Furthermore, the course combines
the principles and techniques
underlying culinary arts and its
application in the preparation and
cooking of aesthetically pleasing
foods.
NDT 103 Basic Nutrition This course centers on the 5 NDT 101/NDT
fundamentals of nutrition science 102
as they relate to human life and Basic Foods 1 and
growth. It includes the study of 2
nutrients – their nature, functions,
interrelationships and utilization in ICC1
the body, food sources, Biochemistry
requirements and deficiencies. The
laboratory experience includes use
of dietary tools in the planning of
nutritionally adequate, safe and
aesthetically pleasing meals.
NDT 104 Microbiology This course covers the general 3 None
and study of microbiology and its
Parasitology relevance to nutrition. Topics

233
 covered general principles of
microbial concepts including
terminology, host parasite
relationship and normal flora,
pathogenicity of microorganisms,
principals of infectious disease,
bacterial structure and
classification, bacterial growth,
metabolism and its genetics,
important pathogenic bacteria and
mechanisms of disease production,
fungi, protozoa and helminthes,
and virology. Also, antiseptics,
antibiotics, disinfectant and
sterilization techniques will be
covered and immunology.
NDT 106 Meal The course deals with the 3 NDT 101/NDT
Management principles of planning, 102
procurement, preparation, storage Basic Foods I and
and service of nutritious and II
adequate meals for the family and NDT 103
for special occasions with Basic Nutrition
emphasis on economy, sanitation,
nutrition and aesthetics.
Laboratory experience will include
application of the above principles
using local and foreign dishes.
NDT 107 Nutritional The principles and methods of 3 NDT 103
Assessment measuring and evaluating the Basic Nutrition
nutritional status of individuals and
populations group both in clinical
and public health setting are
discussed in this course.
Laboratory experience will focus
on anthropometric and dietary
methods of nutritional assessment.
NDT 108 Foodservice I The course includes the principles, 5 NDT 104
techniques and management of General
large-scale food production Microbiology,
particularly on the phases of Parasitology,
foodservice: menu planning, Basic Financial
purchasing, receiving, storage and Accounting
issuance, pre-preparation, NDT 103, NDT
production, merchandising and 106
service, food safety and sanitation
and cost control. Laboratory

234
 experiences include menu
planning, purchasing, receiving,
storage and issuance,
standardization and quantification
of recipes, portion control and
utilization of leftover food.

NDT 109 Fundamentals Principles of physical, chemical 3 NDT 104

of Food and biochemical changes in Foods General
Technology as they undergo various stages of Microbiology
food processing and storage are and Parasitology
discussed in this course. Emphasis NDT 101/NDT
is given to food preservation 102
techniques at the home and Basic Foods I and
community levels using indigenous II
foods in the laboratory for applying
the principles and methods of
processing.

NDT 110 Nutrition Care This course will provide 3 NDT 107
Process opportunities for students to be Nutritional
introduced to the role of nutrition Assessment
counselling in patient care.
NDT 111 Nutrition in the The interrelationship between 3 NDT 103
Life Stages I nutrition, growth, development and Basic Nutrition
maintenance of health at different and NDT 107
stages of the life cycle with Nutritional
emphasis on the at-risk groups Assessment
specifically for maternal and
pediatric health.
NDT 112 Principles and 3
Strategies of
Teaching
NDT 113 Food and A study of the different nutrition 3 NDT 105
Nutrition and research principles and Biostatistics and
Research I methodologies. It emphasizes on NDT 107
the meaning and importance of Nutritional
research in the field of nutrition Assessment
and dietetics. This includes
practical training in preparation of
research proposal – research
problem, review of related

235
 literature and methodology.
Students are expected to undertake
a research proposal in the field of
food and nutrition.
NDT 114 Foodservice The course is an integration of the 5 NDT 108
Sytem 2 areas of catering management, Foodservice
foodservice facilities planning, System I
design and layout, and personnel
management. The entire study is
taken in the context of an effective
and efficient foodservice operation.
NDT 115 Nutrition in the The interrelationship between 3 NDT 111
Life Stages 2 nutrition, growth, development and Nutrition in the
maintenance of health at different Life Stages I
stages of the life cycle with
emphasis on the at-risk groups
specifically for adolescent, adult &
and geriatric health.
NDT 116 Nutrition The course deals with the 3 NDT 106
Therapy 1 principles and procedures on the Meal
use of food for therapeutic Management,
purposes in the management of a NDT 107
person suffering from a disease. Nutritional
Importance will be given to dietary Assessment
modifications for various
therapeutic requirements. Attention
will also be given on the
maintenance of proper nutrition.
Medical and alternative therapies
of disease conditions will be
discuss.

NDT 117 Public Health The course discusses the ecology 3 NDT 107
Nutrition of nutrition. It deals with the Nutritional
theories, principles and methods of Assessment
community diagnosis and
management of nutrition programs.
NDT 118 Food and This is a continuation of Food and 3 NDT 113
Nutrition Nutrition Research I and includes Food and
Research II the practical training in conducting Nutrition
research study-data gathering, data Research 1
evaluation, data analysis and

236
 interpretation and reporting of
research results. Students are
expected to complete a research
study in the field of food and
nutrition.
NDT 119 Health 3
Economics
NDT 120 Nutrition This course involves a study of the 3 NDT 107, NDT
Education principles, teaching techniques and 111 & NDT115,
current trends applicable to the NDT112
dissemination of nutrition
information to individuals or
groups at all levels. It includes
practical training in the planning,
implementation of nutrition
education.

NDT 121 Nutrition The course is a continuation of 3 NDT 116

Therapy II Nutrition Therapy 1. The students Nutrition Therapy
should gain further knowledge and I
skills in pathophysiology of other
disease conditions and use of
nutrition care process to identify
nutrition-related problems and
determine appropriate medical
nutrition therapy for diseases of the
blood, cancer and HIV,
cardiovascular system, renal
disorders, food allergies, skin
disorders diseases of the
musculoskeletal and nervous
systems, and multiple morbidities.
It deals with the application of
nutrition science principles to the
treatment and prevention of these
health conditions with emphasis on
dietary modifications to correct
nutritional insufficiencies, promote
optimal health, and prevent,
manage, or correct medical
problems.
NDT 122 The Food Service Practicum is a 6 units
practical application of principles (300 hrs.)

237
 and theories in foods and
ND Practicum Completion of all
foodservice management in school,
1: Foodservice professional
commercial, industrial, hotel or
Practicum courses
hospital foodservice institutions.
NDT 123 ND Practicum The Community Nutrition 6 units Completion of all
2: Community Practicum is a supervised practical (300 professional
Nutrition application of the principles and hrs.) courses
Practicum theories in food and nutrition in a
community setting through
organized community efforts.
NDT 124 ND Practicum The Hospital Dietetics Practicum is 12 units Completion of all
3:Hospital a supervised practical application (600 hrs.) professional
Dietetics of the principles and theories in courses
Practicum hospital setting.

Bachelor of Science in Hospitality Management

Curriculum Code: HM2019

Year: 2019
Total Units 169
First Year, First Semester First Year, Second
Semester
Subject Code Description Units Pre Req Subject Description Units Pre-req
Code
GE12 SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND 3 GE11 READINGS IN THE 3
SOCIETY PHILIPPINE HISTORY
GE13 THE CONTEMPORARY WORLD 3 GE14 UNDERSTANDING 3
THE SELF

GE6 MATHEMATICS IN THE 3 GE2 ETHICS 3

MODERN WORLD
HMT101 MACRO PERSPECTIVE OF 3 GEE5 LIVING IN THE IT 3
TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY ERA

HMT102 RISK MGT. AS APPLIED TO 3 HMT103 FUND. IN LODGING 3 HMT101

SAFETY, SECURITY AND OPERATIONS W/
SANITATION LAB

NSTP1 CIVIC WELFARE TRAINING 3 HMT104 KITCHEN 3 HMT101

SERVICES 1 ESSENTIALS & HMT102
BASIC FOOD PREP.
W/ LAB
PE1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION 2 NSTP2 CIVIC WELFARE 3 NSTP1
TRAINING SERVICES
2
RE1 THE CATHOLIC FAITH 1 PE2 PHYSICAL 2 PE 1
EDUCATION 2
RE2 CHRISTIAN 3 RE1
MORALITY

Total 21 Total 26

238
 Second Year, First Semester Second Year, Second
Semester
GE1 ARTS APPRECIATION 3 GE4 LIFE AND WORKS OF 3
RIZAL
GE10 PURPOSIVE COMMUNICATION 3 HMT109 FOREIGN 3 HMT106
LANGUAGE II
GEE4 GREAT BOOKS 3 HMT110 HM PRACT. 1: IN- 1
HOUSE 100 HRS.
HMT105 APPLIED BUS. TOOLS & TECH. 3 GEE5 HMT111 HOUSEKEEPING 3 HMT103
(PMS) W/LAB HMT103 OPERATIONS W/ LAB
HMT106 FOREIGN LANGUAGE 1 3 HMT112 MULTICULTURAL 3 HMT103
DIVERSITY IN
WORKPLACE
HMT107 FRONT OFFICE OPERATION 3 HMT103 HMT113 OPR. MGT. IN 3 HMT103
TOURISM & HOSP. HMT108
IND.
HMT108 FUND. IN FOOD SERVICE 3 HMT102 HMT114 PHIL. CULTURE & 3 HMT101
OPERATIONS W/ LAB HMT104 TOURISM
GEOGRAPHY
PE3 PHYSICAL EDUCATION 3 2 PE 1 HMT115 PHIL. REGIONAL 3 HMT102
CUISINE W/ LAB
RE3 CHRISTIAN MARRIAGE 3 RE1 PE4 PHYSICAL 2 PE 1
EDUCATION 4

Total 26 Total 24

Summer, Second Year

HMT116 HM PRACT. 2 : FOOD SERVICE 3 HMT110
PRACTICUM (300 HRS.)

Total 3

Third Year, First Semester Third Year, Second

Semester
GEE1 ENTREPRENEURIAL MIND 3 HMT123 BAR & BEVERAGE 3 HMT108
MGT. W/ LAB
HMT117 ASIAN CUISINE W/ LAB 3 HMT115 HMT124 CATERING 3 HMT108
MANAGEMENT W/
LAB
HMT118 BREAD AND PASTRY W/ LAB 3 HMT104 HMT125 DATA ANALYTICS 3 HMT105
IN HOSPITALITY
IND. W/ LAB
HMT119 ERGONOMICS & FACILITIES 3 HMT103 HMT126 ENTREPRENEURSHIP 3 HMT101
PLANNING FOR HOSPITALITY HMT108 IN TOURISM &
IND. W/ LAB HOSPITALITY
HMT120 LEGAL ASPECTS IN TOURISM & 3 HMT113 HMT127 INTRO TO M.I.C.E. AS 3 HMT107
HOSPITALITY APPLIED IN HMT111
HOSPITALITY W/ HMT108
LAB
HMT121 SUPPLY 3 HMT113 HMT128 RESEARCH IN 3 GE10
CHAIN/LOGISTICS/PURCHASING HOSPITALITY 1 W/
MGT. LAB
HMT122 TOURISM & HOSPITALITY 3 HMT101 HMT129 REVENUE 3 HMT121
MARKETING HMT108 MANAGEMENT
RE4 THE CHURCH AND HUMAN 3 RE1 HMT130 STRATEGIC 3 HMT113
SOCIETY MANAGEMENT IN
TOURISM &
HOSPITALITY

239
 TMT101 MICRO. 3 HMT119
PERSPECTIVE OF
TOURISM &
HOSPITALITY

Total 24 Total 27

Fourth Year, First Semester Fourth Year, Second

Semester
HMT131 RECREATION & LEISURE 3 TMT101 HMT134 HM PRACT. 3 : 6 HMT110
MANAGEMENT LODGING INDUSTRY
(600 HRS.)
HMT132 RESEARCH IN HOSPITALITY 2 3 HMT128
W/ LAB
HMT133 TOURISM & HOSPITALITY 3 HMT113
SERVICE QUALITY MGT.
TMT123 PROF. DEVELOPMENT & 3 GE2
APPLIED ETHICS HMT122
Total 12 Total 6

Bachelor of Science in Hospitality Management

Course Descriptions

COURSE COURSE DESCRIPTION NUMBER PRE-

CODE TITLE OF REQUISITE
UNITS
1st Year – First Semester

240
HMT101 Macro This course is designed to give a 3 NONE
Perspective clear and whole overview of
Tourism and Tourism and Hospitality as an
Hospitality ecosystem and goes beyond the
usual closed-concept of tourism. It
introduces the concepts and terms
that are common throughout the
different sectors. It also intends to
develop, update and maintain
local knowledge as well as
tourism industry knowledge. It
shows the structure and scope in
tourism as well as the impact of
Tourism as an industry in relation
to the world economy and society.
It also illustrates the effects of the
convergence of tourism with the
other local industries and let the
students appreciate its multiplier
effect in various fronts. It
discusses the major factors
influence the history and future of
tourism in the world and in the
Philippines. It also introduces the
sustainable goals of tourism, and
discusses, among others, how to
develop protective environments
for children in tourism
destinations; to observe and
perform risk mitigation activities;
etc. The students will also learn to
appreciate the key global
organizations and the roles they
play in influencing and monitoring
tourism trends.
HMT102 Risk The student will develop 3 NONE
Management as knowledge, skills and values on
Applied to the basic principles of personal
Safety, Security hygiene, food safety and
and Sanitation sanitation as applied in tourism
and hospitality industry. Topics
include the following: compliance
with workplace hygiene
procedures, Establishment and
maintenance of a safe and secure
workplace, Implementation of

241
 occupational health and safety
procedures and Performing basic
First Aid procedures.

1st Year – Second Semester

HMT103 Fundamentals in The course describes the skills, 3 HMT101
Lodging knowledge and performance
Operations (with outcomes required to explore and Macro
lab; total of 5 analyze the management and Perspective
hours) practices of lodging operations Tourism and
and related sales activities in the Hospitality
major operating and support
departments. It will also expose
students on the unique aspect of
managing a service-based lodging
establishment delivered by diverse
employees and understanding of
the business and financial
operations of a lodging firm. The
course introduces the
housekeeping department of a
hotel and lodging organization: its
organizational structure; roles and
responsibilities; functions of the
department; equipment and tools
for housekeeping operations;
methods and procedures of
cleaning operations including
linen, uniform and laundry
services; general maintenance and
decoration of a hotel; safety and
sanitation in housekeeping
operations, management of
operations and record keeping;
precautionary procedures; guest
safety and hotel assets. Laboratory
includes actual exposure in the
housekeeping operations.
HMT104 3 HMT101

242
 The course looks at introducing
the student to the culture required Macro
to work in a commercial kitchen, Perspective
this will cover the professionalism Tourism and
aspect required in a kitchen. Hospitality
Furthermore, the course will cover
the safety and sanitation, Tools
HMT102
Kitchen and equipment. The course will
Essentials and then move to the practical use of
Basic Food those tools and equipment, with a Risk Management
Preparation particular emphasis on knife as Applied to
(with lab; total skills. Finally, the course looks to Safety, Security
of 7 hours) develop a thorough understanding and Sanitation
of the theories and principles
regarding the different classes of
food, their nature and chemical
composition. The course will also
include the discussion on the
chemical changes food undergo
when cooked.
2nd Year – First Semester
HMT106 Foreign This course aims to train students 3 None
Language 1 to develop basic conversational
skills using a foreign language.
HMT107 Front Office This course deals with the study of 3 HMT103
Operation Front Office procedures as Fundamentals in
preparing professionals for roles Lodging
such as front office managers and Operations (with
general managers in hotels that are lab; total of 5
required to meet the challenges of hours)
operations, technology, training,
empowerment and international
applications in the hotel industry.
HMT108 Fundamentals in The student will learn the 3 HMT102
Food Service necessary knowledge, develop the
Operations (with various skills and cultivate the Risk Management
lab; total of 5 proper attitudes needed for the as Applied to
hours) delivery of quality service of food Safety, Security
and beverage operations in hotels and Sanitation
and restaurants. Topics include the
following: Clean and tidy bar and
food service areas; Develop and HMT104
maintain food and beverage

243
 product knowledge; Manage the Kitchen
responsible service of alcohol; Essentials and
Prepare and serve cocktails; Basic Food
Prepare and serve non-alcoholic Preparation (with
beverages; Provide link between lab; total of 7
kitchen and service area; Provide hours)
advice to patrons on food and
beverage services; Provide silver
service; Take food orders and
provide courteous table service;
Manage intoxicated persons.
HMT105 Applied This course describes the skills, 3 HMT103
Business Tools knowledge and performance
and outcomes required to understand Fundamentals in
Technologies and operate relevant IT systems Lodging
(PMS) (with lab that are used in the hotel and Operations (with
5 hours) restaurant industry. Topics lab; total of 5
covered include folio systems for hours)
the front office; POS systems for
F&B operations as well as other
computer online systems for GEE5
various departments such as
reservations, finance, Living in the IT
housekeeping, marketing and the ERA
public relations office.
2nd Year – Second Semester
HMT109 Foreign This course aims to train students 3 HMT106
Language 2 to develop intermediate
conversational skills using a Foreign Language
foreign language. Student should 1
be able to understand technical
jargon used in the hospitality
industry.
HMT110 Hotel and The course aims to provide the 1 ALL 1ST YEAR
Restaurant students with actual in-house LEVEL
Management hands-on training and skills PROFESSIONAL
Practicum 1: In- development in the various COURSES
house (100 aspects of foodservice and
hours) hospitality operations. The
students will be introduced to the
different management functions of
hospitality and foodservice
departments with emphasis on
procedures for controlling food,
labor and other variable costs.
They will also learn the system

244
 and application of management
processes, tools and resources for
competitive and profitable day to
day operations of the food service
operations.

HMT111 Housekeeping This course introduces the 3 HMT103

Operations (with students to the components of
lab; total of 5 effective housekeeping operations Fundamentals in
hours) which include: organizational Lodging
structure of housekeeping Operations (with
department, management of lab; total of 5
lodging operation’s, structural hours)
planning, and management of
equipment. It also orients students
with the characteristics of
equipment supplies, linen
management, laundry room
management, cleaning functions,
safety and security in
housekeeping.
HMT113 Operations The course is concerned with the 3 HMT103
Management in management of resources and Fundamentals in
Tourism and activities that produce and deliver Lodging
Hospitality goods and services for Operations (with
Industry customers. Efficient and effective lab; total of 5
operations can provide an hours)
organization with major
competitive advantages since the
ability to respond to customer and
market requirements quickly, at a
low cost, and with high quality, is
vital to attaining profitability and
growth through increased market
share. As competition becomes
fiercer in an increasingly open and
global marketplace, a company's
survival and growth become
greatly contingent on its ability to
run its operations efficiently and

245
 to exploit its resources
productively.

The course focuses on the basic

concepts, issues, and techniques
for efficient and effective
operations. Special emphasis is
placed on process improvement
and supply chain management.
Topics include operations
strategy, product and service
design, process design and
analysis, capacity planning, lean
production systems, materials and
inventory management, quality
management and six sigma,
project management, and supply
chain management.

HMT108

Fundamentals in
Food Service
Operations (with
lab; total of 5
hours)
HMT114 Philippine This course presents 3 HMT101
Culture and comprehensive coverage of the
Tourism major tourist destinations in the Macro
Geography Philippines. Major discussions perspective of
will be on political structures and Tourism and
subdivisions, geographical Hospitality
characteristics, major attractions,

246
 gastronomy, culture and traditions
of the various regions of the
country leading to the realization
of the potentials of the Tourism
industry of the Philippines.
Students will also have a
comprehensive knowledge about
the mechanism, logistics,
operations and management of the
tourism network system in the
Philippines with its inherent
physical and cultural resources as
seen in the various provinces of
the country.
HMT115 Philippine This course emphasizes both the 3 HMT102
Regional influences and ingredients that
Cuisine (with create the unique character of Risk Management
lab; total of 7 Philippine cuisine. Students as Applied to
hours) prepare, taste, serve, and evaluate Safety, Security
traditional, regional dishes of and Sanitation
Philippines placed on ingredients,
flavor profiles, preparations, and
techniques representative of these
cuisines.
HMT112 Multicultural Provides an in-depth exploration 3 HMT103
Diversity in of diversity influences in
Workplace organizations. Includes Fundamentals in
stereotypes and other blocks to Lodging
equal treatment and the impact of Operations (with
increasing diversity on lab; total of 5
organizational objectives, hours)
selection and staffing, and career
expectations in an international
context.
2nd Year – Third Semester
HMT116 Hotel and This course discusses the roles 3 HMT110
Restaurant and functions of individuals
Management engaged in tourism and hospitality Hotel and
Practicum 2: careers. It provides the student’s Restaurant
Food Service knowledge in the hospitality Management
Practicum (300 organizational operations required Practicum 1: In-
hours) Travel to effectively supervise all house (100 hours)
Agency activities in a modern hotel
Practicum department. The course also deals
(300hours) with the procedures and
techniques needed to know and

247
 use to supervise and monitor
activities of food and beverage,
housekeeping, sales and
marketing, front office,
engineering, safety and security,
human resource and others.
3rd Year – First Semester
HMT117 Asian Cuisine This course deals with the basic 3 HMT115
(with lab; total knowledge and skills in the
of 5 hours) presentation of Asian Cuisine. Philippine
This will give students the idea, Regional Cuisine
on how these cuisines were (with lab; total of
developed and the techniques on 7 hours)
how to prepare different dishes
with the one of specialized tools.
This fundamental concepts, skills
and techniques involved in basic
cooking are covered in this course.
Special emphasis is given to the
study of history, ingredients,
cooking theories, and the
procedures for preparing modern,
traditional, and the contemporary
Asian Cuisine.
HMT118 Bread and Pastry This course covers the 3 HMT104
(with lab; total comprehensions of both baking
of 5 hours) theory and its intensive Kitchen
applications through baking Essentials and
methods and productions. it also Basic Food
introduces the students to the Preparation (with
ingredients, procedures and lab; total of 7
processes of basic baking. the hours)
course includes concepts in
formulas, measuring and scaling
an the chemical reactions of basic
dough, and batters. cake
production and decorating
techniques, including cake
mixing, cake formula balance,
scaling, panning, baking, altitude
adjustments, formulas, icings,
assembling, and icing simple
cakes, basic decorating
techniques, planning and
assembling specialty cakes and
procedures.

248
HMT119 Ergonomics and This course will develop 3 HMT103
Facilities knowledge, skills and attitudes in
Planning for the ensuring the work environment of Fundamentals in
Hospitality the organization fits in the Lodging
Industry industry professional. Operations (with
lab; total of 5
hours)

HMT108

Fundamentals in
Food Service
Operations (with
lab; total of 5
hours)
HMT120 Legal Aspects in This course examines this 3 HMT113
Tourism and framework and covers they key
Hospitality principles of law applicable to Operations
hospitality, tourism and related Management in
industries. Various legislation on Tourism and
business organization and several Hospitality
international law issues such as Industry
consumer protection, product and Conservation in
service liability, employment and Tourism
law access to the natural
environment will be covered. This
course also examines the law
regulating the issuance of visa and
travel documentation, and
considers the liability of the
operators, agents, carriers and
government instrumentalities in
relation to health safety issues
(including acts of terrorism).
HMT121 Supply This course describes the skills, 3 HMT113
Chain/Logistics/ knowledge and performance
Purchasing outcomes required to Operations
Management understanding the basic concepts Management in
on managing the complete Tourism and
movement of products or services Hospitality
in supply chain from suppliers to Industry
customers. It also emphasizes on
identifying the effects of current
and future trends in supply chain
management, and on assessing the

249
 processes and performances in a
supply chain to optimize processes
into a seamless innovative and
most cost-effective way to help
companies build a competitive
edge.
HMT122 Tourism and This course will equip students 3 HMT108
Hospitality with the necessary skills to
Marketing develop actual marketing Fundamentals in
campaigns for a business with the Food Service
tourism and hospitality industry. Operations (with
Emphasis is on the analysis of the lab; total of 5
market, its competition and its hours)
product; preparation of financial
budget and the development of
short-term and long-range HMT101
strategies to achieve desired profit
through effective advertising, Macro
sales and an effective public perspective of
relations plan. Tourism and
Hospitality
3rd Year – Second Semester
HMT123 Bar and This is a basic course on bar 3 HMT108
Beverage operation consisting of beverage
Management function and services, mixing Fundamentals in
(with lab; total drinks, control of products and Food Service
of 5 hours) beverage merchandising Operations (with
laboratory work will include wine lab; total of 5
tasting, drink mixing, and hours)
bartending.
HMT124 Catering This course will provide students 3 HMT108
Management an overview on the nature of
banquet and catering functions Fundamentals in
and its requirements. Likewise, Food Service
the students will have the chance Operations (with
to design and conceptualize their lab; total of 5
own catering function. hours)
HMT125 Data Analytics This course discuss the application 3 HMT105
in the of data analytics in the hospitality

250
 Hospitality industry in the area of revenue Applied Business
Industry (with management, marketing and Tools and
lab; total of 5 operations management. Technologies
hours) with Lab PMS
(Property
Management
System) (with
lab; total of 5
hours)
HMT126 Entrepreneurship This course describes the skill, 3 HMT101
in Tourism and knowledge and performance
Hospitality outcomes required to plan and Macro
develop a feasible Business Plan perspective of
by understanding the nature and Tourism and
scope of entrepreneurship, Hospitality
scanning the market of potential
entrepreneurial venture into
business including but not limited
to starting one’s own business,
buying existing businesses and the
process of franchising. It also
emphasizes on assessing the
possible characteristics and
mindset of entrepreneurs,
analyzing typical entrepreneurial
venture challenges, errors and
rewards, identifying effective
strategic management, developing
product and service innovations
and introducing the concepts of
environmentally sustainable
practices, social entrepreneurship
and intellectual property
management.
HMT127 Introduction to This course examines the 3 HMT108
Meetings, principles of conceptualizing,
Incentives, planning, managing and Fundamentals in
Conferences and evaluating events, conferences, Food Service
Events meetings, festivals, and other such Operations (with
Management special activities. Topics include lab; total of 5
(MICE) as the significance of conventions hours)
applied in and events in tourism. Lessons
Hospitality (with include discussions on event
lab; total of 5 conceptualization, event design, HMT111
hours) project/event management,

251
 methods of monitoring and Housekeeping
evaluation, physical requirements, Operations (with
organizing, promotions, lab; total of 5
sponsorships and handling the hours)
financial aspects of such tasks.
The will give the students the
skills and knowledge to develop
business strategies to get MICE
business and retain the clients, as
well as to identify, understand and
overcome the intricate challenges
of collective supplier management
and engagement. This is an
integration course that applies all
the principles of management and
foundation tourism courses.
HMT128 Research in This course describes the skills, 3 GE10
Hospitality 1 knowledge and performance
(with lab; total outcomes required to develop a Purposive
of 5 hours) research orientation among Communication
students and to acquaint them with
fundamentals of research methods
like quantitative, qualitative or
mixed methods research
approaches that will lead in the
production of a good, timely and
relevant research study. It also
encompasses the critical
understanding on identifying and
assessing ethical issues related to
research, the awareness and
benefits of research in the field of
interest and its help in their future
career, in the society or
community, and in the local and
global environment.
HMT129 Revenue Revenue Management is critical to 3 HMT121
Management the hospitality industry due to the
perishable nature of a service Supply
based product. The fundamental Chain/Logistics/
principles and concepts of revenue Purchasing
management that we will cover in Management
this course are capacity
management, duration control,
demand and revenue forecasting,
discounting, overbooking

252
 practices, displacement analysis,
channel management, and pricing
execution.

HMT130 Strategic The course aims to provide 3 HMT113

Management & students with a more in-depth
Total Quality knowledge of various strategic Operations
Management for management theories and their Management in
Hospitality and applications in general as well as Tourism and
Tourism within organizations in tourism Hospitality
and hospitality sector. Both micro Industry
perspectives and macro
perspectives of strategic
management will be treated during
the course. As micro perspectives,
theories of Quality Management,
Lean philosophy, Learning &
Knowledge Management,
Business/Organizational
excellence, Strategic Human
Resource Management will be
introduced, including the main
concepts, principles, methods and
techniques that can be applied in
relation to organizational strategic
change and improvement
programs. As macro perspectives,
different internationalization
strategies as well as the factors
that influence the
internationalization processes will
be handled.
TMT101 Micro This course will cover the 3 HMT119
perspective of workings, operations and the
Tourism and integrative activities of major Ergonomics and
Hospitality stakeholders in the Tourism and Facilities
Hospitality Industry. The student Planning for the
will also gain knowledge on Hospitality
managing and marketing a service Industry
– oriented business organization.
Apart from the scope and structure
of travel organizations, it provides
an in-depth study of the nature and
distinctive characteristics of each
sector of the entire tourism
industry, focusing on the

253
 management, organization and
planning of specific business
strategies for the various entities
in the local setting. This will also
involve the analysis of the
possible impacts of external
factors and trends on the different
tourism industry sector and
specific types of businesses. It will
also look into client profiling such
as travel motivations and
influences as it relates to aligning
strategic and tactical solutions to
the business. The course also
identifies the employment
opportunities available in each
sector and the corresponding
qualifications for the jobs.
4th Year – First Semester
HMT131 Recreation and This course provides students with 3 TMT101
Leisure the necessary knowledge, skills
Management and attitudes towards appreciation Micro perspective
of the science of managing leisure, of Tourism and
sports, resort, club, spa, casino, Hospitality
and other recreational facilities
and activities. It focuses on
student centered type of learning;
on how to become an effective
professional both in domestic and
international endeavor. It will
help students to attain mastery of
the concepts of recreational
management through theories and
exposure to global practices.
HMT132 Research in This course describes the skills, 3 HMT128
Hospitality 2 knowledge and performance
(with lab; total outcomes required to develop a Research in
of 5 hours) research orientation among Hospitality 1
students and to acquaint them with (with lab; total of
fundamentals of research methods 5 hours)
like quantitative, qualitative or
mixed methods research
approaches that will lead in the
production of a good, timely and
relevant research study. It also
encompasses the critical

254
 understanding on identifying and
assessing ethical issues related to
research, the awareness and
benefits of research in the field of
interest and its help in their future
career, in the society or
community, and in the local and
global environment.
HMT133 Tourism and This course aims to enable the 3 HMT113
Hospitality students to recognize and assess
Service Quality quality management processes in a Operations
Management hospitality and tourism related Management in
organization and to evaluate Tourism and
departmental processes and Hospitality
planning strategies. Industry
TMT123 Professional This course describes the skills, 3 TMT119
Development knowledge and performance
and Applied outcomes required to develop the Multicultural
Ethics ability of students to become Diversity in
professionals in their field of Workplace
understanding the ideas of
improving one’s personality and
ways on how they are going to be
valued in the business industry by
means of presenting their ideas
like company meetings,
professional networking,
interviews and through proposals
of services considering the proper
collaboration to their associates
and portraying professional
business ethics. It is also teaches
writing skills and emphasize in
verbal communication and
preparation of plans that requires
them to research career options
and company potentiality and
stability to develop a strong and
effective career pathway.
4th Year – Second Semester
HMT134 Hotel and This course exposes the 3 HMT110
Restaurant graduating students about

255
 Management domestic/international hotel/resort Hotel and
Practicum 3: operations practicum. It focuses Restaurant
Lodging on the operations and interaction Management
Industry (600 of departments within lodging Practicum 1: In-
hours) operation. house (100 hours)

Bachelor of Science in Tourism Management

Curriculum Code: TM2019

Year: 2019
Total Units 166
First Year, First Semester First Year, Second
Semester
Subject Description Units Pre Req Subject Description Units Pre-req
Code Code
GE12 SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY 3 GE11 READINGS IN THE 3
AND SOCIETY PHILIPPINE HISTORY
GE13 THE CONTEMPORARY 3 GE14 UNDERSTANDING 3
WORLD THE SELF

GE6 MATHEMATICS IN THE 3 GE2 ETHICS 3

MODERN WORLD
HMT101 MACRO PERSPECTIVE 3 GEE5 LIVING IN THE IT 3
OF TOURISM AND ERA
HOSPITALITY
HMT102 RISK MGT. AS APPLIED 3 NSTP2 CIVIC WELFARE 3 NSTP 1
TO SAFETY, SECURITY TRAINING SERVICES
AND SANITATION 2
NSTP1 CIVIC WELFARE 3 PE2 PHYSICAL 2 PE 1
TRAINING SERVICES 1 EDUCATION 2
PE1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION 2 RE2 CHRISTIAN 3 RE1
MORALITY
RE1 THE CATHOLIC FAITH 1 TMT101 MICRO. 3 HMT101
PERSPECTIVE OF
TOURISM &
HOSPITALITY
TMT102 PHIL. CULTURE & 3 HMT101
TOURISM
GEOGRAPHY

Total 21 Total 26

Second Year, First Semester Second Year, Second

Semester
GE1 ARTS APPRECIATION 3 GE4 LIFE AND WORKS OF 3
RIZAL

256
GE10 PURPOSIVE 3 HMT105 APPLIED BUS. 3 GEE5
COMMUNICATION TOOLS & TECH. TMT101
(PMS) W/LAB
GEE4 GREAT BOOKS 3 HMT106 FOREIGN 3
LANGUAGE 1
PE3 PHYSICAL EDUCATION 2 PE 1 PE4 PHYSICAL 2 PE 1
3 EDUCATION 4
RE3 CHRISTIAN MARRIAGE 3 TMT107 ACCOMMODATION 3 TMT101
OPERATIONS &
MGT.
TMT103 GLOBAL CULTURE & 3 TMT102 TMT108 ENVIRONMENTAL 3 TMT101
TOURISM GEOGRAPHY CONSERVATION IN
TOURISM
TMT104 PHIL. GASTRONOMICAL 3 HMT102 TMT109 INTRO TO 3 TMT101
TOURISM TMT102 MEETINGS,
INCENTIVES,
CONFERENCE &
EVENTS MGT. W/
LAB
TMT105 TOUR & TRAVEL 3 TMT101 TMT110 PRACTICUM FOR 3
MANAGEMENT TOURISM 1: IN-
HOUSE PRACTICUM
TMT106 TOUR GUIDING 3 TMT101 TMT111 TOURISM & 3 TMT105
TMT102 HOSPITALITY
SERVICE QUALITY
MGT.
TMT112 TOURISM POLICY 3 TMT101
PLANNING & DEVT.

Total 26 Total 27

Summer, Second Year

TMT113 PRACT. FOR TOURISM 2: 3 TMT101
TRANS./TRAVEL
AGENCY (300 HRS.)

Total 3

Third Year, First Semester Third Year, Second

Semester
GEE1 ENTREPRENEURIAL 3 HMT120 LEGAL ASPECTS IN 3 TMT117
MIND TOURISM &
HOSPITALITY
HMT109 FOREIGN LANGUAGE II 3 HMT106 HMT126 ENTREPRENEURSHIP 3 TMT116
IN TOURISM &
HOSPITALITY
HMT122 TOURISM & 3 TMT105 TMT118 CORPORATE 3 TMT105
HOSPITALITY TRAVEL MGT.
MARKETING
HMT130 STRATEGIC 3 TMT111 TMT119 MULTICULTURAL 3 GE2
MANAGEMENT IN DIVERSITY IN
TOURISM & WORKPLACE FOR
HOSPITALITY TOURISM PROF.
RE4 THE CHURCH AND 3 RE1 TMT120 RESEARCH IN 3 GE10
HUMAN SOCIETY TOURISM 1

257
 TMT114 ECOTOURISM 3 TMT108 TMT121 TRANSPORTATION 3 TMT105
MANAGEMENT MANAGEMENT

TMT115 HERITAGE TOURISM 3 TMT106 TMT122 TRAVEL WRITING & 3 TMT106

TMT112 PHOTOGRAPHY
TMT116 HOSPITALITY & 3 TMT107
TOURISM FACILITIES
MGT. & DESIGN
TMT117 OPERATIONS MGT. IN 3 TMT111
TOURISM &
HOSPITALITY

Total 27 Total 21

Fourth Year, First Semester Fourth Year, Second

Semester
TMT123 PROF. DEVT. & APPLIED 3 TMT119 TMT126 TOURISM MGT. 6 TMT110
ETHICS PRACT. 3: (600 HRS.) TMT113
TMT124 RESEARCH IN TOURISM 3 TMT120
2
TMT125 SUSTAINABLE TOURISM 3 TMT111
& QUALITY TOURISM
DEVT.
Total 9 Total 6

Bachelor of Science in Tourism Management

Course Descriptions

258
COURSE COURSE DESCRIPTION NUMBER PRE-
CODE TITLE OF REQUISITE
UNITS
1st Year – First Semester
HMT101 Macro This course is designed to give a 3 NONE
Perspective clear and whole overview of
Tourism and Tourism and Hospitality as an
Hospitality ecosystem and goes beyond the
usual closed-concept of tourism.
It introduces the concepts and
terms that are common
throughout the different sectors.
It also intends to develop,
update and maintain local
knowledge as well as tourism
industry knowledge. It shows
the structure and scope in
tourism as well as the impact of
Tourism as an industry in
relation to the world economy
and society. It also illustrates
the effects of the convergence
of tourism with the other local
industries and let the students
appreciate its multiplier effect in
various fronts. It discusses the
major factors influence the
history and future of tourism in
the world and in the Philippines.
It also introduces the sustainable
goals of tourism, and discusses,
among others, how to develop
protective environments for
children in tourism destinations;
to observe and perform risk
mitigation activities; etc. The
students will also learn to
appreciate the key global
organizations and the roles they
play in influencing and
monitoring tourism trends.

259
HMT102 Risk The student will develop 3 NONE
Management as knowledge, skills and values on
Applied to the basic principles of personal
Safety, Security hygiene, food safety and
and Sanitation sanitation as applied in tourism
and hospitality industry. Topics
include the following:
compliance with workplace
hygiene procedures,
Establishment and maintenance
of a safe and secure workplace,
Implementation of occupational
health and safety procedures
and Performing basic First Aid
procedures.
1st Year – Second Semester
TMT101 Micro This course will cover the 3 HMT101
Perspective workings, operations and the
Tourism and integrative activities of major Macro
Hospitality stakeholders in the Tourism and Perspective
Hospitality Industry. The Tourism and
student will also gain Hospitality
knowledge on managing and
marketing a service – oriented
business organization. Apart
from the scope and structure of
travel organizations, it provides
an in-depth study of the nature
and distinctive characteristics of
each sector of the entire tourism
industry, focusing on the
management, organization and
planning of specific business
strategies for the various entities
in the local setting. This will
also involve the analysis of the
possible impacts of external
factors and trends on the
different tourism industry sector
and specific types of businesses.
It will also look into client
profiling such as travel
motivations and influences as it
relates to aligning strategic and
tactical solutions to the
business. The course also

260
 identifies the employment
opportunities available in each
sector and the corresponding
qualifications for the jobs.
TMT102 Philippine This course presents 3 HMT101
Culture and comprehensive coverage of the
Tourism major tourist destinations in the Macro
Geography Philippines. Major discussions Perspective
will be on political structures Tourism and
and subdivisions, geographical Hospitality
characteristics, major
attractions, gastronomy, culture
and traditions of the various
regions of the country leading to
the realization of the potentials
of the Tourism industry of the
Philippines. Students will also
have a comprehensive
knowledge about the
mechanism, logistics, operations
and management of the tourism
network system in the
Philippines with its inherent
physical and cultural resources
as seen in the various provinces
of the country.
2nd Year – First Semester
TMT103 Global Culture This course shall have students 3 TMT102
and Tourism analyze and familiarize
Geography themselves with specific world Philippine
travel destinations with Culture and
emphasis on the exploration of Tourism
geographic features, customs Geography
and traditions, population
centers, visitor attractions,
political, religious, language
and other cultural differences as
these relate to the hospitality
and travel industry. Students
will develop understanding as
well as sense of responsiveness
for cultural values and traditions
that exist beyond their own
culture. Students will be able to
identify international travel
patterns by locating various

261
 major cities, natural wonders,
historic sites and other tourism
attractions, both man-made and
natural focusing as well with the
major travel-generating and
travel-receiving areas.
TMT104 Philippine The course covers Philippine 3 HMT102
Gastronomical culinary and gastronomic
Tourism tourism topics and national Risk Management
culture is expressed through as Applied to
food and drink. The various Safety, Security
social and cultural contexts in and Sanitation
which gastronomic tourism
takes place is also discussed.
This course will introduce
students to the social, cultural
and environmental impacts of
local gastronomic tourism in
regard to both people and place.
TMT105 Tour and Travel This course studies the role of 3 TMT101
Management the travel agency and tour
operator in the Tourism Micro Perspective
industry, leading to a better Tourism and
understanding of the trade and Hospitality
its internal workings, the role of
each component in offering cost
effective and good “value for
money: products to its clients. It
also include topics such as tour
products and its efficient
development and marketing as
well as a travel agency and tour
operator’s organizations and
functions,. In addition to lecture
classes, the students exposed to
the skills required in the travel
trade, such as interpersonal and
communication skills,
terminologies, documentation,
procedures and systems used.
TMT106 Tour Guiding The course focuses on 3 TMT101
developing the students’ skills
in tour guiding and escorting. Micro Perspective
They will be exposed with the Tourism and
significance of a tour guide and Hospitality
escort in the field of tourism and

262
 travel industry. In the duration TMT102
of the course, students will be
having practical training Philippine
regarding tour guiding and Culture and
escorting. A tour is necessary to Tourism
assess the skills of the students Geography
taking the subject.
2nd Year – Second Semester
HMT106 Foreign This course aims to train 3 None
Language 1 students to develop basic
conversational skills using a
foreign language.
TMT107 Accommodation In this course, students examine 3 TMT101
and Operations on the skill and knowledge
Management necessary to successfully Micro Perspective
manage and operate Tourism and
accommodation. Specific topics Hospitality
include protecting the assets,
managing supply and demand,
improving employee
performance, increasing
income, improving productivity,
managing customer service and
managing quality.
TMT108 Environmental This course covers both issues 3 TMT101
Conservation in and methods in planning for
Tourism tourism development from the Micro Perspective
perspective of environment and Tourism and
community sustainability. To Hospitality
accomplish this requires the
application of many traditional
public planning methods, with
an emphasis on community
participation and ecosystem
management models. The focus
of this course is environmental
consciousness. Students will
become aware of environmental
issues in community
development for tourism, and
will learn how to use the tools
and technologies available to
address these issues.
TMT109 Introduction to This course examines the 3 TMT101
Meetings, principles of conceptualizing,

263
 Incentives, planning, managing and Micro Perspective
Conferences and evaluating events, conferences, Tourism and
Events meetings, festivals, and other Hospitality
Management such special activities. Topics
(MICE) as include the significance of
applied in conventions and events in
Tourism (with tourism. Lessons include
lab; total of 5 discussions on event
hours) conceptualization, event design,
project/event management,
methods of monitoring and
evaluation, physical
requirements, organizing,
promotions, sponsorships and
handling the financial aspects of
such tasks. The will give the
students the skills and
knowledge to develop business
strategies to get MICE business
and retain the clients, as well as
to identify, understand and
overcome the intricate
challenges of collective supplier
management and engagement.
This is an integration course
that applies all the principles of
management and foundation
tourism courses.
TMT110 Tourism The course aims to provide the 1 ALL 1ST YEAR
Management students with actual in-house LEVEL
Practicum 1: In hands-on training and skills PROFESSIONAL
House Practicum development in the travel and COURSES
(100HOURS) tour operation. The students will
be introduced to the different
management functions of
tourism industry in the travel
and tour with emphasis on
ticketing and tour packaging.
They will also learn the system
and application of management
processes, tools and resources
for competitive and profitable
day to day operations of the
travel agency.
TMT111 Tourism and This course aims to enable the 3 TMT105
Hospitality students to recognize and assess

264
 Service Quality quality management processes Tour and Travel
Management in a hospitality and tourism Management
related organization and to
evaluate departmental processes
and planning strategies.
TMT112 Tourism Policy Student will be able to 3 TMT101
Planning and understand tourism planning as
Development a process and as a set of Micro Perspective
techniques for sustainable Tourism and
tourism development giving Hospitality
importance on the physical
environments and the social,
cultural and political realities of
policy and planning making.
Students will engage with
practical planning tools and
strategies, industry,
government, field work, and
individual and group projetcs to
develop understanding of
tourism policy-making
processes, and to gain skills in
both evaluation and
development of tourism plans
and policies. Students will also
discover tourism as a strategy
for urban revitalization,
conservation, agriculture and
historic preservation while
promoting the value of tourism
in enhancing community
character, culture, quality of life
and sense of place. Case studies
in Philippine setting are
emphasized. Discussions will
also be made on the Philippine
Tourism Master Plan to allow
the students an overview of
what real plans are like and
experience evaluation by
measuring the actual
achievements of the government
against their plans. The course
may include a field trip
component.
HMT105 3 TMT101

265
 This course identifies common
tool, technology and techniques Micro Perspective
used in the Tourism and Tourism and
Hospitality industry. It includes Hospitality
an overview of the applications
or systems composed of
GEE5
technical process, methods,
software and hardware that have
evolved and streamlined certain Living in the IT
functions in the workplace. ERA
These applications and systems
include those used in (1) an
organization’s internal functions
(2) business-to-business
operations (including operations
with suppliers) and (3) business-
to-consumer transactions. The
goal is to expose students to
different applications so he/she
can identify, learn, analyze and
Applied understand available devices
Business Tools and solutions, from which they
and can select the one/s that is most
Technologies appropriate for the business
(GDS) (with lab function. Topics covered: how
5 hours) to access and retrieve
electronic-based data; how to
perform administrative and
clerical procedures; how to
receive and process
reservations; how to source and
to provide destination
information and advice; how to
produce applicable travel
documentation, etc. The student
will also learn to appreciate the
impact of technological
innovations to the economy, the
industry, the organization’s
business model and to specific
functions/operations of the
organization. This will ensure
that the students will also know
the value of including tools and
technology in its business
strategy.

266
2nd Year – Third Semester
TMT113 Tourism The course aims to provide the 3 TMT101
Management students with actual hands-on
Practicum 2: training and skills development Micro Perspective
Transportation/ in the travel and tour operation. Tourism and
Travel Agency The students will be introduced Hospitality
Practicum to the different management
(300hours) functions of tourism industry in
the travel and tour with
emphasis on tour guiding,
ticketing and tour packaging.
They will also learn the system
and application of management
processes, tools and resources
for competitive and profitable
day to day operations of the
travel agency.
3rd Year – First Semester
HMT109 Foreign This course aims to train 3 HMT106
Language 2 students to develop intermediate
conversational skills using a Foreign Language
foreign language. Student 1
should be able to understand
technical jargon used in the
hospitality industry.
HMT122 Tourism and This course will equip students 3 TMT105
Hospitality with the necessary skills to
Marketing develop actual marketing Tour and Travel
campaigns for a business with Management
the tourism and hospitality
industry. Emphasis is on the
analysis of the market, its
competition and its product;
preparation of financial budget
and the development of short-
term and long-range strategies
to achieve desired profit through
effective advertising, sales and
an effective public relations
plan.
HMT130 Strategic The course aims to provide 3 TMT111
Management students with a more in-depth
and Total knowledge of various strategic Tourism and
Quality management theories and their Hospitality
Management for applications in general as well
as within organizations in

267
 Hospitality and tourism and hospitality sector. Service Quality
Tourism Both micro perspectives and Management
macro perspectives of strategic
management will be treated
during the course. As micro
perspectives, theories of Quality
Management, Lean philosophy,
Learning & Knowledge
Management,
Business/Organizational
excellence, Strategic Human
Resource Management will be
introduced, including the main
concepts, principles, methods
and techniques that can be
applied in relation to
organizational strategic change
and improvement programs. As
macro perspectives, different
internationalization strategies as
well as the factors that influence
the internationalization
processes will be handled.
TMT114 Ecotourism This course presents an 3 TMT108
Management overview of ecotourism as a
form of sustainable Environmental
development; discusses the Conservation in
principles and goals of Tourism
ecotourism development. This
subject also covers discussions
on ecotourism planning and
development process, including
the institutional and legal
frameworks for ecotourism, the
need for collaborative planning
and assessment criteria for
ecotourism from a broad
perspective with focus on
ecotourism market segments
and best practices.
TMT115 Heritage The course will delve on 3 TMT106
Tourism cultural and heritage tourism
products with special focus on Tour Guiding
Philippine Tourism products.
Basic concepts and relationship
TMT112

268
 of culture, heritage and tourism
will be analyzed. International Tourism Policy
and National Cultural and Planning and
Heritage Charters, Laws, Development
Policies and Practices especially
mandated by the United Nations
Educational, Scientific and
Cultural Organizations
9UNESCO); United Nations
World Tourism Organization
(UNWTO); and from the
different Philippine National
Cultural Agencies (National
Commission for Culture and the
Arts, National Museum,
National Historical Commission
of the Philippines, Cultural
Center of the Philippines,
National Library, National
Archives of the Philippines and
the Komisyon ng Wikang
Filipino) are part of the
discussion for the course
subject. Physical heritage
structures, landscapes, people
and practices will also be
covered.
TMT116 Hospitality and This course will develop 3 TMT107
Tourism knowledge, skills and attitudes
Facilities in ensuring the work Accommodation
Management environment of the organization and Operations
and Design fits in the industry professional. Management
TMT117 Operations The course is concerned with 3 TMT111
Management in the management of resources
Tourism and and activities that produce and
Hospitality deliver goods and services for
Industry customers. Efficient and
effective operations can provide
an organization with major
competitive advantages since
the ability to respond to
customer and market
requirements quickly, at a low
cost, and with high quality, is
vital to attaining profitability
and growth through increased

269
 market share. As competition
becomes fiercer in an
increasingly open and global
marketplace, a company's
survival and growth become
greatly contingent on its ability
to run its operations efficiently
and to exploit its resources
productively.

The course focuses on the basic Tourism and

concepts, issues, and techniques Hospitality
for efficient and effective Service Quality
operations. Special emphasis is Management
placed on process improvement
and supply chain management.
Topics include operations
strategy, product and service
design, process design and
analysis, capacity planning, lean
production systems, materials
and inventory management,
quality management and six
sigma, project management, and
supply chain management.
3rd Year – Second Semester
HMT120 Legal Aspects in This course examines this 3 TMT117
Tourism and framework and covers they key
Hospitality principles of law applicable to Operations
hospitality, tourism and related Management in
industries. Various legislation Tourism and
on business organization and Hospitality
several international law issues Industry
such as consumer protection,
product and service liability,
employment and law access to
the natural environment will be
covered. This course also
examines the law regulating the
issuance of visa and travel
documentation, and considers
the liability of the operators,
agents, carriers and government
instrumentalities in relation to

270
 health safety issues (including
acts of terrorism).

HMT126 Entrepreneurship This course describes the skill, 3 TMT116

in Tourism and knowledge and performance
Hospitality outcomes required to plan and Hospitality and
develop a feasible Business Plan Tourism Facilities
by understanding the nature and Management and
scope of entrepreneurship, Design
scanning the market of potential
entrepreneurial venture into
business including but not
limited to starting one’s own
business, buying existing
businesses and the process of
franchising. It also emphasizes
on assessing the possible
characteristics and mindset of
entrepreneurs, analyzing typical
entrepreneurial venture
challenges, errors and rewards,
identifying effective strategic
management, developing
product and service innovations
and introducing the concepts of
environmentally sustainable
practices, social
entrepreneurship and
intellectual property
management.
TMT118 Corporate Travel The course discuss the function 3 TMT105
Management of corporate travel management
in financial controls, policy Tour and Travel
adherence, and safety and Management
efficiency. It also discuss the
types of corporate travelers
cater by travel agency. It
emphasizes the role of bidding
process and preparing a
corporate bid. It involves
managing business travel
includes negotiation, travel
policies and procedures,
management corporate travel
operations.
TMT119 3 GE2

271
 Provides an in-depth
exploration of diversity Ethics
influences in organizations.
Includes stereotypes and other
Multicultural
blocks to equal treatment and
Diversity in
the impact of increasing
Workplace
diversity on organizational
objectives, selection and
staffing, and career expectations
in an international context.
TMT120 Research in This course describes the skills, 3 GE10
Tourism 1 knowledge and performance
outcomes required to develop a Purposive
research orientation among Communication
students and to acquaint them
with fundamentals of research
methods like quantitative,
qualitative or mixed methods
research approaches that will
lead in the production of a good,
timely and relevant research
study. It also encompasses the
critical understanding on
identifying and assessing ethical
issues related to research, the
awareness and benefits of
research in the field of interest
and its help in their future
career, in the society or
community, and in the local and
global environment.
TMT121 Transportation This course discusses the 3 TMT105
Management general knowledge of the
(covers air, land, transportation, its role to the Tour and Travel
and sea) tourism, planning and policies. Management
The content includes
transportation systems, various
aspects of tourism-related forms
of transportation, modes of
transportation, transportation
operation including concepts
and methods of analysis,
infrastructure and geographical
and legal factors relating to
local and international
transportation. Topics include

272
 discussions of surface, air, and
water transportation;
organization, operations and
regulatory and marketing
aspects; examination of the
inter-model concept; and the
social, economic, and political
factors that have influenced
government transportation
priorities.
TMT122 Travel Writing Students in this course will 3 TMT106
and Photography expand their writing and
multimedia reporting skills and Tour Guiding
explore new ways to tell stories
across media platforms.
Students will review and
analyze examples of travel and
adventure journalism and learn
about including best practices
and ethical considerations in
their own work. Students will
also gain technical skills in
photography and point of-view
videography and learn how to
apply these skills and
knowledge in their course work.
Through this course, students
will learn about the appropriate
use of digital platforms to
present and share their work and
will gain experience in blogging
and social media for journalistic
purposes. Students will learn
how to pitch their travel pieces
to media outlets for publication.
4th Year – First Semester
TMT123 Professional This course describes the skills, 3 TMT119
Development knowledge and performance
and Applied outcomes required to develop Multicultural
Ethics the ability of students to become Diversity in
professionals in their field of Workplace
understanding the ideas of
improving one’s personality and
ways on how they are going to
be valued in the business
industry by means of presenting

273
 their ideas like company
meetings, professional
networking, interviews and
through proposals of services
considering the proper
collaboration to their associates
and portraying professional
business ethics. It is also teaches
writing skills and emphasize in
verbal communication and
preparation of plans that
requires them to research career
options and company
potentiality and stability to
develop a strong and effective
career pathway.
TMT124 Research in This course describes the skills, 3 TMT120
Tourism 2 knowledge and performance
outcomes required to develop a Research in
research orientation among Tourism 1
students and to acquaint them
with fundamentals of research
methods like quantitative,
qualitative or mixed methods
research approaches that will
lead in the production of a good,
timely and relevant research
study. It also encompasses the
critical understanding on
identifying and assessing ethical
issues related to research, the
awareness and benefits of
research in the field of interest
and its help in their future
career, in the society or
community, and in the local and
global environment.
TMT125 Sustainable To explore current and future 3 TMT111
Tourism impacts and benefits, tourism
has on the environment, Tourism and
identifying and evaluating the Hospitality
economic and socio-cultural Service Quality
issues of a destination, its Management
attractions and
accommodations. Identify
emerging trends and the impact

274
 these have on the changing and
development of tourism
policy.
4th Year – Second Semester
TMT106 Tourism This course is design to 3 TMT110
Management reinforce and enhance the
Practicum 3: student’s knowledge and skills Tourism
(600 hours) while pursuing a career in Management
tourism management. The Practicum 1: In
students in this course are House Practicum
required to undertake their (100HOURS)
practicum with DOT-
licensed/accredited/
domestic/international TMT113
establishment such as hotel,
airlines, cruise lines, Tourism
government agencies and other Management
hospitality/tourism related Practicum 2:
establishment. Transportation/
Travel Agency
Practicum
(300hours)

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
Bachelor of Secondary Education
Major in English

Curriculum Code: ENG2019

Year: 2019
Total Units 177
First Year, First Semester First Year, Second
Semester
Subject Description Units Pre Req Subject Description Units Pre-req
Code Code
EMC301 INTRODUCTION TO 3 EDU301 CHILD & 3
LINGUISTICS ADOLESCENT
LEARNER &
LEARNING
PRINCIPLES
GE1 ARTS APPRECIATION 3 EMC302 LANGUAGE, 3 EMC301
CULTURE AND
SOCIETY
GE11 READINGS IN THE 3 EMC303 STRUCTURE OF 3 EMC301
PHILIPPINE HISTORY ENGLISH
GE2 ETHICS 3 GE12 SCIENCE, 3
TECHNOLOGY AND
SOCIETY

275
GE3 KONTEKSTWALISADONG 3 GE13 THE 3
FILIPINO CONTEMPORARY
WORLD
GE6 MATHEMATICS IN THE 3 GE5 MASINING NA 3
MODERN WORLD PAGPAPAHAYAG
NSTP1 CIVIC WELFARE 3 GEE6 PHILIPPINE 3
TRAINING SERVICES 1 INDIGENOUS
COMMUNITIES
PE1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION 2 NSTP2 CIVIC WELFARE 3 NSTP 1
TRAINING
SERVICES 2
RE1 THE CATHOLIC FAITH 1 PE2 PHYSICAL 2 PE 1
EDUCATION
RE2 CHRISTIAN 3 RE 1
MORALITY

Total 24 Total 29

Second Year, First Semester Second Year, Second

Semester
EDU302 THE TEACHING 3 EDU303 THE TEACHER AND 3
PROFESSION THE COMMUNITY
SCHOOL CULTURE
AND
ORGANIZATIONAL
LEADERSHIP
EDU304 PRINCIPLES & THEORIES 3 EDU302 EDU304 TECHNOLOGY FOR 3
OF LANGUAGE TEACHING AND
ACQUISITION & LEARNING I
LEARNING
EDU305 SPEECH AND THEATER 3 EDU303 EDU308 LANGUAGE 3 EMC304
ARTS PROGRAMS &
POLICIES IN
MULTILINGUAL
SOCIETIES
EDU306 TEACHING AND 3 EDU303 EDU309 MYTHOLOGY & 3 EMC302
ASSESSMENT OF FOLKLORE
GRAMMAR
EDU307 CHILDREN AND 3 EDU304 EDU310 TEACHING AND 3 EMC302
ADOLESCENT ASSESSMENT OF
LITERATURE MACRO-SKILLS
GE4 LIFE AND WORKS OF 3 EDU311 CONTEMPORARY , 3 EMC307
RIZAL POPULAR &
EMERGENT
LITERATURE
GEE2 FUNDAMENTALS OF 3 GE10 PURPOSIVE 3
ANALYTICS COMMUNICATION
GEE3 GENDER AND SOCIETY 3 GE14 UNDERSTANDING 3
THE SELF
PE3 PHYSICAL EDUCATION 2 PE 1 PE4 PHYSICAL 2 PE 1
EDUCATION 4
RE3 CHRISTIAN MARRIAGE 3 RE 1 RE4 THE CHURCH AND 3 RE 1
HUMAN SOCIETY

Total 29 Total 29

276
 Third Year, First Semester Third Year, Second
Semester
EDU305 FOUNDATION OF 3 EDU308 THE TEACHER AND 3
SPECIAL & INCLUSIVE THE SCHOOL
EDUCATION CURRICULUM
EDU306 FACILITATING 3 EDU309 BUILDING AND 3
LEARNER-CENTERED ENHANCING NEW
TEACHING LITERACIES
ACROSS THE
CURRICULUM
EDU307 ASSESSMENT OF 3 EDU310 ASSESSMENT OF 3
LEARNING 1 LEARNING 2
EMC312 SURVEY OF AFRO-ASIAN 3 EMC307 EMC318 CAMPUS 3
LITERATURE JOURNALISM
EMC313 SURVEY OF ENGLISH 3 EMC307 EMC319 LANGUAGE 3 EMC315
AND AMERICAN EDUCATION
LITERATURE RESEARCH
EMC314 SURVEY OF PHILIPPINE 3 EMC307 EMC320 LANGUAGE AND 3 EMC304
LITERATURE IN ENGLISH LEARNING
MATERIALS
DEVELOPMENT
EMC315 TECHNICAL WRITING 3 EMC303 EMC321 LITERARY 3 EMC304
CRITICISM EMC316
EMC316 TECH. FOR TEACHING & 3 EMC304 EMC322 TEACHING & 3 EMC307
LEARNING 2 (TECH. IN ASSESSMENT OF EMC314
LANGUAGE EDUC.) LITERATURE EMC313
STUDIES EMC309
EMC311
EMC312
EMC317 ENGLISH FOR SPECIFIC 3 EMC323 STYLISTICS AND 3 EMC321
PURPOSES (COGNATE) DISCOURSE
ANALYSIS
(COGNATE)

Total 27 Total 27

Fourth Year, First Semester Fourth Year, Second

Semester
EDU311 FIELD STUDY 1 3 EDU313 TEACHING 6
INTERNSHIP
EDU312 FIELD STUDY 2 3

Total 6 Total 6

Professional Education Courses

Course Descriptions

277
COURSE COURSE TITLE DESCRIPTION NUMBER PRE-REQUISITE
CODE OF
UNITS
EDU301 The Child & This course focuses on child 3
Adolescent and adolescent development
Learners & with emphasis on current
Learning Principles research and theory on
biological linguistic, cognitive,
social and emotional
dimensions of development.
Further, this includes factors
that affect the progress of
development of the learners
and shall include appropriate
pedagogical principles
applicable for each
developmental level.
EDU 306 Facilitating This course explores the 3
Learner-Centered fundamental principles,
Teaching processes and practices
anchored on learner-
centeredness and other
educational psychologies as
these apply to facilitate
various teaching-learning
delivery modes to enhance
learning.
EDU302 The Teaching This course deals with the 3
Profession teacher as a person and as a
professional within the context
of national and global
teachers’ standards and
educational philosophies. It
will include professional
ethics, core values, awareness
of professional rights,
privileges and responsibilities
as well as the teacher’s roles in
the society as a transformative
agent of change.
EMC 316 Technology for This is an introductory course 3
Teaching and that explores basic knowledge,
Learning 1 skills and values in the use of
technology for teaching and
learning. It includes ICT

278
 policies and safety issues,
media and technology in
various content areas, learning
theories and principles in the
use and design of learning
lessons, teaching-learning
experiences and assessment
tasks that utilize appropriate
traditional and innovative
technologies with social,
ethical and legal responsibility
in the use of technology tools
and resources.
EDU 307 Assessment in This is a course that focuses 3
Learning 1 on the principles, development
and utilization of conventional
assessment tools to improve
the teaching-learning process.
It emphasizes on the use of
assessment of, as and for
measuring knowledge,
comprehension and other
thinking skills in the cognitive,
psychomotor or affective
domains. It allows students to
go through the standard steps
in test construction and
development and the
application in grading systems.
EDU 310 Assessment in This is a course that focuses 3
Learning 2 on the principles, development
and utilization of alternative
forms of assessment in
measuring authentic learning.
It emphasizes on how to assess
process- and product-oriented
learning outcomes as well as
affective learning. Students
will experience how to
develop rubrics and other
assessment tools for
performance-based and
product-based assessment.
EMC 316 Technology for This course focuses on the 3 Technology for
Teaching and application, design, Teaching and
Learning 2 production, utilization and Learning 1

279
 (Technology in evaluation of Information and
Secondary Communications Technology
Language (ICT) materials for teaching
Education) and learning in Secondary
Language Education
Programs. The major
requirement for this course is
an ICT –Integrated and
Project-Based Learning Plan
aligned to the K-12
curriculum. All the learning
activities and course
requirements will revolve
around the student-teacher
developed Learning Plan.
MMC 321 Technology for TTL 2 is a 3-unit course which 3
Teaching and will focus on the application,
Learning 2 design, production, utilization,
(Instrumentation & and evaluation of Information
Technology in and Communications
Mathematics) Technology (ICT) materials
for teaching and learning in
Mathematics Education
Programs. The major
requirement for this course is
an ICT-integrated and Project-
based Learning Plan aligned to
the K to 12 curriculum. All the
learning activities and course
requirements will revolve
around the student-teacher
developed Learning Plan
EDU 303 The Teacher and This course includes the 3
the School fundamental concepts and
Curriculum principles in curriculum and
curriculum development as a
foundation to engage
prospective teachers as
curricularists. The more active
role of the learner in planning,
implementing, and evaluating
school curriculum, as well as
in managing school
curriculum change vis-à-vis
various context or teaching-
learning and curricular

280
 reforms shall be given
emphasis.

EDU 305 Foundation of This course shall deal with 3

Special and philosophies, theories and
Inclusive Education legal bases of special needs
and inclusive education,
typical and atypical
development of children,
learning characteristics of
students with special
educational needs (gifted and
talented, learners with
difficulty seeing, learners with
difficulty hearing, learners
with difficulty
communicating, learners with
difficulty walking/moving,
learners with difficulty
remembering and focusing,
learners with difficulty with
self-care) and strategies in
teaching and managing these
learners in the regular class.
EDU 309 Building and This course introduces the 3
Enhancing New concepts of new literacies in
Literacies Across the 21st century as an evolving
the Curriculum social phenomena and shared
cultural practices across
learning areas. The 21st
century literacies shall include
(a) globalization and multi-
cultural literacy, (b) social
literacy, (c) media literacy, (d)
financial literacy, (e) cyber
literacy/digital literacy, (f)
eco-literacy and (g) arts and
creativity literacy. Field
based- interdisciplinary
explorations and other
teaching strategies shall be
used in this course.
EDU 303 The Teacher and This course focuses on society 3 All required
the Community, as a context upon which the academic subjects
School Culture and schools have been established. for the degree
Educational philosophies that should be taken

281
 Organizational are related to the society as a before Practice
Leadership foundation of schools and Teaching.
schooling shall be emphasized.
Further, principles and
theories on school culture and
organizational leadership shall
be included to prepare
prospective teachers to
become successful school
leaders and managers.
EDU 311 Field Study 1: This is the first experiential 3
Observation of course which will immerse a
Teaching-Learning future teacher to actual
in Actual School classroom situation and
Environment learning environment where
direct observation of teaching-
learning episodes that focus on
the application of educational All professional
theories learned in content and and
pedagogy courses will be major/specialization
made. Observations on subjects
learners’ behavior, motivation,
teachers’ strategies of
teaching, classroom
management, and assessment
in learning, among others shall
be given emphasis. A portfolio
shall be required in the course.
EDU 312 Field Study 2: This course is a continuation 3 All professional
Participation and of Field Study 1. It is school- subjects and major
Teaching based and allows a pre-service subjects
Assistantship student to participate and
assist in a limited actual
teaching-learning activities
that relate to assessment of
learning, preparation of
instructional materials,
preparation of bulletin boards,
and other routines in the
classroom. A portfolio which
will contain sample lesson or
learning plans and
demonstration teaching of at
least one subject content area
will be required. An action
research shall be encouraged

282
 to start in this course and
conclude during the internship.

EDU 313 Teaching Internship This course is a one-semester 6 Field Study 1 & 2
full-time teaching internship in
basic education schools using
a clinical approach under the
mentorship of a cooperating
teacher. Teaching internship
hall be done both in the in-
campus and off-campus if
possible. No academic courses
shall be taken together with
Teaching Internship. A
teaching portfolio as well as
the completion of the Action
Research shall be required.

Bachelor of Secondary Education

Major in English
Course Descriptions
COURSE COURSE TITLE DESCRIPTION NUMBER PRE-
CODE OF REQUISITE
UNITS
EMC 301 Introduction to This course provides an overview 3 All Content
Linguistics of linguistics as a discipline, its Courses
development, levels of structure,
and its significance to English
language teaching.
EMC 302 Language, Culture This course explores the 3 Introduction to
and Society inextricable link between and Linguistics
among language, culture, and
society and its implications to the
development of English as a
glocal language and the ways by
which it is learned and taught.

EMC 303 Structure of English This develops the ability to use 3 Introduction to
the phonological, lexical, Linguistics
syntactic, and semantic structures
of English with ease and explain
the form, meaning, and use of
their elements.

283
EMC 304 Principles and This course examines the 3
Theories of principles, factors, and contexts Language,
Language of language acquisition and Culture and
Acquisition and learning based on theories and Society
Learning research findings.
EMC 308 Language Programs This course provides a survey of 3
and Policies in local and international basic Principles and
Multilingual education language programs and Theories of
Societies policies that account for issues Language
and considerations relevant to the Acquisition and
engagement of teachers in school Learning
settings.
EMC 320 Language Learning This course introduces the 3 Principles and
Materials students to the application, Theories of
Development design, production, utilization, Language
and evaluation of Information Acquisition and
and Communications Technology Learning
(ICT) materials for teaching and Technology in
learning in secondary English Language
language and literature programs. Education
EMC 322 Teaching and This course develops the 3
Assessment of application of the principles,
Literary
Literature Studies methods and approaches of
Criticism
translation and adaptation of
various English literature texts.
EMC 310 Teaching and This course explores the nature 3
Assessment of the of reading and the theoretical
Macroskills bases, principles, and methods
Language,
and strategies in teaching and
Culture and
assessing reading. It aims to
Society
familiarize students with various
strategies for pre-reading, during
reading, and post reading.
EMC 306 Teaching and This course engages learners in 3
Assessment of understanding the distinctions
Grammar between and among the four
types of grammar: functional,
descriptive, prescriptive and
pedagogic. Aside from the
Structures of
emphasis on how teaching and
English
assessment vary considering the
four types, the course also
provides opportunities to
discover the role of grammar in
achieving communicative
competence.

284
EMC 305 Speech and Theater This course examines the process 3
Arts of oral communications and the
various forms of speech arts from Structures of
public speaking and group English
discussions to debate, oral
interpretation and dramatics.
EMC 319 Language Education This course develops the skills in 3
Principles and
Research applying principles and
Theories of
approaches to research to find
Language
answers to questions in language
Acquisition and
learning and teaching.
Learning
EMC 307 Children and This course provides a survey of 3 Principles and
Adolescent the categories and types of the Theories of
Literature world’s literature for children and Language
adolescents. Acquisition and
Learning
EMC 309 Mythology and This course explores mythology 3
Folklore and folklore from different Language,
countries to gain insights into Culture and
people’s origin, desires, fears, Society
instincts, and needs.
EMC 314 Survey of Philippine This course develops the 3
Literature in English application of the principles,
Children and
methods and approaches of
Adolescent
translation and adaptation of
Literature
various texts of Philippine
literature in English.
EMC 312 Survey of Afro- This course surveys selected 3
Asian Literature literary texts from Africa and
Asia, particularly India, China,
Japan, the countries in the Children and
southeast region of Asia and the Adolescent
African nations south of the Literature
Sahara along socio-historical,
philosophical, and literary
underpinnings.
EMC 313 Survey of English This course engages students in a 3
and American historical survey of selected
Children and
Literature literary works produced by
Adolescent
understanding English and
Literature
American literature from its
beginnings up to the 21st century.

285
 EMC 311 Contemporary, This course focuses on critical 3 Children and
Popular and issues in contemporary and Adolescent
Emergent Literature popular literature and genres. Literature
EMC 321 This course provides students 3
with opportunities to study the
basic approaches to literary All types of
Literary Criticism
theory and criticism and their Literature
application to selected literary
works.
EMC 315 This course develops technical 3
and scientific writing skills Structures of
Technical Writing
across disciplines. English
EMC 317 This course develops and applies 3
principles and strategies in Technical
Campus Journalism
writing for traditional and new Writing
media.
EMC 320 This course deals with the new 3
methods of teaching English as a
second language in the secondary
level. This will enable the future
English teachers to discover and
Language Teaching apply the newest and most
in Secondary effective techniques in second
Schools (cognate) language teaching with the aim
of providing high school students
to use English fluently,
efficiently and effectively in all
forms of oral and written
communication.

Bachelor of Secondary Education

Major in Mathematics

Curriculum Code: MATH 2019

Year: 2019
Total Units 174
First Year, First Semester First Year, Second
Semester
Subject Description Units Pre Req Subject Description Units Pre-req
Code Code
GE1 ARTS APPRECIATION 3 EDU301 CHILD & 3
ADOLESCENT
LEARNER &
LEARNING
PRINCIPLES

286
GE11 READINGS IN THE 3 GE12 SCIENCE, 3
PHILIPPINE HISTORY TECHNOLOGY AND
SOCIETY
GE2 ETHICS 3 GE13 THE 3
CONTEMPORARY
WORLD
GE3 KONTEKSTWALISADONG 3 GE5 MASINING NA 3
FILIPINO PAGPAPAHAYAG
GE6 MATHEMATICS IN THE 3 GEE1 ENTREPRENEURIAL 3
MODERN WORLD MIND
MMC301 HISTORY OF MATH 3 MMC304 PLANE AND SOLID 3 MMC302
GEOMETRY
MMC302 COLLEGE AND 3 MMC305 TRIGONOMETRY 3 MMC302
ADVANCED ALGEBRA
MMC303 TEACHING IN THE 3 NSTP2 CIVIC WELFARE 3 NSTP 1
SPECIALIZED FIELD TRAINING
SERVICES 2
NSTP1 CIVIC WELFARE 3 PE2 PHYSICAL 2 PE 1
TRAINING SERVICES 1 EDUCATION

PE1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION 2 RE2 CHRISTIAN 3 RE1

MORALITY
RE1 THE CATHOLIC FAITH 1

Total 30 Total 29

Second Year, First Semester Second Year, Second

Semester
EDU302 THE TEACHING 3 EDU304 TECHNOLOGY FOR 3
PROFESSION TEACHING AND
LEARNING I
EDU303 THE TEACHER AND THE 3 GE10 PURPOSIVE 3
COMMUNITY SCHOOL COMMUNICATION
CULTURE AND
ORGANIZATIONAL
LEADERSHIP
GE4 LIFE AND WORKS OF 3 GE14 UNDERSTANDING 3
RIZAL THE SELF
GEE2 FUNDAMENTALS OF 3 MMC308 CALCULUS II 4 MMC306
ANALYTICS
GEE3 GENDER AND SOCIETY 3 MMC309 ELEMENTARY 3
STATISTICS AND
PROBABILITY
MMC306 CALCULUS 1 W/ 4 MMC302 MMC310 MATHEMATICS OF 3
ANALYTIC GEOMETRY MMC304 INVESTMENT
MMC305
MMC307 LOGIC AND SET THEORY 3 MMC311 MODERN 3 MMC304
GEOMETRY MMC307
PE3 PHYSICAL EDUCATION 2 PE 1 PE4 PHYSICAL 2 PE 1
EDUCATION 4
RE3 CHRISTIAN MARRIAGE 3 RE 1 RE4 THE CHURCH AND 3 RE 1
HUMAN SOCIETY

Total 27 Total 27

287
 Third Year, First Semester Third Year, Second
Semester
EDU305 FOUNDATION OF 3 EDU308 THE TEACHER AND 3
SPECIAL & INCLUSIVE THE SCHOOL
EDUCATION CURRICULUM
EDU306 FACILITATING LEARNER- 3 EDU309 BUILDING AND 3
CENTERED TEACHING ENHANCING NEW
LITERACIES
ACROSS THE
CURRICULUM
EDU307 ASSESSMENT OF 3 EDU310 ASSESSMENT OF 3
LEARNING 1 LEARNING 2
MMC312 ADVANCED STATISTICS 3 MMC309 MMC317 ABSTRACT 3 MMC307
ALGEBRA
MMC313 CALCULUS III 3 MMC308 MMC318 ASSESSMENT AND 3 MMC312
EVALUATION IN
MATHEMATICS
MMC314 LINEAR ALGEBRA 3 MMC307 MMC319 PRINCIPLES & 3
STRATEGIES OF
TEACHING
MATHEMATICS
MMC315 NUMBER THEORY 3 MMC302 MMC320 RESEARCH IN 4 MMC312
MMC307 MATHEMATICS
MMC316 PROBLEM SOLVING, 3 MMC302 MMC321 TECHNOLOGY FOR 3 EDU304
NATHEMATICAL MMC304 TEACHING AND
INVESTIGATIONS AND MMC307 LEARNING 2
MODELING

Total 24 Total 25

Fourth Year, First Semester Fourth Year, Second

Semester
EDU 311 FIELD STUDY 1 3 EDU 313 TEACHING 6
INTERNSHIP
EDU 312 FIELD STUDY 2 3

Total 6 Total 6

Bachelor of Secondary Education

Major in Mathematics

288
COURSE COURSE TITLE DESCRIPTION NUMBER PRE-REQUISITE
CODE OF
UNITS
MMC301 HISTORY OF The course presents the 3 NONE
MATHEMATICS humanistic aspects of
mathematics which provides the
historical context and timeline
that led to the present
understanding and applications of
the different branches of
mathematics.

MMC302 COLLEGE & The course builds upon the 3 NONE

ADVANCED students’ knowledge on
ALGEBRA properties of the real number
system, operations on different
types of algebraic expressions,
and the solution of various types
of equations and inequalities. The
course also covers the
prerequisites to trigonometry and
calculus, specifically
transcendental and non-
transcendental functions,
including the characteristics of
their graphs and applications.

MMC305 TRIGONOMETRY The course introduces students to 3

circular and trigonometric
functions, trigonometric
identities, and to the polar College and
coordinate system. The students Advanced Algebra
then apply concepts in these
topics to applications in problem
solving.
MMC304 PLANE & SOLID The course covers topics on 3 College and
GEOMETRY Euclidean Geometry. The topics Advanced Algebra
are discussed using both the
deductive and inductive methods
to conjecture definitions,
corollaries, postulates and
theorems on plane and solid
geometry.

289
MMC307 LOGIC AND SET The course is a study of 3
THEORY mathematical logic which covers
topics such as propositions,
logical operators, rules of
replacement, rules of inference,
algebra of logic and quantifiers.
It also includes a discussion of
elementary theory of sets such as
fundamental concepts of sets, set
theorems and set operations.
MMC309 ELEMENTARY The course equips the students 3
STATISTICS & with the basic statistical tools to
PROBABILITY understand various phenomena.
The topics on mean, variance,
sampling, and estimation
eventually allow the students to
be able to perform hypothesis
testing on real-life problems from
different fields. The course
includes applications and data
analysis with computations
carried out using SPSS.

MMC 306 CALCULUS I The course equips the students 4 College and
WITH ANALYTIC with knowledge and skills Advanced Algebra,
GEOMETRY needed to be able to determine Trigonometry,
limits of functions, to Geometry
differentiate, and to integrate
algebraic, exponential,
logarithmic, and trigonometric
functions in one variable. It also
includes exposure to more
challenging problems covering
continuity and areas of regions.

MMC 308 CALCULUS II The course aims to further 4 Calculus I with

develop the students’ Analytic Geometry
understanding of differential and
integral calculus. It covers the
methods and techniques of
integration, indeterminate forms,
and improper integrals of
algebraic and transcendental
functions.

290
MMC 313 CALCULUS III The course aims to provide the 3 Calculus II
students with an understanding of
the applications of differentiation
and integration in sequences,
infinite series, power series, as
well as multiple integration for
functions in several variables.
Moreover, students will be able
to apply these concepts to
problem solving.

MMC 311 MODERN The course is an enrichment of 3

GEOMETRY the course on Euclidean
Geometry. It discusses the
Plane & Solid
properties and applications of
Geometry, Logic &
other types of geometries such as
Set Theory
finite geometry, non-Euclidean
geometry, and projective
geometry.
MMC 310 MATHEMATICS The course introduces students 3 College and
OF INVESTMENT with a basic understanding of the Advanced Algebra
applications of mathematical
concepts and skills in economics,
business and accounting. It
includes determining the time
value of money using simple and
compound interest and
discounting, variation of
annuities, amortization stocks
and bonds, and sinking fund.

MMC 315 NUMBER The course is a study of the 3 Advanced Algebra,

THEORY properties of numbers and their Logic & Set Theory
proofs. It presents the students
with different methods of
mathematical proving. It focuses
on the discussion of the set of
integers that including Unique
Prime Factorization, Divisibility
Rules, Euclidean Algorithm,
Linear Congruence and Linear
Diophantine Equations.
MMC 314 LINEAR The course provides a basic 3 Logic & Set Theory
ALGEBRA understanding of vector spaces,
including the study of matrices,
their properties and matrix

291
 operations. It also covers the
application of matrices in
systems of linear equations and
linear transformations.
MMC 312 ADVANCED The course deals with non- 3 Elementary Statistics
STATISTICS parametric statistics. It covers & Probability
the topics on test of association
such as Spearman Rho, Phi
coefficient. Contingency
coefficient, biserial and test of
differences such as Mann-
Whitney U. Wilcoxon. It
includes applications and data
analysis with computations
carried out using SPSS.

MMC 316 PROBLEM The course deepens and further 3 Advanced Algebra,
SOLVING, enhances the students’ Geometry, Logic &
MATHEMATICAL understanding of real-life Set Theory
INVESTIGATION applications of mathematics
& MODELING through investigation, pattern
finding, testing and justifying
conjectures, and making
generalizations.
MMC 319 PRINCIPLES AND The course deals with the 3 Logic & Set Theory
STRATEGIES IN applications of the principles, the
TEACHING strategies in teaching, and
MATHEMATICS philosophical foundations of
teaching mathematics. These are
then applied in lesson planning
and microteaching
MMC 317 ABSTRACT The course is a study of basic 3 Logic & Set Theory
ALGEBRA algebraic structures such as
groups, rings, integral domains
and fields. It provides a basic
understanding of relations
focusing on isomorphism. It aims
to enhance the student’s skills in
constructing mathematical
proofs, and develop their
symbolic thinking and
appreciation of mathematical
structures.
MMC 320 RESEARCH IN The course aims to prepare 4 Advanced Statistics
MATHEMATICS prospective mathematics teachers
to undertake an undergraduate

292
 research project. It gives
teachers the opportunity to
conduct researches that address
problems, issues, and concerns in
mathematics teaching and
learning. It also showcases their
research skills through the
application of the mathematical
content and processes they have
learned previously.

2.4 COLLEGIATE

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering

Curriculum Code: BSCE2019

Year: 2019
Total 196
Units
First Year, First Semester First Year, Second Semester

Subject Subject
Description Units Pre Req Description Units Pre-req
Code Code

EMT
EMT 401N CALCULUS 1 5 CALCULUS 2 5 EMT401N
402N
COMPUTER
CHEMISTRY FOR ESC
ESC 401 3 FUNDAMENTALS & 1 ESC402L
ENGINEERS LECTURE 404L
PROGRAMMING 2
CHEMISTRY FOR ESC PHYSICS FOR ENGINEERS
ESC 401L 1 3 EMT401N
ENGINEERS LABORATORY 405 LECTURE
COMPUTER
ESC PHYSICS FOR ENGINEERS
ESC 402L FUNDAMENTALS & 1 1 EMT401N
405L LABORATORY
PROGRAMMING 1
ENGINEERING DRAWING
ESC 403L 1 GE13 CONTEMPORARY WORLD 3
AND PLANS
MATHEMATICS IN THE
GE6 3 GE1 ART APPRECIATION 3
MODERN WORLD
SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY PURPOSIVE
GE12 3 GE10 3
AND SOCIETY COMMUNICATION
RE1 CATHOLIC FAITH 1 RE2 CHRISTIAN MORALITY 3 RE1
PE 1 PE 1 2 PE 2 PE 2 2 PE1
NSTP 1 NSTP 1 3 NSTP 2 NSTP 2 3 NSTP1
TOTAL 23 TOTAL 27

293
 Second Year, First Semester Second Year, Second Semester
CONSTRUCTION
CVE
EMT 403 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 3 EMT402N MATERIALS AND TESTING 2 CVE403
404
LECTURE
CONSTRUCTION
CIVIL ENGINEERING CVE
CVE 401 2 MATERIALS AND TESTING 1 CVE403
ORIENTATION 404L
LABORATORY
FUNDAMENTALS OF CVE DYNAMICS OF RIGID
CVE 402 3 ESC403L 2 CVE403
SURVEYING LECTURE 405 BODIES
FUNDAMENTALS OF CVE GEOLOGY FOR CIVIL ESC401
CVE 402L 2 ESC403L 2
SURVEYING LABORATORY 406 ENGINEERS ESC401L
EMT402N
CVE MECHANICS OF
CVE 403 STATICS OF RIGID BODIES 4 ESC405 5 CVE403
407 DEFORMABLE BODIES
ESC405L
COMPUTER-AIDED ESC
ESC 406L 1 ESC403L ENGINEERING ECONOMICS 3
DRAFTING 409
UNDERSTANDING THE
GE14 3 GE2 ETHICS 3
SELF
READINGS IN THE FUNDAMENTALS OF
GE11 3 GEE2 3
PHILIPPINE HISTORY ANALYTICS
LIFE AND WORKS OF
GE4 3 RE3 CHRISTIAN MARRIAGE 3 RE1
RIZAL
PE 3 PE 3 2 PE2 PE 4 PE 4 2 PE3
TOTAL 26 TOTAL 26

Third Year, First Semester Third Year, Second Semester

BUILDING SYSTEMS CVE
CVE 408 2 ESC406L ENGINEERING UTILITIES 2 3 CVE409
DESIGN 413
BUILDING SYSTEMS CVE HIGHWAY AND RAILROAD CVE402
CVE 408L 1 ESC406L 3
DESIGN LABORATORY 414 ENGINEERING CVE402L
ESC405 CVE CVE412
CVE 409 ENGINEERING UTILITIES 1 3 HYDRAULICS 4
ESC405L 415 CVE412L
CVE405 CVE HYDRAULICS CVE412
CVE 410 FLUID MECHANICS 2 1
CVE407 415L LABORATORY CVE412L
PRINCIPLES OF
FLUID MECHANICS CVE405 CVE CVE412
CVE 410L 1 REINFORCED/PRESTRESSED 3
LABORATORY CVE407 416 CVE412L
CONCRETE
PRINCIPLES OF
CVE CVE412
CVE 411 HYDROLOGY 2 REINFORCED/PRESTRESSED 1
416L CVE412L
CONCRETE LABORATORY
CVE PRINCIPLES OF STEEL CVE412
CVE 412 STRUCTURAL THEORY 3 CVE407 3
417 DESIGN CVE412L
STRUCTURAL THEORY CVE PRINCIPLES OF STEEL CVE412
CVE 412L 1 CVE407 1
LABORATORY 417L DESIGN LABORATORY CVE412L
ENGINEERING DATA CVE RESEARCH METHODS FOR
EMT 404 3 EMT401N 1
ANALYSIS 418 CE
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE THE CHURCH AND HUMAN
ESC 410 3 RE4 3 RE1
AND ENGINEERING SOCIETY
GEE5 LIVING IN THE IT ERA 3
TOTAL 24 TOTAL 23

Third Year, Third Term

CVE415
CE ON-THE-JOB TRAINING
CVE 419 3 CVE416
(W/ LAB)
CVE417

294
 TOTAL 3

Fourth Year, First Semester Fourth Year, Second Semester

BASIC OCCUPATIONAL CVE CE LAW, ETHICS AND
CVE 420 1 2
SAFETY & HEALTH FOR CE 427 CONTRACTS
CVE418L CVE
CVE 421 CE PROJECT 1 (W/ LAB) 2 CE PROJECT 2 (W/ LAB) 2 CVE421
CVE419 428
GEOTECHNICAL
CVE406 CVE
CVE 422 ENGINEERING (SOIL 3 CE REVIEW (LAB) 1
CVE407 429
MECHANICS)
GEOTECHNICAL
ENGINEERING (SOIL CVE406 CVE CONSTRUCTION METHODS
CVE 422L 1 3 CVE419
MECHANICS) CVE407 430 & PROJECT MANAGEMENT
LABORATORY
NUMERICAL SOLUTIONS CVE CVE408
CVE 423 2 CVE419 QUANTITY SURVEYING 1
TO CE PROBLEMS 431 CVE408L
NUMERICAL SOLUTIONS
CVE QUANTITY SURVEYING CVE408
CVE 423L TO CE PROBLEMS 1 CVE419 1
431L LABORATORY CVE408L
LABORATORY
PRINCIPLES OF
CVE SEMINARS AND FIELDTRIP
CVE 424 TRANSPORTATION 3 CVE414 1
432 (LAB)
ENGINEERING
PROFESSIONAL COURSE CVE PROFESSIONAL COURSE
CVE 425 3 CVE419 3 CVE419
FOR CIVIL ENGINEERING 1 433 FOR CIVIL ENGINEERING 3
PROFESSIONAL COURSE CVE PROFESSIONAL COURSE
CVE 426 3 CVE419 3 CVE419
FOR CIVIL ENGINEERING 2 434 FOR CIVIL ENGINEERING 4
ENGINEERING CVE PROFESSIONAL COURSE
ESC 408 2 3 CVE419
MANAGEMENT 435 FOR CIVIL ENGINEERING 5
ESC
TECHNOPRENEURSHIP 3
412
TOTAL 21 TOTAL 23

Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering

COURSE COURSE NUMBER PRE-

DESCRIPTION
CODE TITLE OF UNITS REQUISITE
EMT401N Calculus 1 Basic concepts of calculus such as 5 units
limits, continuity, and Lecture
differentiability of functions;
differentiation of algebraic and
transcendental functions involving
one or more variables; applications
of differential calculus to problems
on optimization, rates of change,
related rates, tangents and normal,
and approximations; partial
differentiation and transcendental
curve tracing.

295
EMT402N Calculus 2 Concept of integration and its 5 units Calculus 1
application to physical problems Lecture
such as evaluation of areas, volumes
of revolution, force, and work;
fundamental formulas and various
techniques of integration applied to
both single variable and multi-
variable functions; tracing of
functions of two variables.

EMT403 Differential This course is intended for all 3 units Calculus 2

Equations engineering students to have a firm Lecture
foundation on differential equations
in preparation for their degree-
specific advanced mathematics
courses. It covers first order
differential equations, nth order
linear differential equations and
systems of first order linear
differential equations. It also
introduces the concept of Laplace
Transforms in solving differential
equations. The students are expected
to be able to recognize different kinds
of differential equations, determine
the existence and uniqueness of
solution, select the appropriate
methods of solution and interpret the
obtained solution. Students are also
expected to relate differential
equations to various practical
engineering and scientific problems
as well as employ computer
technology in solving and verifying
solutions

EMT404 Engineering This course introduces different 3 units Calculus 1

Data Analysis methods of data collection and the Lecture 3rd year
suitability of using a particular standing
method for a given situation. It
includes a coverage and discussion of
the relationship of probability to
statistics, probability distributions of
random variables and their uses,
linear functions of random variables
within the context of their application

296
 to data analysis and inference,
estimation techniques for unknown
parameters, and hypothesis testing
used in making inferences from
sample to population, inference for
regression parameters and build
models for estimating means and
predicting future values of key
variables under study. Statistically
based experimental design
techniques and analysis of outcomes
of experiments are discussed with the
aid of statistical software.

ESC401 / Chemistry for Basic concepts of matter and its 3 units

ESC401L Engineers classification; mass relationships in Lecture
chemical reactions; properties of 1 unit
gases, liquids, and solids; concepts of Laboratory
thermochemistry; quantum theory
and electronic behavior; periodic
relationships of elements in the
periodic table; intramolecular forces;
and solutions.

ESC402L Computer Basic information technology 1 unit

Fundamentals concepts, fundamentals of algorithm Laboratory
and development, high-level language
Programming 1 and programming applications;
computer solutions of engineering
problems.

ESC403L Engineering This laboratory course is designed to 1 unit

Drawing and develop abilities needed to develop, Laboratory
Plans accurately locate and interpret
dimensions on and read engineering
drawings.

ESC404L Computer Introduces the fundamental concepts 1 unit Computer

Fundamentals of programming from an object- Laboratory Fundamentals
and oriented perspective. Topics are and
Programming 2 drawn from classes and objects, Programming
abstraction, encapsulation, data 1
types, calling methods and passing
parameters, decisions, loops arrays
and collections, documentation,
testing and debugging, exceptions,

297
 design issues, inheritance and
polymorphic variables and methods.
The course emphasizes modern
software engineering and design
principles.

ESC405 / Physics for Vectors; kinematics; dynamics; 3 units Calculus 1

ESC405L Engineers work, energy, and power, impulse Lecture Co-Requisite:
and momentum; rotation; dynamics 1 unit Calculus 2
of rotation; elasticity; and oscillation. Laboratory

ESC406L Computer- Concepts of computer-aided drafting 1 unit Engineering

Aided Drafting (CAD); introduction to the CAD Laboratory Drawing and
environment; terminologies; and the Plans
general operating procedures and
techniques in entering and executing
basic CAD commands.

ESC408 Engineering This course will entail students to 2 units 4th year
Management learn the basic function of a manager Lecture standing
applicable in decision making which
are applicable to the real-world
problems. Furthermore, students
would learn how to apply planning,
leading organizing and control
principles into the resources in order
to increase the efficiency.

ESC409 Engineering Concepts of the time value of money 3 units 2nd year
Economics and equivalence; basic economy Lecture standing
study methods; decisions under
certainty; decisions recognizing risk;
and decisions admitting uncertainty.

ESC412 Technopreneurs Technopreneurship is a philosophy, a 3 units 4th year

hip way of building a career or Lecture standing
perspective in life. The course covers
the value of professional and life
skills in entrepreneurial thought,
investment decisions, and action that
students can utilize in starting
technology companies or executing
R&D projects in companies as they
start their careers. The net result is a
positive outlook towards wealth

298
 creation, high value adding, and
wellness in society.

CVE401 Civil Introduction to various tracks of 2 units

Engineering specialization of civil engineering, Lecture
Orientation emphasis on ethics, responsibility
and professionalism.

CVE402 / Fundamentals This course deals with: Measurement 3 units Engineering

CVE402L of Surveying of distance and distance corrections, Lecture Drawing and
the use of surveying instruments, 2 units Plans
area computations, balancing the Laboratory
traverse, elevation determination,
and leveling. Stadia surveying,
topographic surveying, triangulation
and trilateration, missing data,
irregular boundaries, and global
positioning system. Proper handling
and utilization of surveying
instrument will be taken. Students
will learn how to perform
measurement of distance and apply
distance corrections, use and proper
handling of surveying instruments,
and perform calculations related to
area computations, latitude and
departure computations, DMD and
DPD methods of land area
determination, balancing the
traverse, elevation determination,
and leveling. Perform stadia
surveying, topographic surveying,
triangulation and trilateralization,
missing data computation, and
subdivision of lots. Laying out of
horizontal curves, compound curve,
reversed curve, spiral curve and mass
diagramming.

CVE403 Statics of Rigid A basic engineering science course 4 units Calculus 2,

Bodies of solid mechanics dealing with Lecture Physics for
bodies that are or remain at rest. It is Engineers
designed to provide fundamental
concepts about forces, moments and
couples and their systems. The
concept of resultants and equilibrium

299
 of forces and moments is utilized to
enable solution of statically
determinate problems.

CVE404 / Construction The course deals with the physical 3 units Statics of
CVE404L Materials and properties of common construction Lecture Rigid Bodies
Testing materials primarily metals, plastics, 1 unit
wood, concrete, coarse and fine Laboratory Co-requisite:
aggregates, asphalt and synthetic Mechanics of
materials; examination of material Deformable
properties with respect to design and Bodies
use of end product, design and
control of aggregates, concrete and
asphalt mixtures, principle of testing;
characteristics of test; properties of
materials and materials testing
equipment.

CVE405 Dynamics of Kinetics and kinematics of a particle; 2 units Statics of

Rigid Bodies kinetics and kinematics of rigid Lecture Rigid Bodies
bodies; work energy method; and Co-requisite:
impulse and momentum. Mechanics of
Deformable
Bodies

CVE406 Geology for Fundamentals of geology applied to 2 units Chemistry for

Civil Engineers civil engineering problems. Topics Lecture Engineers
include rock and mineral types, soil
properties, rock mechanics, geologic
structures, active tectonics and
earthquake hazards, slope stability
and landslides, groundwater, rivers
and flood hazards. Team projects
include engineering geology case
studies and site assessment
investigations.

CVE407 Mechanics of Axial stress and strain; stresses for 5 units Statics of
Deformable torsion and bending; combined Lecture Rigid Bodies
Bodies stresses; beam deflections; Co-requisite:
indeterminate beams; and elastic Dynamics of
instability. Rigid Bodies

CVE408 / Building Building construction is examined 2 units Computer-

CVE408L Systems Design from the standpoints of life safety Lecture Aided Drafting
(including fire safety and zoning

300
 constraints on site planning); 1 unit
architectural and building service Laboratory
systems (plumbing, electrical,
vertical transportation, security, fire
protection); materials, sustainability,
and life-cycle analysis; accessibility;
technical documentation and outline
specifications; building enclosure
systems; and interior finish systems.
The lecture course will focus on
developing knowledge of building
systems, including architectural
design building materials and
construction techniques, and will
foster the skills required to adopt a
building system approach compliant
to the National Building Code and its
referral codes. The students’
developed knowledge of building
systems will also include
understanding of different types and
applications of building materials
and diverse construction techniques.
Sustainability principles’ impact on
the property lifecycle and how these
will integrate and apply to skills and
knowledge to industry-based case
studies will also be examined. The
course will include at least one site
visit to an operating building in the
locality.
The laboratory class will focus on the
tools and techniques to create a
computer-generated building model,
and applied tools for working with
computer model exploring output
and simulation. Students will
develop techniques looking at both
realistic and schematic
representation, and the integration of
building systems modelling as a tool
to inform and enhance the design
process.

CVE409 Engineering The course focuses on the 3 units Physics for

Utilities 1 environmental systems in buildings. Lecture Engineers

301
 Lecture discussions include building
electrical systems, natural and
artificial lighting, and building
telecommunications.
Reducing operational loads and
integrating high performance energy
systems into buildings offers
solutions towards achieving a
sustainable and secure energy future.
Engineers must understand the
interrelationship between a building
and its subsystems and need
sufficient knowledge of building
systems and design alternatives to
recommend appropriate solutions
that suit the site, climate, building
type, and occupants. They must
coordinate the work of the
engineering disciplines that carry the
sustainability concept forward
through building design,
construction, commissioning,
operation and, ultimately,
demolition, recycling and reuse.

CVE410 / Fluid The course deals with properties of 2 units Dynamics of

CVE410L Mechanics fluids; fluid static, hydrokinetics and Lecture Rigid Bodies
hydrodynamics; ideal fluid flow for 1 unit Mechanics of
past external and internal boundaries; Laboratory Deformable
flow similitude; computer and Bodies
laboratory fluid experiments.

CVE411 Hydrology The course deals on the hydrologic 2 units 3rd year
cycle and the different processes Lecture standing
such as precipitation, evaporation,
infiltration, overland flow,
groundwater flow and surface runoff
generation.

CVE412 / Structural A professional course common to all 3 units Mechanics of

CVE412L Theory civil engineering students designed Lecture Deformable
to provide fundamental concepts, 1 unit Bodies
principles, and theories in the theory Laboratory
of structures and structural analysis
for internal actions in a structure and
its deformations under load.

302
CVE413 Engineering The course focuses on the 3 units Engineering
Utilities 2 mechanical systems, fire protection Lecture Utilities 1
systems, sanitary/ plumbing systems,
and acoustics in buildings. Lecture
discussions include HVAC systems,
acoustics, vertical transportation and
fire protection. Reducing operational
loads and integrating high
performance energy systems into
buildings offers solutions towards
achieving a sustainable and secure
energy future. Engineers must
understand the interrelationship
between a building and its
subsystems and need sufficient
knowledge of building systems and
design alternatives to recommend
appropriate solutions that suit the
site, climate, building type, and
occupants. They must coordinate the
work of the engineering disciplines
that carry the sustainability concept
forward through building design,
construction, commissioning,
operation and, ultimately,
demolition, recycling and reuse.

CVE414 Highway and Presents the methods and underlying 3 units Fundamentals
Railroad principles for the design and control Lecture of Surveying
Engineering of the elements of road and railroad
infrastructure. Students also become
familiar with transportation system
terminology, flow analysis, driver,
vehicle and road characteristics, and
aspects of road geometrics, road
construction, drainage, pavements
and maintenance.

CVE415 / Hydraulics The course emphasizes the 4 units Fluid

CVE415L continuity equation, energy equation, Lecture Mechanics
and momentum equation. 1 unit Structural
Familiarization of the properties of Laboratory Theory
common liquids in the study of
hydraulics. Application of
fundamental principles to solve

303
 problems involving liquid pressure
and corresponding forces resulting
from this pressure. Applications of
appropriate equations in performing
calculations involving flow velocity,
flow rate and forces exerted by
moving liquids in closed conduits
and open channels. Familiarization
and applications of flow measuring
devices such as orifice, weirs, pitot
tube.

CVE416 / Principles of A professional course common to all 3 units Structural

CVE416L Reinforced / civil engineering students designed Lecture Theory
Prestressed to provide fundamental concepts, 1 unit
Concrete principles, and theories in the Laboratory
structural strength analysis and
design of plain, reinforced, and
prestressed concrete elements in a
structure

CVE417 / Principles of A professional course common to all 3 units Structural

CVE417L Steel Design civil engineering students designed Lecture Theory
to provide fundamental concepts, 1 unit
principles, and theories in the Laboratory
structural strength analysis and
design of steel elements in a structure

CVE418L Research This course deals with research 1 unit 3rd year
Methods for CE preparation methods, research tools, Laboratory standing
research proposals, and the
implementation, presentation and
publication of research work.

CVE419L On-the-Job Industry exposure of students for 2 units 3rd year

Training them to match school acquired Lecture standing
competencies and knowledge with 1 unit
the realities and problems of Laboratory
industry. This may include
involvement in construction
management, structural design,
transportation engineering,
development and research concerns,
training, and applications of
principles, environmental concerns,
ethical and behavioral concerns,

304
 decision-making, equipment and
materials management.

CVE420 Basic The course tackles key Occupational, 1 unit

Occupational Health, and Safety (OSH) concepts, Lecture
Safety & Health principles, and practices that are
for CE foundational knowledge
requirements acceptable in all Civil
Engineering industries;
determination of existing and
potential safety and health hazards;
identification of control measures;
provisions of Philippine laws that
refer to occupational safety and
health.

CVE421 CE Project 1 Development of a capstone project 1 unit Research

proposal containing a clear set of Lecture Methods for
objectives, methodology, project 1 unit CE
implementation plan/schedule and Laboratory On-the-Job
resource requirements. Training

CVE422 / Geotechnical Soil formation and identification. 3 units Geology for

CVE422L Engineering Engineering properties of soils. Lecture Civil
(Soil Fundamental aspects of soil 1 unit Engineers
Mechanics) characterization and response, Laboratory Mechanics of
including soil mineralogy, soil-water Deformable
movement, effective stress, Bodies
consolidation, soil strength, and soil
compaction. Use of soils and
geosynsynthetics in geotechnical and
geo-environmental applications.
Introduction to site investigation
techniques. Laboratory testing and
evaluation of soil composition and
properties.
CVE423 / Numerical The course provides background on 2 units Hydraulics
CVE423L Solutions to CE numerical analysis needed to solve Lecture Principles of
Problems civil engineering problems 1 unit Reinforced /
numerically when their analytical Laboratory Prestressed
solution is either not available or Concrete
difficult to obtain. MATLAB Principles of
programming environment or its Steel Design
equivalent will be introduced and On-the-Job
used in the course. Training

305
CVE424 Principles of The course gives emphasis on urban 3 units Highway and
Transportation transportation planning, design and Lecture Railroad
Engineering operation using statistical and Engineering
modeling techniques and computer
methods. It also covers capacity and
level of service of air, rail and
highway. It also includes safety,
environmental impacts and
mitigation, transportation policy
fundamentals and case studies.

CVE427 CE Law, Ethics This course deals on the principles 3 units

and Contracts and fundamentals of the laws on Lecture
obligations, contracts, and
professional ethics that are
applicable to the civil engineering
profession. It is designed to prepare
civil engineering students for
professional practice. Topics on the
perspective of the student as future
practitioners, contractors, and
employees in the field are also given
emphasis. They include the study of
code of ethics, legal procedure in the
practice of civil engineering in the
Philippines, ethical relations of an
engineer with fellow professionals,
clients, and general public, elements
of contracts, obligations, Civil
Engineering Law (RA 544) National
Building Code, labor laws,
Procurement Law, and the Manual of
Professional Practice for Civil
Engineers.

CVE428 CE Project 2 The course covers the undertaking of 1 unit CE Project 1

a proposed research project which Lecture
includes data gathering, 1 unit
experimentation, computer Laboratory
simulation, analysis & presentation
of data and results, conclusions &
recommendations. It also includes
the composition and presentation of a
final thesis paper

306
CVE429 CE Review This course will cover the review of 1 unit Graduating
all the basic courses covered in the Laboratory
Civil Engineering Licensure
examination.

CVE430 Construction The course deals with the principles 3 units Hydraulics
Methods and of construction methods and Lecture Principles of
Project equipment, management and their Reinforced /
Management applications. It covers project Prestressed
planning, scheduling, monitoring and Concrete
control. It also includes concepts on Principles of
organization, safety, information Steel Design
systems and computer applications. On-the-Job
Students are given opportunities to Training
visit actual project sites and observe
the application of these theories in
construction projects.

CVE431 / Quantity This course provides a basic 1 unit Building

CVE431L Surveying understanding of the methods used to Lecture Systems
prepare a building and/or bridge unit Design
construction cost estimate and Laboratory
earthwork costs.
The students learn to do quantity
takeoff utilizing plans and
specifications.

CVE432 Seminars and The course involves the attendance 1 unit Graduating
Fieldtrip and participation of CE graduating Laboratory
students in technical
seminars/workshops related to the
field of Civil Engineering. Students
are also required to attend non-
technical seminars and training for
the enhancement of their personality.
It also involves short lectures on
current trends and recent
developments in the CE field. It may
include educational visits to selected
companies and manufacturing plants.

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bachelor of Science in Electrical Engineering
Curriculum Code: BSEE2019

307
Year: 2019
Total Units: 197
FIRST YEAR
First Semester Second Semester
Course Pre- Course Pre-
Course Title Units Course Title Units
Code Requisites Code Requisites
EMT EMT
Calculus 1 5 Calculus 2 5 EMT401N
401N 402N
EMT401N;
ESC Chemistry for ESC Physics for
3 3 co-req
401 Engineers Lec 405 Engineers Lec
(EMT402N)
ESC Chemistry for ESC Physics for co-req
1 1
401L Engineers Lab 405L Engineers Lab (ESC405L)
Computer
Computer
ESC Fundamentals ESC
1 Fundamentals and 1 ESC402L
402L and 404L
Programming 2
Programming 1
Mathematics in
GE 6 the Modern 3 GE 1 Art Appreciation 3
World
Science,
The Contemporary
GE 12 Technology, and 3 GE 13 3
World
Society
Engineering
ESC Purposive
Drawing and 1 GE 10 3
403L Communication
Plans
Religious Religious
RE 1 1 RE 2 3
Education 1 Education 2
PE 1 PE 1 2 PE 2 PE 2 2
NSTP NSTP
NSTP 1 3 NSTP 2 3
1 2
TOTAL 23 TOTAL 27
SECOND YEAR
First Semester Second Semester
Course Pre- Course Pre-
Course Title Units Course Title Units
Code Requisites Code Requisites
Engineering
EMT Differential ELE
3 EMT402N Mathematics for 3 EMT403
403 Equations 401
EE
ESC405;
EEE Electrical EEE Electrical Circuits EEE401;
3 ESC405L; 3
401 Circuits 1 Lec 403 2 Lec EEE401L
EMT402N
EEE Electrical co-req EEE Electrical Circuits co-req
1 1
401L Circuits 1 Lab (EEE401) 403L 2 Lab (EEE403)

308
 Electronics
ESC Engineering ESC405; EEE EEE401;
3 Circuits: Devices 3
407 Mechanics ESC405L 402 EEE401L
and Analysis Lec
Electronics
ESC Computer Aided EEE co -req
1 Circuits: Devices 1
406L Drafting 402L (EEE402)
and Analysis Lab
ESC405;
Understanding ELE
GE 14 3 Electromagnetics 2 ESC405L;
the Self 402
EMT403
Reading in
Entrepreneurial
GE 11 Philippine 3 GEE 1 3
Mind
History
Life and Works of
GE 2 Ethics 3 GE 4 3
Rizal
PE 3 PE 3 2 PE 4 PE 4 2
Religious
RE 3 3
Education 3
TOTAL 22 TOTAL 24
THIRD YEAR
First Semester Second Semester
Course Pre- Course Pre-
Course Title Units Course Title Units
Code Requisites Code Requisites
Numerical
ELE ELE Electrical ELE406;
Methods and 2 ELE401 3
405 409 Machines 2 Lec ELE406L
Analysis Lec
Numerical
ELE co-req ELE Electrical co-req
Methods and 1 1
405L (ELE405) 409L Machines 2 Lab (ELE409)
Analysis Lab
ELE402; Electrical
ELE Electrical ELE ELE403;
2 EEE403; Apparatus and 2
406 Machines 1 Lec 410 ELE403L
EEE403L Devices Lec
Electrical
ELE Electrical co-rreq ELE co-req
1 Apparatus and 1
406L Machines 1 Lab (ELE406) 410L (ELE410)
Devices Lab
Logic Circuits EE Laws, Codes,
ELE EEE402; ELE
and Switching 2 and Professional 2 GE2
404 EEE402L 411
Theory Lec Ethics
Logic Circuits
ELE co-req ELE Industrial EEE402;
and Switching 1 3
404L (ELE407) 412 Electronics Lec EEE402L
Theory Lab
Fundamentals of
ELE Electronic EEE402; ELE Industrial co-req
3 1
407 Communications EEE402L 412 Electronics Lab (ELE412)
Lec
ELE Fundamentals of co-req ELE ESC405;
1 Fluid Mechanics 2
407L Electronic (ELE407) 413 ESC405L

309
 Communications
Lab
Fundamental of
ELE ELE Basic Occupational
Deformable 2 ESC407 3
408 414 Safety and Health
Bodies
ESC Basic ESC405; ELE Research Methods
3 1 EMT404
411 Thermodynamics ESC405L 415L for EE
EMT Engineering Religious
3 EMT401N RE 4 3
404 Data Analysis Education 4
Environmental
ESC Engineering 3rd Year ESC
3 Science and 3
409 Economics Standing 410
Engineering
ELE Electrical EEE403; Living in the IT
3 GEE 5 3
403 Circuits 3 EEE403L Era
ELE Electrical co-req
1
403L Circuits 3 Lab (ELE403)
TOTAL 28 TOTAL 28
SUMMER
THIRD YEAR [YEAR LEVEL]
Course Pre- Course Pre-
Course Title Units Course Title Units
Code Requisites Code Requisites
ELE EE On-the-Job 3rd Year
3
416 Training Standing
TOTAL 3
FOURTH YEAR
First Semester Second Semester
Course Pre- Course Pre-
Course Title Units Course Title Units
Code Requisites Code Requisites
Electrical
ELE Systems and ELE409; ELE Power Systems
3 3 ELE418L
417 Illumination ELE409L 426 Analysis Lec
Design Lec
Electrical
ELE Systems and co-req ELE Power Systems co-req
2 1
417L Illumination (ELE417) 426L Analysis Lab (ELE426)
Design Lab
Electrical
ELE ELE Instrumentation ELE420;
Standards and 1 ELE411 2
418L 432 and Control Lec ELE420L
Practices
EE Professional
ELE Elective 1: 4th Year ELE Instrumentation co-req
3 1
419 Power System Standing 432L and Control Lab (ELE432)
Protection

310
 EE Professional
ELE401; Elective 2: Special
ELE Feedback and ELE
2 EEE402; Studies in 3 ELE419
420 Control Systems 427
EEE402L Renewable Energy
Resources
ELE Microprocessor ELE404; ELE
2 Research Project 2 1 ELE422L
421 Systems Lec ELE404L 428L
ELE Microprocessor co-req ELE
1 Seminars/Colloquia 1 Graduating
421L Systems Lab (ELE421) 429L
ELE Research Project ESC 4th Year
1 ELE415L Technopreneurship 3
422L 1 412 Standing
Management of Fundamentals of
ELE ELE co-req
Engineering 2 ESC409 Power Plant 1
424 430L (ELE426)
Projects Engineering
Distribution
Materials ESC401;
ELE ELE Systems and co-req
Science and 2 ESC401L; 2
423 425 Substation Design (ELE426)
Engineering ELE408
Lec
Distribution
Fundamentals of ELE Systems and co-req
GEE 2 3 1
Analytics 425L Substation Design (ELE425)
Lab
ELE
EE Review 1 Graduating
431L
TOTAL 22 TOTAL 20

Bachelor of Science in Electrical Engineering Course Descriptions

NUMBER
COURSE PRE-
COURSE TITLE DESCRIPTION OF
CODE REQUISITE
UNITS
Basic concepts of calculus such as
limits, continuity, and
differentiability of functions;
differentiation of algebraic and
transcendental functions involving
one or more variables; applications
EMT401N Calculus 1 5
of differential calculus to problems
on optimization, rates of change,
related rates, tangents and normal,
and approximations; partial
differentiation and transcendental
curve tracing.
Concept of integration and its
application to physical problems
EMT402N Calculus 2 5 Calculus 1
such as evaluation of areas,
volumes of revolution, force, and

311
 work; fundamental formulas and
various techniques of integration
applied to both single variable and
multi-variable functions; tracing of
functions of two variables.
This course introduces different
methods of data collection and the
suitability of using a particular
method for a given situation. It
includes a coverage and discussion
of the relationship of probability to
statistics, probability distributions
of random variables and their uses,
linear functions of random
variables within the context of
their application to data analysis
and inference, estimation
Engineering Data
EMT404 techniques for unknown 3 Calculus 1
Analysis
parameters, and hypothesis testing
used in making inferences from
sample to population, inference for
regression parameters and build
models for estimating means and
predicting future values of key
variables under study. Statistically
based experimental design
techniques and analysis of
outcomes of experiments are
discussed with the aid of statistical
software.
Differentiation and integration in
solving first order, first-degree
Differential differential equations, and linear
EMT403 3 Calculus 2
Equations differential equations of order n;
Laplace transforms in solving
differential equations.
Basic concepts of matter and its
classification; mass relationships
in chemical reactions; properties
of gases, liquids, and solids;
Chemistry for concepts of thermochemistry;
ESC401 4
Engineers quantum theory and electronic
behavior; periodic relationships of
elements in the periodic table;
intramolecular forces; and
solutions.

312
 Vectors; kinematics; dynamics;
work, energy, and power, impulse Calculus 1
Physics for
ESC405 and momentum; rotation; 4 Co-Requisite:
Engineers
dynamics of rotation; elasticity; Calculus 2
and oscillation.
Concepts of computer-aided
drafting (CAD); introduction to
the CAD environment;
Computer-Aided
ESC406L terminologies; and the general 1
Drafting
operating procedures and
techniques in entering and
executing basic CAD commands.
Concepts of the time value of
money and equivalence; basic
Engineering economy study methods; decisions 3rd Year
ESC409 3
Economics under certainty; decisions Standing
recognizing risk; and decisions
admitting uncertainty.
The course covers the principles of
management, theory and practice,
various approaches to decision
Management of making, managing production and
Engineering
ELE424 Engineering services operations; and project 2
Economics
Projects management. Emphasis is also
given on the managerial functions
of planning, organizing, staffing,
leading and controlling.
This laboratory course is designed
to develop abilities needed to
Engineering
ESC403L develop, accurately locate and 1
Drawing and Plans
interpret dimensions on and read
engineering drawings.
Basic information technology
concepts, fundamentals of
Computer
algorithm development, high-level
ESC402L Fundamentals and 1
language and programming
Programming 1
applications; computer solutions of
engineering problems.
Introduces the fundamental
concepts of programming from an
object-oriented perspective. Topics Computer
Computer
are drawn from classes and Fundamentals
ESC404L Fundamentals and 1
objects, abstraction, encapsulation, and
Programming 2
data types, calling methods and Programming 1
passing parameters, decisions,
loops arrays and collections,

313
 documentation, testing and
debugging, exceptions, design
issues, inheritance and
polymorphic variables and
methods. The course emphasizes
modern software engineering and
design principles.
Force, moment, and motion
concepts. Newton’s Laws of
Motion. Analysis of particles and
rigid bodies in static and dynamic
Engineering Physics for
ESC407 equilibrium using vector 3
Mechanics Engineers
mechanics and energy and
momentum methods. Geometric
properties of lines, areas, and
volumes.
The course tackles key
Occupational, Health, and Safety
(OSH) concepts, principles, and
practices that are foundational
knowledge requirements
Basic Occupational
acceptable in almost all industries;
ELE414 Safety and Health 3
determination of existing and
for EE
potential safety and health
hazards; identification of control
measures; provisions of Philippine
laws that refer to occupational
safety and health.
Technopreneurship is a course on
entrepreneurship with emphasis on
the technology industry. The
course introduces specific issues
and characteristics found in the
technology industry like history of
technology, technology
organization, marketing
technology, financing technology 4th Year
ESC412 Technopreneurship 3
ventures, governmental and legal Standing
factors like patents, and copyright
and technology strategies. The
course also covers the value of
professional and life skills in
entrepreneurial thought,
investment decisions, and actions
that students can utilize in starting
technology companies or

314
 executing R&D projects in
companies.
Thermodynamic properties of pure
substances, ideal and real gases
and the study and application of
Basic Physics for
ESC411 the laws of thermodynamics in the 3
Thermodynamics Engineers
analysis of processes and cycles;
introduction to vapor and gas
cycles.
The course deals with the study of
strength of materials where the
understanding of how bodies and
materials respond to applied loads
is the main emphasis. The course
covers the fundamental concepts
Fundamentals of of stresses and strains experiences Engineering
ELE408 2
Deformable Bodies and/or developed by different Mechanics
materials in their loaded state and
subjected to different conditions of
constraint that include axial stress,
shearing stress, bearing stress,
torsion, flexural stress, and stress-
strain relationships.
The course deals with the nature
and physical properties of fluids as
well as the identification and
measurement of fluid properties. It
emphasizes the application of
Physics for
ELE413 Fluid Mechanics conservation laws on mass, energy 2
Engineers
and momentum to fluid systems
either incompressible or
compressible flow, in viscid or
viscous flow as well as head loss
calculation on pipes and fittings.
The course covers the
fundamentals of electronics and
electronic circuits with their basic
applications. This includes diode
and transistor characteristics
Electronic Circuits:
necessary for elementary analysis Electrical
EEE402 Devices and 4
of electronic circuits with discrete Circuits 1
Analysis
components. The second half of
the course covers integrated
circuits commonly used in
electrical engineering. The course
introduces students to the design

315
 of electronic circuits for basic
applications such as filters, power
supplies and op amp signal
processors.
This course teaches the theory and
operation of solid-state devices
and control circuits for industrial
processes; industrial control
applications electronics
instrumentation; transducers; data
acquisition system, power supply
Electronic
Industrial and voltage regulator. It also
ELE412 4 Circuits: Devices
Electronics covers photo electronics, sensors
and Analysis
and instruments used in industrial
applications. It includes variable-
frequency drives, DC motor,
servomotors, and stepper motor
drives; application of relay logic
circuits; and interfacing and
programming of PLCs.
The course deals with the Chemistry for
properties of engineering materials Engineers;
Materials Science
ELE423 including mechanical, acoustical, 2 Fundamentals of
and Engineering
electrical, magnetic, chemical, Deformable
optical, and thermal properties. Bodies
The course deals with the study of
electric and magnetic fields;
resistive, dielectric and magnetic
materials, coupled circuits,
magnetic circuits and fields, and
time-varying electromagnetic
fields. It involves a review of
vector analysis and types of
Physics for
coordinate system (Cartesian,
Electromagnetics Engineers;
ELE402 cylindrical, and spherical 2
for EE Differential
coordinate systems). Topics
Equations
covered are dot and cross products
of vector, Coulomb’s Law and
electric field intensity of different
charge configuration (volume,
point, line sheet charge), electric
flux density, Gauss’s Law,
divergence, Maxwell’s equation
and energy potential.

316
 Fundamental principles of
electronic communications theory
and its applications. Emphasis is
on the introduction of electronic
communication systems, analysis
Fundamentals of and calculations of analog and Electronic
ELE407 Electronic digital modulation, transmission 4 Circuits: Devices
Communications and reception. Provides insights, and Analysis
framework, knowledge and
competencies necessary in
analyzing basic communication
system as a preparation for
electronics engineering profession.
This course provides a review of
number systems, coding and
Boolean algebra; inputs and
outputs; gates and gating
networks; combinational circuits;
Electronic
Logic Circuits and standard form; minimization;
ELE404 3 Circuits: Devices
Switching Theory sequential circuits; state and
and Analysis
machine equivalence;
asynchronous sequential circuits;
race conditions; algorithmic state
machines; and design of digital
sub-systems.
The course includes history and
evolution, principles, and
applications of microprocessors.
The focus is on the basic
understanding of the architectural
Logic Circuits
Microprocessor design, functional parts,
ELE421 3 and Switching
Systems operations, function and
Theory
programming. It also covers the
study of various types of
microprocessors and the
fundamental concepts of
microcontrollers.
Ecological framework of
sustainable development; pollution
environments: water, air, and
Environmental
solid; waste treatment processes,
ESC410 Science and 3
disposal, and management;
Engineering
government legislation, rules, and
regulation related to the
environment and waste

317
 management; and environmental
management system.
This course covers the concepts of
numerical analysis and computer
software tools in dealing with
engineering problems. It includes
techniques in finding the roots of
an equation, solving systems of
linear and non-linear equations,
Numerical Engineering
eigenvalue problems, polynomial
ELE405 Methods and 3 Mathematics for
approximation and interpolation,
Analysis EE
ordinary and partial differential
equations. The Monte-Carlo
methods, simulation, error
propagation and analysis, the
methods of least squares and
goodness-of-fit tests are also
covered.
This course covers the study of the
methodologies used in conducting
an engineering research. It
includes the types and application
of research, characteristics of a
Research Methods Engineering
ELE415L good research, research design, 1
for EE Data Analysis
research instrument and data
gathering procedures. It also deals
with the study of writing a
research proposal and various
formats.
The course is designed to prepare
electrical engineering students for
professional practice. Topics
include education and practice of
EE Laws, Codes, the New Electrical Engineering
ELE411 and Professional Law and other laws governing the 2 Ethics
Ethics profession, Philippine Grid Code,
Philippine Distribution Code,
Basic Contracts and ethics in
relation to the practice of the
electrical engineering profession.
This course provides the different
Electrical EE Laws, Codes,
electrical practices in accordance
ELE418L Standards and 1 and Professional
to local and international
Practices Ethics
standards.

318
 Covers the basic concepts and
fundamental laws of electrical
circuit theory; analysis and
applications of series, parallel, and
Physics for
Electrical Circuits series-parallel resistive circuits;
EEE401 4 Engineers;
1 mesh and nodal analysis; network
Calculus 2
theorems; characteristics of
inductors and capacitors; analysis
of RL, RC, and RLC circuits with
DC excitation.
Covers the steady state frequency
domain analysis of RLC circuits
driven by sinusoidal
voltage/current source(s);
impedance bridge circuits;
application of mesh/nodal analysis
Electrical Circuits Electrical
EEE403 and network theorems in AC 4
2 Circuits 1
circuit analysis; concept of power
and power factor correction in AC
circuits; resonant and tuned
circuits; two-port network
analysis; analysis of dynamic
circuits with AC excitation.
Covers the analysis of balanced
three-phase systems, with
balanced and unbalanced loading;
Electrical Circuits Electrical
ELE403 analysis of circuits with 4
3 Circuits 2
magnetically-coupled coils;
symmetrical components; per unit
calculations.
This course provides
characteristics, principle of
operation, and application of
single-phase and three-phase
Electrical transformers, and protective
Electrical
ELE410 Apparatus and devices such as fuses and circuit 3
Circuits 3
Devices breakers. It includes various types
of transformers based on different
criteria, types of fuses and circuit
breakers, parallel operation of
transformers, and standard ratings.
Electromagnetics
The course deals with the
Electrical for EE;
ELE406 fundamentals of DC machinery; 3
Machines 1 Electrical
DC motors and generators.
Circuits 2

319
 The course deals with the
fundamentals of AC machinery;
Electrical Electrical
ELE409 synchronous generators and 4
Machines 2 Machines 1
motors; induction motors; single-
phase and special-purpose motors.
The study of mathematical
methods for solving engineering
problems such as complex
number, complex variables,
Cauchy-Riemann equations,
Laplace transformation and
Engineering
Laplace transform analysis, Differential
ELE401 Mathematics for 3
Fourier series and Fourier Equations
EE
transforms, z transform, power
series solutions of ordinary
differential equations, partial
differential equation, and hyper
geometric equations such as
Legendre and Bessel functions.
The course provides knowledge,
understanding and skills in
designing electrical wiring system
for residential, commercial
buildings, and industrial facilities
through the specifications and
standards mandated by the
Electrical Systems
Philippine Electrical Code and
and Illumination Electrical
ELE417 provisions from the Local 5
Engineering Machines 2
Government on electrical wiring
Design
installation. The course includes
illumination design and cost
estimation; energy-efficient
lighting systems for residential,
commercial, and industrial
establishments; roadway lighting,
and lighting maintenance.
This course deals with the study
on the basic structure of power
systems, recent trends and
innovations in power systems,
Electrical
Power Systems transmission line parameters,
ELE426 4 Standards and
Analysis network modeling and
Practices
calculations, load flow studies,
short circuit calculations and use
of computer software for
simulation.

320
 It covers topics on load graphics,
types of power plants, power plant
operation and protection,
Fundamentals of interconnections, economics of
Co-Requisite:
Power Plant electric service, and arrangement
ELE430L 1 Power Systems
Engineering of equipment for modern plants
Analysis
Design and includes the design of a power
plant, its interconnection,
operation, economics, and
protection.
The course deals with the study on
control and testing:
electromechanical, analog and
digital measuring and testing
instruments; R, L, and C
measurements: calibration; graphic
and waveform analyzing
instruments; detectors for the
measurements of process
Instrumentation Feedback and
ELE432 variables; analysis of performance 3
and Control Control Systems
characteristics of control systems;
electronics, magnetic, hydraulic
and mechanical control. It includes
principles of controls and test
measurements involving sensors,
pneumatic controls, actuators,
thermal detectors, thermocouples,
thermistors, transducers, PID
controllers.
This course deals with the basics
of control systems; terminologies
and diagrams; homogeneous and
transient responses of systems;
systems representation such as
transfer-functions, state-space
analysis of phase variables and Engineering
techniques, nth order linear Mathematics for
Feedback and
ELE420 differential equations; modeling, 2 EE; Electronic
Control Systems
pole-zero gain data and frequency Circuits: Devices
response data; Laplace transforms; and Analysis
block diagrams interconnections
and simplifications; signal flow
graphs; conversion of block
diagrams to signal flow graphs and
vice versa; root locus; Bode,
Nyquist and Polar plots; PID

321
 controllers; sensitivity and stability
criteria; linear feedback systems;
and compensation techniques.
The course deals with study and
design of primary and secondary
Distribution distribution networks, load Co-Requisite:
ELE425 Systems and characteristics, voltage regulation, 3 Power Systems
Substation Design metering techniques and systems, Analysis
and protection of distribution
systems.
The course involves the attendance
and participation of EE graduating
students in technical
seminars/workshops related to the
field of Electrical Engineering.
Students are also required to attend
non-technical seminars and
ELE429L Seminars/Colloquia 1 Graduating
training for the enhancement of
their personality. It also involves
short lectures on current trends and
recent developments in the EE
field. It may include educational
visits to selected companies and
manufacturing plants.
Industry exposure of students for
them to match school acquired
competencies and knowledge with
the realities and problems of
industry. This may include
involvement in industry manpower
requirements, development and
EE On-the-Job 3rd Year
ELE416 research concerns, training, and 3
Training Standing
applications of principles,
environmental concerns, ethical
and behavioral concerns, decision-
making, equipment and materials
management. The student shall
prepare a thesis on a topic covered
by his/her experiences.
This course deals with the study
on the protection of alternators and
EE Professional transformers connected to the
4th Year
ELE419 Elective 1: Power electric system at various 3
Standing
System Protection conditions. A course involving a
study of relay operating principles
and characteristics, types of

322
 protective relays, applications of
protective relaying, and selection
of protective relays for
transmission and distribution
substations/switchgears.
This course deals with the
introduction to alternative energy,
the usefulness of various types of
energies as they relate to
sustainable development. Topics
include the types of PV cells, its
EE Professional
systems, components, operation
Elective 2: Special
and its applications; biofuel EE Professional
ELE427 Studies in 3
derived from biological sources Elective 1
Renewable Energy
and their applications as an energy
Resources
source for homes, industry and
other various applications;
hydroelectric power; geothermal
energy; and the design, & control
of all sub-components of a wind
turbine.
This course is a continuation of
research methods which focuses Research
ELE422L Research Project 1 1
on the completion of the Methods for EE
undergraduate thesis project.
This course is a continuation of
Research project 1 which focuses
on the presentation of defended
Research Project
ELE428L Research Project 2 research studies in local and/or 1
1
international conference and
publication to local/international
scholarly journal.
This course focuses on the review
of all Electrical Engineering
Professional Courses (Engineering
Mathematics, Engineering
ELE431L EE Review Sciences and Allied Subjects, and 1 Graduating
EE Professional Subjects) for the
preparation to the Registered
Electrical Engineering Licensure
Examination.

2.3 COLLEGIATE
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
Bachelor of Science in Electronics Engineering
Curriculum Code: BSECE 2019

323
Year: 2019
Total Units: 195
FIRST YEAR
First Semester Second Semester
Course Uni Pre- Course Uni Pre-
Course Title Course Title
Code ts Requisites Code ts Requisites
EMT40 Calculus for EMT40 Calculus for
5 5 EMT401N
1N Engineering 1 2N Engineering 2
Chemistry for
ESC40 co-req: Christian
Engineers 1 RE2 3 RE 1
1L ESC401 Morality
(lab)
Chemistry for Civic Welfare
ESC40
Engineers 3 NSTP2 Training 3 NSTP 1
1
(lec) Service 2
Computer
Civic Welfare Fundamentals
ESC404
NSTP1 Training 3 and 1 ESC402L
L
Service Programming 2
(lab)
Computer Material
Fundamentals Science and
ESC40 ECE40
and 1 Engineering for 3 ESC401
2L 1
Programming Electronics
1(lab) Engineering
Engineering
ESC40 Physical
Drawing and 1 PE2 2 PE 1
3L Education 2
Plans (lab)
Mathematics
ECE40 coreq:
GE6 in the Modern 3 Physics 2 (lab) 1
2L ECE402
World
EMT401,
Physical ECE40
PE1 2 Physics 2 (lec) 3 coreq:
Education 1 2
ESC405
Science,
ESC40 Physics for coreq:
GE12 Technology, 3 1
5L Engineers (lab) ESC405
and Society
EMT401,
The Catholic ESC40 Physics for
RE1 1 3 coreq:EM
Faith 1 5 Engineers (lec)
T402
The
GE13 Contemporary 3
World
TOTAL 23 TOTAL 28
SECOND YEAR
First Semester Second Semester

324
Course Uni Pre- Course Uni Pre-
Course Title Course Title
Code ts Requisites Code ts Requisites
Advanced
Art ECE40 Engineering coreq:
GE1 3 1
Appreciation 5L Mathematics ECE405
for ECE (lab)
Advanced
Computer-
ESC40 ECE40 Engineering
Aided 1 ESC403L 3 EMT403
6L 5 Mathematics
Drafting (lab)
for ECE (lec)
EMT40 Differential Christian
3 EMT402N RE3 3 RE 1
3 Equations Marriage
ECE Laws, Communication
Contracts, s 1: Principles
ECE40 ECE40 coreq:
Ethics 3 of 1
3 6L ECE406
Standards and Communication
Safety Systems (lab)
Communication
Electrical s 1: Principles
EEE40 coreq: ECE40 coreq:
Circuits 1 1 of 3
1L EEE401 6 ECE408
(lab) Communication
Systems (lec)
Electrical
EEE40 EEE403 Electrical coreq:
Circuits 1 3 ECE402 1
1 L Circuits 2 (lab) EEE403
(lec)
Electronic
EEE40 coreq: Electrical
Devices and 1 EEE403 3 EEE401
2L EEE402 Circuits 2 (lec)
Circuits (lab)
Electromagneti
Electronic
EEE40 coreq: ECE40 cs for
Devices and 3 4 EMT403
2 EEE401 7 Electronics
Circuits (lec)
Engineering
Electronic
EMT40 Engineering ECE40 Circuit coreq:
3 EMT401N 1
4 Data Analysis 8L Analysis and ECE408
Design (lab)
Electronic
Physical ECE40 Circuit
PE3 2 PE 1 3 EEE402
Education 3 8 Analysis and
Design (lec)
Purposive
Physical
GE10 Communicati 3 PE4 2 PE 1
Education 4
on
ECE40 Technical EMT402, Understanding
1 GE14 3
4L Computing ESC404L, the Self

325
 coreq:EE
E402
TOTAL 27 TOTAL 28
THIRD YEAR
First Semester Second Semester
Course Uni Pre- Course Uni Pre-
Course Title Course Title
Code ts Requisites Code ts Requisites
Communication
s 3:
Church and Transmission
ECE41 coreq:
RE4 Human 3 Media and 1
3L ECE413
Society Antenna
System &
Design (lab)
Communication
Communicati
s 3:
ons 2:
Transmission
ECE40 Modulation coreq: ECE41
1 Media and 3 ECE409
9L and Coding ECE409 3
Antenna
Techniques
System &
(lab)
Design (lec)
Communicati
ons 2: Communication
ECE40 Modulation ECE41 s 4: Data coreq:
3 ECE406 1
9 and Coding 4L Communication ECE414
Techniques s (lab)
(lec)
Digital
Electronics 1: Communication
ECE41 Logic coreq: ECE41 s 4: Data
1 3 ECE409
0L Circuits and ECE410 4 Communication
Switching s (lec)
Theory (lab)
Digital
Digital
Electronics 2:
Electronics 1:
Microprocessor
ECE41 Logic ECE41 coreq:
3 EEE402 , 1
0 Circuits and 5L ECE415
Microcontroller
Switching
System &
Theory (lec)
Design (lab)
Digital
Electronic Electronics 2:
ECE41 coreq: ECE41
Systems and 1 Microprocessor 3 ECE410
1L ECE411 5
Design (lab) ,
Microcontroller

326
 System &
Design (lec)
Electronic
ECE41 Engineering
Systems and 3 ECE408 ESC408 2
1 Management
Design (lec)
ESC40 Engineering Entrepreneurial
3 EMT404 GEE1 3
9 Economics Mind
Feedback and
ESC40 Engineering ECE41 coreq:
3 ESC405 Control 1
7 Mechanics 6L ECE416
Systems (lab)
Feedback and
Fundamentals ECE41
GEE2 3 Control 3 ECE405
of Analytics 6
Systems (lec)
Signals,
Spectra &
ECE41 coreq: ECE41 Methods of
Signal 1 3 EMT404
2L ECE412 7 Research
Processing
(lab)
Signals,
Spectra &
ECE41
Signal 3 ECE405
2
Processing
(lec)
TOTAL 28 TOTAL 24
SUMMER
THIRD TERM
Course Uni Pre-
Course Title
Code ts Requisites
ECE On-The- ECE403,
ECE41
Job Training 3 ECE411,
8
(240 hours) ECE415
TOTAL 3
FOURTH YEAR
First Semester Second Semester
Course Uni Pre- Course Uni Pre-
Course Title Course Title
Code ts Requisites Code ts Requisites
Design ESC409,
Design
ECE41 1/Capstone ECE411, ECE42
1 2/Capstone 1 ECE419L
9L Project 1 ECE413, 3L
Project 2 (lab)
(lab) ECE415
ECE42 ECE Elective coreq: ECE42 ECE Elective 2 coreq:
1 1
0L 1 (lab) ECE420 4L (lab) ECE424
ECE42 ECE Elective ECE42 ECE Elective 2
3 ECE413 3 ECE420
0 1 (lec) 4 (lec)
ECE42 Embedded ECE42 ECE Review Graduatin
2 ECE415 1
1L System and 5L (lab) g

327
 Automation
(lab)
ECE42 Energy EEE403,
2 GE2 Ethics 3
2 Conversion ECE407
Environmenta
ESC41 Living in the IT
l Science and 3 GEE5 3
0 Era
Engineering
Seminars/Collo
Life and quium for
ECE42 Graduatin
GE4 Works of 3 Electronics 1
6L g
Rizal Engineering
(lab)
Readings in
GE11 Philippine 3
History
ESC41 Technoprene
3
2 urship
TOTAL 21 TOTAL 13

Bachelor of Science in Electronics Engineering Course Descriptions

NUMBE
COURSE PRE-
COURSE TITLE DESCRIPTION R OF
CODE REQUISITE
UNITS
An introductory course
covering the core concepts of
limit, continuity and
differentiability of functions
involving one or more
variables. This also includes
EMT401 the application of differential
Calculus 1 5 None
N calculations in solving
problems on optimization,
rates of change, related rates,
tangents and normal, and
approximations; partial
differentiation and
transcendental curve tracing.
The course introduces the
concept of integration and its
application to some physical
problems such as evaluation EMT401N
EMT402
Calculus 2 of areas, volumes of 5 Calculus 1
N
revolution, force, and work.
The fundamental formulas
and various techniques of
integration are taken up and

328
 applied to both single
variable and multi-variable
functions. The course also
includes tracing of functions
of two variables for a better
appreciation of the
interpretation of the double
and triple integral as volume
of a three-dimensional region
bounded by two or more
surfaces.
This course is designed for
undergraduate engineering
students with emphasis on
problem solving related to
societal issues that engineers
and scientists are called upon
to solve. It introduces
different methods of data
collection and the suitability
of using a particular method
for a given situation. The
relationship of probability to
statistics is also discussed,
providing students with the
tools they need to understand
how “chance” plays a role in
statistical analysis.
Engineering Data EMT401N
EMT404 Probability distributions of 3
Analysis Calculus 1
random variables and their
uses are also considered,
along with a discussion of
linear functions of random
variables within the context
of their application to data
analysis and inference. The
course also includes
estimation techniques for
unknown parameters; and
hypothesis testing used in
making inferences from
sample to population;
inference for regression
parameters and build models
for estimating means and
predicting future values of

329
 key variables under study.
Finally, statistically based
experimental design
techniques and analysis of
outcomes of experiments are
discussed with the aid of
statistical software.
This course is intended for
all engineering students to
have a firm foundation on
differential equations in
preparation for their degree-
specific advanced
mathematics courses. It
covers first order differential
equations, nth order linear
differential equations and
systems of first order linear
differential equations. It also
introduces the concept of
Laplace Transforms in
solving differential
Differential EMT402N
EMT403 equations. The students are 3
Equations Calculus 2
expected to be able to
recognize different kinds of
differential equations,
determine the existence and
uniqueness of solution, select
the appropriate methods of
solutions, and interpret the
obtained solution. Students
are also expected to relate
differential equations to
various practical engineering
and scientific problems as
well as employ computer
technology in solving and
verifying solutions.
This course provides
students with core concepts
ESC401/ Chemistry for
of chemistry that are 4 None
L Engineers
important in the practice of
engineering profession.
Vectors; kinematics; EMT401N
ESC405/ Physics for
dynamics; work, energy, and 4 Calculus 1
L Engineers
power, impulse and

330
 momentum; rotation; Co-Requisite:
dynamics of rotation; EMT402N
elasticity; and oscillation. Calculus 2
Fluids; thermal expansion,
thermal stress; heat transfer,
calorimetry; waves;
electrostatics; electricity;
magnetism; optics; image
formation by plane and
curved mirrors; and image
formation by thin lenses.
This course covers the
concepts of computer-aided
design with introduction on ESC403L
Computer-Aided CAD terminologies and Engineering
ESC406L 1
Drafting environment with the Drawing and
application of techniques in Plans
inputting and executing CAD
commands.
The course involves the
analysis and evaluation of
EMT404
Engineering factors for the economic
ESC409 3 Engineering
Economics success of engineering
Data Analysis
projects to ensure the best of
capital.
This course will entail
students to learn the basic
function of a manager
applicable in decision
making which are applicable
Engineering to the real-world problems.
ESC408 2 None
Management Furthermore, students would
learn how to apply planning,
leading, organizing and
control principles into the
resources in order to increase
the efficiency.
This laboratory course is
designed to develop abilities
Engineering needed to develop,
ESC403L 1 None
Drawing and Plans accurately locate, and
interpret dimensions on and
read engineering drawings.
Computer Basic information
ESC402L Fundamentals and technology concepts, 1 None
Programming 1 fundamentals of algorithm

331
 development, high-level
language, and programming
applications; computer
solutions of engineering
problems.
Introduces the fundamental
concepts of programming
from an object-oriented
perspective. Topics are
drawn from classes and
objects, abstraction,
encapsulation, data types,
ESC402L
calling methods and passing
Computer Computer
parameters, decisions, loops,
ESC404L Fundamentals and 1 Fundamentals
arrays and collections,
Programming 2 and
documentation, testing and
Programming 1
debugging, exceptions,
design issues, inheritance
and polymorphic variables
and methods. The course
emphasizes modern software
engineering and design
principles.
Force, moment, and motion
concepts. Newton’s Laws of
Motion. Analysis of particles
and rigid bodies in static and ESC405
Engineering
ESC407 dynamic equilibrium using 3 Physics for
Mechanics
vector mechanics and energy Engineers
and momentum methods.
Geometric properties of
lines, areas, and volumes.
This course introduces the
students to a broad study on
Material Science the structure and
ESC401
and Engineering for composition of materials
ECE401 3 Chemistry for
Electronics (metals, polymers, ceramics,
Engineers
Engineering and composite materials) and
their properties and behavior
in service environments.
Thermodynamics (1st & 2nd EMT401
Law, basic concepts on heat Calculus 1
ECE402/
Physics 2 engine and refrigerators) 4
L
Energy Conversion (EM Co-Requisite:
Induction, magnetic flux, ESC405

332
 generators), Semiconductor Physics for
Physics Engineers
Technopreneurship is a
philosophy, a way of
building a career or
perspective in life. The
course covers the value of
professional and life skills in
entrepreneurial thought,
investment decisions, and
ESC412 Technopreneurship action that students can 3
None
utilize in starting technology
companies or executing
R&D projects in companies
as they start their careers.
The net result is a positive
outlook towards wealth
creation, high value adding,
and wellness in society.
Fundamental relationships in
circuit theory, mesh, and
node equations; resistive
EEE401/ networks, network theorems; ECE402
Electrical Circuits 1 4
L solutions of network Physics 2
problems using Laplace
transform; transient analysis;
methods of circuit analysis.
Introduction to quantum
mechanics of solid-state
electronics; diode and
transistor characteristics and
models (BJT and FET); Co-Requisite:
EEE402/ Electronic Devices diode circuit analysis and EEE401
4
L and Circuits applications; transistor Electrical
biasing; small signal Circuits 1
analysis; large signal
analysis; transistor
amplifiers; Boolean logic;
transistor switch.
Contracts; warranties;
liabilities; patents; bids;
ECE Laws,
insurance; other topics on the
ECE403 Contract, Ethics, 3 None
legal and ethical positions of
Standards & Safety
the professional engineer.
Includes Safety and other

333
 standards related to the ECE
profession.
EMT402N
Calculus 2

ESC404L
This course combines Computer
lectures, demonstrations, and Fundamentals
Technical practical exercises in and
ECE404L 1
Computing MATLAB, using original Programming 2
training books fro
MathWorks C0-Requisite:
EEE402
Electronic
Devices and
Circuits
A study of selected topics in
mathematics and their
applications in advanced
courses in engineering and
other allied sciences. It
covers the study of Complex
numbers and complex
Advanced
variables, Laplace and EMT403
ECE405/ Engineering
Inverse Laplace Transforms, 4 Differential
L Mathematics for
Power series, Fourier series, Equations
ECE
Fourier Transforms, z-
transforms, power series
solution of ordinary
differential equations, partial
differential equations, and
numerical methods in
engineering.
Complex algebra and
phasors; simple AC circuits,
impedance and admittance;
mesh and node analysis for
EEE401
EEE403/ AC circuits; AC network
Electrical Circuits 2 4 Electrical
L theorems; power in AC
Circuits 1
circuits; resonance; three-
phase circuits; transformers;
two-port network parameters
and transfer function.
Bandwidth; filters; linear
ECE406/ Co-Requisite:
Communications 1: modulation; angle 4
L ECE408
modulation; phase locked

334
 Principles of loop; pulse modulation; Electronic
Communication multiplexing techniques; Circuit Analysis
Systems noise analysis; radio and Design
transmitters and receivers.
This course deals with vector
algebra, vector calculus,
vector analysis, and their
applications in electric and
Electromagnetics magnetic fields, resistive, EMT403
ECE407 for Electronics dielectric, and magnetic 4 Differential
Engineering materials, couped circuits, Equations
magnetic circuits and fields,
time-varying electromagnetic
fields, and Maxwell’s
equations.
High frequency transistor
models, analysis of transistor
circuits; multi-stage
EEE402
Electronic Circuit amplifier, feedback,
ECE408/ Electronic
Analysis and differential amplifiers, and 4
L Devices and
Design operational amplifiers;
Circuits
integrated circuit families
(RTL, DTL, TTL, ECL,
MOS)
Random variables, bit error
rate; matched filter, Digital
modulation techniques;
ASK, FSK, QAM,
ECE406
PSK/QPSK, CDMA and W-
Communication
CDMA systems; signal
Communications 2: s 1: Principles
ECE409/ space; generalized
Modulation and 4 of
L orthonormal signals;
Coding Techniques Communication
information measures-
Systems
entropy; channel capacity;
efficient encoding; error
correcting codes information
theory; data compression;
coding theory
Review of Number systems,
coding and Boolean algebra;
Digital Electronics
inputs and outputs; gates and EEE402
1: Logic Circuits
ECE410/ gating networks; Electronic
and Switching 4
L combinational circuits; Devices and
Theory
standard form; minimization; Circuits
sequential circuits; stae and
machine equivalence;

335
 asynchronous sequential
circuits; race conditions;
algorithmic state machines;
design of digital subsystems.
Environmental Science
Knowledge in Ecology and
Human Population Control,
Variety of Resources and
Outline Plans for Attaining
Environmental ESC401
Sustainable Society, The
ESC410 Science and 3 Chemistry for
Enigma of Pollution and the
Engineering Engineers
Legal, Technical and
Personal Solutions fpr it.
Study of Environmental
Impact Assessment and
Environmental Crisis.
Theory, operating
characteristics and design of
electronic devices and
control circuits for industrial ECE408
ECE411/ Electronic Systems processes; industrial control Electronic
4
L and Design applications; electronic Circuit Analysis
instrumentation; transducers; and Design
data acquisition system;
interfacing techniques;
sensors.
Fourier transform; z
ECE405
transform; convolution; FIR
Advanced
ECE412/ Signals, Spectra & filters; IIR filters; random
4 Engineering
L Signal Processing signal analysis; applications
Mathematics
of signal processing to
for ECE
speech, image, etc.
Transmission media; radio
ECE409
Communications 3: wave propagation wire and
Communication
ECE413/ Transmission Media cable transmission systems;
4 s 2: Modulation
L and Antenna fiber-optic transmission
and Coding
System & Design system; transmission lines
Techniques
and antenna systems.
Data Communication
systems; terminals, modems;
ECE409
terminal control units;
Communications 4: Communication
ECE414/ multiplexers; concentrators;
Data 4 s 2: Modulation
L front-end processors;
Communications and Coding
common carrier services;
Techniques
data communication system
design; computer network

336
 models; TCP/IP; principles;
LAN; WAN.
The course covers concepts
involving
microprocessor/microcontrol
ler systems
architecture/organization
including
microprocessor/microcontrol ECE410
Digital Electronics ler programming, interfacing Digital
ECE415/ 2: Microprocessor, techniques, memory systems Electronics 1:
4
L Microcontroller and bus standards. In the Logic Circuits
System and Design laboratory, the students will and Switching
be involved with Theory
experiments using
microcontrollers and the use
of
microprocessor/microcontrol
ler development systems and
other tools.
This course deals with time
and frequency response of
feedback control systems.
The topics covered include
ECE405
time response of first order
Advanced
ECE416/ Feedback and and second order systems,
4 Engineering
L Control Systems modeling, transfer functions,
Mathematics
pole-zero map, stability
for ECE
analysis, root locus, bode
plots, compensators, PID
controllers, and introduction
to state space techniques.
This course deals with GE10
research preparation Purposive
methods, research tools, Communication
Methods of
ECE417 research proposals, and the 3
Research
implementation, EMT404
presentation, and publication Engineering
of research work. Data Analysis
ECE403
ECE Laws,
Actual On-the-Job Training Contracts,
ECE On-the-Job
ECE418 or Industry Internship in the 3 Ethics,
Training
field of specialization Standards and
Safety

337
 ECE411
Electronic
Systems and
Design

ECE415
Digital
Electronics 2
ESC409
Engineering
Economics
This is the capstone course
which utilizes the ECE411
fundamentals of electronics Electronic
engineering in the design of Systems and
an electronic system. It Design
includes the synthesis of
processes, analysis of ECE413
Design 1/Capstone process conditions and the Transmission
ECE419L 1
Project 1 analytic, heuristic, and Media and
optimum design of Antenna
equipment and processes. System &
Economic analysis is Design
included to estimate the cost
of equipment, capital ECE415
investment, total product cost Microprocessor
and profitability. ,
Microcontroller
System and
Design
Discusses operation of audio
and video equipment
including amplifiers,
processors, audio/video
mixers, distribution amps,
ECE413
TV cameras, microphones,
ECE Elective 1: Transmission
monitor systems integration,
ECE420/ Broadcast Media and
studio electro-acoustic and 4
L Production Antenna
lighting, TV and radio
Engineering System &
transmitters and propagation,
Design
coverage map calculation
and frequency analysis,
broadcast networking,
broadcast ancillary services
(STL’s and satellite links).

338
 Also includes CATV
technology and DTH
In this project-based course,
students will learn to
program the processors
embedded in different
electronic devices.
Embedded systems are
employed in consumer
electronics such as cameras,
digital clocks, DVD players,
cars, airplanes, factories,
offices, and more. In the
laboratory, CPLD and
FPGA-based boards will be
ECE415
used as terget platforms. At
Microprocessor
the end of this course,
Embedded System ,
ECE421L students will be able to use 2
and Automation Microcontroller
electronic design automation
System and
tools and will have
Design
implemented a set of
complete embedded systems
on the CPLD and FPGA
boards. This course
incorporates topics from the
domains of software
engineering, compilers, and
computer architecture, and
provides students with the
foundation they will need for
addressing the concerns of
developing real-world
embedded systems.
This course provides
fundamentals of
thermodynamics, chemistry,
EEE403
and transport physics applied
Electrical
to energy conversion
Circuits 2
systems. Analysis of energy
ECE422 Energy Conversion conversion and storage in 2
ECE407
thermal, mechanical, nuclear,
Electromagneti
chemical, and
cs for
electrochemical processes in
Engineering
power systems, with
emphasis on efficiency,
performance, and

339
 environmental impact.
Topics include fossil and
nuclear power systems, solar
energy, wind energy,
geothermal energy, biomass
energy, fuel cell and
thermoelectric systems, CO2
separations and capture.

This is the capstone course

which utilizes the
fundamentals of electronics
engineering in the design of
an electronic system. It
includes the synthesis of
processes, analysis of
process conditions and the
ECE419L
analytic, heuristic, and
Design 2/Capstone Design
ECE423L optimum design of 1
Project 2 1/Capstone
equipment and processes.
Project 1
Economic analysis is
included to estimate the cost
of equipment, capital
investment, total product cost
and profitability.

Course includes the

applications in different
areas of broadcasting such as
television, AM, FM, cable
television,
telecommunications, data
ECE420
ECE Elective 2: communications, studio
ECE Elective 1:
ECE424/ Broadcast acoustics etc. through
4 Broadcast
L Transmission and experiments and field
Production
Distribution research; basic equipment or
Engineering
devices used for transmission
of signals such as filters and
oscillators, radio frequency
power amplifiers and mixers,
basic circuits of modulation
and demodulation,

340
 transmitters, and studio
equipment.
This course focuses on the
review of all Electronics
Engineering Professional
Courses (Engineering
Mathematics, Engineering
ECE425L ECE Review 1 Graduating
Sciences and Allied Courses,
and ECE Professional
Courses) in preparation for
the Licensure Examination
for Electronics Engineering.
This course deals with a
series of lectures and
seminars on selected topics
that are highly relevant to
electronics engineering but
Seminars/Colloquiu
are not covered in any of the
ECE426L m for Electronics 1 Graduating
other formal courses. It
Engineering
covers recent advances in
electronics engineering. It is
also a venue for the students
to present their projects and
researches.

341
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
Bachelor of Science in Industrial Engineering
Curriculum Code: BSIE2019
Year: 2019
Total Units: 201
First Year, First Semester First Year, Second Semester
Subject Description Units Pre Req Subject Description Units Pre Req
Code Code
EMT401 Calculus 1 5 None EMT402 Calculus 2 5 EMT 401
None Computer Fundamentals EMT 401
ESC401 Chemistry for Engineers 3 ESC404L 1
and Programming 2 EMT 402
Chemistry for Engineers None
ESC401L 1 ESC405 Physics for Engineers 3 ESC 405
(Laboratory)
Computer Fundamentals None Physics for Engineers ESC 402L
ESC402L 1 ESC405L 1
and Programming 1 (Lab)
Engineering Drawing and None
ESC403 1 GE1 Art Appreciation 3
Plans
Mathematics in the Modern
GE6 3 GE13 Contemporary World 3
World
Science, Technology, and
GE12 3 GE10 Purposive Communication 3
Society
RE1 The Catholic Faith 1 RE2 Christian Morality 3 RE 1
PE1 PE 1 2 PE2 PE 2 2 PE1
NSTP1 NSTP 1 3 NSTP2 NSTP 2 3 NSTP 1
TOTAL 23 TOTAL 27

Second Year, First Semester Second Year, Second Semester

Subject Description Units Pre Req Subject Description Units Pre Req
Code Code
ESC 2nd Year
Environmental Science
ESC406L Computer Aided Drafting 1 403L ESC410 3 Standing
and Engineering
ESC ESC 405
405 ESC 405L
ESC407 Engineering Mechanics 3 ESC411 Thermodynamics 3
ESC
405L
EMT Advance Engineering EMT 403
EMT403 Differential Equations 3 402 IDE404 Mathematics for Industrial 3
Engineering
ESC 2nd Year
401 Standing
ESC
Basic Occupational Safety
Industrial Materials and 401L
IDE401 2 IDE405 and Health for Industrial 3
Processes ESC
Engineers
405
ESC
405L
Industrial Materials and IDE 401 2nd Year
IDE401L 1 IDE406 Financial Accounting 3
Processes (Lab) Standing

342
 2nd
Principles of Economics for Industrial Organization 2nd Year
IDE402 3 Year IDE407 3
Industrial Engineers and Management Standing
Standing
Statistical Analysis for Statistical Analysis for IDE 403
IDE403 3 IDE408 3
Industrial Engineering 1 Industrial Engineering 2
GE2 Ethics 3 GE4 Life and Works of Rizal 3
Readings in the Philippine RE 1
GE11 3 RE3 Christian Marriage 3
History
PE 1
GE14 Understanding the Self 3 PE4 PE 4 2

PE3 PE 3 2 PE 1
TOTAL 27 TOTAL 29

Third Year, First Semester Third Year, Second Semester

Subject Description Units Pre Req Subject Description Units Pre Req
Code Code
ESC
Elementary Electrical
405, IDE 402
IDE409 Engineering for Industrial 3 ESC409 Engineering Economics 3
ESC IDE 412
Engineers
405-L
Fundamentals of
ESC IDE 414
IDE 410 Deformable Bodies for 3 IDE415 Ergonomics 1 2
407 IDE 414L
Industrial Engineering
Human Resource
IDE411 Management for Industrial 3 IDE 407 IDE415L Ergonomics 1 (Lab) 1 IDE 415
Engineers
Managerial Accounting for Marketing Management
IDE412 3 IDE 406 IDE 416 2 IDE 407
Industrial Engineering for Industrial Engineers
Marketing Management
IDE413 Operations Research 1 4 IDE 404 IDE416L for Industrial Engineers 1 IDE 416
(Lab)
IDE 401
IDE
Work Study and IDE 413
IDE414 3 401L IDE417 Operations Management 3
Measurement IDE 419
IDE 407
IDE 403
Work Study and Operations Management
IDE414L 1 IDE 414 IDE417L 1 IDE 417
Measurement (Lab) (Lab)
GEE1 Entrepreneurial Mind 3 IDE418 Operations Research 2 4 IDE 413
IDE 408
Quality Management
GEE5 Living in the IT Era 3 IDE419 3 IDE 414
Systems
IDE 414L
3rd Year
IDE420 Undergraduate Research 1 2
Standing
Undergraduate Research 1
IDE420L 1 IDE 420
(Lab)
Church and Human RE 1
RE 4 3
Society
TOTAL 26 TOTAL 26

Third Year, Third Semester

343
IE421L IE On-the-Job Training 3
TOTAL 3

Fourth Year, First Semester Fourth Year, Second Semester

Subject Description Units Pre Req Subject Description Units Pre Req
Code Code
4th Year 4th Year
ESC 412 Technopreneurship 3 IDE429 IE Capstone Project 1
Standing Standing
IDE 415
IDE422 Ergonomics 2 2 IDE IDE429L IE Capstone Project (Lab) 2 IDE 429
415L
4th Year
IDE422L Ergonomics 2 (Lab) 1 IDE 422 IDE430 IE Elective 1 3
Standing
ESC
406L
Facilities Planning and 4th Year
IDE 423 2 IDE 415 IDE431 IE Elective 2 3
Design Standing
IDE
415L
IDE Facilities Planning and 4th Year
1 IDE 423 IDE432 IE Elective 3 3
423L Design Standing
ESC
404L Industrial Engineering
IDE424 Information System 3 IDE433L 1 Graduating
4th Year Review (Lab)
Standing
IDE 412
IDE 417
IDE
417L
IDE
416,
IDE Seminars and Plant Visits
IDE425 Project Feasibility Study 2 IDE434L 1 Graduating
416L for Industrial Engineering
IDE 423
IDE
423L
IDE 411
ESC
412
Project Feasibility Study Fundamentals of
IDE425L 1 IDE 425 GEE2 3
(Lab) Analytics
IDE 417
Supply Chain Management
IDE426 3 IDE
for Industrial Engineers
417L
4th Year
IDE 427 System Engineering 3
Standing
IDE 420
IDE428L Undergraduate Research 2 2 IDE
420L
TOTAL 23 TOTAL 17

344
Bachelor of Science in Industrial Engineering Course Description
NUMB
COURSE COURSE PRE-
DESCRIPTION ER OF
CODE TITLE REQUISITE
UNITS
EMT403 Differential Topics include: Differentiation and 3 EMT 402
Equations integration in solving first order, first- (Calculus for
degree differential equations, and linear Engineering2)
differential equations of order n; Laplace
transforms in solving differential
equations.
ESC407 Engineering It includes principles of statics, resultant 3 ESC405, ESC
Mechanics and equilibrant of force systems, analysis 405L (Physics
of structures, spatial force systems, for Engineers)
parabolic cables and catenaries.
IDE 401, Industrial The Structure and composition of various 2 (Lec) ESC401,
IDE401L Materials and materials and their alternatives, properties 1 (Lab) ESC401L
Processes and behavior of materials in the service (Chemistry for
(Imp) environment; ferrous and non-ferrous Engineers),
metals and alloys, ceramics, rubber, ESC405,
plastics, organic and composite materials. ESC405L
Industrial processes and equipment related (Physics for
to materials and product use. Engineers)
Woodworking, sand and metal molding,
heat treatment, machining and finishing;
machine shop practice and foundry.
IDE402 Principles of The course covers the introduction to 3 Second Year
Economics economic theory and applications. Topics Standing
for Industrial include supply and demand analysis,
Engineering elasticity, cost of production, firm behavior
and industry organization, national
income, monetary and fiscal policies, and
microeconomic and macroeconomic
principles.
IDE403 Statistical The course covers topics such as: 3 College
Analysis for Descriptive statistics, Data measurements Algebra
Industrial and visualization of data, probability
Engineering concepts and techniques, random variables
1 and discrete and continuous probability
distributions as applied to engineering and
sciences.
ESC410 Environment Ecological framework of sustainable 3 Second Year
al Science development; pollution environments: Standing
and water, air, and solid; waste treatment
Engineering processes, disposal, and management;
government legislation, rules, and
regulation related to the environment and

345
 waste management; and environmental
management system.
ESC411 Thermodyna The study of the laws of thermodynamics 3 ESC405,
mics and properties of gasses. It also includes ESC405L
the study of compresses air. (Physics for
Engineers)
IDE404 Advanced Foundations of mathematical modeling, 3 EMT 403
Mathematics linear algebra; simplex method; matrix (Differential
for Industrial form of the simplex tableau; graph theory; Equations)
Engineering theory of games and decision theory.

IDE405 Basic Evolution of safety management; safety 3 Second Year

Occupational terminology; safety programs adopted by Standing
Safety and high-risk industries; hazards in the
Health for construction, manufacturing, gas and
Industrial power plants, and other engineering
Engineering industries and how to prevent or mitigate
them; techniques in hazard identification
and analysis in workplaces; off-the-job
safety; disaster prevention and mitigation;
and incident investigation.
IDE406 Financial An introduction course that gives students 3 Second Year
Accounting the necessary background to: (1) Standing
understand the concepts and measurements
that underlie financial statements, (2)
develop the skills needed to analyze
financial statements effectively, and (3)
gain an understanding of the choices
enterprises make in reporting the results of
their business activities.
IDE 407 Industrial Topics include: Decision-making; the 3 Second Year
Organization functions of management; managing Standing
and production and service operations;
Management managing the marketing function; and
managing the finance function.
IDE 408 Statistical This course covers the inferential statistics 3 IDE 403
Analysis for that include sampling theory & (Statistical
Industrial distribution, estimation of parameters, test Analysis for
Engineering of hypothesis for single and two Industrial
2 populations, chi-square tests, linear Engineering 2)
regression and correlation analysis and
ANOVA.
IDE 409 Elementary A course designed for non-electrical 3 ESC405,
Electrical engineering students to cover the basic ESC405L
Engineering principles of electrical engineering and to (Physics for
provide at the same time a comprehensive Engineers)

346
 survey of the electrical engineering field.
It includes the Ohm's Law, Ampere's Law,
electrical and magnetic field, electronic
emission, conduction in semi-conductors,
AC and DC circuits, AC and DC meters
and generators and their applications and
basic instrumentation.
IDE410 Fundamental Simple stresses; beam strain; torsion; shear 3 ESC 407
s of and moment in beams; stresses in beams; (Engineering
Deformable beam deflections; restrained beams; Mechanics)
Bodies for columns, riveted, bolted and welded
Industrial connections.
Engineering

IDE411 Human Topics include: Functions of human 3 IDE 407

Resource resource management, Job analysis, (Industrial
Management Manpower planning, Recruitment and Organization
Selection, Performance Management and
Systems, Compensation planning and Management)
implementation, Benefits management,
Training and Development, Human
Resource Information System (HRIS) and
Organization Development (OD).
IDE 412 Managerial The course uses accounting information for 3 IDE 406
Accounting managerial planning and control. This (Financial
covers topics such as cost accounting, Accounting)
budgeting and responsibility accounting,
standard costing, performance measures,
overhead analysis, segment reporting, and
capital budgeting decisions.
IDE413 Operations Introduction to operations research and its 4 IDE404
Research 1 methodology; linear programming (Advanced
formulations, solution techniques in linear Mathematics
programming, duality, sensitivity analysis; for Industrial
transportation and assignment models. Engineering)
IDE 414, Work Study It covers the application of techniques 3 (Lec) IDE 401,
IDE 414L and designed to establish the time for a 1 (Lab) IDE401L
Measurement qualified worker to carry out a specified (Industrial
job at a defined level of performance. It Materials and
involves the basic procedure of selection, Processes),
recording, examination, measurement, IDE 403
compilation and definition; discussion of (Statistical
the four principal techniques in Work Analysis for
Measurement namely: (1) Work Sampling, Engineering 1)
(2) Stop-Watch Time Study, (3) IDE 407
Predetermined Time Standards and (4) (Industrial

347
 Standard Data. It is also concerned with the Organization
analysis and design of work methods and and
systems, including technological selection Management)
of operations or processes and
specifications of equipment type and
design of manual and man-made tasks. It
also includes design and control to insure
proper level of output, inventory, quality
control and costs .
ESC409 Engineering Concepts and techniques of analysis for 3 IDE 402
Economy making economic decisions concerning (Principles of
systems, products and services; selections Economics for
in present economy; basic economy Industrial
methods; depreciation and valuation; Engineering)
selections among alternatives; interest and IDE 412
money-time relationships; inflation; cost- (Managerial
volume profit analysis and marginal and Accounting for
risk analysis; capital management and Industrial
resource allocation. Engineering)
IDE415, Ergonomics Topics in this course include: Economic 2 (Lec) IDE 414
IDE 415L 1 and Social Value of Ergonomics, Posture 1 (Lab) (Work Study
and Movement analysis of individual and and
groups, Information design and analysis, Measurement)
Environmental Factors design of
workplace, Work and Job analysis.
IDE416, Marketing The aims of the course are to introduce 2 (Lec) IDE 407
IDE 416L Management student to a range of marketing concepts 1 (Lab) (Industrial
for Industrial and strategies. At the end of the course, you Organization
Engineering should have acquired the understandings and
and skills required to formulate a Management)
marketing plan through the conduct of a
successful market research and utilizing
marketing mix concepts.
IDE417, Operations Analysis, design, and management of 3 (Lec) IDE 413
IDE417L Management production systems, Productivity 1 (Lab) (Operation
measurement, forecasting techniques, Research 1)
project planning, line balancing, inventory IDE 419
systems, aggregate planning, master (Quality
scheduling, operations scheduling, and Management
modern approaches to production System)
management such as Just-in-Time
production
IDE 418 Operations Integer programming; network analysis; 4 IDE 413
Research 2 decision theory; dynamic programming; (Operation
queuing theory; Markov processes; Research 1)
simulation and non-linear programming.

348
IDE 419 Quality Introduction to philosophies on quality and 3 IDE 408
Management productivity, statistical process control; (Statistical
System acceptance sampling and reliability theory. Analysis for
Industrial
Engineering 2)
IDE 414,
IDE414L
(Work Study
and
Measurement)
IDE420, Undergradua The course covers the methods and 2 (Lec) Third Year
IDE420L te Research 1 techniques of research as applied to 1 (Lab) Standing
Industrial Engineering. Research study
proposal is prepared by the students in
preparation for their undergraduate
research
ESC 412 Techno- This course covers the different aspects of 3 Fourth Year
preneurship starting a new entrepreneurial business Standing
with the emphasis of developing the
students to become technopreneurs. It
discusses the attributes of an entrepreneur
and engages the students to come up with a
business on their own.
IDE422, Ergonomics Signal detection theory, vigilance, 2 (Lec) IDE 415, IDE
IDE 422L 2 information processing, learning, memory, 1 (Lab) 415L
mental workload, visual and auditory (Ergonomics
displays. Usability engineering. Relation 1)
of cognitive limitations to the design of
effective products and interfaces.
IDE423, Facilities Material flow; location and layout of 2 (Lec) ESC 406L
IDE423L Planning facilities; manufacturing processes design; 1 (Lab) (Computer
And Design materials handling and production and Aided Draft
assembly; receiving storage and Lab)
distribution; auxiliary production activities IDE 415,
and safety. IDE415L
(Ergonomic 1)
IDE 424 Information Concepts and frameworks of information 3 ESC 404
Systems systems; analysis and design of (Computer
information systems. Fundamentals
and
Programming
2),
Fourth Year
Standing

349
IDE425, Project Aspects and categories of pre-investment 2 (Lec) ESC 412
IDE425L Feasibility studies; phases of project feasibility 1 (Lab) (Technopreneu
Study studies; project development, evaluation rship),
and management; tax schemes and IDE 411
entrepreneurship, technical aspects, (Human
financial and organizational aspects of Resource
project study. A project feasibility study is Management
undertaken by the students as part of their for Industrial
requirement. Engineering),
IDE 412
(Managerial
Accounting for
Industrial
Engineering)
IDE 416,
IDE416L
(Marketing
Management
for Industrial
Engineering)
IDE 417, IDE
417L
(Operations
Management)
IDE 423
(Facilities
Planning and
Design)

IDE 426 Supply Chain This course focuses on management and 3 IDE 417, IDE
Management improvement of supply chain processes 417L
and performance. It will be valuable for (Operations
students who would like to pursue a career Management)
in consulting or take a position in
operations, marketing or finance functions
in a manufacturing or distribution firm. We
explore important supply chain metrics,
primary tradeoffs in making supply chain
decisions, and basic tools for effective and
efficient supply chain management,
production planning and inventory control,
order fulfillment and supply chain
coordination. We will also investigate
topics such as global supply chain design,
logistics, and outsourcing, several other
recent supply chain innovations. The class

350
 format includes lectures, case discussions,
guest speakers, and simulation games. The
content covers both quantitative and
qualitative materials. The cases will feature
high-tech companies as well as firms in
more traditional industries such as apparel
and manufacturing.
IDE 427 Systems Systems theory; systems analysis and 3 Fourth Year
Engineering design; case studies. Standing

IDE 428L Undergradua Fundamentals of research design; 2 IDE 420, IDE

te Research 2 quantitative research methodologies; 420L
conduct of actual research; research (Undergraduat
proposal and report writing. e Research 1)
IDE429, IE Capstone Capstone project that will demonstrate the 1 (Lec) Fourth Year
IDE429L Project student’s research or design ability. The 2 (Lab) Standing
project may be an industrial engineering
research or a design of a system,
component, or process.
IDE 430 Six Sigma This course covers the principles and 3 Fourth Year
(Elective 1) applications of six sigma in the Standing
manufacturing and service sectors. It
defines the DMAIC approach of Six
Sigma, the tools and techniques applicable
for each stage and how to apply them. It
culminates into a final Six Sigma project
for the students to undertake.
IDE 431 Simulation The course covers the concepts and 3 Fourth Year
(Elective 2) techniques in Monte Carlo simulation. Standing
Topics include: Discrete Event simulation,
Data Collection and Analysis, Model
building, Model Verification and
Validation, and Simulation Output
Analysis. The laboratory component
makes use of ProModel and Process
Simulator for model simulation and
process analysis.
IDE 432 Principles of The course prepares you for the basics of 3 Fourth Year
Transportatio transportation operations and analysis. Standing
n Throughout the course, you’ll review the
(Elective 3) key elements of transportation such as
modes of transportation, transportation
procurement, cost minimization
techniques, the role of ports in global
logistics, and international trade terms.
There will also be discussion around

351
 emerging trends in North American
transportation markets, emerging
techniques, and greenhouse gas
emissions reduction.
IDE 433L IE Review This course provides a review on all the 1 Graduating
allied, core and professional subjects in
Industrial Engineering in preparation for
the students who will take the Certified
Industrial Engineer exams.
IDE 434L IE Seminars Visit to industrial manufacturing plants 1 Graduating
and Plant and other related firms to orient students on
Visit the actual processes. Discussion and
reports on such visits.

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bachelor of Science in Information Technology
Curriculum Code: IT2019
Year: 2019
Total Units : 162
First Year, First Semester First Year, Second Semester
Subje Subje
Uni Pre Uni Pre-
ct Description ct Description
ts Req ts req
Code Code
IIT40 Computer Programming 1 3 None IIT40 Computer Programming IIT40
3
1 (w/ lab) 3 2 (w/ lab) 1
IIT40 Introduction to Computing 3 None IIT40 Introduction to Human IIT40
2 (w/ lab) 5 Computer Interaction (w/ 2
lab) CoRe
3
q:
IIT40
3
ITS4 Computer Hardware and 3 None IIT40 Discrete Mathematics ITS4
3
03 Troubleshooting (w/ lab) 7 02
GE1 Art Appreciation 3 GE2 Ethics 3
GE6 Mathematics in the Modern 3 GE10 Purposive
3
World Communication
GE12 Science, Technology, and 3 GE13 The Contemporary
3
Society World
PE1 Physical Education 1 2 PE2 Physical Education 2 2 PE 1
RE1 The Catholic Faith 1 RE2 Christian Morality 3 RE 1
NST Civic Welfare Training 3 NST Civic Welfare Training NSTP
3
P1 Service 1 P2 Service 2 1
Total 24 Total 26

352
 Second Year, First Semester Second Year, Second Semester
IIT40 Data Structures and IIT40 IIT40 Computer Programming 3 IIT40
4 Algorithm (w/ lab) 3 9 4 - Integrative 4
3
Programming (w/ lab) IIT40
6
IIT40 Computer Programming 3 - IIT40 IIT41 Quantitative Method 3 IIT40
6 Web Development (w/ lab) 3 3 0 7

IIT40 Operating System (w/ lab) ITS4 IIT41 Systems Analysis and 3 IIT40
8 01 1 Design 5
ITS4 CoRe
02 q:
3
CoRe IIT41
q: 2
ITS4
04
ITS4 Networking 1 (w/ lab) ITS4 IIT41 Information Management 3 IIT40
01 03 2 (w/ lab) 5
CoRe
3
q:
IIT41
1
ITS4 Computer Architecture, ITS4 ITS4 Networking 2 (w/ lab) 3 ITS4
04 Organization and Logic 02 02 01
3
Design (w/ lab) ITS4
03
GE4 Life and works of Rizal GEE Great Books 3
3
4
GE11 Readings in Philippine GE14 Understanding the Self 3
3
History
RE3 Christian Marriage 3 RE 1 PE4 Physical Education 4 2 PE 1
PE3 Physical Education 3 2 PE 1
Total 26 Total 23

Third Year, First Semester Third Year, Second Semester

IIT41 Advance Database System 3 IIT41 IIT41 Capstone Project 1 3 IIT41
3 (w/ lab) 2 6 3
IIT41
4
IIT41
5
ITS4
05
ITS4
06

353
IIT41 Computer Programming 5 - 3 IIT40 IIT42 Social and Professional 3 IIT41
4 Mobile Programming (w/ 9 0 Issues 5
lab)
IIT41 Software Engineering 3 IIT41 ITE4 IT Elective 2 (w/ lab) 3 ITE4
5 1 02 01
CoRe
q:
IIT41
3
ITE4 IT Elective 1 (w/ lab) 3 3rd ITE4 IT Elective 3 (w/ lab) 3 ITE4
01 Year 03 01
Status
ITS4 Network Administration (w/ 3 IIT40 ITS4 Information Assurance 3 ITS4
05 lab) 8 07 and Security 1 (w/ lab) 05
ITS4
06
ITS4 System Integration and 3 IIT40 RE4 Church and Human 3 RE 1
06 Architecture (w/ lab) 8 Society
GEE Fundamentals of Analytics 3
2
Total 21 Total 18

Fourth Year, First Semester Fourth Year, Second Semester

IIT41 Capstone Project 2 3 IIT42 IT Field Trips and 3 Grad
8 0 Seminar uatin
g
IIT41 Emerging Technologies (w/ 3 IIT42 IIT42 Practicum for 6 Grad
9 lab) 0 1 Information Technology uatin
(500 hours) g
ITE4 IT Elective 4 (w/ lab) 3 ITE4
04 02
ITE4
03
ITS4 Information Assurance and 3 ITS4
08 Security 2 (w/ lab) 07
ITS4 System Administration and 3 ITS4
09 Maintenance (w/ lab) 07
Total 15 Total 9

354
 IT ELECTIVES
(ITE401 to ITE404)
SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM ENGINEERING
Subje Subje
Uni Uni
ct Description ct Description
ts ts
Code Code
ITEA ITEC
Advanced Java Programming 3 Cloud Computing 3
JP C
ITEA ITEE
Advanced Web Development 3 Embedded Systems 3
WD MS
ITE ITEC
Game Programming 3 Cyber Security 3
GP S
ITEA Advanced Mobile ITEI
3 Internet of Things 3
MC Computing OT
ITEE ITEN
Enterprise Systems 3 Networking 3 3
NS E3
ITE ITEN
Web Technologies 3 Networking 4 3
WT E4

Bachelor of Science in Information Technology Course Descriptions

COURSE COURSE DESCRIPTION NUMBE PRE-
CODE TITLE R OF REQUISIT
UNITS E
IIT401 Computer The course introduces students to 3 NONE
Programming 1 structured programming techniques.
(w/ lab) Topics include data structures,
programming constructs, algorithms, and
problem-solving, different control
statements (sequence, selection, and
repetition), functions, fundamental data
types, and data structures (arrays and
pointers). Upon successful completion of
the course, students will solve computer
problems by using structured
programming techniques and adequate
tools such as text editor, compiler, and
debugger.
IIT402 Introduction to This course provides an overview of the 3 NONE
Computing (w/ Computing Industry and Computing
lab) profession, including Research and
Applications in different fields: an
Appreciation of the history of computing,
and Knowledge of the Key Components
of Computer Systems, Malware,
Computer Security, Internet and Internet

355
 Protocols, Software, MS Office,
Introduction to HTML 4/5.
IIT403 Computer This course will introduce the student to 3 IIT401
Programming 2 the concepts of object-oriented Computer
(w/ lab) programming. Programming topics Programmi
include data hiding/encapsulation and ng 1 (w/
abstraction using classes and objects, lab)
inheritance, polymorphism, generic
programming using template, operator
overloading and file I/O.
IIT407 Discrete This course will introduce the student to 3 ITS403
Mathematics a body of mathematical concepts Computer
essential for the proficiency in some of Hardware
the higher-level computer science and
courses. Topics include: Set theory, Troublesho
Functions and relations, Propositional oting (w/
and predicate logic, Proof techniques, lab)
Recursive Algorithms, Graph theory, and
Discrete probability.
IIT405 Introduction to This course discusses the design, 3 IIT402
Human evaluation, and implementation of Introductio
Computer interactive computing systems for human n to
Interaction (w/ use. It covers the process of interface Computing
lab) design, methods of design, and ways to (w/ lab)
evaluate and improve a design. CoReq:
IIT403
Computer
Programmi
ng 2 (w/
lab)
IIT406 Computer This course will present students with the 3 IIT403
Programming 3 - information and skills needed to use Computer
Web HTML, CSS, and JavaScript to build Programmi
Development responsive websites. Throughout the ng 2 (w/
(w/ lab) course students are introduced to lab)
planning and designing effective web
pages; implementing web pages;
enhancing web pages with the use of
page layout techniques, text formatting,
graphics, images, and multimedia; and
producing a functional, multi-page
website.
IIT404 Data Structures The course covers the standard data 3 IIT403
and Algorithm representation and algorithms to solve Computer
(w/ lab) computing problems efficiently (with Programmi
respect to space requirements and time

356
 complexity of algorithm. This covers the ng 2 (w/
following: Stacks, Queues, Trees, lab)
Graphs, Maps and Sets. Thorough IIT407
discussion of sorting and searching Discrete
algorithms and hashing is covered. Mathemati
cs
IIT408 Operating This course is about the basics of 3 ITS401
System computer operating systems, including Networking
configuration, file systems, security, 1 (w/ lab)
administration, interfacing, multitasking,
and performance analysis. Parallelism or
concurrency aspects explained using the
concepts of process management,
synchronization, deadlocks, job and
process scheduling.
IIT409 Computer Introduces students to integrative 3 IIT404
Programming 4 - programming. Students will develop Data
Integrative standalone and internet applications Structures
Programming using technologies such as xml and in and
(w/ lab) popular frameworks such as ASP.NET. Algorithm
Includes intersystem communication, (w/ lab)
data mapping and exchange, integrative IIT406
coding, scripting techniques, software Computer
security and an overview of Programmi
programming languages. ng 3 - Web
Developme
nt (w/ lab)
ITS410 Quantitative The purpose of this course is to introduce 3 IIT407
Method both basic and advanced analytical tools Discrete
for business disciplines. Beginning with Mathemati
simple statistical methods, the course cs
builds to more robust analytical
techniques such as multivariate linear
regression. Emphasis is placed on
theoretical understanding of concepts as
well as the application of key
methodologies used by industry. This
course also aims to promote a critical
perspective on the use of statistical and
econometric information.
IIT411 System Analysis This course teaches the students to 3 IIT405
and Design analyze and design information systems. Introductio
It covers the different phases of systems n to Human
development focusing on analysis and Computer
design. It discusses the life cycle of a Interaction
typical information system with emphasis (w/ lab)

357
 on user communication, system CoReq:
integration, and management. Students IIT412
will learn the rudiments of systems Informatio
development through a feasibility study. n
Manageme
nt (w/ lab)

IIT412 Information Introduces students to databases and 3 IIT405

Management information management. Includes query Introductio
languages, data organization architecture, n to Human
data modeling, managing the database Computer
environment and special-purpose Interaction
databases. (w/ lab)
CoReq:
IIT411
Systems
Analysis
and Design
IIT413 Advanced The module investigates propelled 3 IIT412
Database System database systems, their administration, Informatio
(w/ lab) and their role in a corporate environment. n
Being the core of information systems Manageme
topics like database management nt (w/ lab)
systems, transactions, information
distribution centers, web-based business
databases and databases will be discussed
together with advanced querying
technique that can pull out humongous
amount of data which data analytics
using SQL queries can be applied. This
module focuses on the latest
technologies, information models and
arrangements that such frameworks
require.
IIT414 Computer This course introduces students to 3 IIT409
Programming 5 - important This course is an introduction Computer
Mobile of the basic concepts of Mobile Programmi
Programming Application Development. It covers the ng 4 -
(w/ lab) fundamentals of building apps for Integrative
embedded devices, smartphones, and Programmi
tablets. It discusses how to create and ng (w/ lab)
customize rich user interfaces, manage,
process data and how to deploy android
apps in physical devices.
IIT415 Software This course introduces students to the 3 IIT411
Engineering concepts, principles and dynamics of

358
 software engineering. It involves the Systems
study of methodologies and techniques, Analysis
and the construction of models at each and Design
major software development phase, CoReq:
namely, requirements analysis, design, IIT413
testing and implementation. It teaches the Advance
students the related principles of project Database
management and software maintenance System (w/
that ensure the effective application of IT lab)
in industry.
IIT416 Capstone Project Capstone Project 1 deals with the 3 IIT413
1 development of the essential ideas, Advanced
concepts, principles, tools, and skills Database
needed in research, thesis writing and System (w/
system development. Specifically, it lab)
deals with the formulation of the research IIT414
problem, familiarization of the research Computer
methods, preparation of the research Programmi
instruments, review of related literature ng 5 -
and studies, sampling techniques, and the Mobile
selection of statistical tools in the Programmi
analysis of data. The procedural aspects ng (w/ lab)
of thesis development, from the research
problem identification up to the IIT415
development of the research design are Software
given emphasis. Engineerin
g
ITS405
Network
Administrat
ion (w/ lab)
ITS406
System
Integration
and
Architectur
e (w/ lab)
IIT418 Capstone Project Students are required to produce 3 IIT416
2 innovative results, generate new Capstone
knowledge or theories, or explore new Project 1
frontiers of knowledge or application
areas.
IIT419 Emerging This course will explore current 3 IIT417
Technologies (w/ breakthrough technologies and disruptive Social and
lab) innovations that have emerged over the Profession
past few years. A close examination will al Issues

359
 be conducted to understand the
importance of management strategy in
navigating the rapid climate of changing
technology to ensure a company’s
success.
IIT417 Social and This subject will cover the social issues 3 IIT415
Professional related to society, issues on history, Software
Issues development and economics of IT will be Engineerin
covered. The issues that will be discussed g
include the effects of the IT application
on the society, the changing nature of
work, the ethical issues and computer
crime. The issues covered are relevant to
being a responsible computer user,
professional or personal. Social, ethical,
and professional issues facing computing
professionals; ethical principles;
discussion of case studies.

IIT420 IT Field Trips This course is designed for students in 3 CP2

and Seminar preparation for them to the corporate Capstone
world. Seminars/Workshops with Project 2
interactive lecture discussions on proper
attitude, personality development, latest
IT trends in the industry that will help
them establish their careers and be highly
competitive. The course is also designed
to provide students with the necessary
skills in organizing and managing
seminars that will strengthen their
knowledge in events management and
Information technology as well.
ITS421 Practicum for This course is important because the 3 CP2
Information students will have the chance to apply the Capstone
Technology skills, knowledge and attitude learned in Project 2
the school and at the same time the
opportunity to experience the corporate
environment. A memorandum of
Agreement or Memorandum of
Understanding should be established by
the institution and the industry. A total
number of 500 hours must be completed
by the students.
ITS401 Networking 1 This course provides an introduction to 3 ITS403
fundamental concepts in the design and Computer
implementation of computer Programmi

360
 communication networks, their protocols, ng 2 (w/
and applications. lab)
ITS402 Networking 2 This course covers advance topics in 3 ITS401
Cisco technology as continuation of Networking
Networking 1 including VTP, DTP, STP, 1 (w/ lab)
EIGRP and OSPF. WAN technologies
are also included in this course (PPP,
Frame Relay) as well as ACLs.
ITS403 Computer This course focuses on providing a solid 3 NONE
Hardware and foundation in current PC hardware and
Troubleshooting provides a hands-on look inside the PC.
(w/ lab) In addition, the course reviews legacy
computer system hardware, as well as
looking at emerging technologies. It also
focuses on computer hardware
troubleshooting and maintenance.
Students will install and configure
computer and system components, learn
how to maintain and troubleshoot
peripheral components, troubleshoot
system components, install and configure
operating systems, maintain and
troubleshoot installations of Microsoft
Windows and identify network
technologies.
ITS404 Computer This course focuses on the fundamental 3 ITS403
Architecture, constructs and concepts underlying Computer
Organization, computer hardware and software which Programmi
and Logic includes number systems, binary ng 2 (w/
Design (w/ lab) arithmetic, codes, Boolean algebra, gates, lab)
Boolean expressions, Boolean switching
function synthesis, iterative arrays,
sequential machines, state minimization,
flip/flops, sequential circuits. Students
will understand modern computer system
architecture and to apply these insights
and principles to future computer
designs.
ITS405 Network This course concentrates on the 3 IIT408
Administration preliminary implementation and Operating
(w/ lab) configuration of core networking services System (w/
using Windows Server 2012. Topics lab)
included in this course are Networking, ITS402
Storage, Installing Windows Server, Networking
Configuring Active Directory Domain 2 (w/ lab)

361
 Services (AD DS), Group Policy, DHCP,
and DNS.
ITS406 System This course covers the global demand for 3 IIT408
Integration and increased automation, mobile services, Operating
Architecture and business-to-business operations. System (w/
Students will work as a group to discover lab)
and develop various system integration ITS402
techniques to address requirements of an Networking
organization. They learn how to architect 2 (w/ lab)
and integrate a very wide range of
services effectively to deliver the
requirements of an ERP system. This
course combines processes, people and
technologies in solving system
integration problems and infrastructure
challenges. A big part of the course is
concentrated on developing architectures
using application programming interface
(API). It is expected that students
perform hands on integration projects
will be assigned for experimentation with
available tools.
ITS407 Information This course provides comprehensive 3 ITS405
Assurance and review of the knowledge required to Network
Security (w/ lab) effectively design, engineer, and manage Administrat
the overall security posture of an ion (w/ lab)
organization. This training course will ITS406
help students review and refresh their System
knowledge and identify areas they need Integration
to prepare for the security path in the and
field of information and technology Architectur
e (w/ lab)
ITS408 Information This course covers advance topics in 3 ITS407
Assurance and information assurance and security. Informatio
Security 2 (w/ Topics included in this course are: n
lab) Network Defense design, Security Policy Assurance
design, configuration of Router IOS and
firewalls (software), configuring VPN Security 1
solutions, Intrusion detection & (w/ lab)
Prevention Systems, Layer 2 Security,
and IT Security Management.
ITS409 System This course focuses on administration of 3 ITS407
Administration operating systems in a client-server Informatio
and Maintenance technology (Windows/Linux), n
(w/ lab) installation and maintenance. This covers Assurance
installation of Windows Server, NTFS and

362
 and folder permissions, Domain Name Security 1
System, Active Directory, local and (w/ lab)
domain Group Policy.

IT ELECTIVES
SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT

ITEAJP Advanced Java This course is a continuation of advanced 3

Programming Java programming techniques including
Network Programming, Search Engines,
Servlets, JSON, and Java EE &
Frameworks.

ITEAMD Advanced This unit focuses on the design, 3

Mobile development and deployment of mobile
Computing applications that will be demonstrated
using the iOS or other platform.
Applications will be developed following
the Model-View-Controller architectural
design pattern and areas such as mobile
GUI design, data management,
networking, mobile sensors, and
wearables will be explored.

ITEAWD Advance Web This course covers advanced topics in 3

Development web development. Students will learn to
build JSON APIs using Node, Express
and MongoDB, APIs using Node,
Express and MongoDB, Use jQuery,
build responsive applications using
modern CSS technologies like flexbox.
ITEENS Enterprise The course provides insights into 3
Systems theoretical concepts and current practice
of enterprise systems. The course is
designed to develop students’ knowledge
about enterprise systems and to provide
hands-on experience with enterprise
systems applications.
ITEGP Game This class is an introduction to the 3
Programming practical and conceptual aspects of
electronic game creation. Students will
have the opportunity to learn a variety of
game-development tools and approaches,
while exploring a variety of theoretical,
social, and other aspects of modern game
culture.

363
ITEWT Advanced Web The course will gain an understanding 3
Technologies and insight into the latest technologies
that deliver the Web as we see it today.
The topics covered include underlying
current languages and standards used to
represent information on the web;
techniques for understanding and
managing data and information in a web
context; and techniques and technology
used to design and deliver web
infrastructure.

IT ELECTIVES
SYSTEM ENGINEERING

ITECC Cloud The course presents a top-down view of 3

Computing cloud computing, from applications and
administration to programming and
infrastructure. Its main focus is on
parallel programming techniques for
cloud computing and large-scale
distributed systems which form the cloud
infrastructure. The topics include
overview of cloud computing, cloud
systems, parallel processing in the cloud,
distributed storage systems,
virtualization, security in the cloud, and
multicore operating systems.
ITECS Cyber Security This course will provide students with 3
the necessary knowledge and skills to
identify risks, to take part in risk
mitigation activities and to provide
infrastructure, implementation,
information, and operational safety.
Students will gain insight into the
importance of cybersecurity and the
integral role of cybersecurity
professionals. The interactive, self-
guided format will provide a dynamic
learning experience where users can
explore foundational cybersecurity
principles, security architecture, risk
management, attacks, incidents, and
emerging IT technologies.
ITEEMS Embedded The course will provide students on how 3
Systems the Arduino platform works in terms of

364
 the physical board and libraries and the
IDE (Integrated Development
Environment). The course will also cover
programming the Arduino using C code
and accessing the pins on the board via
the software to control external devices.
With this module student will get firm
career growth in Electronics domain.
ITEIOT Internet of The course offers an insight into the IoT 3
Things components and explain the different
principles and the several aspects of
designing the IoT architectures. It will
focus towards the edge of the IoT that is
the “Things” (i.e., the edge devices). The
course will analyze the importance of the
security, trust, and privacy issues for IoT
and present techniques that address these.
ITENE3 Networking 3 This course focuses on Local Area 3
Network design and configuration.
Introduction to switches, its role in a
network, designing a network, different
switching technologies and protocols,
dividing network into various VLANs
and implementing security measure on a
cisco switch. It also tackles the concept
of IOS, configuration of IOS, and
securing IOS. Configurations of network
protocols like DHCP, SSH, Telnet,
TFTP, etc. are also contained in this
course
ITENE4 Networking 4 This course tackles routing protocols 3
both static and dynamic routing and
related at the professional level. The
spine of the course is centered on
configuring IGP dynamic routing
protocols such as RIP, EIGRP, and
OSPF. You will explore the concepts on
how these protocols establish neighbor
relationships between devices to
exchange routing information and make
routing decisions.

365
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
Bachelor of Science in Information Technology Specializing in Digital Arts
Curriculum Code: DA2019
Year: 2019
Total Units: 159
First Year, First Semester First Year, Second Semester
Subject Description Units Pre Req Subject Description Units Pre-req
Code Code
DGA401 Freehand and Digital Drawing ( w/ 3 NONE DGA402 Principles of 3 DGA401
lab) 2D Animation
(w/ lab)
IIT401 Computer Programming 1 (w/ lab) 3 NONE IIT403 Computer 3 IIT401
Programming 2
(w/ lab)
IIT402 Introduction to Computing (w/ lab) 3 NONE IIT404 Data Structures 3 IIT401
and Algorithm CoReq:
(w/ lab) IIT403
GE1 Art Appreciation 3 GE10 Purposive 3
Communication
GE6 Mathematics in the Modern World 3 GE13 The 3
Contemporary
World
GE12 Science, Technology, and Society 3 PE2 Physical 2 PE 1
Education 2
PE1 Physical Education 1 2 RE2 Christian 3 RE 1
Morality
RE1 The Catholic Faith 1 NSTP2 Civic Welfare NSTP 1
Training 3
Service 2
NSTP1 Civic Welfare Training Service 1 3
Total 24 Total 23
Second Year, First Semester Second Year, Second Semester
DGA403 Scriptwriting and Storyboard 3 DGA401 DGA406 Audio Design 3 DGA405
Design (w/ lab) DGA402 and Sound
Engineering
(w/ lab)
DGA404 Usability, HCI, User Interaction 3 DGA402 DGA407 Computer 3 3RD YR
Design (w/ lab) Graphics STANDING
Programming
(w/ lab)
DGA405 Introduction to Game Design and 3 IIT403 DGA408 Principles of 3 DGA403
Development (w/ lab) IIT404 3D Animation COREQ:
(w/ lab) DGA407
IIT406 Computer Programming 3 - Web 3 IIT403 DAP401 Advanced 2D 3 DGA403
Development (w/ lab) CoReq: Animation (w/ COREQ:
DGA404 lab) DGA407
GE2 Ethics 3 IIT412 Information 3 IIT403
Management
(w/ lab)
GE4 Life and works of Rizal 3 GEE4 Great Books 3
GE11 Readings in Philippine History 3 PE4 Physical 2 PE 1
Education 4

366
GE14 Understanding the Self 3 RE3 Christian 3 RE 1
Marriage
PE3 Physical Education 3 2 PE 1
Total 26 Total 23

Third Year, First Semester Third Year, Second Semester

DAP402 Advanced 3D Animation and 3 DGA408 DAP406 Texture and 3 DAP402
Scripting (w/ lab) Mapping (w/ DAP404
lab) DAP405
DGA409
DAP403 Advanced Sound Production (w/ 3 DGA406 DAP407 Compositing 3 DAP402
lab) and Rendering DAP404
(w/ lab) DAP405
DGA409
DAP404 Image and Video Processing (w/ 3 DGA408 DAP408 Lighting and 3 DAP402
lab) DGA407 Effects (w/ lab) DAP404
DAP405
DGA409
DAP405 Modeling and Rigging (w/ lab) 3 DGA408 DGA410 Capstone 3 3RD YR
Project 1 STANDING
DGA409 Design and Production Process (w/ 3 DGA408 DAE402 DA Elective 2 3 3RD YR
lab) DAP401 (w/ lab) STANDING
DAE401 DA Elective 1 (w/ lab) 3 3RD YR. RE4 Church and 3 RE 1
STANDING Human Society
GEE2 Fundamentals of Analytics 3
Total 21 Total 18

Fourth Year, First Semester Fourth Year, Second Semester

DGA412 Capstone Project 2 3 DGA410 DGA414 Practicum for 9 GRADUA
Digital Arts TING
(600 hours)
DGA413 DA Field Trips and Seminar 3 DGA410
DAP409 Animation Design and Production 3 4TH YR
STANDING
DAE403 DA Elective 3 (w/ lab) 3 4TH YR
STANDING
IIT419 Emerging Technologies (w/ lab) 3 IIT412
Total 15 Total 9

DA ELECTIVES
(DAE401 to DAE404)
DAEAI Advanced Illustration 3
DAEVE Visual Effects 3
Application of Advanced 3
DAEAAF Animation to Film

DAESMA Stop Motion Animation 3

DAEPH Photography 3
DAEDAP Digital Animation Portfolio 3

367
Bachelor of Science in Information Technology Specializing in Digital Arts Course Description
COURSE COURSE DESCRIPTION NUMBE PRE-
CODE TITLE R OF REQUISITE
UNITS
IIT401 Computer The course introduces students to 3 NONE
Programming 1 structured programming techniques.
Topics include data structures,
programming constructs, algorithms
and problem-solving, different
control statements (sequence,
selection, and repetition), functions,
fundamental data types, and data
structures (arrays and pointers). Upon
successful completion of the course,
students will solve computer
problems by using structured
programming techniques and
adequate tools such as text editor,
compiler, and debugger
IIT402 Introduction to This course provides an overview of 3 NONE
Computing the Computing Industry and
Computing Profession, including
Research and Applications in
different fields; an Appreciation of
Computing in different fields;
Appreciation of the history of
computing; and Knowledge of the
Key Components of Computer
Systems (Organization and
Architecture), Malware, Computer
Security, MS Office.
IIT403 Computer This course will introduce the student 3 IIT401
Programming 2 to the concepts of object-oriented Computer
programming. Programming topics Programming
include data hiding/encapsulation and 1 (w/ lab)
abstraction using classes and objects,
inheritance, polymorphism, generic
programming using template,
operator overloading and file I/O.
IIT404 Data Structures The course covers the standard data 3 IIT401
and Algorithms representation and algorithms to Computer
solve computing problems efficiently Programming
(with respect to space requirements 1 (w/ lab)
and time complexity of algorithm.
This covers the following: Stacks, CoReq:
Queues, Trees, Graphs, Maps and IIT403

368
 Sets. Thorough discussion of sorting Computer
and searching algorithms and hashing Programming
is covered. 2
IIT412 Information Introduces students to databases and 3 IIT403
Management information management. Includes Computer
query languages, data organization Programming
architecture, data modeling, 2 (w/ lab)
managing the database environment
and special-purpose databases.
IIT419 Emerging This course will explore current 3 IIT412
Technologies breakthrough technologies and Information
(w/ lab) disruptive innovations that have Management
emerged over the past few years. A (w/ lab)
close examination will be conducted
to understand the importance of
management strategy in navigating
the rapid climate of changing
technology to ensure a company’s
success.
DGA401 Freehand and This course introduces fundamental 3 NONE
Digital Drawing image development using traditional
( w/ lab) and modern (software-based)
drawing tools. Freehand drawing is
one of the foundations in effective
rendition of design for higher levels
of multimedia development. It
explodes a comprehensive range of
drawing methods and topics such as
Morphological Analysis, Still Life
Drawing, Light and Shade Principle,
and Perspective Drawing that serve
as guiding principles for the heuristic
development of design media.
DGA402 Principles of 2D In this course, the fundamentals of 3 DGA401
Animation (w/ animation (which includes timing, Freehand and
lab) physics, and movement arcs) and Digital
design and production of 2D digital Drawing ( w/
animation using appropriate software lab)
are reviewed. Students explore the
range of possibilities and limitations
of dynamic media and digital
animation.
DGA403 Scriptwriting This course provides students the 3 DGA401
and Storyboard training in developing the blue print Freehand and
Design (w/ lab) of a proposed video which indicates Digital
the order of events in a story, its

369
 dialogues and also the visual Drawing ( w/
treatment and style. The students will lab)
be trained in designing story boards DGA402
for subsequent use in animation or Principles of
game development projects. 2D Animation
(w/ lab)
DGA404 Usability, HCI, The course focuses on imparting to 3 DGA402
User Interaction students the techniques in making Principles of
Design (w/ lab) software more intuitive to use and 2D Animation
hence making it easy for target users (w/ lab)
to learn its fundamental functions and
features. This course includes the
principles of human computer
interaction and user interface design
techniques.

DGA405 Introduction to The course gives an overview of the 3 IIT403

Game Design game development process from Computer
and conception to production. It abo Programming
Development discuses a history of game 2
(w/ lab) development here and abroad, and IIT404
exposure to the positions, job Data
responsibilities that each member of a Structures and
game development team has along Algorithm (w/
with the industry requirements for the lab)
creation of a game design document
(GDD) and technical design
document (TDD). Game design
includes game play, storytelling,
challenges, and basic interactive
design, which includes interface
design, information design, and world
interaction.

Students will experience designing a

small casual game and understand the
complexities in developing these
projects. The experience will be used
as a foundation for more advanced
courses in the program.
DGA406 Audio Design Sound is a crucial element in film, 3 DGA405
and Sound video, animations, the web and any Introduction to
Engineering (w/ form of multimedia. The uses of Game Design
lab) sounds and the moving image in and
multimedia production are tackled Development
herein. Core production skills of (w/ lab)

370
 recording, digitizing, editing and
manipulating of sound samples,
musical acoustics, and digital sound
theory are learned in this course.
'Students will be able to create,
manipulate, engineer and orchestrate
appropriate sounds and sound effects
for a particular genre of theme.
DGA407 Computer In this course, students will be given 3 3RD YR
Graphics an introduction to the mathematics of STANDING
Programming computer graphics as well as how
(w/ lab) they may be applied to create 3D
graphics programs. The learning
approach of the course is to introduce
computer graphics and it mathematics
through a top-down approach
focusing more on the applications of
the mathematical concepts and
limiting mathematical derivations and
bottom-up learning only to some
particular areas of the study. Topics
included in this course are the
requisite review of needed math
concepts (points, vectors, matrices),
graphics transformations, rendering
of primitive geometries, shading and
illumination (concepts and
applications), and use of OpenGL.
DGA408 Principles of 3D In this course, students learn the 3 DGA403
Animation (w/ fundamentals of 3D animation which Scriptwriting
lab) include techniques such as keyframe and
animation and motion capture Storyboard
animation. This will also provide Design (w/
student the foundation in 3D lab)
animation using the 3D modelling COREQ:
and animation software Maya. The DGA407
course will provide a survey of Computer
various animation techniques and Graphics
approaches with an emphasis on Programming
render time animation as it is used in (w/ lab)
3D art, 3D animation, data
visualization and games.
DGA409 Design and This course covers the design and 3 DGA408
Production production process in the field of Principles of
Process (w/ lab) animation development. This course 3D Animation
will concentrate on facilitating the (w/ lab)

371
 student’s production of animated DAP401
projects. The topics of idea Advanced 2D
generation, experimentation, problem Animation (w/
solving, planning and time lab)
management, and the process of
critical analysis will be applied to the
student’s work, with the choice of
animation technique, content, and
form left to the individual.
Students will learn the
importance of bringing projects to
completion.

DGA410 Capstone The Capstone Project 1 should be in 3RD YR

Project 1 the form of animation content of an STANDING
interactive project, done
independently by the student. The
animation project shall involve full
production of original content, not
limited to full length animated
video.
DGA411 Capstone This Capstone Project 2 shall DGA410
Project 2 integrate knowledge and skills Capstone
learned in different courses in the Project 1
degree program. It shall be
sufficiently complex and demonstrate
the cumulative competencies
acquired from the program. A
complete documentation of the
project, including processes and
design principles applied shall be
submitted. It is intended for the
students to create a project of their
own design. Also, it will provide an
advanced-level opportunity where
applied creativity will be used to
demonstrate achievement and
understanding of technical practices
in the Digital Arts. Also it will add a
major and significant piece of work
to their portfolio.
DGA412 DA Field Trips This course is designed for students 4TH YR
and Seminar in preparation for them to the STANDING
corporate world. The field trip is to
give opportunity to witness new
things, learn about new environments

372
 at their own pace and immerse
themselves in an authentic
experience, Seminars/Workshops
with interactive lecture discussions
on proper attitude, personality
development, latest Digital Arts /
Multimedia trends in the industry that
will help them establish their careers
and be highly competitive. The
course is also designed to provide
students with the necessary skills in
organizing and managing seminars
that will strengthen their knowledge
in events management and Digital
Arts as well.
DGA413 Practicum for Internship is an immersion program GRADUATIN
Digital Arts wherein the students will have the G
(600 hours) chance and opportunity to work in a
commercial game development or
animation project in a registered
enterprise. This course is important
because the students will have the
chance to apply the skills,
knowledge, techniques and work
ethics learned in the school. At the
same time, they will have the
opportunity to experience being part
of a team in a production
environment. A memorandum of
Agreement or Memorandum of
Understanding should be established
by the institution and the industry. A
total number of 600 hours must be
completed by the students.
DAP401 Advanced 2D This course builds on the principles 3 DGA403
Animation (w/ of 2D animation subject. Advanced Scriptwriting
lab) techniques in preparing 2D animation and
assets for use in games will be Storyboard
covered including automatic Design (w/
generation of 2D animation assets lab)
through programming. COREQ:
DGA407
Computer
Graphics
Programming
(w/ lab)

373
DAP402 Advanced 3D In this course, students learn how to 3 DGA408
Animation and write scripts to generate repeated Principles of
Scripting (w/ animation effects and pre-determined 3D Animation
lab) movements. Students will learn in (w/ lab)
general the basic structures used in
numerous scripting languages and
will learn in detail the scripting
language of a specific 3D animation
software tool (e.g., Python for
Blender and MEL for Maya).
DAP403 Advanced This course builds on the sound 3 DGA406
Sound design and production subject. Audio Design
Production (w/ Advanced techniques in sound and Sound
lab) production including the use of Engineering
custom developed software will be (w/ lab)
covered such as Adobe Audition
and/or Protocols. Students will learn
to solve technical sound production
problems beyond the solutions
offered by popular software.
DAP404 Image and In this course, students learn the 3 DGA408
Video fundamental operations on images Principles of
Processing (w/ and videos. Image processing 3D Animation
lab) includes Euclidean geometry (w/ lab)
transformations, color corrections, DGA407
image recovery techniques, Computer
compositing, segmentation, Graphics
differencing and morphing, and Programming
alignments. Video processing (w/ lab)
includes audio-video splitting,
synchronization, and video
transformations.
DAP405 Modeling and In this course, students learn how to 3 DGA408
Rigging (w/ develop character assets in varied Principles of
lab) gradients of detail based on given 3D Animation
concept arts. Students also learn the (w/ lab)
mechanics of rigging a model with
skeleton and muscle structures which
animators may move about in an
actual animation production. Students
will learn the theory and proper
placement of critical structures based
on the animation quality required and
timescale.

374
DAP406 Texture and In this course, students learn how to 3 DAP402
Mapping (w/ develop texture maps and application Advanced 3D
lab) techniques, in particular direct Animation and
mapping and multi-texturing - light Scripting (w/
mapping, and bump mapping. lab)
Texture filtering, aliasing reduction DAP404
techniques such aS bilinear Image and
interpolation and trilinear Video
interpolation, clamping, and warping Processing (w/
are covered. lab)
DAP405
Modeling and
Rigging (w/
lab)
DGA409
Design and
Production
Process (w/
lab)
DAP407 Compositing In this course, students learn the 3 DAP402
and Rendering compositing techniques and efficient Advanced 3D
(w/ lab) rendering methods using an Animation and
appropriate 3D animation software Scripting (w/
suite. lab)
DAP404
Image and
Video
Processing (w/
lab)
DAP405
Modeling and
Rigging (w/
lab)
DGA409
Design and
Production
Process (w/
lab)
DAP408 Lighting and In this course, students learn the 3 DAP402
Effects (w/ lab) fundamentals of lighting controls and Advanced 3D
artificial visual effects as applied to Animation and
3D animation. Students experience a Scripting (w/
hands-on control of light and light lab)
sources using appropriate 3D DAP404
animation suite. Proper and practical Image and
use of artificial effects to embellish Video

375
 portions of, or all of, a composited Processing (w/
animated short is covered. lab)
DAP405
Modeling and
Rigging (w/
lab)
DGA409
Design and
Production
Process (w/
lab)
DAP409 Animation In this course, students do 3 4TH YR
Design and collaborative work with each other to STANDING
Production design and produce a short animation
project given a complete storyboard
to work on.
DA ELECTIVES
DAEAI Advanced This course takes illustration students 3
Illustration on in-depth explorations of
illustration process, technique and
implementation in the digital
environment. It will introduce
students to a number of modern
illustrators, their work, and their
techniques by means of readings,
gallery visits, and tutorial exercises.
Using Adobe Photoshop and Adobe
Illustrator learn advanced skills and
techniques to create stunning digital
artworks. This course will include
both designing and creating for the
world of digital fine art and
commercial art
DAEVE Visual Effects This course will cover all the 3
important principles and tools of
modern visual effects and will
recapitulate the history and
development of modern techniques.
This class will teach the
fundamentals of After Effects. The
students will become familiar with
the interface and the basic concepts
of the software and will gain some
insight in the compositing tools and
how they apply to the creation of

376
 visual effects. Upon successful
completion of this course, students
will be expected to create an
animation in After Effects, create
compositions through the use of
transparence, analyze complex visual
effects in movies and create
workflows for the creation of basic
visual effects.
DAEAAF Application of Advanced Animation is an 3
Advanced intermediate course for traditional
Animation to animation. This course provides
Film students advanced skills to produce
traditional animation and the
knowledge of the principles of
animation to be built upon in
subsequent courses leading up to the
Portfolio course. Students can also
apply skills learned in this class in
other areas including stop motion and
computer-generated animation.
DAESM Stop Motion This course introduces students in 3
A Animation various animation methods. Student
will learn how to capture their
animated sequence with Digital
Camera on a down shooter and
tripods. The class will explore the
process of basic stop-motion
filmmaking such as developing
concept, writing, designing,
animating and editing projects. At the
end of the semester, students will
learn to work as a part of a team.
Each team will present their finished
animation sequences as a short film
with documentation of the work
DAEPH Photography This course will cover the use of the 3
Digital SLR camera controls,
including f/stops, shutter speeds, film
speeds and the production of a correct
exposure. Skills will include
composition, criticism, lighting, and
image editing software. Students will
also learn the history and invention of
photography. Assignments will
include creative use of the camera

377
 controls including depth of field and
action motion, shadows and light,
alternative camera angles, portraits,
still life’s, and compositions based on
the principles and elements of design.
Students will explore technical,
artistic, and commercial aspects of
photography. The course will include
on and off camera flash techniques,
studio strobe usage, advanced digital
camera operations and creative digital
darkroom techniques with the use of
Lightroom and Photoshop software.
DAEDAP Digital A course in the development of a 3
Animation professional portfolio to showcase the
Portfolio student's skills in animation. Includes
self-promotion, resumes, portfolio
distribution, and interview
techniques. Portfolio is an advanced
course and final culmination of the
3D Animation track. All animations
are brought together here, honed,
polished and assembled into final
products designed for submission to
professional animation studios.

378
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES
Bachelor of Science in Psychology
Curriculum Code: PSYC2019
Year: 2019
Total 174
Units
First Year, Second
First Year, First Semester
Semester
Subject Subject
Description Units Pre Req Description Units Pre-req
Code Code
GE1 Art Appreciation 3 ICC2 Developmental 3 PSY202
Psychology
NSTP1 Civic Welfare Training 3 GE2 Ethics 3
Service 1
PSY202 Introduction to Psychology 3 GE5 Masining na 3
Pagpapahayag
GE3 Kontekswalisadong Filipino 3 GE6 Mathematics in the 3
Modern World
PE1 Physical Education 1 2 PSY203 Psychological Statistics 5
(w/ lab)
GE10 Purposive Communication 3 GE12 Science, Technology, and 3
Society
PSY201 Technical Writing in 2 GE13 The Contemporary World 3
Psychology
RE1 The Catholic Faith 1 PE2 Physical Education 2 2 PE1
GE14 Understanding the Self 3 Civic Welfare Training
NSTP2 3 NSTP1
Service 2

TOTAL 23 TOTAL 28

Second Year, Second

Second Year, First Semester
Semester
GE17 Biology 4 PSY206 Abnormal Psychology 3 LASS225,
ICC2,
PSY204
PSY204 Biopsychology 3 PSY202, GE19 Genetics 3
ICC2
RE2 Christian Morality 3 RE1 PSY207 Industrial/Organizational 3 LAS225
Psychology
GE18 Environmental Science 3 GE4 Life and works of Rizal 3
GEE5 Living in the IT Era 3 PE4 Physical Education 4 2 PE1
GEE6 Philippine Indigenous 3 PSY208 Psychological Assessment 3 PSY205
Communities 2 (w/ lab)
PE3 Physical Education 3 2 PE1 GE11 Readings in Philippine 3
History
LAS225 Theories of Personality 3 PSY202, GEE7 Philippine Pop Culture 3
ICC2,
PSY203
PSY205 Psychological Assessment 1 3 PSY202, GE7 Pagsasaling Wika 3
w/ Lab PSY201,
PSY203

379
 TOTAL 27 TOTAL 26

Third Year, Second

Third Year, First Semester
Semester
ICC1 Biochemistry 5 GE15 Anatomy & Physiology 5
RE3 Christian Marriage 3 RE1 RE4 Church and Human 3 RE1
Society
PSY209 Cognitive Psychology 3 PSY204 PSY212 Clinical Psychology 3
PSY206,
PSY208
PSY210 Experimental Psychology 5 PSY203, PSY213 Group Dynamics 3 PSY207,
(w/ lab) PSY208 LAS222
PSY211 Field Methods in Psychology 5 PSY214 Research Methods in 3 PSY210,
(w/lab) Psychology 1 PSY211
LAS222 Social Psychology 3 LAS225 PSY215 Selection & Recruitment 3 PSY207,
LAS222
PSY217 Sikolohiyang Pilipino 3 LAS222
GE16 Zoology (w/ lab: 5 hours) 5

TOTAL 24 TOTAL 28

Fourth Year, Second

Fourth Year, First Semester
Semester
PSY216 Research Methods in 3 PSY214 PSY219 Internship in Psychology ALL
12
Psychology 2 (600 hours) PROF ED
PSY218 Special Topics in 3 PSY212,
Psychology LAS222,
PSY209,
PSY215
TOTAL 6 TOTAL 12

Bachelor of Science in Psychology

Course Descriptions
COURSE NUMBER PRE-
COURSE TITLE DESCRIPTION
CODE OF UNITS REQUISITE
The course covers a broad
overview of the basic
concepts, theories, research
and issues in the field of
Psychology that focuses on
how humans behave and
PSY202 Introduction to
relate with the 3 NONE
- Psychology
environment. This gives
learners the opportunity to
develop appreciation and
understanding of
Psychology as a field of
science. The learners will

380
 work on a research work
that will demonstrate
critical thinking and a
simulation of intellectual
curiosity about human
behaviour through the
application of
Psychological research
methods.
This is a five-unit course
that intends to give
students a general
understanding of why
statistics is used in
psychological researches
and
assessment. It covers basic
concepts and methods of
descriptive and inferential
statistics and their use in
design, analysis and
interpretation of
psychological studies. It
PSY203 Psychological Statistics also discusses the manner 5 NONE
by which statistical tools
are applied to further
understand
psychological data.
Furthermore, this course
builds students’
capabilities to understand
and make inferences with
regard human
behavior based on
quantitative values. This
also trains students to use
computer softwares for
data analysis.
This course will provide an
PSY202 -
overview of various classic
Introduction to
and contemporary
Psychology,
approaches to
LAS225 Theories of Personality 3 ICC2 -
understanding personality
Developmental
in terms of content,
Psychology,
application and its current
PSY203 -
status. This will also tackle

381
 personality development Psychological
and its implications to Statistics
normal and abnormal
development. Learners are
expected to produce a case
profile that aims to apply
knowledge of personality
theories in analysing a
specific person/
phenomena.
This course introduces the
students to the cognitive
processes, often called
higher mental processes
and will include broad
range of topics in human
PSY204 -
PSY209 Cognitive Psychology cognition such as 3
Biopsychology
perception, attention,
memory, language,
problem solving and
special topic about social
cognition included in some
chapters.
The physiological
approach to studying
human behavior. Basic PSY202 -
concepts and findings in Introduction to
neuroscience with special Psychology,
PSY204 Biopsychology 3
emphasis on brain-body ICC2 -
relationship, brain- Developmental
behavior relationship and Psychology
mind-behavior relationship
are treated in the course.
This is a five-unit course
which introduces students
to the scientific nature of
psychology. The course
PSY203 -
orients students to different
Psychological
approaches in the conduct
Experimental Statistics
PSY210 of experiment involving 3
Psychology PSY208 -
examination of
Psychological
psychological
Assessment 2
variables. Discussion
highlights the use of
experimental designs and
their corresponding

382
 appropriate analysis. The
course also trains students
to plan, implement, and
report experimental
procedures and results
The scientific study of
human social behavior-
how and why we think,
feel, behave and relate to
one another in social
situations the way we do.
The major theories, LAS225
LAS 222 Social Psychology concepts and empirical 3 Theories of
findings in social Personality
psychology are dealt with.
Social behavior and social
phenomena in the
Philippine setting are
examined from the social
psychological perspective.
The course is a study of
concepts and methods in
the field of culture and
psychology, giving
meaning to psychological
reality based on the
language and worldview of
the Filipino. The students
will be introduced to
indigenous concepts in
LAS222
Sikolohiyang Pilipino, and
PSY217 Sikolohiyang Pilipino 3 Social
its applications in various
Psychology
fields of psychology. They
will also be trained in the
use of indigenous research
methods. Furthermore,
issues regarding
Sikolohiyang Pilipino as a
discipline and as a
movement will also be
discussed. The course will
be conducted in Filipino.
A course providing an
LAS225
Industrial/Organizational overview of psychological
PSY207 3 Theories of
Psychology concepts, theories and
Personality
research findings for

383
 effective human
interactions and
performance in the
workplace. Topics include
organizational structures
and systems,
organizational
communication processes,
leadership, motivation,
conflict resolution,
problem solving and
decision making, team
dynamics, efforts in human
resource development and
management, and
organizational change and
development.
This course covers both
quantitative and qualitative
field methods. It includes
the design and
Field Methods in administration of surveys,
PSY211 3
Psychology interviews and focus group
discussion. Learners will
also be oriented on the use
of secondary data and
observations.
A research methods course
which aims to train the
student in psychological PSY210
research beginning from Experimental
Research Methods in choosing a relevant Psychology,
PSY214 3
Psychology 1 problem-topic, reviewing PSY211- Field
the literature, postulating a Methods in
conceptual framework, to Psychology
planning for methodology
and data analysis.
This course gives a more
comprehensive treatment
of the logic,
PSY214
methodologies, and
Research Methods in Research
PSY216 standards of the all 3
Psychology 2 Methods in
approaches in
Psychology 1
psychological research.
They will be trained how
to examine and evaluate

384
 research, propose and
implement their own
research.
A in practicum which
involves providing an
integrated and coordinated
series of learning
experiences that will serve
students with opportunities
to: (a) practice and expand
on previously held
knowledge and learned
skills; (b) develop new
skills and knowledge; and
(c)experience personal and
professional growth and All professional
PSY219 Internship in Psychology 12
development. Through courses
these experiences students
will be contributing to their
professional growth in
becoming a competent
professional in the various
fields of psychology and
psychometrics. Practicum
students can expect to
assist in serving various
populations, children,
adults, home-care units,
personnel and staff.
The course aims to provide
students with a basic
understanding of the
nature, scope, and
techniques used in the field
of clinical psychology, PSY206 -
including approaches in the Abnormal
diagnosis, assessment and Psychology and
PSY212 Clinical Psychology 3
interventions in various PSY208 -
psychological disorders. Psychological
The course also discusses Assessment 2
the roles, functions, and
ethical considerations
involved in the practice of
the profession. Lastly, the
course will train students in

385
 preparing clinical case
reports.
PSY201 The course will orient and
familiarize students in the
writing conventions of the
field of Psychology. The
course will focus on
teaching the students the
APA format in writing and
help students choose
Technical Writing in
proper sources and review 1
Psychology
literature. At the end of the
course, students will be
able to produce scholarly
work using the APA
format. Students are
expected to produce a
literature review paper
using the APA style.
This course focuses on the
supplication of knowledge
of psychology as a
profession, and the PSY212
associated links between Clinical
theories in psychology and Psychology,
professional LAS222 Social
practice. Emerging Psychology,
Special Topics in psychology topics are also PSY209
PSY218 3
Psychology discussed. The course also Cognitive
introduces students to the Psychology,
issues and challenges of PSY215
working with complex, Selection and
vulnerable, and diverse Recruitment, 4th
populations. Furthermore, year standing
ethical responsibilities of
practitioners shall be taken
into consideration
Using
experiential/inductive
methods, the course
PSY207 I/O
provides students the
Psychology,
PSY213 Group dynamics opportunity to understand 3
LAS222 Social
the dynamics of group
Psychology
processes and functioning
such as communication,
problem-solving, decision-

386
 making,
leadership/membership,
collaboration/competition,
and self-awareness,
particularly in a Philippine
organizational setting.
This course provides
understanding of
recruitment and selection
methods and processes that
which can give learners the
opportunity to develop a
critical approach to human
resource management. The
course will also familiarize
learners to a wide range of
issues, principles, practices
PSY207 I/O
and trends in recruitment
Selection and Psychology,
PSY215 and selection that will 3
Recruitment LAS222 Social
allow them to examine
Psychology
assessment methods of
core and support staffing
activities. The learners will
be asked to conduct an
assessment of the
organization's current
recruitment & selection
techniques & suggests
ways on how to improve
its practices aligned with
the organization's goals.

COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES

Bachelor of Arts in Communication
Curriculum Code: CA2019
Year: 2019
Total 192
Units
First Year, Second
First Year, First Semester
Semester
Subject Subject
Description Units Pre Req Description Units Pre-req
Code Code
NSTP1 Civic Welfare Training 3 COM201 Advertising Principles 3 LAS211
Service 1 and Practices
LAS211 Introduction to 3 NSTP2 Civic Welfare Training 3 NSTP1
Communication Media Service 2

387
GE2 Ethics 3 COM202 English Communication 3 LAS211,
for Media Communicator GE10
GE3 Kontekswalisadong Filipino 3 LAS214 Journalism Principles and 3 LAS211
Practices
GE4 Life and works of Rizal 3 GE6 Mathematics in the 3
Modern World
PE1 Physical Education 1 2 GEE6 Philippine Indigenous 3
Communities
GE10 Purposive Communication 3 PE2 Physical Education 2 2 PE1
GE11 Readings in Philippine 3 GE12 Science, Technology, and 3
History Society
RE1 The Catholic Faith 1 GE5 Masining na 3
Pagpapahayag
GE14 Understanding the Self 3
TOTAL 27 TOTAL 26

Second Year, Second

Second Year, First Semester
Semester
GE1 Art Appreciation 3 RE3 Christian Marriage 3 RE1
RE2 Christian Morality 3 RE1 COM204 Communication Cognate 3 LAS211
1
LAS229 Communication Values and 3 LAS211 COM205 Communication Cognate 3 LAS211,
Ethics 2 GE14
COM203 Introduction to Film 3 LAS211 LAS204 Communication Theories 3 LAS211
LAS221 Photography 3 LAS211 LAS215 Media and Society 3 LAS211,
LAS229
LAS226 Writing for Radio and 3 LAS211 PE4 Physical Education 4 2 PE1
Television
PE3 Physical Education 3 2 PE1 COM206 Social Media Principles 3 LAS211,
and Practices COM201,
LAS229,
LAS214
LAS220 Performance and Acting 3 LAS211 LAS213 Investigative Journalism 3 LAS214,
LAS229
GE7 Pagsasaling Wika 3

TOTAL 26 TOTAL 23

Third Year, Second

Third Year, First Semester
Semester
RE4 Church and Human Society 3 RE1 LAS201 Animation and Motion 3 LAS211,
Graphics LAS226,
LAS229,
LAS221
COM207 Communication Cognate 3 3 LAS211, COM211 Communication Cognate 3 LAS211,
LAS229, 5 COM205,
LAS226 LAS220
COM208 Communication Cognate 4 3 LAS211, COM212 Communication Elective 3 GE10
LAS229, 1
LAS226
LAS207 Creative Non-Fiction 3 GE10, COM213 Communication Elective 3 LAS221,
LAS214 2 COM206,
COM205

388
COM209 Developmental 3 LAS211, COM214 Communication Elective 3 COM205,
communication LAS229 3 COM210,
LAS220,
LAS221,
COM206
GEE3 Gender and Society 3 COM215 CSR and PR Principles 3
and Practices
LAS216 Media Laws 3 LAS211, LAS218 Multimedia Production 3 LAS211,
LAS229 LAS226,
LAS221,
LAS214,
COM208
GEE4 Great Books 3 GE13 The Contemporary World 3
COM210 Radio and TV Production 3 LAS211, COM216 Thesis 1 3 LAS211,
LAS229, LAS204,
LAS214, LAS216,
LAS226, LAS215
LAS221
TOTAL 27 TOTAL 27

Fourth Year, Second

Fourth Year, First Semester
Semester
LAS227 Account Management 3 LAS211, COM223 Internship in 12 LAS211,
COM201, Communication (600 COM201,
LAS216, hours) LAS216,
COM202, COM202,
LAS204, LAS204,
COM215, COM215,
COM206 COM206,
LAS229,
COM219,
COM218,
LAS218
LAS228 Advertising Communication 3 LAS211,
and Development COM201,
LAS216
COM217 Communication Elective 4 3 LAS211,
LAS204,
TOTAL 12
LAS229,
GE10
COM218 Integrated Marketing 3 LAS211,
Communication COM202,
LAS214,
COM201,
LAS216,
LAS226,
COM206,
LAS215
COM219 Media Management 3 LAS211,
COM202,
LAS214,
COM201,

389
 LAS216,
LAS218
COM220 Multimedia Portfolio 3 LAS211,
Management (w/ lab) COM202,
LAS214,
COM201,
LAS216,
LAS218
COM221 Risk Reduction and 3 COM209,
Humanitarian LAS215,
Communication COM215
COM222 Thesis 2 3 LAS211,
COM201,
LAS204,
LAS216,
LAS215
TOTAL 24

Bachelor of Arts in Communication

Course Descriptions
COURSE NUMBER
COURSE TITLE DESCRIPTION PRE-REQUISITE
CODE OF UNITS
This course is an
introduction to the field of
communication with
emphasis on the history of
communication study,
concepts important to all
areas of communication,
the contexts in which
INTRODUCTION communication occurs, and
LAS211 - TO the issues that must be
3 NONE
COMMUNICATION faced by students of
MEDIA communication. The course
serves as an introduction to
the strands of
communication:
interpersonal, small groups
and teams, mass
communication,
organizational,
intercultural, and rhetoric.
The course introduces the
JOURNALISM student to journalism as a
LAS214 PRINCIPLES AND medium, as a media 3 LAS 211
PRACTICES industry outlet, and as a
profession. Aside from

390
 examining the different
journalism skills (news
writing, feature writing,
editorial writing, and
investigative writing), the
course will likewise explore
the realities, challenges,
and innovations faced by
journalists and the medium
itself today.
This course introduces the
student to the basic
principles of advertising
with additional insights on
how advertising agencies
operate. Familiarization
with values advertising and
a discussion on the
Advertising Standards
Council of the Philippines
ADVERTISING
and its Code of Conduct
COM201 PRINCIPLES AND 3 LAS211
will likewise be explored.
PRACTICE
At the end of the course,
students are expected to be
equipped with advanced
knowledge in competitive
and competent Advertising.
Students will develop an
advertising campaign for an
existing brand, and to
participate in organizing
"AdSpeak".
This course examines the
theoretical, ethical and
regulatory concepts that
underpin communication
practice and introduces you
COMMUNICATION to the basic theories which
LAS229 ETHICS AND govern communication LAS211
VALUES practice and help define the
role of communicators and
broadcasters in society. It
will also introduce you to
the laws and regulations
which govern

391
 communicators and media
organizations.
This course will help
participants to develop the
necessary language skills
for communicating
effectively and confidently
in English in a advertising
environment and aims to
equip students with the
linguistic tools necessary
for them to develop as
professional
ENGLISH communicators in
COMMUNICATION advertising in the future. It
COMM202 3 LAS211, GE10
FOR THE MEDIA is designed with the
COMMUNICATOR freshmen in mind to
prepare them for the
advanced courses in
Communication
presentations. The course
is divided into five
sections: The Self,
Persuasion & Influence,
The Art of Communication
through Writing; and Group
Communication & Culture,
Marketing Communications
The course is a part- LAS211
theoretical and part-
practical approach to
studying communication
WRITING FOR
competencies on writing
LAS226 RADIO AND 3
scripts. Specifically, the
TELEVISION
three-unit course will centre
on basic scriptwriting for
basic television and radio
program formats/genres.
An introduction to digital
photography using digital
cameras and basic image
editing software. This
LAS221 PHOTOGRAPHY 3 LAS211
course includes print
production for making
black-and-white and color
photographs and studio

392
 techniques that include
portrait lighting and still
life photography. No prior
photography experience is
required. Students use
digital photography for the
production of a
photographic portfolio.
This course understands the
principles of
communication and
broadcast presentation,
including procedures and
methods to use the voice,
face and body as tools for
communicating. There will
be an emphasis on
performance on stage,
television, radio and online
media. Through in-class
PERFORMANCE
exercises, drills and
AND ACTING (FOR
LAS220 homework assignments, 3 LAS211
COMMUNICATION
students will develop and
STUDENTS)
practice skills for narration
and on camera news
delivery, including field
reporting and in-studio
filming. It will discuss the
basic acting techniques for
stage and film. Upon
completion of this class,
students should be
comfortable performing on-
mic, on-camera, and on
stage.
This course introduces
students to film aesthetics
through the analysis of film
form and style, and the jobs
in the Film Industry. The
INTRODUCTION
COMM203 course will emphasize 3 LAS211
TO FILM
specific aspects of film
style and narrative form
through analysis of scenes
from the films screened
each week and from a range

393
 of eastern and western
style. Each week will
introduce historical,
cultural and theoretical
topics relevant to
the films shown while
focusing on the films' self-
reflexivity of their medium,
and
considering the politics of
image-making from the
post war period to today.
The students will produce
four production workshops
that will touch-base with
the different storytelling
techniques.
The course will focus on
understanding the causes
and consequences of the
patterns of relationships
between individuals, online
and offline. Topics will
include the small-world
puzzle, the strength of weak
ties, and the spread of
diseases and fads. It will
discuss the movement of
SOCIAL MEDIA communication and
LAS211, COM201,
COM206 PRINCIPLES AND audience engagements, and 3
LAS229, LAS214
PRACTICES its effect on the traditional/
offline entities. This course
will be working hand in
hand with a basic
knowledge on
understanding basic data
analytics to gauge the
statistics online. The
students will be exposed to
Social Media, its history,
current trends, and market
projections.
This course will provide an LAS211, GE14
COMMUNICATION
avenue to carve a creative
COM205 COGNATE 3
space in a strategic
COURSE TWO
management environment.

394
 AMY WHEELER'S This course will practice
ART THINKING exercises for students to
input creative appreciation
to their daily tasks. This
will prepare the future
practitioners an output to
preserve creativity in an
industrial environment, and
to balance art and the
industry mindset.
The course aims to
understand communication
theories and its significance
to communication process.
It seeks to explain the
various concepts of these
theories that are beneficial
COMMUNICATION toward analyzing the
LAS204 3 LAS211
THEORIES communication process.
Ultimately, the knowledge
of communication theories
will help the student to
relate these toward
understanding different
communication situations
and societal issues.
This course introduces
students to the principles
and techniques in
INVESTIGATIVE
LAS213 investigative journalism 3 LAS214, LAS229
JOURNALISM
and equips them to write
investigative reports on
issues of public interest.
LAS215 This is an advanced course
on communication and
media and its impact to
society. It establishes the
notion of mass media as a
product of complex forces
MEDIA AND
− economic, governmental, 3 LAS211, LAS229
SOCIETY
historical, and
technological. This course
will explore those
underlying forces and
provide analytical tools to
evaluate media critically.

395
 An overall goal is to
become media literate, to
gain an understanding of
mass media as cultural
industries that seek to
influence our behavior and
affect our values as a
society.
COM207 This course focuses on
advanced news-gathering
COMMUNICATION and writing skills. It
COGNATE 3 concentrates on the three-
SPECIALISED part process of producing LAS211, LAS229,
3
JOURNALISM: news stories: discovering LAS226
BEAT COVERAGE the news, reporting the
AND REPORTING news, and writing the news
in different formats and
beats.
COM208 The course will discuss the
fundamentals of
Screenwriting for Film.
Topics covered will include
techniques for generating
ideas, the drafting process,
classical screenplay
structure, conflict, building
COMMUNICATION
characterization, dialogue,
COGNATE 4 LAS211, LAS229,
visual writing, analyze the 3
SCRIPTWRITING LAS226
work of the screenwriter,
FOR THE MOVIES
dealing with
notes/feedback, scene
structure, rewriting and
other tools of the trade. The
business side of
screenwriting will also be
discussed such as script
auction and selling.
This introduces the students LAS211, LAS229
DEVELOPMENT to the concepts and
COM209 3
COMMUNICATION practices of development
communication.
This is an introductory LAS211, LAS229,
RADIO AND course on the rudiments of LAS214, LAS226,
COM210 TELEVISION radio and television 3 LAS221
PRODUCTION production. The subject
will provide the students an

396
 overview of the radio and
television industries with
emphasis on production
management and
programming.
The course focuses on
writing techniques utilized
in crafting nonfiction works
such as autobiography,
biography, and essay. It
explores the key elements
CREATIVE that lie at the heart of good
LAS207 3 GE10, LAS214
NONFICTION creative nonfiction. It also
examines the varied
technical skills that an
aspiring writer needs to
learn and master to become
a prolific creative
nonfiction writer.
COM211 The course aims to develop
the student’s knowledge
and understanding of the
theater. It will zero-in on
COMMUNICATION the various elements of a
LAS211, COM205,
COGNATE FIVE: theatrical event/production 3
LAS220
THE THEATRE as well as the significant
events, innovations, and
movements that shaped its
evolution as an art form and
a social event.
The course aims to know
understand the various laws
of media and its roles in the
communication process and
in the Philippine media
industry. Aside from
discussing the evolution of
various media laws, there
LAS216 MEDIA LAWS 3 LAS211, LAS229
will be an extensive and
critical look at basic legal
provisions that impact and
apply to various media
related professions. This is
for the student to
underscore and
comprehend the relevance

397
 of these laws to the
Philippine media industry
and to the current local
Diaspora.
The course deals with how
COMMUNICATION
prose and poetry can be
ELECTIVE ONE:
COM212 utilized in developing 3 GE 10
CREATIVE
imaginative approaches to
WRITING
human experiences.
The course tackles the
principles and techniques of
improving photos,
COMMUNICATION
managing colours and
ELECTIVE TWO: LAS221, COM206,
COM213 typography as well as 3
DIGITAL COM205
creating new designs and
IMAGING
images for digital, online,
and print publications.

The course examines the

evolution of performance
COMMUNICATION skills for various program
ELECTIVE THREE: genres in convergent
COM205, COM210,
PERFORMANCE (broadcast and digital)
COM214 3 LAS220, LAS221,
MEDIA, media. It also discusses the
COM206
PERFORMANCE integration of
ART communication and
information technologies in
the performing arts.
COM216 This course tackles
exposure to qualitative and
quantitative research
methods, such as historical
and legal research, media
COMMUNICATION LAS211, LAS204,
analysis, content analysis, 3
RESEARCH ONE LAS216, LAS215
in-depth interviewing and
discourse analysis. An
approved research topic and
proposal is the final
requirement.
The course introduces the
student to the field of
COMMUNICATION
intercultural
ELECTIVE FOUR: LAS211, LAS204,
COMM217 communication. People 3
INTERCULTURAL LAS229, GE10
communicate in various
COMMUNICATION
contexts (interpersonal,
group, intrapersonal and

398
 intra-group, and tri-media),
and in order to understand
and analyze the process it is
essential to understand the
place of communication in
culture.
LAS201 This course is an LAS211, LAS226,
introductory course to LAS229, LAS221
animation and motion
graphics. It introduces the
theories, techniques, and
practices of motion
graphics and the integration
of design, photo imaging,
ANIMATION AND sound, video, and
MOTION PICTURE animation. The primary 3
GRAPHICS emphasis of the course is
the successful creation of
imagery, sound, video, and
animation for use in motion
graphic projects for Film
and Television. Research,
critical analysis, and
concept development will
be emphasized.
This course teaches the
technical skills and creative
principles required for
single camera ('film style')
video field shooting and
post production. Topics
include audio, video
recording technology,
LAS211, LAS226,
MULTIMEDIA composition, lighting,
LAS218 3 LAS221, LAS214,
PRODUCTION continuity, and editing. The
COM208
student will gain experience
planning, shooting and
editing entertainment-
and/or information-based
video projects will be
provided through hands-on
exercises, projects and
assignments.
COM218 INTEGRATED The course surveys in an
LAS211, COM202,
MARKETING in-depth fashion the 3
LAS214, COM201,
COMMUNICATION theoretical and structural

399
 models of marketing LAS216, LAS226,
communication and aims to COM206, LAS215
equip students with the
tools necessary to create a
coherent and fully
integrated promotional
campaign. Students will be
actively
involved in the design and
implementation of various
strategic communications
approaches meant to target
different publics on local
and international scale.
This course is an
introduction to media
management. It will
provide the fundamental
knowledge for leading and
operating various media
companies. It will instruct
students on how to be an
effective manager, as there
must be a clear line of
authority with structural
LAS211, COM202,
MEDIA and functional roles in
COM219 3 LAS214, COM201,
MANAGEMENT performing media tasks
LAS216, LAS218
smoothly, day after day. It
will also impress that
continually improving
performance must be
focused on the target
audience’s needs while
addressing the needs of the
business. Basic Negotiation
and Management Principles
are to be discussed and
practiced.
This course introduces
basic presentation and in
MULTIMEDIA
depth negotiation learning
PORTFOLIO LAS211, COM202,
for the future
COM220 MANAGEMENT 3 LAS214, COM201,
communication managers.
(WITH LAS216, LAS218
The key concepts is
LABORATORY)
business communication,
strategy, and creative

400
 management. the
laboratory equivalent of the
Media Management course
for communication
practice.
The course understands the
process of effective
communication between
stakeholders prior to,
during, and after the onset of
disasters and risk situations.
DISASTER, RISK, Additionally, it seeks to
AND familiarise the students with COM209, LAS215,
COM221 3
HUMANITARIAN communication strategies COM215
COMMUNICATION used in conducting
humanitarian aid operations
which contribute to
protection of lives and
properties during disasters
or emergencies.

This course tackles LAS211, COM201,

exposure to qualitative and LAS204, LAS216,
quantitative research LAS215
methods, such as historical
COMMUNICATION and legal research, media
COM222 3
RESEARCH TWO analysis, content analysis,
in-depth interviewing and
discourse analysis. An
approved paper is the final
requirement.
This course teaches the LAS211, COM201,
entire process of the LAS216, COM202,
accounts management LAS204, COM215,
department in advertising. COM206
ACCOUNT It deals with technical,
LAS227 3
MANAGEMENT management, and
communication skills to
lead a team and to
accomplish the clients'
goals.
This course introduces the
ADVERTISING
role of communication in
COMMUNICATION LAS211, COM201,
LAS228 the advertising world, and 3
AND LAS216
its impact on achieving
DEVELOPMENT
business and creative

401
 objectives. The focus of the
course is understanding
communication to see the
role of advertising in their
overall strategic business
and marketing plan.
Students will be exposed to
the different ways
businesses utilize
advertising in achieving
their goals.
This course introduces the
role of communication in
the advertising world, and
its impact on achieving
business and creative
objectives. The focus of the LAS211, COM201,
INTERNSHIP FOR course is understanding LAS216, COM202,
COMMUNICATION communication to see the LAS204, COM215,
COM223 3
STUDENTS (600 role of advertising in their COM206, LAS229,
HOURS) overall strategic business COM219, COM218,
and marketing plan. LAS218
Students will be exposed to
the different ways
businesses utilize
advertising in achieving
their goals.

Bachelor of Arts in Broadcasting

Curriculum Code: BROAD2019
Year: 2019
Total 186
Units
First Year, Second
First Year, First Semester
Semester
Subject Subject
Description Units Pre Req Description Units Pre-req
Code Code
NSTP1 Civic Welfare Training 3 BRD202 Broadcast Principles and 3 LAS211
Service 1 Practices
LAS211 Introduction to 3 NSTP2 Civic Welfare Training 3 NSTP1
Communication Media Service 2
GE3 Kontekswalisadong Filipino 3 GE6 Mathematics in the 3
Modern World
GE2 Ethics 3 GE4 Life and works of Rizal 3
PE1 Physical Education 1 2 LAS216 Media Laws 3 LAS221
RE1 The Catholic Faith 1 GEE6 Philippine Indigenous 3
Communities

402
BRD201 The Use of English for 3 PE2 Physical Education 2 2 PE1
Broadcasting
GE14 Understanding the Self 3 GE12 Science, Technology, and 3
Society
GE10 Purposive Communication 3 GE5 Masining na 3
Pagpapahayag
GE11 Readings in the Philippine 3
History
TOTAL 27 TOTAL 26

Second Year, Second

Second Year, First Semester
Semester
BRD203 Broadcast Criticism 3 LAS211, GE1 Art Appreciation 3
BRD202
RE2 Christian Morality 3 RE1 BRD205 Beat Coverage and 3 LAS211,
Reporting BRD202,
LAS226,
LAS229
LAS204 Communication Theories 3 LAS211 BRD206 Broadcast Radio 3 LAS211,
Production BRD202,
LAS226,
LAS229,
BRD204
LAS229 Communication Values and 3 LAS211, RE3 Christian Marriage 3 RE1
Ethics BRD202
LAS219 Music Theories 3 LAS211, BRD208 Digital Broadcast 3 LAS211,
BRD202 Newsroom Management BRD202,
LAS226,
LAS229
BRD204 Sound Design 3 LAS211, LAS220 Performance and Acting 3 LAS211,
BRD202 BRD202,
BRD201,
LAS226
PE3 Physical Education 3 2 PE1 PE4 Physical Education 4 2 PE1
LAS221 Photography 3 LAS211, BRD207 Cinematography 3 LAS211,
BRD202 BRD202,
LAS221
LAS226 Writing for Radio and 3 LAS211,
Television BRD202
GE7 PAGSASALING WIKA 3
Total 29 Total 23

Third Year, Second

Third Year, First Semester
Semester
BRD209 Broadcast TV Production 3 LAS211, LAS201 Animation and Motion 3 LAS211,
BRD202, Graphics BRD202,
LAS226, LAS226,
LAS229, LAS229,
BRD204, BRD207,
BRD207 BRD204,
BRD211
RE4 Church and Human Society 3 RE1 LAS202 Art Thinking 3 LAS211,
BRD202,
GE14

403
BRD210 Digital Broadcast Media 3 BRD202, BRD216 Broadcast Research 1 3 LAS211,
Promotion BRD208, BRD202,
LAS206 LAS204,
LAS216,
BRD203
GEE3 Gender and Society 3 LAS208 Global Popular Culture 3 LAS211,
BRD202,
BRD203,
GE14
GEE4 Great Books 3 BRD213 Introduction to Film 3 LAS211,
BRD202,
LAS226,
LAS229,
BRD204,
BRD207
BRD211 Post Production 3 LAS211, BRD214 Philippine Historical 3 LAS211,
BRD202, Places GE11,
LAS226, GEE6
LAS229,
BRD204,
BRD207
BRD212 Production Design 3 LAS211, BRD215 Script Writing for Film 3 LAS211,
BRD202, BRD202,
LAS226, LAS226,
LAS229, LAS229
BRD207
GE13 The Contemporary World 3

TOTAL 21 TOTAL 24

Fourth Year, Second

Fourth Year, First Semester
Semester
BRD222 Broadcast Research 2 3 BRD216 BRD223 Internship in Broadcasting LAS211,
(600 hours) BRD202,
LAS216,
BRD203,
LAS226,
LAS229,
BRD205,
12 BRD206,
BRD208,
BRD211,
BRD209,
BRD213,
BRD215,
BRD217,
BRD220
BRD217 Broadcasting Media 3 LAS211,
Management BRD202,
LAS216,
BRD203,
LAS226,
LAS229,

404
 BRD206,
BRD208
LAS206 Consumer Insights and 3 LAS211,
Strategic Planning BRD202,
LAS229, TOTAL 12
GE11,
GEE4
BRD218 Contemporary Filipino 3 LAS211,
Literature BRD202,
LAS229,
GE11,
GEE4
BRD219 Directing 3 LAS211,
BRD202,
LAS229,
LAS216,
BRD203,
BRD204,
BRD207,
BRD211,
BRD209,
BRD212,
BRD213,
LAS202,
BRD215
BRD220 Production Budgeting, 3 LAS211,
Planning and Distribution BRD202,
LAS216,
BRD203,
LAS226,
LAS229,
BRD205,
BRD206,
BRD208,
BRD211,
BRD209,
BRD213,
BRD215
BRD221 Social Networks 3 LAS211,
BRD202,
LAS216,
BRD203
LAS222 Social Psychology 3 LAS211,
BRD202,
LAS216,
BRD203,
GE14,
LAS202
TOTAL 24

405
Bachelor of Arts in Broadcasting
Course Descriptions
COURSE NUMBER
COURSE TITLE DESCRIPTION PRE-REQUISITE
CODE OF UNITS
This course is an
introduction to the field of
communication with
emphasis on the history of
communication study,
concepts important to all
areas of communication,
the contexts in which
communication occurs,
INTRODUCTION TO
and the issues that must be
LAS211 COMMUNICATION 3 NONE
faced by students of
MEDIA
communication. The
course serves as an
introduction to the strands
of communication:
interpersonal, small groups
and teams, mass
communication,
organizational,
intercultural, and rhetoric.
BRD201 This course will help
participants develop the
necessary skills in order to
communicate effectively
THE USE OF and confidently in English
ENGLISH FOR in broadcast media. It
3 NONE
BROADCASTING aims to equip students with
the linguistic tools
necessary for them to
develop as broadcasting
and production
practitioners in the future.
BRD202 This course will discuss
the principles and practices
of broadcast media in the
local and international
BROADCAST
setting. The focus would
PRINCIPLES AND 3 LAS211
be the processes and
PRACTICES
representations of the
different media entities,
and the effect of these
entities to their audiences.

406
 This course will also
discuss the Kapisanan ng
mga Broadkaster ng
Pilipinas' code of conduct.
The course serves as a
foundation for all
production courses in the
Broadcasting Program.
The course aims to know
understand the various
laws of media and its roles
in the communication
process and in the
Philippine media industry.
Aside from discussing the
evolution of various media
laws, there will be an
LAS216 MEDIA LAWS extensive and critical look
3 LAS 211
at basic legal provisions
that impact and apply to
various media related
professions. This is for the
student to underscore and
comprehend the relevance
of these laws to the
Philippine media industry
and to the current local
Diaspora.
BRD203 The course aims to
understand how the
broadcast media industry
operates by examining
relevant issues and trends.
This will be done by
applying pertinent
communication and media
BROADCAST
theories. Students will also 3 LAS211, BRD202
CRITICISM
be introduced to the
significance of research in
analyzing such
industry issues, and
consequently will be
trained on conducting
studies in order to amplify
their academic exploration.

407
 The course aims to
understand communication
theories and its
significance to
communication process. It
seeks to explain the
various concepts of these
theories that are beneficial
LAS204 COMMUNICATION
toward analyzing the 3 LAS 211
THEORIES
communication process.
Ultimately, the knowledge
of communication theories
will help the student to
relate these toward
understanding different
communication situations
and societal issues.
LAS229 This course examines the
theoretical, ethical and
regulatory concepts that
underpin communication
practice and introduces
you to the basic theories
which govern
COMMUNICATION
communication practice
VALUES AND LAS211, BRD202
and help define the role of
ETHICS
communicators and
broadcasters in society. It
will also introduce you to
the laws and regulations
which govern
communicators and media
organizations.
This course begins a
sequence in harmony and
theory and is intended for
the students of
broadcasting. Topics will
include: music notation;
LAS219 MUSIC THEORIES interval identification; 3 LAS211, BRD202
common-practice scales
and modes; harmonic
function; melodic
construction; and formal
analysis. In addition,
students will have

408
 opportunity to improve
skills in rhythmic, melodic
and harmonic dictation,
sight singing, and score
reading. This course is
linked to the understanding
of the Sound Design
course for the
Broadcasting Program.
This course is an
introduction to sound
editing and sound design.
The course examines the
place of sound in radio,
television, live events,
cinema, both artistic and
technological. The course
will cover the basics of
sound, microphones, and
BRD204 SOUND DESIGN 3 LAS211, BRD202
analogue-to-digital
conversion. Lectures,
readings, and film clips
will be used to illustrate
the language of production
sound, as practiced by
sound designers, and
editors. Students will learn
to edit sound assignments
with current technologies.
LAS221 An introduction to digital
photography using digital
cameras and basic image
editing software. This
course includes print
production for making
black-and-white and color
photographs and studio
PHOTOGRAPHY 3 LAS211, BRD202
techniques that include
portrait lighting and still
life photography. No prior
photography experience is
required. Students use
digital photography for the
production of a
photographic portfolio.

409
 This course will focus on
the different written
preparations for producing
radio and television
productions. It will discuss
the technicalities of the
format and content of
various scripts and
screenplays. The course is
WRITING FOR RADIO to produce script materials
LAS226 3 LAS211, BRD202
AND TELEVISION for radio talk shows, radio
drama, live events,
television programs,
narrative programs, and
documentaries. This course
serves as a foundation to
all audio and video
production courses to
follow in the Broadcasting
Program.
This course focuses on
advanced news-gathering
and writing skills. It
concentrates on the three-
BEAT COVERAGE part process of producing LAS211, BRD202,
BRD205 3
AND REPORTING news stories: discovering LAS226, LAS229
the news, reporting the
news, and writing the news
in different formats and
beats.
The course is designed to
provide students with an
insight into the skills,
tools, and influences
placed upon programmers
in the fields of radio,
television, and cable.
LAS211, BRD202,
BROADCAST RADIO Specifically, it will focus
BRD206 3 LAS226, LAS229,
PRODUCTION on the operation of radio
BRD204
technology and the
production of radio
programs. It provides
students
with an opportunity for
practical experience in
producing four radio

410
 programs. This course will
work hand in hand with the
courses Beat Coverage and
Reporting, Digital
Broadcast Newsroom
Management, and
Performance and Acting.
The course will focus on
writing and reporting well-
balanced, comprehensive
and visually compelling
stories. Undergraduate and
graduate students research,
report, write, shoot and
edit stories. During TV
DIGITAL
day-of-air shifts in the
BROADCAST LAS211, BRD202,
BRD208 Letran Media Center 3
NEWSROOM LAS226, LAS229
students learn how to meet
MANAGEMENT
the same deadlines that
professional reporters
handle in small, medium
and large markets. They
also put together feature
packages and could get the
chance to do live shots for
the nightly newscasts.
This course explores the
use of camera and light to
tell stories, the
development both
technical and analytical
skills. It will cover the
aesthetics of lighting to
create mood, intensify
drama to enhance the
LAS211, BRD202,
BRD207 CINEMATOGRAPHY visual narrative. The 3
LAS221
students will be required to
have production of the
projects, hands-on practice,
class discussions, lectures,
guest speakers, readings
and screenings, you will
acquire an understanding
of what it takes to create
great cinematography.

411
 This course understands
the principles of
communication and
broadcast presentation,
including procedures and
methods to use the voice,
face and body as tools for
communicating. There will
be an emphasis on
performance on stage,
television, radio and online
media. Through in-class
exercises, drills and
PERFORMANCE AND LAS211, BRD202,
LAS220 homework assignments, 3
ACTING BRD201, LAS226
students will develop and
practice skills for narration
and on camera news
delivery, including field
reporting and in-studio
filming. It will discuss the
basic acting techniques for
stage and film. Upon
completion of this class,
students should be
comfortable performing
on-mic, on-camera, and on
stage.
This course is a study of LAS211, BRD202, ,
basic of television LAS226, LAS229,
production as it applies to BRD204, BRD207
live studio programming.
The students will be
engaged in learning the
areas of studio camera
operation, television
directing, with an emphasis
BROADCAST TV
BRD209 on underlying principles of 3
PRODUCTION
the current technology.
This course will have 4
major productions in the
Letran Media Center
Television Studio. This
course will work hand in
hand with Production
Design, and Post
Production.

412
BRD210 The course will tackle the
vital role of marketing and
promoting broadcast
programs especially in the
current digital media
DIGITAL
landscape. Broadcast BRD202, BRD208,
BROADCAST MEDIA 3
promotion and marketing LAS206
PROMOTION
refers to a station’s efforts
to promote itself, and is
directed toward the
demographics of the media
network.
This course introduces the
student to the basics of
video post-production. A
practice of hands-on
experience, students learn
advanced editing
techniques with an in-
depth examination of
Adobe Premiere and After
LAS211, BRD202,
Effects. Strong emphasis is
BRD211 POST PRODUCTION 3 LAS226, LAS229,
placed on post-production
BRD204, BRD207
techniques that improve
the sound and image
quality of the videos. It
explores the theories and
practices of various editing
styles in order to gain a
better understanding of
how stories are constructed
in the editing room.
This is an introductory
course in the principles of
Production Design for
Film and Television. The
course will discuss the
structure of the Art
LAS211, BRD202,
PRODUCTION Department and the duties
BRD212 3 LAS226, LAS229,
DESIGN of each member of the
BRD207
department, the
fundamentals of design,
the application of design
principles to film and
television, preparation and
procedures for production

413
 design, research,
storyboarding, designing
for special effects,
designing for location;
while working on a limited
budget. The course will
work hand in hand with the
Broadcast Television
Production Class, and the
Post Production class for
the Program.
This course is an
introductory course to
animation and motion
graphics. It introduces the
theories, techniques, and
practices of motion
graphics and the
integration of design,
photo imaging, sound, LAS211, BRD202,
ANIMATION AND video, and animation. The LAS226, LAS229,
LAS201 3
MOTION GRAPHICS primary emphasis of the BRD207, BRD204,
course is the successful BRD211
creation of imagery, sound,
video, and animation for
use in motion graphic
projects for Film and
Television. Research,
critical analysis, and
concept development will
be emphasized.
This course will provide an
avenue to carve out a
creative space in a logistic
and management
environment. This course
will practice exercises for
students to input creative
LAS211, BRD202,
LAS202 ART THINKING appreciation to their daily 3
GE14
tasks. This will prepare the
future practitioners an
output to preserve
creativity in an industrial
environment, and to
balance art and the
industry mindset.

414
 This course tackles
exposure to qualitative and
quantitative research
methods, such as historical
LAS211, BRD202,
BROADCAST and legal research, media
BRD216 3 LAS204, LAS216,
RESEARCH 1 analysis, content analysis,
BRD203
in-depth interviewing and
discourse analysis. An
approved research topic is
the final requirement.
This course introduces the
field of global cultural
studies and its mass-
produced entertainments of
popular culture. It will
unpack the assumptions
and habits that pop culture
had made invisible. The
GLOBAL POP LAS211, BRD202,
LAS208 students will learn to read, 3
CULTURE BRD203, GE14
watch, and observe popular
culture from the different
regions of the world. It
aims to relearn and rethink
the current trends, and to
pre empt the move of
audience and consumer
demand.
This course introduces
students to film aesthetics
through the analysis of
film form and style. The
course will emphasize
specific aspects of film
style and narrative form
through
analysis of scenes from the LAS211, BRD202,
INTRODUCTION TO
BRD213 films screened each week 3 LAS226, LAS229,
FILM
and from a range of eastern BRD204, BRD207
and western style. Each
week will introduce
historical, cultural and
theoretical topics relevant
to
the films shown while
focusing on the films' self-
reflexivity of their

415
 medium, and
considering the politics of
image-making from the
postwar period to today.
The students will produce
four production
workshops, that will touch-
base with the different
storytelling techniques.
BRD214 This course seeks to
discuss the Heritage Sites
in the Philippines as well
as to understand the
historical and socio-
cultural relevance of these
PHILIPPINE locations. By doing so, it LAS211, GE11,
3
HISTORICAL PLACES aims to establish the power GEE6
of audio-visual (broadcast)
media to promote cultural
diversity and educate
people about the
preservation of cultural
and heritage sites.
BRD215 The course will discuss the
fundamentals of
Screenwriting for Film.
Topics covered will
include techniques for
generating ideas, the
drafting process, classical
screenplay structure,
conflict, building
SCRIPT WRITING characterization, dialogue, LAS211, BRD202,
3
FOR FILM visual writing, analyze the LAS226, LAS229
work of the screenwriter,
dealing with
notes/feedback, scene
structure, rewriting and
other tools of the trade.
The business side of
screenwriting will also be
discussed such as script
auction and selling.
This course tackles a
BROADCAST
BRD222 continuation of Thesis 1, 3 BRD216
RESEARCH 2
qualitative and quantitative

416
 research methods, such as
historical and legal
research, media analysis,
content analysis, in-depth
interviewing and discourse
analysis. An approved
research is the final
requirement.
This course is an
introduction to media
management. It will
provide the fundamental
knowledge for leading and
operating various media
companies. It will instruct
students on how to be an
effective manager, as there
must be a clear line of
authority with structural
LAS211, BRD202,
BROADCASTING and functional roles in
LAS216, BRD203,
BRD217 MEDIA performing media tasks 3
LAS226, LAS229,
MANAGEMENT smoothly, day after day. It
BRD206, BRD208
will also impress that
continually improving
performance must be
focused on the target
audience’s needs while
addressing the needs of the
business. Basic
Negotiation and
Management Principles are
to be discussed and
practiced.
This course discusses the LAS211, BRD202,
Consumer behaviour and LAS229, GE11,
basic strategy planning for GEE4
Advertising and Broadcast.
It will discuss profiles of
CONSUMER
consumers and audiences,
INSIGHTS AND
LAS206 and how it will affect their 3
STRATEGIC
decision making. This
PLANNING
touches a management
perspective in tailoring
marketing strategies and
positioning for the
consumers to engage in.

417
 The students will produce
a Branded Communication
Project that will create an
avenue of engagement
with its audience.
This course enables the
students to read, interpret
and evaluate texts through
the study of contemporary
Philippine literature.
Students will develop an
understanding of literal
meaning, relevant contexts
and of the deeper themes
or attitudes that may be
expressed. Through their
studies, they learn to
CONTEMPORARY recognise and appreciate LAS211, BRD202,
BRD218 FILIPINO the contemporary 3 LAS229, GE11,
LITERATURE Philippine writers to GEE4
achieve a range of effects,
and will be able to present
an informed, personal
response to the material
they have studied. The
course encourages the
exploration of wider and
universal issues, promoting
students' better
understanding of
themselves and of the
world around them.
This course provides an
introduction to practical
directing for Film and
Television. The main focus
LAS211, BRD202,
is the visual narrative
LAS229, LAS216,
language on screen, and on
BRD203, BRD204,
set. It will take a closer
BRD219 DIRECTING 3 BRD207, BRD211,
look in the preparation of a
BRD209, BRD212,
director in working with
BRD213, LAS202,
his treatment and vision.
BRD215
The film directing course
consists of lectures, hands-
on exercises, analysis of
movie scenes and in class

418
 critique. You will analyse
a scene, explain a
director’s scene breakdown
and learn acting with a
director's looking glass.
This course shall give a
deeper understanding of
the director’s craft and
most of all improve the
language to transpire the
visions to an entire team.
This course will tackle the
basic Production Planning,
Budgeting and Distribution
processes for Film and
Television Productions. It
will discuss the
Preparation of any Film
and Television Production,
the functions of each LAS211, BRD202,
department; with guidance LAS216, BRD203,
PRODUCTION
of local and international LAS226, LAS229,
BUDGETING,
BRD220 production etiquette and 3 BRD205, BRD206,
PLANNING AND
standards. It will teach the BRD208, BRD211,
DISTRIBUTION
students to prepare and run BRD209, BRD213,
micro budget to industry BRD215
budget productions. This
course aims to teach basic
distribution processes, and
let the students practice
distribution and selling of
their Film and Television
outputs from past courses
taken.
The course explores the LAS211, BRD202,
studies on the social LAS216, BRD203
behaviour of different
online media networks. It
will focus on
understanding the causes
BRD221 SOCIAL NETWORKS 3
and consequences of the
patterns of relationships
between individuals,
online and offline. Topics
will include the small-
world puzzle, the strength

419
 of weak ties, and the
spread of diseases and
fads. It will discuss the
movement of
communication and
audience engagements, and
its effect on the traditional/
offline entities. This course
will be working hand in
hand with a basic
knowledge on
understanding basic data
analytics to gauge the
statistics online. The
students will be exposed to
Social Media and its
history, current trends, and
market projections.
The course explores of the
theories and methods in the
study of social psychology;
how people feel, act, think
in social situations. The
goal of this course is to
understand the ideas and
LAS211, BRD202,
SOCIAL methods that form the
LAS222 3 LAS216, BRD203,
PSYCHOLOGY foundation of the field, and
GE14, LAS202
to apply these ideas in
Media practice. This
equips the future media
practitioners a foundation
of understanding of their
audiences, and how to pre-
empt audience impact.
This course introduces the
students participate in the
workday routine of a LAS211, BRD202,
Broadcast and Production LAS216, BRD203,
company or organization LAS226, LAS229,
INTERNSHIP IN for the specified period, BRD205, BRD206,
BRD223 3
Broadcasting (600hours) undertaking those tasks BRD208, BRD211,
assigned to them and BRD209, BRD213,
seeking to display BRD215, BRD217,
initiative, enthusiasm, BRD220
professionalism and a
willingness to learn. The

420
 students will contribute to
the company, working
under the supervision of a
professional broadcast and
production personnel.
Upon completion, students
submit a portfolio and self-
assessment. You will plan,
observe and analyze;
submitting your planning
prior to the placement, and
summarizing your
observations and analysis
at the conclusion of your
internship.

Bachelor of Arts in Legal Management

Curriculum Code: LM2019
Year: 2019
Total 153
Units
First Year, Second
First Year, First Semester
Semester
Subject Subject
Description Units Pre Req Description Units Pre-req
Code Code
LGM201 Human Resources 3 GE1 Art Appreciation 3
Management for Legal
Management
GE3 Kontekswalisadong Filipino 3 RE2 Christian Morality 3
GE4 Life and works of Rizal 3 LGM203 Introduction to Law with 3
Legal Research
LGM202 Microeconomic Theory and 3 GEE5 Living in the IT Era 3
Practice
PE1 Physical Education 1 2 GE6 Mathematics in the 3
Modern World
GE10 Purposive Communication 3 LGM204 Operations Mgt and TQM 3
for Legal Management
RE1 The Catholic Faith 1 PE2 Physical Education 2 2
GE14 Understanding the Self 3 GE5 Masining na 3
Pagpapahayag
TOTAL 21 TOTAL 23

Second Year, Second

Second Year, First Semester
Semester
LGM205 Business Law (Obligations 3 LGM203 LGM207 Alternative Dispute 3 LGM203,
and Contracts) Resolutions LAS205
RE3 Christian Marriage 3 RE1 LGM208 Banking Laws 3 LGM203,
LGM205
NSTP1 Civic Welfare Training 3 RE4 Church and Human 3 RE1
Service 1 Society

421
LAS205 Constitutional Law 3 LGM203 NSTP2 Civic Welfare Training 3 NSTP1
Service 2
GE2 Ethics 3 LGM209 Law on Business 3 LGM203,
Transactions LGM205
LGM206 Social Responsibility with 3 LGM202, GE12 Science, Technology, and 3
Legal Ethics LGM203, Society
LGM204
GEE6 Philippine Indigenous 3 LGM210 Taxation (Law on Income 3 LGM203,
Communities Taxation) LAS205
PE3 Physical Education 3 2 PE1 PE4 Physical Education 4 2 PE1
GE7 Pagsasaling wika 3

Total 26 Total 23

Third Year, Second

Third Year, First Semester
Semester
LGM211 Business Protection Laws 3 LGM203, LGM215 Administrative Law 3 LGM203,
LGM205, LGM205,
LGM209 LGM208,
LGM209,
LGM210,
LGM211,
LGM212,
LGM213,
LGM214
ICC6 Labor Laws and Social 3 LGM203, LGM216 Contemporary 3 LGM203,
Legislations LAS205 Legislation on Business LAS205
Regulations and Real
Estate
LGM212 Law on Business and 3 LGM203, LGM217 Criminal Law with 3 LGM203,
Transfer Tax LAS205, business/ cybercrime LAS205
LGM210
LGM213 Law on Business 3 LGM203, LGM218 Environmental Laws 3 LGM203,
Organizations LGM205, LAS205
LGM209
GEE7 Philippine Popular Culture 3 LAS209 Human Rights 3 LGM201,
LGM202,
LGM203,
LGM204,
LAS205,
LGM205,
LGM206,
LGM207,
LGM208,
LGM209,
LGM210,
LGM211,
LGM212,
LGM213,
LGM214
GE11 Readings in Philippine 3 LGM219 Research Method in 3
History Legal Management 1

422
 LGM214 Retail Trade Laws & 3 LGM203, GE13 The Contemporary World 3
Consumer Act w/ E- LGM205,
Commerce Law LGM209

TOTAL 21 TOTAL 21

Fourth Year, Second

Fourth Year, First Semester
Semester
LGM220 Research Method in Legal 3 LGM201, LGM222 Internship in Legal 12 LGM201,
Management 2 LGM202, Management (400 hours) LGM202,
LGM203, LGM203,
LGM204, LGM204,
LAS205, LAS205,
LGM205, LGM205,
LGM206, LGM206,
LGM207, LGM207,
LGM208, LGM208,
LGM209, LGM209,
LGM210, LGM210,
LGM211, LGM211,
LGM212, LGM212,
LGM213, LGM213,
LGM214, LGM214,
LAS209, LAS209,
LGM215, LGM215,
LGM216, LGM216,
LGM217, LGM217,
LGM218, LGM218,
LGM219 LGM219
LGM221 Strategic Management for 3 LGM201,
Legal Management LGM202,
LGM204

TOTAL 6 TOTAL 12

Bachelor of Arts in Legal Management

Course Descriptions
COURSE NUMBER
COURSE TITLE DESCRIPTION PRE-REQUISITE
CODE OF UNITS
This course examines the
role of the human resource
professional as a strategic
HUMAN partner in managing today’s
RESOURCE organizations. Key functions
LGM201 3 NONE
MANAGEMENT such as recruitment,
FOR LM selection, development,
appraisal, retention,
compensation, and labor
relations are examined.

423
 The Course is an
introduction to legal
research methodology which
is designed to provide an
MICROECONOMIC overview of the Philippine
LGM202 THEORY AND Legal System as sources of 3 NONE
PRACTICE research framework, issues
and authorities as well as of
the fundamental concepts,
principles and theories of
legal research.
This course aims to provide
an overall understanding of
the principles of quality and
OPERATIONS
process management, its
LGM204 MANAGEMENT 3 NONE
benefits, and the necessary
(TQM)
requirements needed to gain
accreditation from quality
certifying bodies.
The study of the nature,
kinds, effects and
extinguishment of
obligations. It also covers
contracts in general, their
BUSINESS LAW
requisites understanding and
LGM205 (Obligations and 3 LGM203
appreciation of the basic
Contracts)
theories and, forms and
interpretation; the defective
contracts, including quasi-
contracts and natural
obligations.
The course undertakes a
survey and evaluation of
CONSTITUTIONAL basic principles contained in
LAS205 3 LGM203
LAW the Philippine Constitution
dealing with the structure of
the Philippine Government.
This course discusses the
pressing global issue of
SOCIAL poverty and sustainable
RESPONSIBILITY development. This LGM202, LGM203,
LGM206 3
(WITH LEGAL encompasses the basic issue LGM204
ETHICS) of business ethics and moves
into environmental
management.

424
 This course deals with the
study of the law, principles
and jurisprudence on various
out-of-court settlement of
disputes such as
compromise, mediation,
ALTERNATIVE conciliation and arbitration,
LGM207 DISPUTE as well as the various 3 LGM203, LAS205
RESOLUTIONS international covenants on
peaceful settlement of
disputes whether under the
auspices of the UN
Convention or those set up
under international
organizations.
Study on the rules and
regulations governing banks
and non-bank financial
LGM208 BANKING LAWS intermediaries including 3 LGM203, LGM205
major Bangko Sentral Rules
and those recent issues in
banking.
This course is an
introduction to the principles
and application of Sales,
LAW ON Agency, Negotiable
LGM209 BUSINESS Instruments and Credit 3 LGM203, LGM205
TRANSACTIONS Transactions. A study of the
statutory provisions and
jurisprudence governing
business transactions.
The course is the
introduction to taxation and
income tax. It deals with the
LGM210 TAXATION underlying principles behind 3 LGM203, LAS205
the imposition of the tax in
general, and income tax in
particular.
A study of the different
kinds of property, the nature
of ownership and its
BUSINESS
modifications, co- LGM203, LGM205,
LGM211 PROTECTION 3
ownership, possession, LGM209
LAWS
usufruct, easements or
servitudes, nuisance, and the
different modes of acquiring

425
 and losing ownership. Also
included are the concepts of
intellectual property and the
meaning of copyright,
trademark, trade name,
patent and invention.
This is an introductory
LABOR LAW & course on labor law and
ICC6
SOCIAL social legislations where 3 LGM203, LAS205
LEGISLATIONS emphasis is placed on legal
principles and concepts.
The course is principally a
study of the basic principles
of Taxation, Income
LAW ON
Taxation, Estate and
BUSINESS AND LGM203, LAS205,
LGM212 Donor’s taxes and the 3
TRANSFER LGM210
different business and
TAXATION
transfer taxes imposed under
the National Internal
Revenue Code (NIRC).
This course will focus on the
legal requirements for the
LAW ON formation of partnerships
LGM203, LGM205,
LGM213 BUSINESS and corporations as juridical 3
LGM209
ORGANIZATIONS entities, their powers,
management, and
dissolution.
LGM214 This is an introductory
course on the interplay of
international trade policy
RETAIL TRADE and law. It will cover
LGM203, LGM205,
LAWS AND discussions on the 3
LGM209
CONSUMER ACT development of the GATT
and WTO and basic
principles governing the
GATT/WTO system.
The study deals with the
development and application
of principles and doctrines
governing administrative
ADMINISTRATIVE agencies and their rule-
LGM215 3 LGM203, LAS205
LAW making, quasi-judicial and
adjudicative functions with
focus on administrative
remedies and judicial review
as well as the laws

426
 governing public officers
including the civil service,
the merit system and the
right to redress grievances.
Study of contemporary
legislations affecting
business enterprises. It
includes special laws such as
the Dangerous Drugs Act,
CONTEMPORARY the Anti-Graft and Corrupt
LGM203, LGM205,
LEGISLATION ON Practices Act, the Generic
LGM208, LGM209,
BUSINESS Drugs Law, the law on wire-
LGM216 3 LGM210, LGM211,
REGULATIONS tapping and related
LGM212, LGM213,
AND REAL violations of privacy of
LGM214
ESTATE communication, Freedom of
Information (FOI), and the
Gambling Law. Pending
contemporary legislations
and bills may also be
included in the course.
A detailed examination of
the characteristics of
criminal law, the nature of
felonies, stages of execution,
circumstances affecting
criminal liability, persons
CRIMINAL LAW
LGM criminally liable; the extent
WITH BUSINESS/ 3 LGM203, LAS205
217 and extinction of criminal
CYBERCRIME
liability as well as the civil
liability of the offender, the
extinction and survival of
civil liability, the nature and
theories of penalties in
criminal law.
A study of the constitutional
provisions and special laws
governing natural resources
their use and disposition.
ENVIRONMENTAL The study includes existing
LGM218 3 LGM203, LAS205
LAWS laws protecting the
environment and the
ecosystem and prevailing
rules against despoliation of
the environment.
A study of the protection of
LAS209 HUMAN RIGHTS 3 LGM203, LAS205
the rights of a human being

427
 under the Philippine
Constitution, as well as
under different international
conventions, designed to
uplift human dignity and
concern for life.
The course provides the LGM201, LGM202,
student knowledge and LGM203, LGM204,
application of research LAS205, LGM205,
skills. It involves the LGM206, LGM207,
LGM219 Research Method 1 3
preparation of a thesis. LGM208, LGM209,
LGM210, LGM211,
LGM212, LGM213,
LGM214
The course provides the LGM201, LGM202,
student knowledge and LGM203, LGM204,
application of research LAS205, LGM205,
skills. It involves the LGM206, LGM207,
preparation of a thesis. LGM208, LGM209,
LGM220 Research Method 2 3 LGM210, LGM211,
LGM212, LGM213,
LGM214, LAS209,
LGM215, LGM216,
LGM217, LGM218,
LGM219
This is an integrating course,
which exposes students to
the basic nature and
character of top management
STRATEGIC LGM201, LGM202,
LGM221 decision-making. Students 3
MANAGEMENT LGM204
get involved in the
formulation and analysis of
corporate strategies and
policies.
Application of theories and LGM201, LGM202,
knowledge acquired in LGM203, LGM204,
academic courses into actual LAS205, LGM205,
practice. (400hours) LGM206, LGM207,
LGM208, LGM209,
LGM222 OJT/ INTERNSHIP 12 LGM210, LGM211,
LGM212, LGM213,
LGM214, LAS209,
LGM215, LGM216,
LGM217, LGM218,
LGM219

428
Bachelor of Arts in Political Science
Curriculum Code: PL2019
Year: 2019
Total 141
Units
First Year, Second
First Year, First Semester
Semester
Subject Subject
Description Units Pre Req Description Units Pre-req
Code Code
POL201 Fundamentals of Political 3 GE1 Art Appreciation 3
Science
GE3 Kontekswalisadong Filipino 3 LAS212 Introduction to Philippine 3
Politics and Governance
GE4 Life and works of Rizal 3 GEE5 Living in the IT Era 3
PE1 Physical Education 1 2 GE6 Mathematics in the 3
Modern World
GE10 Purposive Communication 3 GE11 Readings in Philippine 3
History
RE1 The Catholic Faith 1 PE2 Physical Education 2 2 PE 1
GE14 Understanding the Self 3 GE5 Masining na 3
Pagpapahayag

TOTAL 18 TOTAL 20

Second Year, Second

Second Year, First Semester
Semester
RE2 Christian Morality 3 RE1 POL204 Ancient and Medieval 3 POL201,
Political Theories LAS212
NSTP1 Civic Welfare Training 3 NSTP2 Civic Welfare Training 3 NSTP1
Service 1 Service 2
GE2 Ethics 3 POL205 Philippine External 3
Relation
POL202 Introduction to Comparative 3 POL201 PE4 Physical Education 4 2 PE1
Politics
LAS217 Modern and Asian Political 3 POL201 POL206 Pol.& Governance in 3
Thought Southeast Asia
GEE6 Philippine Indigenous 3 GE12 Science, Technology, and 3
Communities Society
PE3 Physical Education 3 2 PE1 GE13 The Contemporary World 3
POL203 Social Legislation 3 POL201,
LAS212
GE7 Pagsasaling Wika 3

TOTAL 26 TOTAL 20

Third Year, Second

Third Year, First Semester
Semester
LAS205 Constitutional Law 3 POL201, POL211 Conflict/ Resolution in 3 POL201,
LAS212 Case Study LAS212
POL207 Government and Politics of 3 POL201, LAS210 International Political 3 POL201,
Developed Countries LAS212, Economy LAS212,

429
 POL202, LAS217,
POL206 POL202,
POL203,
POL204,
POL205,
POL206
LAS209 Human Rights 3 POL201, POL209 Introduction to Political 3 POL201,
LAS212 Analysis and Research LAS212,
(RM1) LAS217,
POL202,
POL203,
POL204,
POL205,
POL206,
LAS205,
LAS209,
POL207,
POL208
GEE7 Philippine Popular Culture 3 POL210 Local Government and 3 POL201,
Administrative Laws LAS212,
LAS205
POL208 Political Behavior, Processes 3 POL201, POL212 Politics and Development 3 POL201,
& Movements LAS212, of Latin American LAS212
LAS217, Countries
POL202,
POL203,
POL204,
POL205,
POL206
RE3 Christian Marriage 3 RE1 RE4 The Church and Human 3 RE1
Society

TOTAL 18 TOTAL 18

Fourth Year, Second

Fourth Year, First Semester
Semester
POL214 Philippine Public 3 POL201, POL216 Internship in Political POL201,
Administration LAS212 Science (400 hours) LAS212,
LAS217,
POL202,
POL203,
POL204,
POL205,
POL206,
LAS205,
12
LAS209,
POL207,
POL208,
LAS210,
POL209,
POL210,
POL211,
POL212,
POL213,

430
 POL214,
POL215
POL215 Quali. & Quanti. Analysis of 3 POL201,
Political Data (RM2) LAS212,
LAS217,
POL202,
POL203,
POL204,
POL205,
POL206,
LAS205,
LAS209,
POL207,
POL208,
LAS210,
POL209,
POL210,
POL211,
POL212
POL213 International Law 3 POL201,
LAS212,
TOTAL 12
LAS205,
POL210
TOTAL 9

Bachelor of Arts in Political Science

Course Descriptions
COURSE NUMBER OF
COURSE TITLE DESCRIPTION PRE-REQUISITE
CODE UNITS
A study of the basic concepts
of political science (i.e.
power, state government,
Fundamentals of
POL201 ideology, nation, political 3 NONE
Political Science
forces), and types of political
systems and the processes of
political development.
Development, organization
Intro. to Philippine and operation of the
LAS212 Politics and Philippine political system, 3 NONE
Governance with emphasis on the
present.
An introduction to
Introduction to
comparative political
POL202 Comparative 3 POL201
processes in the developed
Politics
and developing states.
Political thought from
Modern and Asian
LAS217 Machiavelli to the 3 POL201
Political Thought
contemporary political

431
 thinkers, and main currents
of Asian political thought.
A study of the various laws
and jurisprudence on the
land reform program of the
government, particularly
laws on Agricultural
Leasehold Tenancy,
Presidential Decree No. 27,
the Comprehensive Agrarian
Reform Program of 1987
and its amendatory laws,
including related
POL203 Social Legislation 3 POL201, LAS212
legislations, as well as its
implementing rules; the
study also dissects State
Insurance Fund, Social
Security Act, the
Government Service
Insurance System Act, PAG-
IBIG, and PhilHealth Laws,
Maternity and Paternity
benefits laws and the
Portability Law.
This is the analysis of major
works of ancient and
medieval political theory,
this course examines the
formation of social and
political thought from
approximately fifth century
Greece through twelfth
century Europe. This is a
ANCIENT AND
period of history marked by
MEDIEVAL
POL204 the development of 3 POL201, LAS212
POLITICAL
fundamental ideas of politics
THEORIES
and political theory that
comprise our contemporary
politics. The course materials
address ideas such as
democracy, freedom, the
responsibilities of political
power, the place of ambition,
the role of justice, and the
meaning of the good life.

432
 The nature and development
PHILIPPINE
of Philippine foreign policy
POL205 EXTERNAL 3 POL201, LAS212
and the foreign policy
RELATION
process.
The goal of this course is to
introduce Southeast Asian
politics to the students of
Political Science. In doing
so, this course will dwell
historically with the
relationships of SEA
countries, thus providing the
students with the idea on
Southeast Asian politics.
Focuses will include the
POL AND history of the region, the
GOVERNANCE IN concept of democracy, POL201, LAS212,
POL206 3
SOUTHEAST development, culture, POL202, LAS217
ASIA ethnicity, religion, conflict
and conflict management.
Then, the course will look at
the different cases of each of
the Southeast Asian country
based on the concepts
mentioned above. We will
analyze how each of the
countries performed through
time and students would
have a clear grasp of the
modern Asian politics.
The course undertakes a
survey and evaluation of
basic principles contained in
LAS205 Constitutional Law 3 POL201 or LAS212
the Philippine Constitution
dealing with the structure of
the Philippine Government.
The nature of politics in a
few selected nations of the
industrialized world,
Government and applying the concepts
Politics of introduced in Introduction POL201, LAS212,
POL207 3
Developed to Comparative Politics to POL202, POL206
Countries specific national contexts.
Countries studied will be
drawn principally from
Europe and North America.

433
 A study of the protection of
the rights of a human being
under the Philippine
Constitution, as well as
LAS209 HUMAN RIGHTS 3 POL201, LAS212
under different international
conventions, designed to
uplift human dignity and
concern for life.
POL201, LAS212,
Political Behavior, Belief systems; nature and
LAS217, POL202,
POL208 Processes and development of political 3
POL203, POL204,
Movements processes and movements.
POL205, POL206
A study of major themes,
approaches, and issues of
peace and conflict, including
CONFLICT
violence and nonviolence,
POL211 RESOLUTION IN 3 POL201, LAS212
war and peace, social
CASE STUDY
oppression and justice,
conflict and conflict
resolution.
Provides a broad
understanding of the global
interrelationship of politics
and economy considering the POL201, LAS212,
International increasing interdependence LAS217, POL202,
LAS210 3
Political Economy among nations requiring POL203, POL204,
examination, of world and POL205, POL206
trade policies affecting
developed and developing
nations.
POL209 Introduction to various POL201, LAS212,
qualitative and quantitative LAS217, POL202,
Introduction to
research issues, methods and POL203, POL204,
Political Analysis 3
styles for understanding and POL205, POL206,
and Research(RM1)
explaining socio-political LAS205, LAS209,
phenomena. POL207, POL208
The course provides a
historical review of local
government structures, their
Local Government operations and powers and
POL201, LAS212,
POL210 and Administrative the relationship with central 3
LAS205
Laws government; assessment of
implementation of the 1991
Local Government Code;
issues of decentralization

434
 and people’s participation in
the local governance.
This course presents a broad
overview of the main
questions on Latin American
political and economic
development in the long run.
The course introduces
students to the main theories
on democracy and
POLITICS AND development. Subsequently,
DEVELOPMENT it uses these theories to
POL212 OF LATIN interpret Latin America’s 3 POL201, LAS212
AMERICAN political instability and
COUNTRIES persistent economic
inequality going back to the
colonial period, all the way
to the present. Finally, the
course addresses some
features of Latin American
democracies such as state
weakness, clientelism,
corruption, amongst others.
An introductory course on
the principles, practices and
problems of the public
administration, historical,
Philippine Public
POL214 behavioral; and institutional 3 POL201, LAS212
Administration
analysis of the national and
local bureaucracy and
administration in the
Philippines.
Approaches, methods, POL201, LAS212,
techniques in qualitative and LAS217, POL202,
quantitative research and POL203, POL204,
Quali. & Quanti. applications in political POL205, POL206,
POL215 Analysis of Political science. 3 LAS205, LAS209,
Data POL207, POL208,
LAS210, POL209,
POL210, POL211,
POL212
Nature, development,
sources, principles and POL201, LAS212,
POL213 International Law 3
problems of international LAS205, POL210
law and its role in the

435
 development of a world
community; selected cases.

POL201, LAS212,
LAS217, POL202,
POL203, POL204,
Application of theories and
INTERNSHIP IN POL205, POL206,
knowledge acquired in
POLITICAL LAS205, LAS209,
POL216 academic courses into actual 12
SCIENCE POL207, POL208,
practice.
(400HRS) LAS210, POL209,
POL210, POL211,
POL212, POL213,
POL214, POL215

Bachelor of Arts in Journalism

Curriculum Code: JOURN2019
Year: 2019
Total 183
Units
First Year, Second
First Year, First Semester
Semester
Subject Subject
Description Units Pre Req Description Units Pre-req
Code Code
NSTP1 Civic Welfare Training 3 NSTP2 Civic Welfare Training 3 NSTP1
Service 1 Service 2
GE2 Ethics 3 LAS204 Communication Theories 3 LAS211
LAS211 Introduction to 3 LAS212 Introduction to Philippine 3
Communication Media Politics and Governance
GE3 Kontekswalisadong Filipino 3 LAS214 Journalism Principles and 3 LAS211,
Practices JRN201
PE1 Physical Education 1 2 GE4 Life and works of Rizal 3
JRN201 Professional English for 3 GE6 Mathematics in the Modern 3
Journalism World
GE10 Purposive Communication 3 GE5 Masining na Pagpapahayag 3
RE1 The Catholic Faith 1 GEE6 Philippine Indigenous 3
Communities
GE14 Understanding the Self 3 PE2 Physical Education 2 2 PE1
JRN202 Research for Journalism 3 JRN201
TOTAL 24 TOTAL 29

Second Year, Second

Second Year, First Semester
Semester
GE1 Art Appreciation 3 JRN205 Broadcast Journalism: 3 LAS211,
Newsroom Management LAS214,
and Editorial JRN203
LAS203 Asian Literature 3 GE10 RE3 Christian Marriage 3 RE1
RE2 Christian Morality 3 RE1 LAS215 Media and Society 3 LAS211,
LAS204,
JRN203,
JRN204

436
JRN203 Journalism Ethics 3 LAS211, JRN207 News Reporting and 3 LAS211,
LAS214 Writing: Specialized Beat LAS214
reporting
JRN204 Journalism Studies 3 LAS211, JRN208 Photojournalism 3 LAS221
LAS214,
JRN201,
JRN202
LAS221 Photography 3 LAS211, PE4 Physical Education 4 2 PE1
LAS214
LAS223 Spanish 1 3 GE10 LAS224 Spanish 2 3 LAS223
PE3 Physical Education 3 2 PE1 JRN206 News Editing and 3 LAS211,
Production LAS214,
JRN203,
LAS221
GE7 Pagsasaling Wika 3

Total Total

Third Year, Second

Third Year, First Semester
Semester
RE4 Church and Human Society 3 RE1 LAS210 International Political 3 LAS211,
Economy LAS214,
LAS212,
JRN203,
LAS216
JRN209 Communication 3 LAS211, LAS213 Investigative Journalism 3 LAS211,
Performance for Journalism LAS214, LAS214,
JRN201, JRN201,
JRN203 JRN202,
JRN203,
JRN204,
LAS215,
LAS217
LAS207 Creative Non-Fiction 3 LAS211, LAS218 Multimedia Production 3 LAS211,
LAS214, LAS214,
JRN201, JRN202,
JRN202, JRN203,
JRN204 JRN204,
LAS216,
JRN206,
LAS221,
JRN208
GEE3 Gender and Society 3 JRN210 Opinion and Commentary 3 LAS211,
LAS214,
JRN202,
JRN203,
JRN204,
LAS216,
JRN206,
LAS221,
JRN208,
LAS207
GEE4 Great Books 3 GE11 Readings in Philippine 3
History

437
LAS216 Media Laws 3 LAS211, LAS225 Theories of Personality 3 LAS211,
LAS214, JRN202,
JRN203, GE14
LAS215
LAS217 Modern and Asian Political 3 LAS211, JRN211 Thesis 1 3 LAS211,
Thought LAS212 LAS214,
JRN202,
JRN203,
LAS204,
LAS215,
LAS216
EMC321 Literary Criticism 3 GE4, GE12 Science, Technology and 3
LAS203 Society

TOTAL 24 TOTAL 28

Fourth Year, Second

Fourth Year, First Semester
Semester
JRN212 Business and Economic 3 LAS211, JRN217 Internship in Journalism 12 LAS211,
Reporting LAS214, (600 hours) LAS214,
JRN203, JRN205,
LAS221, JRN206,
JRN206, JRN207,
LAS210 LAS217,
JRN209,
LAS213,
JRN210,
LAS218,
LAS210,
JRN215,
JRN212,
JRN213,
JRN214
JRN213 Disaster Risk Reduction 3 LAS211,
and Conflict Sensitive LAS214,
Reporting JRN203,
LAS221,
JRN206,
LAS225
ICC5 Introduction to Philosophy 3 TOTAL 12
JRN214 Political Journalism 3 LAS211,
LAS214,
JRN203,
LAS221,
JRN206,
LAS216,
LAS217,
LAS210
JRN215 Sports and Entertainment 3 LAS211,
Journ LAS214,
JRN203,
LAS221,

438
 JRN206,
LAS207
GE13 The Contemporary World 3
JRN216 Thesis 2 3

TOTAL

Bachelor of Arts in Journalism

COURSE NUMBER
COURSE TITLE DESCRIPTION PRE-REQUISITE
CODE OF UNITS
This course is an
introduction to the field of
communication with
emphasis on the history of
communication study,
concepts important to all
areas of communication,
the contexts in which
communication occurs, and
INTRODUCTION TO
the issues that must be
LAS211 COMMUNICATION 3 NONE
faced by students of
MEDIA
communication. The course
serves as an introduction to
the strands of
communication:
interpersonal, small groups
and teams, mass
communication,
organizational,
intercultural, and rhetoric.
This course will help
participants to develop the
necessary language skills
for communicating
effectively and confidently
PROFESSIONAL
in English in a newsroom
JRN201 ENGLISH FOR 3 NONE
environment and aims to
JOURNALISM
equip students with the
linguistic tools necessary
for them to develop as
professional journalists in
the future.
The course aims to
COMMUNICATION
LAS204 understand communication 3 LAS211
THEORIES
theories and its significance

439
 to communication process.
It seeks to explain the
various concepts of these
theories that are beneficial
toward analyzing the
communication process.
Ultimately, the knowledge
of communication theories
will help the student to
relate these toward
understanding different
communication situations
and societal issues.

This course introduces the

basic concepts and rules of
political science focusing
on politics, governance and
government. The course
also tackles the 1987
Philippine Constitution-the
fundamental law of the
INTRO TO PHIL
republic of the Philippines.
LAS212 POLITICS AND 3
The course is focused on
GOVERNANCE
providing the
interpretations on the
constitution specifically.
The executive branch, the
Legislative Branch, the
Judicial Branch and Bill of
Rights.

The course introduces the

student to journalism as a
medium, as a media
industry outlet, and as a
profession. Aside from
JOURNALISM examining the different
LAS214 PRINCIPLES AND journalism skills (news 3 LAS211, JRN201
PRACTICES writing, feature writing,
editorial writing, and
investigative writing), the
course will likewise explore
the realities, challenges, and
innovations faced by

440
 journalists and the medium
itself today.

The course centres on the

relevance of information
gathering and sourcing to
journalism. Students will
be able to explore how this
complex process is
essential to writing and
RESEARCH FOR reporting credible and
JRN202 3 JRN201
JOURNALISM coherent news stories. This
is possible by examining
the various methods of
news gathering and
sourcing as well as the
intricate ways to utilise
them in the conduct of
journalism.
This course will provide an
introduction to literary
works from East Asia,
South Asia, and/or
Southeast Asia written
from the nineteenth century
to the present. Students will
add to their knowledge of
literatures from around the
world by learning about the
diverse and complex
historical and cultural
LAS203 ASIAN LITERATURE 3 GE10
contexts that shape these
works. They will also gain
a better understanding
about the importance of
contextualization in literary
analysis. The course may
cover texts from two to
three of the regions listed
above, or may provide a
detailed survey of works
from any one of these
regions.
This course deals with
JOURNALISM LAS211, LAS214,
JRN204 relevant socio-cultural, 3
STUDIES JRN201, JRN202
socio-economic, socio-

441
 historical, and socio-
political issues parallel to
journalism as a field and as
a profession.
An introduction to digital
photography using digital
cameras and basic image
editing software. This
course includes print
production for making
black-and-white and color
photographs and studio
LAS221 PHOTOGRAPHY 3 LAS211, LAS214
techniques that include
portrait lighting and still
life photography. No prior
photography experience is
required. Students use
digital photography for the
production of a
photographic portfolio.
This course introduces the
fundamental elements of
the Spanish language
within a cultural context.
Emphasis is placed on the
development of basic
listening, speaking,
LAS223 SPANISH 1 reading, and writing skills. 3 GE10
Upon completion, students
should be able to
comprehend and respond
with grammatical accuracy
to spoken and written
Spanish and demonstrate
cultural awareness.
The course will focus on
BROADCAST news writing and news
JOURNALISM: production. Students will
LAS211, LAS214,
JRN205 NEWSROOM experience how to produce 3
JRN203
MANAGEMENT AND and edit news stories for
EDITORIAL traditional and digital
media.
This is an advanced course
MEDIA AND on communication and LAS211, LAS204,
LAS215 3
SOCIETY media and its impact to JRN203, JRN204
society. It establishes the

442
 notion of mass media as a
product of complex forces
− economic, governmental,
historical, and
technological. This course
will explore those
underlying forces and
provide analytical tools to
evaluate media critically.
An overall goal is to
become media literate, to
gain an understanding of
mass media as cultural
industries that seek to
influence our behavior and
affect our values as a
society.
This course focuses on
advanced news-gathering
and writing skills. It
NEWS REPORTING concentrates on the three-
AND WRITING: part process of producing
JRN207 3 LAS211, LAS214
SPECIALIZED BEAT news stories: discovering
REPORTING the news, reporting the
news, and writing the news
in different formats and
beats.
This course will teach
students to photograph a
variety of events/stories to
acquire a sense of the range
of realities a photographer
might encounter on
assignment. Students will
examine technical aspects
of photography —
JRN208 PHOTOJOURNALISM composition, editing and 3 LAS221
presentation — and will
work on weekly
assignments that include
news, features, sports and
environmental portraits.
They will also study the
history of photojournalism
to gain a greater
appreciation of the canon.

443
 Each student will choose a
documentary project as a
final photo essay, which
should exemplify the skills
and concepts that were
covered in class.

LAS224 This course is a

continuation of Spanish 1,
focusing on the
fundamental elements of
the Spanish language
within a cultural context.
Emphasis is placed on the
progressive development of
SPANISH 2 listening, speaking, 3 LAS223
reading, and writing skills.
Upon completion, students
should be able to
comprehend and respond
with increasing proficiency
to spoken and written
Spanish and demonstrate
further cultural awareness.
The course will introduce
students to the basics of
news editing and design.
Students will learn how to
edit stories and design
pages on paper and
computers while critically
assessing the content of the
news. After exploring the
NEWS EDITING AND LAS211, LAS214,
JRN206 role of editors and the copy 3
PRODUCTION JRN203, LAS221
desk, students will learn
macro-editing, editing with
the big picture in mind.
Students will learn how to
design news pages. Design
basics will include picas
and points, modular design,
news judgment and photo
cropping.
COMMUNICATION This course tackles the
LAS211, LAS214,
JRN209 PERFORMANCE FOR principles of broadcast 3
JRN201, JRN203
JOURNALISM presentation wherein

444
 students will be taught the
essential principles of
performance, matters of
style, content,
professionalism and
purpose in performing for
broadcast media.
The course focuses on
writing techniques utilized
in crafting nonfiction
works such as
autobiography, biography,
and essay. It explores the
key elements that lie at the LAS211, LAS214,
CREATIVE NON-
LAS207 heart of good creative 3 JRN201, JRN202,
FICTION
nonfiction. It also examines JRN204
the varied technical skills
that an aspiring writer
needs to
learn and master to become
a prolific creative
nonfiction writer.
The course aims to know
understand the various laws
of media and its roles in the
communication process and
in the Philippine media
industry. Aside from
discussing the evolution of
various media laws, there
will be an extensive and
critical look at basic legal LAS211, LAS214,
LAS216 MEDIA LAWS 3
provisions that impact and JRN203, LAS215
apply to various media
related professions. This is
for the student to
underscore and
comprehend the relevance
of these laws to the
Philippine media industry
and to the current local
Diaspora.
This course provides an
MODERN AND
understanding of the role of
LAS217 ASIAN POLITICAL 3 LAS211, LAS212
the media in the Asian
THOUGHT
political system. Both

445
 historical and current
political trends will be
highlighted as they are
deliberated and analyzed
by the media as well as the
advantages and challenges
that come with digital
media and the 24/7 news
cycle. This discusses the
societal impact of politics
to the Asian media setting.
The course begins with a
survey of major figures in
the development of a
critical theory of literature.
The emphasis will be on
the careful reading of
primary theoretical texts,
with attention as well to
historical and social
contexts. This survey
should provide a basic
frame of reference from
which to understand and
assess the contemporary
LITERARY
EMC321 theoretical and critical 3 GE4, LAS203
CRITICISM
scene. The second half of
the course covers
developments in the
twentieth century,
including feminism,
Marxism, psychoanalysis,
formalism, structuralism
and deconstruction,
phenomenology and
hermeneutics, queer theory,
post colonialism, new
historicism, ethnicity and
race studies, and
postmodernism.
The course begins with a
survey of major figures in
LITERARY the development of a
EMC321 3 GE4, LAS203
CRITICISM critical theory of literature.
The emphasis will be on
the careful reading of

446
 primary theoretical texts,
with attention as well to
historical and social
contexts. This survey
should provide a basic
frame of reference from
which to understand and
assess the contemporary
theoretical and critical
scene. The second half of
the course covers
developments in the
twentieth century,
including feminism,
Marxism, psychoanalysis,
formalism, structuralism
and deconstruction,
phenomenology and
hermeneutics, queer theory,
post colonialism, new
historicism, ethnicity and
race studies, and
postmodernism.
This course provides an
introduction to
international political
economy - the interface
between international
economics and
international politics.
Students will look at
economic issues of trade,
finance, production and
INTERNATIONAL LAS211, LAS214,
development, but not from
LAS210 POLITICAL 3 LAS212, JRN203,
the perspective of
ECONOMY LAS216
economic theory. Instead,
students will engage with
the International Relations
concepts, ideas and
literatures on the economic
relations among states, and
between states and non-
state actors; such as firms,
societal groups and
international organizations.

447
 This course introduces
students to the principles
LAS211, LAS214,
and techniques in
INVESTIGATIVE JRN201, JRN202,
LAS213 investigative journalism 3
JOURNALISM JRN203, JRN204,
and equips them to write
LAS215, LAS207
investigative reports on
issues of public interest.
This course teaches the
technical skills and creative
principles required for
single camera ('film style')
video field shooting and
post production. Topics
include audio, video
recording technology, LAS211, LAS214,
composition, lighting, JRN202, JRN203,
MULTIMEDIA
LAS218 continuity, and editing. The 3 JRN204, LAS216,
PRODUCTION
student will gain JRN206, LAS221,
experience planning, JRN208
shooting and editing
entertainment- and/or
information-based video
projects will be provided
through hands-on
exercises, projects and
assignments.
The course seeks to equip
students with the skills of
analysis so they can
interpret issues in the news
and be able to write
about them through
commentary, editorials, and
other forms of expressive
LAS211, LAS214,
writing from an informed
JRN202, JRN203,
OPINION AND perspective and in
JRN210 3 JRN204, LAS216,
COMMENTARY compelling style. The
JRN206, LAS221,
course will take students
JRN208, LAS207
practically through the
elements of effective
analytical and opinion
writing, tools and
techniques of analysis,
types of opinion, creating
impact, and dealing with
the story behind the story.

448
 The course will involve an
introduction to the most
important theories on
personality to date. The
existence of a variety of
viewpoints indicates that
there is no clear and
integrated theory that
dominates the field.
However, each of these
theories can be evaluated
according to conventional
scientific criteria, because
all of them claim to be
scientific in nature.
THEORIES OF LAS211, LAS214,
LAS225 Therefore, besides giving 3
PERSONALITY GE14
you an appreciation of the
ways in which theorists
have conceptualized human
personality, the major
objective of the course is to
place you in a position to
evaluate these theories and
to decide which ones have
merit and are worthy of
continuing scientific
investigations. Presentation
of the material will be via
lectures and assigned
readings, as well as online
discussions.
This course tackles
exposure to qualitative and
quantitative research
methods, such as historical LAS211, LAS214,
and legal research, media JRN202, JRN203,
JRN211 THESIS 3
analysis, content analysis, JRN204, LAS204,
in-depth interviewing and LAS215, LAS216
discourse analysis. An
approved research topic is
the final requirement.
The course introduces the
BUSINESS AND students to the fundamental LAS211, LAS214,
JRN212 ECONOMIC principles and practice of 3 JRN203, LAS221,
REPORTING business, finance and JRN206, LAS210
economics. It also trains

449
 the students to report and
write on contemporary
business and economic
issues. It is designed to
provide an understanding
of economic, business and
financial news and how to
write it.
The course aims to explore
the way in which the media
reports about disasters and
conflict situations. Students
will be taught the
significant roles of the
media in covering and
reporting various disasters
and conflict situations.
DISASTER RISK
Media ethics will likewise
REDUCTION AND LAS211, LAS214,
be tackled especially in the
JRN213 CONFLICT 3 JRN203, LAS221,
context of responsible and
SENSITIVE JRN206, LAS225
accurate reporting and
REPORTING
writing various types of
disasters and conflict
situations. Finally, the
course will enlighten the
students about improving
disaster and conflict news
reportage based on case
studies involving recent
related events.
The course is designed to
introduce the study of
sports and entertainment as
a profession and analysis of
its operations with respect
to opportunities,
responsibilities and current
SPORTS AND LAS211, LAS214,
issues involving sports and
JRN215 ENTERTAINMENT 3 JRN203, LAS221,
entertainment media
JOURNALISM JRN206, LAS207
professionals. Topics
include distinctions among
careers in sports and
entertainment media
including sports and
entertainment journalism
and industry professionals,

450
 values and ethics, data, and
emerging media. The
course will also devote an
extensive discussion of
current events and issues
related to the current
practice of sports and
entertainment news
reporting.
This course will mandate
the student to gather and
analyze the data regarding
the approved research topic
JRN216 THESIS 2 3 JRN211
in Journalism Research
One. An approved research
material is the final output
for the course.
This course introduces the
students participate in the
workday routine of a news
media organization for the
specified period,
undertaking those tasks
assigned to them and
seeking to display
initiative, enthusiasm,
professionalism and a
LAS211, LAS214,
willingness to learn. The
JRN205, JRN206,
students will contribute to
JRN207, LAS217,
INTERNSHIP IN the published or broadcast
JRN209, LAS213,
JRN217 JOURNALISM news output of the 12
JRN210, LAS218,
(600HRS) organization, working
LAS210, JRN215,
under the supervision of a
JRN212, JRN213,
professional journalist.
JRN214
Upon completion, students
submit a portfolio and self-
assessment. You will plan,
observe and analyze;
submitting your planning
prior to the placement, and
summarizing your
observations and analysis
at the conclusion of your
internship.

451
Bachelor of Arts in Advertising
Curriculum Code: ADV2019
Year: 2019
Total 183
Units
First Year, Second
First Year, First Semester
Semester
Subject Subject
Description Units Pre Req Description Units Pre-req
Code Code
NSTP1 Civic Welfare Training 3 NSTP2 Civic Welfare Training 3 NSTP1
Service 1 Service 2
ADV201 Introduction to Advertising 3 ADV202 English for the 21st 3 ADV201
Concept to Content Century Advertisers
GE3 Kontekswalisadong Filipino 3 GE6 Mathematics in the 3
Modern World
GE2 Ethics 3 ICC5 Introduction to 3
Philosophy
PE1 Physical Education 1 2 LAS216 Media Laws 3 ADV201
GE10 Purposive Communication 3 GE5 Masining na 3
Pagpapahayag
GE11 Readings in Philippine 3 GEE6 Philippine Indigenous 3
History Communities
RE1 The Catholic Faith 1 PE2 Physical Education 2 2 PE1
GE14 Understanding the Self 3 GE12 Science, Technology, 3
and Society

TOTAL 24 TOTAL 26

Second Year, Second

Second Year, First Semester
Semester
LAS228 Advertising Communication 3 ADV201 ADV203 Advertising 3 ADV201
and Development Copywriting Brand
GE1 Art Appreciation 3 ADV204 Art Direction: Visual 3 ADV201,
Brand Storytelling LAS228,
LAS206
LAS202 Art Thinking 3 ADV201, ADV205 Branding 3 ADV201,
GE14 ADV202,
LAS228,
LAS206
LAS203 Asian Literature 3 ADV201 RE3 Christian Marriage 3 RE1
RE2 Christian Morality 3 RE1 ADV206 Digital Advertising 3 ADV201,
LAS228,
LAS206
LAS204 Communication Theories 3 ADV202 PE4 Physical Education 4 2 PE1
LAS206 Consumer Insights and 3 ADV201 ADV207 Social Media Tech for 3 ADV201,
Strategic Planning Communication LAS228,
Campaigns LAS206
PE3 Physical Education 3 2 PE1 LAS224 Spanish 2 3 LAS223
LAS223 Spanish 1 3 GE10 LAS225 Theories of Personality 3 ADV201,
GE14

Total 26 Total 26

452
 Third Year, Second
Third Year, First Semester
Semester
ADV208 Advertising Research 1 3 ADV201, LAS227 Account Management 3 ADV201,
LAS204, ADV202,
LAS216 LAS204,
LAS202,
LAS206,
LAS228,
LAS225
RE4 Church and Human Society 3 RE1 ADV211 Advertising Research 2 3 ADV208
ADV209 Creative Development and 3 ADV201, LAS201 Animation and Motion 3 ADV201,
Execution LAS228, Graphics ADV203,
ADV204, ADV206,
ADV203 ADV209,
ADV210
GEE3 Gender and Society 3 ADV212 ATL Advertising 3 ADV201,
LAS206,
ADV204,
ADV203
GEE4 Great Books 3 ADV213 BTL Advertising 3 ADV201,
LAS206,
ADV204,
ADV203
EMC321 Literary Criticism 3 ADV201 ADV214 CSR and PR 3 ADV201,
Advertising ADV202,
LAS228,
LAS206
LAS221 Photography 3 ADV201, GE4 Life and works of Rizal 3
ADV204
ADV210 Print Production 3 ADV201, LAS219 Music Theories 3 ADV201
ADV204,
ADV203
GE13 The Contemporary 3
World
TOTAL 24 TOTAL 27

Fourth Year, Second

Fourth Year, First Semester
Semester
ADV215 Audio Production for 3 ADV201, ADV220 Internship in 12 ADV201,
Advertising LAS219 Advertising (600 hours) LAS216,
LAS204,
LAS228,
LAS206,
ADV205,
ADV206,
ADV207,
ADV209,
ADV210,
LAS201,
ADV212,
ADV213,
ADV218,
ADV219,

453
 ADV215,
ADV217
ADV216 Creative Production and 3 ADV201,
Brand Content LAS206,
ADV204,
ADV203,
LAS221
ADV217 Data Analytics 3 ADV201,
LAS216,
LAS204,
LAS228,
LAS206
LAS208 Global Popular Culture 3 ADV201,
LAS202,
GE14
ADV218 IMC Advertising 3 ADV201,
ADV202,
LAS202,
LAS204
ADV219 Media Planning and Buying 3 ADV201,
ADV202,
LAS202,
LAS204,
LAS206,
LAS228,
ADV205
TOTAL 18 TOTAL 12

Bachelor of Arts in Advertising

Course Descriptions
COURSE NUMBER
COURSE TITLE DESCRIPTION PRE-REQUISITE
CODE OF UNITS
This course is a complete
introduction to the basics of
Advertising with additional
insights on how Advertising
Agencies work. Concepts
include: Research,
Strategizing, Brainstorming,
INTRODUCTION Execution, Sharing, and
TO ADVERTISING Familiarization with Values
ADV201 3
CONCEPT TO Advertising. At the end of
CONTENT the course, students are
expected to be equipped
with advanced knowledge in
competitive and competent
Advertising. The course will
discuss the Advertising
Standards Council of the
Philippines, and its code of

454
 conduct. Students will
develop an advertising
campaign for an existing
brand, and to participate in
organizing AdSpeak.
This course will help
participants to develop the
necessary language skills for
communicating effectively
and confidently in English in
an advertising environment
and aims to equip students
with the linguistic tools
necessary for them to
ENGLISH FOR THE
become professional
ADV202 21ST CENTURY
communicators in
ADVERTISERS
advertising. The course is
divided into five sections:
The Self, Persuasion &
Influence, The Art of
Communication through
Writing; and Group
Communication & Culture,
and Marketing
Communications.
A study of the legal issues
facing the entertainment and
news media. The course will
focus on the rights,
constraints and
responsibilities under the
Philippine Constitution,
federal and state statutes,
LAS216 MEDIA LAWS administrative law and 3 ADV201
common law. Specific topics
include prior restraint, libel,
privacy, student media,
copyright, broadcast
regulation, the court
systems, commercial speech
and access to courts and
public records.
ADVERTISING This course introduces the
COMMUNICATION role of communication in the
LAS228 3 ADV201
AND advertising world, and its
DEVELOPMENT impact on achieving

455
 business and creative
objectives. The focus of the
course is understanding
communication to see the
role of advertising in their
overall strategic business
and marketing plan.
Students will be exposed to
the different ways
businesses utilize
advertising in achieving
their goals.
This course will provide an
avenue to carve a creative
space in a strategic
management environment.
This course will practice
exercises for students to
input creative appreciation
LAS202 ART THINKING 3 ADV201, GE14
to their daily tasks. This will
prepare the future
practitioners an output to
preserve creativity in an
industrial environment, and
to balance art and the
industry mindset.
This course will provide an
introduction to literary
works from East Asia, South
Asia, and/or Southeast Asia
written from the nineteenth
century to the present.
Students will add to their
knowledge of literatures
from around the world by
ASIAN learning about the diverse
LAS203 3 ADV201
LITERATURE and complex historical and
cultural contexts that shape
these works. They will also
gain a better understanding
about the importance of
contextualization in literary
analysis. The course may
cover texts from two to three
of the regions listed above,
or may provide a detailed

456
 survey of works from any
one of these regions.
The course aims to
understand communication
theories and its significance
to the communication
process. It seeks to explain
the various concepts of these
theories that are beneficial
COMMUNICATION toward analyzing the
LAS204 3 ADV202
THEORIES communication process.
Ultimately, the knowledge
of communication theories
will help the student to
relate these toward
understanding different
communication situations
and societal issues.
This course is an overview
of the process of Consumer
Behavior, Consumer
Journey, Consumer Insights,
Consumer Protection, which
includes: the definition of
CONSUMER
consumer, brand, culture
INSIGHTS AND
LAS206 and category; 3 ADV201
STRATEGIC
implementation of strategic
PLANNING
communication plan;
attaining business objectives
of the brand, why data
matters and production of a
case study to benefit the
welfare of the consumers.
This course introduces the
fundamental elements of the
Spanish language within a
cultural context. Emphasis is
placed on the development
of basic listening, speaking,
LAS223 SPANISH 1 3 GE10
reading, and writing skills.
Upon completion, students
should be able to
comprehend and respond
with grammatical accuracy
to spoken and written

457
 Spanish and demonstrate
cultural awareness.
Brand Communication
Management is a course
devoted to a study of brands,
brand equity and brand
management as core values
and strategies of modern
marketing organizations. Its
central theme is that brands
ADVERTISING
and the resulting
ADV203 COPYWRITING 3 ADV201
relationships with customers
BRAND
are the key assets of the
organization and, as such,
must be managed like
financial resources. It will
highlight the role of
communication, in its
various forms, in successful
brand building.
This course will develop and
utilise various skills and
knowledge in the creative
department of advertising
with emphasis on design and
ART DIRECTION:
art direction. It will explore ADV201, LAS228,
ADV204 VISUAL BRAND 3
the creative department's LAS206
STORYTELLING
function in creating,
producing, and finalising
compelling art for
advertising.

This course will introduce

students the value of a brand
in advertising and
marketing: how to build,
manage, and creatively tailor
advertisements to it. Areas
covered include what a ADV201, ADV202,
ADV205 BRANDING 3
brand is and why it matters, LAS228, LAS206
how a brand creates value,
ways to measure and
understand the value of a
brand, the branding process,
measure their effectiveness,
creating content for new and

458
 established brands,
extending a brand through
advertising, and the role of
consumer insight in
effectively producing
compelling advertisements
for different markets and
demographics.
This course is an application
of basics of digital
advertising which includes
research to execution and
ethics. It will give the
students the history, trends,
DIGITAL ADV201, LAS228,
ADV206 and projections of digital 3
ADVERTISING LAS206
advertising. At the end of
the course, the students are
expected to curate a brand
campaign specifically
designed for various digital
platforms.
The course aims to examine
the common characteristics
of social media technologies
and user behaviors that
occur on social media
SOCIAL MEDIA websites. It seeks to develop
TECH FOR best practices in utilising ADV201, LAS228,
ADV207 3
COMMUNICATION social media technology LAS206
CAMPAIGNS (especially applications and
trends) to create credible
communication and
information (behavioural
and public information)
campaigns.
LAS224 This course is a continuation
of Spanish 1, focusing on
the fundamental elements of
the Spanish language within
a cultural context. Emphasis
SPANISH2 is placed on the progressive 3 LAS223
development of listening,
speaking, reading, and
writing skills. Upon
completion, students should
be able to comprehend and

459
 respond with increasing
proficiency to spoken and
written Spanish and
demonstrate further cultural
awareness.
The course will involve an
introduction to the most
important theories on
personality to date. The
existence of a variety of
viewpoints indicates that
there is no clear and
integrated theory that
dominates the field.
However, each of these
theories can be evaluated
according to conventional
scientific criteria, because
all of them claim to be
scientific in nature.
THEORIES OF
LAS225 Therefore, besides giving 3 ADV201, GE14
PERSONALITY
you an appreciation of the
ways in which theorists have
conceptualized human
personality, the major
objective of the course is to
place you in a position to
evaluate these theories and
to decide which ones have
merit and are worthy of
continuing scientific
investigations. Presentation
of the material will be via
lectures and assigned
readings, as well as online
discussions.
This course tackles exposure
to qualitative and
quantitative research
methods, such as historical
ADVERTISING and legal research, media ADV201, LAS204,
ADV208 3
RESEARCH 1 analysis, content analysis, LAS216
in-depth interviewing and
discourse analysis. An
approved research topic is
the final requirement.

460
 This course will teach the
students creative solution
strategies to problems in the
marketing and advertising
industry. It will explore
CREATIVE
digital ideas and experiences ADV201, LAS228,
ADV209 DEVELOPMENT 3
that transcend traditional ADV204, ADV203
AND EXECUTION
paid media. We’ll apply
these exercises to
advertising products, driving
retail traffic and inspiring
positive behavior change.
The course begins with a
survey of major figures in
the development of a critical
theory of literature. The
emphasis will be on the
careful reading of primary
theoretical texts, with
attention as well to historical
and social contexts. This
survey should provide a
basic frame of reference
from which to understand
and assess the contemporary
LITERARY theoretical and critical
EMC321 3 ADV201
CRITICISM scene. The second half of
the course covers
developments in the
twentieth century, including
feminism, Marxism,
psychoanalysis, formalism,
structuralism and
deconstruction,
phenomenology and
hermeneutics, queer theory,
post colonialism, new
historicism, ethnicity and
race studies, and
postmodernism.
An introduction to digital
photography using digital
cameras and basic image
LAS221 PHOTOGRAPHY 3 ADV201, ADV204
editing software. This course
includes print production for
making black-and-white and

461
 color photographs and
studio techniques that
include portrait lighting and
still life photography. No
prior photography
experience is required.
Students use digital
photography in creating a
photographic portfolio.
This course introduces
students to the essential
stages of producing
conceptual artwork for
commercial use. Students
develop insights in
production procedures and
issues, such as sustainable
PRINT ADV201, ADV204,
ADV210 design, project management 3
PRODUCTION ADV203
and collaboration, design
principles, research and
communication, professional
digital photography,
illustration, and page layout
production processes for
traditional and digital print
media.
This course teaches the
entire process of the
accounts management
ADV201, ADV202,
department in advertising. It
ACCOUNT LAS204, LAS202,
LAS227 deals with technical, 3
MANAGEMENT LAS206, LAS228,
management, and
LAS225
communication skills to lead
a team and to accomplish
the clients' goals.
This course tackles a
continuation of Thesis 1,
qualitative and quantitative
research methods, such as
historical and legal research,
ADVERTISING
ADV211 media analysis, content 3 ADV208
RESEARCH 2
analysis, in-depth
interviewing and discourse
analysis. An approved
research is the final
requirement.

462
 This course is an
introductory course to
animation and motion
graphics. It introduces the
theories, techniques, and
practices of motion graphics
and the integration of
design, photo imaging,
ANIMATION AND ADV201, ADV203,
sound, video, and animation.
LAS201 MOTION 3 ADV206, ADV209,
The primary emphasis of the
GRAPHICS ADV210
course is the successful
creation of imagery, sound,
video, and animation for use
in motion graphic projects
for Film and Television.
Research, critical analysis,
and concept development
will be emphasized.
This course is an
introductory experience in
the vast world of marketing.
It will specifically focus on
ATL the 4P's of marketing, which ADV201, LAS206,
ADV212 3
ADVERTISING is in line with creating ADV204, ADV203
advertising content for
convergent (broadcast,
digital, outdoor, and print)
media.
This course teaches the
fundamentals and practice of
below the line advertising. It
targets communication
focused on a specific group
of consumers with a more
BTL ADV201, LAS206,
ADV213 direct advertising approach. 3
ADVERTISING ADV204, ADV203
The students will produce
leaflets, brochures sampling,
experiential campaigns,
sponsorship, direct mailing,
guerrilla projects that speak
to a niche group.
This course provides an
overview of corporate social
CSR AND PR ADV201, ADV202,
ADV214 responsibility, its evolution, 3
ADVERTISING LAS228, LAS206
various models, metrics and
stakeholders as well as key

463
 issues in communicating
CSR including the use of
online communities.
Corporate Social
Responsibility (CSR),
Corporate Citizenship,
Triple Bottom Line,
Sustainable Business, all
looped with fundamentals of
public relations.
This course begins a
sequence in harmony and
theory and is intended for
the students of advertising
and broadcasting. Topics
will include: music notation;
interval identification;
common-practice scales and
LAS219 MUSIC THEORIES modes; harmonic function; 3 ADV201
melodic construction; and
formal analysis. In addition,
students will have the
opportunity to improve
skills in rhythmic, melodic
and harmonic dictation,
sight singing, and score
reading.
This course is a survey of
exposure and application of
techniques for sound design
for advertising media. Sound
effects, foley, voice-overs,
automated dialogue
AUDIO
replacement, and advanced
ADV215 PRODUCTION FOR 3 ADV201, LAS219
production techniques are
ADVERTISING
examined with practical
assignments and class
exercises. Special focus is
placed on appreciation,
process, and management of
projects in audio production.
This course exposes the
CREATIVE
production side of ADV201, LAS206,
PRODUCTION
ADV216 advertising, wherein the 3 ADV204, ADV203,
AND BRAND
students will be producing LAS221
CONTENT
content for brands that they

464
 are to develop. The students
will be producing radio,
television, and digital
content as their final output.
This course prepares
students to gather, describe,
and analyze data, and use
advanced tools to make
decisions on advertising and ADV201, LAS216,
ADV217 DATA ANALYTICS marketing. Topics include 3 LAS204, LAS228,
probability, statistics, LAS206
hypothesis testing,
regression, clustering,
decision trees, and
forecasting.
This course introduces the
field of global cultural
studies and its mass-
produced entertainment of
popular culture. It will
unpack the assumptions and
habits that pop culture had
GLOBAL POP made invisible. The students ADV201, LAS202,
LAS208 3
CULTURE will learn to read, watch, GE14
and observe popular culture
from the different regions of
the world. It aims to relearn
and rethink the current
trends, and to pre-empt the
move of audience and
consumer demand.
The course surveys in an in-
depth fashion the theoretical
and structural models of
marketing communication
and aims to equip students
with the tools necessary to
IMC create a coherent and fully ADV201, ADV202,
ADV218 3
ADVERTISING integrated promotional LAS202, LAS204
campaign. Students will be
actively
involved in the design and
implementation of various
strategic communications
approaches meant to target

465
 different publics on local
and international scale.
This course introduces the
basic concepts, strategies,
tactics and procedures of
media planning and buying.
The key concepts are
evaluation, decision, and ADV201, ADV202,
MEDIA PLANNING strategizing placements for LAS202, LAS204,
ADV219 3
AND BUYING advertising, that best suits LAS206, LAS228,
the objectives. The students ADV205
will be exposed to industry
experience of the demands
from both the agency and
the client side of media
planning.
This course introduces the
students to participate in the
workday routine of an
advertising company or
organization for the
specified period,
undertaking those tasks
assigned to them and
seeking to display initiative, ADV201, LAS216,
enthusiasm, professionalism LAS204, LAS228,
and a willingness to learn. LAS206, ADV205,
INTERNSHIP IN The students will contribute ADV206, ADV207,
ADV220 ADVERTISING to the advertising output of 12 ADV209, ADV210,
(600HRS) the organization, working LAS201, ADV212,
under the supervision of a ADV213, ADV218,
professional. Upon ADV219, ADV215,
completion, students submit ADV217
a portfolio and self-
assessment. You will plan,
observe, and analyze; submit
your planning prior to the
placement, and summarize
your observations and
analysis at the conclusion of
your internship.

466
RELED COURSES DESCRIPTIONS
Course Contact
RE1 – THE CATHOLIC FAITH Units 1 1
Title hours
Prerequisites
This is a 1-unit Religious Education course that develops in the students a deeper
understanding of the Catholic Faith as rooted in God’s Word. It presents how God
revealed Himself and how humanity responded in Faith. It enables students to enrich
Course their understanding of Sacred Scriptures, Tradition and Magisterium. The Articles
Description of the Creed are then analyzed and rooted in Scripture and Tradition. These learning
experiences will lead the students into a deeper relationship with the Triune God and
a firm devotion to Mary by imitating the examples of St. Dominic.

Course Contact
RE2 – CHRISTIAN MORALITY Units 3 3
Title hours
Prerequisites RE1
Christian Morality is a 3-unit Religious Education course that is focused on the moral
standards of living based on the teaching of Christ. It hopes to lead the learners to
imitate Christ as he said: “I came that they may have life, and have it abundantly”
Course (John 10:10) It seeks to describe an authentic Christian way of responding to God’s
Description immense love and the challenges of the contemporary world. The basic framework
and foundation of Christian Morality is grounded on Sacred Scripture and Church
Teaching vis-à-vis human experience and the signs of the times. It presents the
Catholic magisterium on different issues that affect the human person.
Course Contact
RE3 – CHRISTIAN MARRIAGE Units 3 3
Title hours
Prerequisites RE1
This is a three-unit Religious Education course, which focuses on the questions and
issues concerning family and marriage. This explores the present situations of
Course family. It further explains the nature and dimensions of marriage. It also enables the
Description Letranites to become mature Christians as they prepare themselves to a lifetime
commitment through prayerful discernment. Students are asked to organize
advocacies safeguarding the sanctity of life and marriage.
Course RE4 – CHURCH AND HUMAN Contact
Units 3 3
Title SOCIETY hours
Prerequisites RE1
Contemporary Issues about the Church and Human Society with Parish Exposure is
a 3-unit Religious Education subject. This course studies the seven themes of the
social teachings of the Catholic Church. It also tackles contemporary social issues
Course
which hamper the development of our country. An integral part of the course is
Description
Parish Exposure that allows students to experience direct contact with their own
parish in order to develop their personal and communal witnessing to authentic
Christian Faith.

467
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION COURSES
DESCRIPTIONS

Course Contact
GE1 – ARTS APPRECIATION Units 3 3
Title hours
Prerequisite
s

ART APPRECIATION IS A 3-UNIT COURSE THAT EQUIPS STUDENTS WITH

A BROAD KNOWLEDGE OF THE PRACTICAL, HISTORICAL,
PHILOSOPHICAL, SOCIAL AND RELIGIOUS RELEVANCE OF THE ARTS TO
SOCIETY. IT ALSO AIMS TO DEVELOP THE STUDENTS’ ABILITY TO
Course APPRECIATE, ANALYSE AND CRITIQUE WORKS OF ART. THE COURSE
Description WILL ALSO PROVIDE A VENUE FOR STUDENTS TO DEMONSTRATE
COMPETENCY IN RESEARCHING AND CURATING ART AS WELL AS
CONCEPTUALIZING, MOUNTING AND EVALUATING ART
PRODUCTIONS. STUDENTS WILL BE PROVIDED WITH OPPORTUNITIES
TO EXPLORE THE DIVERSITY AND RICHNESS OF ART IN THE FILIPINO
CULTURE.
Course GE11 – READINGS IN THE Contact
Units 3 3
Title PHILIPPINE HISTORY hours
Prerequisite
s

THE COURSE AIMS TO EXPOSE STUDENTS TO DIFFERENT FACETS OF

PHILIPPINE HISTORY THROUGH THE LENS OF EYEWITNESSES, RATHER
THAN RELY ON SECONDARY MATERIALS SUCH AS TEXTBOOKS, WHICH
IS THE USUAL APPROACH IN TEACHING PHILIPPINE HISTORY,
DIFFERENT TYPES OF PRIMARY SOURCES WILL BE USED-
Course WRITTEN(QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE),ORAL, VISUAL, AUDIO-
Description VISUAL, DIGITAL-COVERING VARIOUS ASPECTS OF PHILIPPINE LIFE
(POLITICAL ,ECONOMIC, SOCIAL, CULTURAL) STUDENTS ARE EXPECTED
TO ANALYZE THE SELECTED READINGS CONTEXTUALLY AND IN TERMS
OF CONTENT (STATED AND IMPLIED). THE END GOAL IS TO ENABLE
STUDENTS TO UNDERSTAND AND APPRECIATE OUR RICH PAST BY
DERIVING INSIGHTS FROM THOSE WHO WERE PRESENT AT THE TIME OF
THE EVENT.
Course GE12 – SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY Contact
Units 3 3
Title AND SOCIETY hours
Prerequisite
s

THIS INTERDISCIPLINARY AND MULTIDISCIPLINARY COURSE ENGAGES

Course STUDENT TO CONFRONT THE REALITIES BROUGHT ABOUT BY SCIENCE
Description AND TECHNOLOGY IN SOCIETY. SUCH REALITIES PERVADE THE
PERSONAL, THE PUBLIC, AND THE GLOBAL ASPECTS OF OUR LIVING

468
 AND ARE INTEGRAL TO HUMAN DEVELOPMENT. SCIENTIFIC
KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENT HAPPEN IN THE
CONTEXT OF SOCIETY WITH SOCIO-POLITICAL, CULTURAL, ECONOMIC
AND PHILOSOPHICAL UNDERPINNINGS AT PLAY. THIS COURSE SEEKS
TO INSTILL REFLECTIVE KNOWLEDGE IN THE STUDENTS THAT THEY
ARE ABLE TO LIVE THE GOOD LIFE AND DISPLAY ETHICAL DECISION
MAKING IN THE FACE OF TECHNOLOGICAL ADVANCEMENT.
Course GE13 – THE CONTEMPORARY Contact
Units 3 3
Title WORLD hours
Prerequisite
s

THIS COURSE INTRODUCES STUDENTS TO THE CONTEMPORARY WORLD

BY EXAMINING THE MULTIFACETED PHENOMENON OF
GLOBALIZATION. USING THE VARIOUS DISCIPLINES OF THE SOCIAL
SCIENCES, IT EXAMINES THE ECONOMIC, SOCIAL, POLITICAL,
TECHNOLOGICAL, AND OTHER TRANSFORMATIONS THAT HAVE
Course CREATED AN INCREASING AWARENESS OF THE INTERCONNECTEDNESS
Description OF PEOPLES AND PLACES AROUND THE GLOBE. TO THIS END, THE
COURSE PROVIDES AN OVERVIEW OF THE VARIOUS DEBATES IN
GLOBAL GOVERNANCE, DEVELOPMENT, AND SUSTAINABILITY.
BEYOND EXPOSING THE STUDENT TO THE WORLD OUTSIDE THE
PHILIPPINES, IT SEEKS TO INCULCATE A SENSE OF GLOBAL CITIZENSHIP
AND GLOBAL ETHICAL RESPONSIBILITY.
Course GE15 – ANATOMY/ Contact
Units 5 9
Title PHYSIOLOGY hours
Prerequisite
s

THE COURSE PROVIDES THROUGH ANATOMY, AN UNDERSTANDING OF

THE STRUCTURE OF THE BODY PARTS AND HOW THEY OPERATES AS A
SYSTEM; AND THROUGH PHYSIOLOGY, AN UNDERSTANDING OF HOW
THESE BODY PARTS AND SYSTEM CARRY OUT THEIR LIFE- SUSTAINING
Course ACTIVITIES. THIS COURSE ALSO DEAL WITH THE HUMAN BODY IN
Description TERMS OF ITS ADAPTATIONS, STRUCTURAL FRAMEWORK, WITH
EMPHASIS ON PHILOSOPHY REGULATIONS' ADAPTIVE MECHANISM,
INTEGRATES LECTURE WITH LABORATORY EXPERIENCES WHICH
PROVIDES EXERCISE AND TECHNIQUES NECESSARY IN CLINICAL
SITUATIONS.
Course Contact
GE16 – ZOOLOGY WITH LAB Units 5 9
Title hours
Prerequisite
s
Course THIS 3 UNIT LECTURE AND 2 UNIT LABORATORY SUBJECT INTRODUCES
Description THE BASIC ZOOLOGY PRINCIPLES AND THEIR APPLICATIONS INVOLVES

469
 GUIDED DISCUSSION 3 HRS. A WEEK) AND A LABORATORY (3 HRS. A
WEEK). THE COURSE IS OFFERED TO 3RD YEAR PSYCHOLOGY MAJORS.
THE COURSE SERVES AS A FOUNDATION FOR OTHER HIGHER COURSES
IN PSYCHOLOGY OR OTHER BIOLOGICALLY-RELATED
FIELDS. GENERAL ZOOLOGY PROVIDES A SYSTEMATIC INVESTIGATION
OF THE ANIMAL GROUPS. LABORATORY WORK WHICH REQUIRES
DISSECTION IS AN INTEGRAL AND REQUIRED PART OF THIS COURSE.
PHYSICAL PRESENCE AND PARTICIPATION IN THE LABORATORY IS
REQUIRED THE LABORATORY COMPONENT WILL INCLUDE
DISSECTIONS TO EXAMINE PHYSICAL DIFFERENCES ACROSS THE
MAJOR PHYLA.
Course Contact
GE17 - BIOLOGY Units 4 6
Title hours
Prerequisite
s

BIOLOGY GE 17 LECTURE AND LABORATORY COURSE INTRODUCES

STUDENTS TO THE FIELD OF BIOLOGY, THE STUDY OF LIFE. AFTER
TACKLING WHAT DIFFERENTIATES LIVING SYSTEMS FROM NON-LIVING
Course SYSTEMS, THE ORIGINS AND HISTORY OF LIFE ON EARTH ARE
Description DISCUSSED. THE COURSE COVERS THE DIVERSITY OF FORM AND
FUNCTION ACROSS THE THREE DOMAINS--EUBACTERIA, ARCHAEA,
EUKARYA--AS WELL AS VIRUSES, ON THE MOLECULAR, CELLULAR,
AND TISSUE LEVELS.
Course GE18 – ENVIRONMENTAL Contact
Units 3 3
Title SCIENCE hours
Prerequisite
s

THIS IS A NON-LABORATORY SCIENCE COURSE INTENDED TO

INVESTIGATE THE ROLE OF HUMANS IN THEIR ENVIRONMENT.
LETRANITES ARE EXPECTED TO GAIN BASIC KNOWLEDGE AND
PRINCIPLES ABOUT THEIR BIOLOGICAL AND PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT.
THIS INFORMATION LEADS TO EXPLORATION OF HUMAN DEPENDENCE
ON TECHNOLOGICAL CONTROL OVER, AND INTERACTIONS WITH THE
ENVIRONMENT WITH PARTICULAR EMPHASIS ON SUSTAINING
Course RESOURCES AND MAKING INFORMED CHOICES THAT REQUIRE VALUE
Description JUDGMENTS AND DECISION-MAKING CONCERNING PRESENT
ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES.

THE COURSE IS OFFERED AS SCIENCE ELECTIVE COURSE TO STUDENTS

MAJORING IN BUSINESS, LIBERAL ARTS AND EDUCATION. IT EXPLORES
ON HOW HUMAN INTERACT WITH THEIR ENVIRONMENT AND WHAT
CAN BE DONE TO IMPROVE THESE INTERACTIONS. IT INCLUDES
ACQUISITION OF KNOWLEDGE, AWARENESS AND CONCERN FOR THE
ENVIRONMENT AND ITS DIVERSE VALUES AND PROCESSES AND USE

470
 THESE UNDERSTANDING TO PRESERVE, CONSERVE AND UTILIZE THE
ENVIRONMENT IN A SUSTAINABLE MANNER FOR THE BENEFIT OF
PRESENT AND FUTURE GENERATIONS.
Course Contact
GE19 – GENETICS Units 3 3
Title hours
Prerequisite
s

MECHANISM OF HEREDITY AND VARIATION, CYTOGENETICS,

Course MUTATION, NATURE OF GENES, POPULATION GENETICS, QUANTITATIVE
Description GENETICS, HUMAN GENETICS AND EVOLUTIONARY GENETICS;
BIOMETRICAL PROCEDURES
Course Contact
GE2 - ETHICS Units 3 3
Title hours
Prerequisite
s

ETHICS DEALS WITH THE PRINCIPLES OF ETHICAL BEHAVIOUR IN

MODERN SOCIETY AT THE LEVEL OF THE PERSON, SOCIETY, AND IN
INTERACTION WITH THE ENVIRONMENT AND OTHER SHARED
RESOURCES. (CMO 20 S 2013) MORALITY PERTAINS TO THE STANDARDS
OF RIGHT AND WRONG THAT AN INDIVIDUAL ORIGINALLY PICKS UP
FROM THE COMMUNITY. THE COURSE DISCUSSES THE CONTEXT AND
PRINCIPLES OF ETHICAL BEHAVIOUR IN MODERN SOCIETY AT THE
Course
LEVEL OF INDIVIDUAL, SOCIETY AND IN INTERACTION WITH THE
Description ENVIRONMENT AND OTHER SHARED RESOURCES. THE COURSE ALSO
TEACHES STUDENTS TO MAKE MORAL DECISIONS BY USING DOMINANT
MORAL FRAMEWORKS AND BY APPLYING THESE TO ANALYSE AND
SOLVE MORAL DILEMMAS. THE COURSE IS ORGANIZED ACCORDING TO
THE THREE (3) MAIN ELEMENTS OF MORAL EXPERIENCE: (A) AGENT,
INCLUDING CONTEXT—CULTURAL, COMMUNAL, AND
ENVIRONMENTAL; (B) THE ACT, AND (C) REASON OR FRAMEWORK (FOR
THE ACT).
Course GE3 - KONTEKSTWALISADONG Contact
Units 3 3
Title FILIPINO hours
Prerequisite
s

ANG KONTEKSTWALISADONG KOMUNIKASYON SA FILIPINO AY ISANG

PRAKTIKAL NA KURSONG NAGPAPALAWAK AT NAGPAPALALIM SA
Course KONTEKSTWALISADONG KOMUNIKASYON SA WIKANG FILIPINO NG
Description MGA MAMAMAYANG PILIPINO SA KANI-KANILANG KOMUNIDAD SA
PARTIKULAR AT SA BUONG LIPUNANG PILIPINO SA PANGKALAHATAN.
NAKATUON ANG KURSONG ITO SA MAKRONG KASANAYANG PAKIKINIG
AT PAGSASALITA, GAYUNDIN SA KASANAYAN SA PAGGAMIT NG IBA'T

471
 IBANG TRADISYONAL AT MODERNONG MIDYA NA MAKABULUHAN SA
KONTEKSTONG PILIPINO SA IBA'T IBANG ANTAS AT LARANGAN.
Course GE4 - LIFE AND WORKS OF Contact
Units 3 3
Title RIZAL hours
Prerequisite
s

THIS COURSE COVERS THE LIFE, WORKS, AND WRITINGS OF THE

NATIONAL HERO OF THE COUNTRY, JOSE PROTACIO MERCADO RIZAL Y
REALONDA, AND HIS ROLE TO THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE
NATIONALIST THOUGHT IN THE PHILIPPINES. THE DISCUSSION WILL
FOCUS FIRST ON THE CONTEXTUALIZATION OF THE EVENTS THAT
Course OCCURRED AT THE TIME OF RIZAL (19TH CENTURY) AND IN THE PLACES
Description HE WENT WHICH HE GAINED INFLUENCES, STRENGTHENED HIS
THOUGHTS, IDEAS, AND PHILOSOPHY. ALSO, IN THE FINAL PART, IT
FOCUSES ON HIS WORKS AND WRITINGS, PARTICULARLY HIS TWO
FAMOUS NOVELS, THE NOLI ME TANGERE (THE SOCIAL CANCER) AND
EL FILIBUSTERISMO (REIGN OF GREED) AND LET THE STUDENTS COME
UP WITH THE ANALYSIS, SYNTHESIS, AND SIGNIFICANCE OF HIS WORKS
IN THE FILIPINO SOCIETY.
Course GE5 - MASINING NA Contact
Units 3 3
Title PAGPAPAHAYAG hours
Prerequisite
s

SUMASAKLAW ANG KURSO SA PAG-AARAL NG MGA BATAYANG

SIMULAIN PARA SA MAGANDA, MABISA, AT MASINING NA
PAGPAPAHAYAG. MATUTUTUHAN ANG WASTONG PAGGAMIT NG
FILIPINO SA LAHAT NG PAGKAKATAONG KAKAILANGANIN ITO. PAG-
AARALAN DIN DITO ANV APAT NA PANGUNAHING ANYO NG DISKURSO:
ANG PAGSASALAYSAY, PAGLALARAWAN, PAGLALAHAD, AT
Course PANGANGATUWIRAN. PAGSASALING-WIKA SA FILIPINO MULA SA
Description INGLES (GE7) : ANG KURSONG PAGSASALING-WIKA SA FILIPINO MULA
SA INGLES AY TATALAKAY SA MGA ISYU AT SULIRANIN SA
PAGSASALIN NG MGA AKDANG PAMPANITIKAN. BIBIGYANG PANSIN
DIN SA KURSONG ITO ANG MGA BATAYANG KAALAMAN AT SIMULAIN
SA PAVSASALING WIKA NA KABILANG SA IBANV GENRE. GAYON DIN
NAMAN, IPARARANAS DIN SA MGA MAG-AARAL ANG PAGSASALIN NG
IBA'T IBANG TEKSTO/LITERATURANG NASUSULAT SA INGLES TUNGO
SA FILIPINO.
Course Contact
GE7 - PAGSASALING WIKA Units 3 3
Title hours
Prerequisite
s

472
 ANG KURSONG PAGSASALING WIKA SA FILIPIPNO MULA SA INGLES AY
TALAKAY SA MGA ISYU AT SULIRANIN SA PAGSASALIN NG MGA
AKDANG PAMPANITIKAN. BIBIGYANG PANSIN DIN SA KURSONG ITO
Course ANG MGA BATAYANG KAALAMANAT SIMULAIN SA PAGSASALING
Description WIKA NA KABILANG SA IBANB GENRE. GAYON DIN NAMAN,
IPARARANAS DIN SA MGA MAG-AARAL ANG PAGSASALIN NG IBAT'T
IBANG TEKSO/LITERATURANG NASUSULAT SA INGLES PATUNGO SA
FILIPINO.
Course Contact
GE8 - PANITIKANG FILIPINO Units 3 3
Title hours
Prerequisite
s

ANG PANITIKANG FILIPINO AY SUMASAKLAW SA PAGPAPAHALAGA SA

PANITIKAN NG BANSA. MAGBIBIGAY NG DIIN ANG KURSONG ITO SA
IBA’T IBANG GENRE – PABIGKAS AT PASULAT NA PANITIKAN— UPANG
Course MAGPAYAMAN SA KINIKILALALNG SALAMIN NG BUHAY AT
Description KULTURANG PILIPINO. NAKATUON DIN ANG KURSONG ITO SA HIGIT NA
PAGKILALA SA PAGKA-PILIPINO NG PILIPINAS NA MAGPAPATINGKAD
SA KATALINUHAN, KAGITINGAN, KATAPANGAN, AT KALAYAAN NG
LAHING KAYUMANGGI SA PAGBUO NG SARILING AKDA MULA SA
BAYAN, PARA SA BAYAN.
Course Contact
GE9 - PANITIKANG POPULAR Units 3 3
Title hours
Prerequisite
s

NAKATUON ANG KURSONG ITO SA PAG-AARAL NG MGA ANYO NG

KULTURANG POPULAR SA PILIPINAS BILANG LUNAN NG MASAKLAW
NA MGA PANANALIKSIK HINGIL SA KULTURA, KASAYSAYAN, WIKA AT
KAISIPANG FILIPINO. SA PAMAMAGITAN NG PAGSANGGUNI SA MGA
Course NALIMBAG AT UMIIRAL NANG DISKURSO HINGGIL SA PRODUKSYON AT
Description RESEPSYON NG IBA’T-IBANG KULTURANG POPULAR SISISKAPING
MASIYASAT NG KURSO ANG NAGTATALABANG KILOS NG
TUMATANGKILIK NA INDIBIDWAL SA PAGLULUGAR NG SARILI SA MGA
KONTRADIKSYON, GLOBAL AT KONSUMERISTA NG KASALUKUYANG
LIPUNANG GINAGALAWAN.
Course Contact
GEE3 - GENDER AND SOCIETY Units 3 3
Title hours
Prerequisite
s

Course GENDER AND SOCIETY IS A MULTIDISCIPLINARY COURSE DEDICATED

Description TO THE STUDY OF GENDER WOMEN, MASCULINITY, AND QUEER
STUDIES. THE FIRST PART EXAMINES GENDER RELATIONS AND

473
 DEVELOPMENTS ACROSS HISTORICAL PERIODS AND IN DIFFERENT
CULTURAL CONTEXTS. IT CONSULTS DIFFERENT THEORIES AND THEIR
ACCOMPANYING INTERPRETIVE APPROACHES TO EXPLAIN TOPICS AND
ISSUES CONCERNING GENDER. THE SECOND PART FOCUSES ON
GENDER’S INTERACTION WITH SOCIETY, PARTICULARLY, MEDIA,
CULTURE, AND POLITICS. IT ALSO DEALS WITH THE COMPLEX
INTERACTION OF GENDER WITH OTHER IDENTITY MARKERS SUCH AS
SEX, RACE, ETHNICITY, CLASS, AND RELIGION. AT THE END OF THE
COURSE, STUDENTS SHALL APPLY THEORIES AND CONCEPTS IN
GENDER STUDIES TO IDENTIFY CONTEMPORARY GENDER ISSUES AND
CONDUCT SOCIAL ANALYSIS AND RESEARCH.
Course Contact
GEE5 - LIVING IN THE IT ERA Units 3 3
Title hours
Prerequisite
s

THIS INTERDISCIPLINARY AND MULTIDISCIPLINARY COURSE EXPLORES

THE SCIENCE, CULTURE AND ETHICS OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
(IT), ITS INFLUENCE ON MODERN LIVING AND HUMAN RELATIONSHIPS,
ITS VARIOUS USES AND APPLICATIONS FOR PERSONAL, PROFESSIONAL,
AND SOCIAL ADVANCEMENT, AS WELL AS ITS INFLUENCE ON CULTURE
AND SOCIETY (CM0 # 20 S. 2013). THIS AIMS TO STRIKE A BALANCE
BETWEEN CONCEPTUAL PEDAGOGY AND SOCIALLY-CRITICAL AND
CULTURALLY-ORIENTED DISCUSSIONS AS IT NOT ONLY EXPLAINS THE
BASIC CONCEPTS OR KEY TERMS IN IT BUT ALSO FEATURES THE MAJOR
IT TRENDS AND ALONG WITH THE PLETHORA OF ISSUES AND
CHALLENGES THAT THESE TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS BRING.
MOREOVER, IT USES THE OUTCOMES-BASED APPROACH (OBE) WITH
Course ASSESSMENT TESTS AND TASKS TO EFFECTIVELY MEASURE STUDENT
Description LEARNING. THE COURSE PRIMARILY DEALS WITH THE INTERACTION
BETWEEN HUMAN SOCIETIES AND THEIR UNIQUE COMMUNITIES WITH
THE CONTINUING SCIENTIFIC DEVELOPMENTS IN THE AGE OF DIGITAL
INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATIONS TECHNOLOGY (ICT). THIS
COURSE SEEKS TO INSTIL REFLECTIVE KNOWLEDGE IN THE STUDENTS
TO DEVELOP A PROFOUND AND CRITICAL UNDERSTANDING OF
TECHNOLOGY AND DISPLAY SOCIAL AND ETHICAL DECISION-MAKING
SKILLS IN THE FACE OF A TECHNOLOGICALLY DOMINATED WORLD
AND DAWNING ERA OF CIVILIZATION. STUDENTS ARE EXPECTED TO
READ, ENGAGE WITH THE TOPICS AND QUESTION CRITICALLY, ATTEND
AND CONTRIBUTE REGULARLY TO CLASSROOM DISCUSSIONS, AND TO
EXHIBIT THEIR BEST CAPABILITIES IN THE CRITICAL ASSESSMENT OF
THE VARIOUS TOPICS DURING THE SEMESTER.
Course GEE6 - PHILIPPINE Contact
Units 3 3
Title INDIGENOUS COMMUNITIES hours
Prerequisite
s

474
 THE COURSE PROVIDES CONCEPTS AND PRINCIPLES ON BIOCHEMISTRY
AS A CURRENT, RELEVANT AND EXCITING FIELD OF BIOLOGICAL
SCIENCE. IT INCLUDES CONCEPTS ABOUT THE MAIN BIOMOLECULES OF
LIVING THINGS; AMINO ACIDS AND PROTEINS, SUGARS AND
CARBOHYDRATES, FATTY ACIDS AND LIPIDS, NUCLEOTIDES AND
Course NUCLEIC ACIDS. THIS ALSO INCLUDES ENZYMES AND CATALYSIS,
Description CENTRAL DOGMA OF BIOCHEMISTRY, CARBOHYDRATE AND LIPID
METABOLISMS, AND TISSUE METABOLISM (FOCUSING ON ENDOCRINE
AND NERVOUS SYSTEMS). THIS COURSE ALSO INCLUDES VIRTUAL
LABORATORY ACTIVITIES THAT INTEND TO DEVELOP BASIC IDEA
ABOUT BIOCHEMICAL LABORATORY, EXPERIMENTS AND EXERCISES
ILLUSTRATING THE CONCEPTS COVERED IN THIS COURSE.

Course GEE7 – PHILIPPINE POP Contact

Units 3 3
Title CULTURE hours
Prerequisite
s

PHILIPPINE POPULAR CULTURE DEALS WITH NEW FORMS IN ART, MUSIC,

AND LITERATURE ARISING FROM OPPORTUNITIES AND DEMANDS OF
MASS AUDIENCES, MARKETS AND MASS MEDIA, AND THEIR SOCIAL,
ECONOMIC, AND POLITICAL CONTEXTS. (CMO 20 S 2013). THIS 3-UNIT
COURSE PROVIDES THE STUDENTS WITH CRITICAL PERSPECTIVES IN
UNDERSTANDING POPULAR CULTURE IN THE PHILIPPINES. IT GIVES
EMPHASIS ON POPULAR CULTURE THROUGH THE LENS OF CRITICAL
CULTURAL STUDIES WITH A STRONG FOCUS ON CULTURE INDUSTRY.
Course PHILIPPINE POPULAR CULTURE IS DEVOTED TO UNDERSTANDING THE
Description CULTURAL TRENDS AND PHENOMENA OF TODAY. IT IS A
MULTIDISCIPLINARY COURSE THAT INVESTIGATES THE WAYS IN WHICH
CULTURE CREATES AND TRANSFORMS INDIVIDUAL EXPERIENCES,
SOCIAL RELATIONS, AND SOCIETIES. COMBINING THE STRENGTHS OF
THE SOCIAL SCIENCES AND THE HUMANITIES, CULTURAL STUDIES
DRAWS ON METHODS AND THEORIES FROM DIFFERENT FIELDS SUCH AS
LITERARY STUDIES, SOCIOLOGY, COMMUNICATIONS STUDIES, HISTORY,
CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY, AND ECONOMICS. BY WORKING ACROSS
THE BOUNDARIES AMONG THESE FIELDS, THIS COURSE AIMS TO
ADDRESS NEW QUESTIONS AND PROBLEMS IN CULTURE.
Course Contact
ICC1 - BIOCHEMISTRY Units 3 3
Title hours
Prerequisite
s

Course THE COURSE PROVIDES CONCEPTS AND PRINCIPLES ON BIOCHEMISTRY

Description AS A CURRENT, RELEVANT AND EXCITING FIELD OF BIOLOGICAL
SCIENCE. IT INCLUDES CONCEPTS ABOUT THE MAIN BIOMOLECULES OF

475
 LIVING THINGS; AMINO ACIDS AND PROTEINS, SUGARS AND
CARBOHYDRATES, FATTY ACIDS AND LIPIDS, NUCLEOTIDES AND
NUCLEIC ACIDS. THIS ALSO INCLUDES ENZYMES AND CATALYSIS,
CENTRAL DOGMA OF BIOCHEMISTRY, CARBOHYDRATE AND LIPID
METABOLISMS, AND TISSUE METABOLISM (FOCUSING ON ENDOCRINE
AND NERVOUS SYSTEMS). THIS COURSE ALSO INCLUDES VIRTUAL
LABORATORY ACTIVITIES THAT INTEND TO DEVELOP BASIC IDEA
ABOUT BIOCHEMICAL LABORATORY, EXPERIMENTS AND EXERCISES
ILLUSTRATING THE CONCEPTS COVERED IN THIS COURSE.
Course Contact
ICC5 – INTRO TO PHILOSOPHY Units 3 3
Title hours
Prerequisite
s

THIS COURSE IS AIMED AT INITIATING THE STUDENT TOWARDS A BASIC

UNDERSTANDING OF THE FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS OF
PHILOSOPHICAL INQUIRY. IT ALSO DELVES INTO THE HIGHLIGHTS OF
MAN’S SEARCH FOR TRUTH BOTH IN THE WESTERN AND EASTERN
TRADITIONS – EMPHASIZING ITS HISTORICAL INTERCONNECTIVITY FOR
THE PURPOSE OF STIMULATING CREATIVE INTEREST IN THE
APPRENTICE TO LIVE THE EXAMINED LIFE. IT COVERS A SHORT
Course INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY AND A STUDY OF THE PRINCIPLES,
Description LAWS AND METHODS OF CORRECT AND EFFECTIVE INFERENTIAL
THINKING AND REASONING. IT AIMS TO TRAIN THE STUDENTS IN
ACQUIRING THE CRITICAL OR HIGHER LEVEL OF THINKING, A BASIC
SKILL IN THEIR FUTURE ROLES AS GRADUATE STUDENTS,
PROFESSIONALS, MANAGERS OR ENTREPRENEURS STEEP IN CHRISTIAN
VALUES AND CAPABLE OF MEETING THEIR RESPONSIBILITIES IN THE
WORKPLACE, AND AS RESPONSIBLE CITIZENS IN DISCHARGING THEIR
DUTIES IN A DEMOCRATIC SOCIETY.
Course Contact
PE1 - PHYSICAL EDUCATION 1 Units 2 2
Title hours
Prerequisite
s

THIS COURSE PROVIDES ENHANCEMENT IN DIFFERENT MOVEMENT

PATTERNS AND CORE ENGAGEMENT IN CONJUNCTION WITH
PRINCIPLES OF HEALTHY EATING AND PHYSICALLY ACTIVE LIFE. THE
Course STUDENT WILL BE ABLE TO ADAPT AND TRANSFER THE MOVEMENT
Description COMPETENCY IN DIFFERENT CONTEXTS AND ENABLE TO
DEMONSTRATE FUNCTIONAL USE OF THE MOVEMENT SKILLS IN A
VARIETY OF PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES THAT ARE DEVELOPMENTALLY AND
AGE- APPROPRIATE.
Course Contact
PE2 - PHYSICAL EDUCATION 2 Units 2 2
Title hours

476
Prerequisite
PE1
s

THIS COURSE PROVIDES EXPERIENCE IN CORE STABILITY, STRENGTH

AND MOBILITY TRAINING. IT INCLUDES GOAL SETTING EXERCISE
PROGRESSION AND REGRESSION AND PERIODIC ASSESSMENT FOR THE
Course DEVELOPMENT OF VARIOUS FITNESS COMPONENT. IT AIMS TO PREPARE
Description STUDENTS FOR THE USE OF FITNESS IN RECREATION AND SPORT FOR
ALL AS A VALUABLE MIDDLE ORDER TO ACHIEVE THE OBJECTIVE OF
RAISING THE EFFICIENCY OF HEALTHY LIFE STYLE AND DEVELOPMENT
OF MUSCLE STRENGTH AND MOTOR COORDINATION.
Course Contact
PE3 - PHYSICAL EDUCATION 3 Units 2 2
Title hours
Prerequisite
PE1
s

THIS COURSE PROVIDES A BASIC TRAINING IN THE WORLD RENOWN

FILIPINO MARTIAL ARTS WITH DISTINCT FORM AND STYLE- ARNIS.
TECHNIQUES AND FUNDAMENTAL DRILLS LIKE STRIKING , BLOCKING,
TRUSTING, PARRYING AND DISARMING AS A SELF DEFENSE AND AS
SPORTS. THE COURSES INTRODUCES ALSO THE BEAUTY OF SINAWALI
MOVEMENTS TO HELP THE STUDENT PERFORM A BETTER SKILLS IN
Course STRIKING IN ANY PART OF THE BODY AND THIS WAS CALLED "ANYO".
Description THE COURSE WILL PROVIDE STUDENTS THE OPPORTUNITY TO
INCREASE THEIR INDIVIDUAL LEVEL OF PHYSICAL FITNESS, ACQUIRE
KNOWLEDGE OF ALL FITNESS COMPONENTS AND DEMONSTRATE AN
UNDERSTANDING OF HOW A WELLNESS LIFESTYLE AFFECTS ONE’S
HEALTH, FITNESS AND PHYSICAL PERFORMANCE. STUDENTS WILL
HAVE THE OPPORTUNITY TO PRACTICE POSITIVE PERSONAL AND
SOCIAL SKILLS.
Course Contact
PE4 - PHYSICAL EDUCATION 4 Units 2 2
Title hours
Prerequisite
PE1
s

THE COURSE PROVIDE THE THEORETICAL AND PRACTICAL APPROACH

IN TEACHING IN VOLLEYBALL AND BASKETBALL IN A LOGICAL
PROGRESSION WITH AN INTEGRATION OF THE BASIC SKILLS. TEAM
SPORTS LIKE VOLLEYBALL AND BASKETBALL PROVIDES A BREAK
Course FROM ROUTINARY OR MONOTONOUS WAY OF LIFE OF THE
Description STUDENTS. IT REFERS TO THE TIME SPENT IN AN ACTIVITY ONE LOVE
TO DO. TEAM SPORTS GIVE ENJOYMENT TO A STUDENT AND PROVIDE
RELAXATION TO BOTH MIND AND BODY. WHEN STUDENT INDULGES IN
ACTIVE RECREATION LIKE TEAM SPORTS TO DEVELOPS SOCIAL LIFE
AND INSPIRED TO THE ACTIVITY REGULARLY, TEAM SPORTS BRING
PEOPLE TOGETHER AND PUT LIFE INTO THEIR LEISURE. IT BECOMES AN

477
 IMPORTANT PART OF THEIR LIVES. THE STUDENTS BECOME CONSCIOUS
OF A LIFESTYLE THAT IS GEARED TOWARDS HEALTH AND WELLNESS.

Graduate School

MBA-THESIS PROGRAM

9
Foundation Courses UNITS

UNITS
Corporate Social Responsibility 3
Business Research Methods 3
Statistics w/ Computer Application 3

9
Core Courses UNITS

Marketing Management 3
Human Resource Management 3
Production and Operations Management 3

12
Specialization Courses UNITS

Financial Planning and Analysis 3

Innovative Entrepreneurship 3
Public Finance and Fiscal Policies 3
Business Information Systems 3

Thesis 1 3
Thesis 2 3

Acad. 30
Thesis 6
TOTAL 36

478
MBA-STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT
PAPER
9
Foundation Courses UNITS

UNITS
Corporate Social Responsibility 3
Business Research Methods 3
Statistics w/ Computer Application 3

Core Courses 9 units

Financial Management 3
Marketing Management 3
Production and Operations Management 3

24
Specialization Courses units

Organizational Behavior 3
Airlines Policy & Airport Operation 3
Food & Beverage Management 3
Cruise & Luxury Liner Operations 3
International Hotel Management 3
Tourism Management, Planning & Devt. 3
Strategic Management 3
Innovative Entrepreneurhip 3
Strategic Management 3
(Paper Submission with defense)

Acad 39
Thesis 3
TOTAL 42

479
MBA-SPECIAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAM

Foundation Courses UNITS

Corporate Social Responsibility 3
Business Research Methods 3
Statistics w/ Computer Application 3

Core Courses
Organizational Behavior 3
Managerial Accounting 3
Financial Management 3

Specialization Courses
International Business Management 3
International Marketing 3
Global Finance 3
Risk Management 3
Leadership Enterprise Management 3
Business Law and Corporate Practices 3

Business Project Study 3

(Paper Submission with defense)
TOTAL 39

DOCTOR OF BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION

Core Courses 12
units
UNITS
Philosophy of Business 3
Advanced Applied Research Methods 3
Advanced Decision Science & Statistical
Analysis 3
Management Ethics and Social Responsibility 3

Major Courses and Cognates 33 units

Project Planning & Development and Evaluation 3
Monetary and Fiscal Policy 3
Enterprise Analysis 3

480
 Global Business Environment 3
Comparative Management Systems 3
Legal Aspect of Business 3
Crisis Management in the Workplace 3
Organizational Development (Focus on Educ'l.
Leadership) 3
Management Psychology 3
Current Business Development (Focus on
Strategy Consulting) 3
Graduate Seminar 3

12 units
Dissertation 3
Dissertation 3
Dissertation 6
Acad 45
Thesis 12
TOTAL 57

Master in Business Administration- Regular Program

FOUNDATION COURSE
COURSE COURSE Course Description
TITLE CODE
Business BUSREME This course provides an overview of research as a method of
Research investigation using the different steps in the conduct of research
Methods and the common questions raised in the conduct of the study.
Corporate CORSORE This course involves the study of Social Responsibilities of
Social organizations and Good Governance in business operations. It is
Responsibility based on the theories and principles of Corporate Social
Responsibilities, Corporate Governance and Business Ethics. It
provides the students to understand and analyze the nature and
types of social responsibilities, corporate governance, business
ethics, legal and regulatory requirements of business. It also
includes discussion on the responsibilities of business to all its
stakeholders.
Statistics with STATCOM The course is about familiarity of descriptive and inferential
Computer statistics using software (EXCEL). It starts with the use and
Application interpretation of mean, median, and mode, types of data (nominal,
interval, ordinal and ratio), and proper use of data in descriptive
and inferential statistics. Application, use, and interpretation of
one-way and two-way Anova and rejecting or accepting Ho
(including P-value, F-value, F-critical, and variance). Application,
use, and interpretation of both simple and multiple regressions and
rejecting or accepting Ho (including P-value, R squared,

481
 coefficient, errors, and dummy variables). Furthermore proper
presentation of data is introduced to give aid to statistical treatment
used in research and thesis.

CORE COURSE
COURSE COURSE Course Description
TITLE CODE
Human HUMARES The course provides students and practicing managers with a
Resources full and practical introduction to modern human resource
Management management concepts and techniques with the understanding,
knowledge and skills to make strategic human resource
management decisions. The course emphasizes practical
activities, ranging from assessment of the global economic
environment and organizational culture to the analysis of
competencies and the implementation of human resource
decisions. Special emphasis is also given to how HR
practitioners can use human resource activities to improve
employee engagement. At the end of the course, students carry
out a detailed strategic analysis of a human resource
management issue in their organizations and, in doing so, learn
how to effectively manage human resources in a way that
contributes to improved performance, productivity and morale.

Marketing MARKMAN The course aims to provide the students with an in-depth
Management knowledge and proficiency of how marketing significantly
affects the overall industry milieu. An intensive study of both
the fundamental and strategies used in marketing shall be
included into the course. To achieve this, in addition to the basic
theoretical approach, the subject shall be taught using simulated
case analyses of selected companies/organizations which are
currently experiencing predicaments on this area.

Production and PRODMAN This course tackles the aggregate aspects of the subject of
Operation production and operations management (POM) and discusses its
Management importance to the overall strategy and competitiveness of a firm.
It also includes discussions on productivity, competitiveness and
strategy forecasting production system design process section
and capacity planning facilities layout, design of work systems,
quality, scheduling and just-in-time manufacturing systems.
Cases will also be used to illustrate and apply the basic
production and operations concepts and tools commonly used in
business firms.

482
 SPECIALIZATION COURSE
COURSE COURSE Course Description
TITLE CODE
Business BUSECON This course introduces economic concepts and principles which
Economics and are useful in understanding the general economic environment
Analysis within which businesses and other organizations operate.
Microeconomics examines how consumers and firms make
decisions and how they interact with each other in markets. It
also includes transactions and activities of government and
foreign sector.

Business BISNTEM This course introduces the field of information systems used in
Information businesses; the study of how people and organizations—
especially in the enterprise model—should use information
technology effectively. It will deal with the major are as in the
field, analyzing the major issues, trends and problems. It will
bring the students in exploring the major roles of information
systems in organizations and how these systems support
organizational objectives and organizational structure, as well as
providing competitive business advantages.
Furthermore, the course will let the students discuss the basic
concepts such as the systems point of view, the organization of a
system, the nature of information and information flows, as well
as how people process information and related cognitive
concepts. For managerial purposes, it will also show how various
types of information system applications—such as e-commerce,
supply chain, decision support, and enterprise systems—have to
be implemented effectively in achieving the business objectives,
and, finally, it will attract students’ concern in critical ethics
issues including privacy, intellectual property, and accessibility.

International INTRAIN The international market is dynamically changing. Economic

Trade and borders from one end to another are definitely being altered to
Investment accommodate the smooth mobility of commodities around the
region and globally. The entry of the input factors is facilitated as
well for an easy transit from a local market to global presence.
Trade barriers are gradually eliminated, if not relaxed, to
accommodate the consumers around the region. Hence, it is
imperative to have a full understanding of international
economics theories and investment policies and issues through
analyzing the causes and consequences to international trade and
investment.

Innovative INNOENT This course designed for a graduate student to be oriented with
Entrepreneurship deeper appreciation of the new creative ways of doing business
and entrepreneurship. It is anchored towards modern and

483
 innovative business strategies that entrepreneurs undertake to
make the business sustainable and continue to be profitable. It
contains topics on global and sustainable entrepreneurship
practices and methodologies as well
as selected entrepreneurship tools for appropriate industries.

SPECIALIZATION COURSE
COURSE COURSE Course Description
TITLE CODE
Financial FINPLAN
This course gives learners an introduction to the theory of Finance
Planning and the practices of Financial Management in a corporate setting. It
and Analysis covers financial concepts, basic economics, risk analysis, valuation
process and financial statement analysis. It will teach the students on
how to make sound investing and financing decisions. The course
focuses on understanding financial statement analysis from a
managerial perspective. It will present standard accounting financial
analysis on the Statement of Financial Position, Statement of
Comprehensive Income, and Cash Flow Statement with emphasis on
cash flow analysis.
Portfolio PORTMAN The course deals with making decisions about investment mix and
Management policy, matching investments to objectives, asset allocation for
individuals and institutions, and balancing risk against performance.
Portfolio management is all about determining strengths, weaknesses,
opportunities and threats in the choice of debt vs. equity, domestic vs.
international, growth vs. safety, and many other trade-offs
encountered in the attempt to maximize return at a given appetite for
risk. The course equips the learners with an understanding of types of
investments, investment vehicles, trading and markets, optimal
portfolio with risky assets, Capital Asset Pricing Model (CAPM), and
investment strategies. At the end of the course, the learners should be
able to build their own diversified investment portfolio based on asset
allocation, diversification and rebalancing of investments.
Public PUBPOLI One of the most important tasks of public financial managers is to
Finance and manage public money in the most effective way possible. Money-at-
Fiscal hand should be invested until needed so that it can provide some
Policies additional revenue in the form of returns. Public debt should be
structured so that the cost of obligations is paid, to the greatest extent
possible by those who receive the benefits of projects financed by the
debt in order to satisfy important ethical criteria. Tax systems should
be structured to meet several important objectives such as economic
efficiency, equity and justice, transparency, and efficiency of
collection. While the ways in which public money is spent and the
methods whereby both revenues and expenditures are accounted for
are important issues, this course will focus on the management of
government revenue (taxes of various types, user fees, etc.), their
structure and administration, the administration of cash, debt,

484
 working capital, and pension funds, as well as on normative issues
such as fairness and equity in the distribution of tax burdens. This
course will centre on the role government play in the economy, the
effects of government spending, borrowing, taxation, equity and
economic stability, and growth. The course also covers economic,
historical and statistical analyses as well as current policy debates in
the Philippines and elsewhere in the world. Policy topics such as
fiscal crises, budget surpluses/deficits, tax reform, social security,
social welfare programs and reforms, transfers to the poor, public
goods and externalities, fiscal legislations, public investment and
cost-benefit analysis, and the political economy of government
decision-making will also be tackled.
SPECIALIZATION COURSE
COURSE COURSE Course Description
TITLE CODE
Strategic STRAMAN This course introduces the key concepts, tools, and principles of
Management strategy formulation and competitive analysis. It is concerned with
managerial decisions and actions that affect the performance and
survival of business enterprises. The course is focused on the
information, analyses, organizational processes, and skills and
business judgment managers must use to devise strategies, position
their businesses, define firm boundaries and maximize long-term
profits in the face of uncertainty and competition.
Thesis THESIS 1 This course aims to introduce students to the discipline-based
writing 1 research. It aims to develop among them an admiration of scholarly
research. It intends to provide the students with a working knowledge
on the nature, philosophy, principles, concepts, methods and
problems of research in their own disciplines.
Thesis THESIS 2 A venue for completing the thesis requirement. This course is
writing 2 required for the Master in Business Administration. Students
concentrate on finishing their thesis write-up and orally presenting a
defensible result of their research work.

Master in Business Administration- Special Management Program

FOUNDATION COURSE
COURSE TITLE COURSE Course Description
CODE
Business Research BUSREME This course provides an overview of research as a
Methods method of investigation using the different steps in the
conduct of research and the common questions raised
in the conduct of the study.
Corporate Social CORSORE This course involves the study of Social
Responsibility Responsibilities of organizations and Good
Governance in business operations. It is based on the

485
 theories and principles of Corporate Social
Responsibilities, Corporate Governance and Business
Ethics. It provides the students to understand and
analyze the nature and types of social responsibilities,
corporate governance, business ethics, legal and
regulatory requirements of business. It also includes
discussion on the responsibilities of business to all its
stakeholders.
Statistics with Computer STATCOM The course is about familiarity of descriptive and
Application inferential statistics using software (EXCEL). It starts
with the use and interpretation of mean, median, and
mode, types of data (nominal, interval, ordinal and
ratio), and proper use of data in descriptive and
inferential statistics. Application, use, and
interpretation of one-way and two-way Anova and
rejecting or accepting Ho (including P-value, F-value,
F-critical, and variance). Application, use, and
interpretation of both simple and multiple regressions
and rejecting or accepting Ho (including P-value, R
squared, coefficient, errors, and dummy variables).
Furthermore proper presentation of data is introduced
to give aid to statistical treatment used in research and
thesis.

CORE COURSE
COURSE TITLE COURSE Course Description
CODE
Financial Management FINMGT This course provides an understanding of the
financial management function in a business
enterprise. In this course the learner will develop
skills in evaluating the firm’s investment, financing
and dividend decisions to achieve corporate
objectives and how to make critical evaluation of
concepts and their usefulness in practical business
situations. Further, this course will focus on financial
analysis as a tool in financial decision making,
liquidity management, financial projection, time
value of money and management of long-term capital
structure of the company, as well as with decision
making under uncertainty conditions for corporate
financial management, both domestic and
international, for portfolio investments and for
financial institutions.
Managerial Accounting MANACCT This course explores the use of Accounting for
effective management and decision-making and
discusses the basic concepts of controllership as they

486
 relate to management information needs for planning
and control. This course provides the learners with
adequate Accounting knowledge and analytical tools
covered through the topics of Accounting processes
and techniques, financial statement analysis, cost
concepts, methods and systems for performance
evaluation, responsibility accounting, capital
budgeting and comptrollership, within the framework
of ethics and ethical implications of finance
decisions.
Organizational Behavior ORGABEH The course introduces the students to the factors
affecting behaviour in organization. It focuses on the
specific factors that tend to explain behaviour of
individuals, groups, and organizations. Various
theories and models of organizational behavior, work
group behavior, motivation in life and work, and
human relations among others are discussed and
related to organizational practices and phenomena.

SPECIALIZATION COURSE
COURSE TITLE COURSE Course Description
CODE
International Business INBUSMAN This course deals on the scope and topics in
Management International Business which covers export-import
transactions, logistics and supply management,
global marketing, international trade and
international finance. It will also focus on foreign
exchange, compliance management, global culture,
human resources, government and legal
systems involved.
International Marketing INTERMKTG This course presents a panorama of the most
important activities in international marketing and
provides a comprehensive and up-to-date knowledge
of the special features, strategies, structures and its
environment. It focuses on the scope of
international marketing its environment, the dynamic
of international trade, product and pricing policy,
foreign markets, legal and ethical issues available to
companies operating in the global economy. The
learners are expected to have an in-depth knowledge
and understanding of the various aspects of
international marketing and trade in order/ To
achieve sustainable competitive advantages.
Likewise, issues and concerns related to international
trade and business will be discussed.

487
Global Finance GLOBFIN This course provides learners with an advanced and
in-depth understanding of financial management
principles as they relate to the challenges of global
expansion, the assessment of global risks and the
global capital markets. Focusing on the global
financial and macroeconomic environment, topics
such as foreign exchange markets, management of
foreign exchange exposure, international financial
instruments, and cross border capital spending and
investment are analyzed. Through lecture, case
study, group discussion, and presentation, learners
will increase their ability to manage currency-related
exchange risk and market imperfections using
various techniques while maximizing organizational
financial performance in light of a firm’s risk
tolerance. This course addresses effective
communication and ethical decision-making under
the umbrella of the global challenge within the
reality of companies and managers who are impacted
as the global economy moves toward greater
integration and interdependency.

SPECIALIZATION COURSE
COURSE TITLE COURSE Course Description
CODE
Risk Management RISKMAN This course aims to facilitate the cascading of
information, practices, experiences and expertise on
the topic of Risk. Its purpose is to introduce ideas and
promote good practice for those involved in the
business of managing risk. All too often assessments
of risk are crudely made and the consequences of
getting things wrong can be serious, including lost
opportunities, loss of business, the loss of reputation
and even life of the company. This seminar presents
the basic information, the current issues and emerging
problems and the steps toward properly managing risk
for the practitioners of an industry that thrives on
uncertainty and taking chances.
Leadership Enterprise LEADMGT This course provides a holistic view of the challenges
Management faced by an organization and its leadership within the
realities of a growing global and integrated economy,
groundbreaking technological developments,
cooperation and competition and cultural diversity as
seen in the eyes of a business and industry captain.
This course requires that the learners organize a
platform to interact with top executives of the

488
 industry and the government in a manner and setting
approved by the Graduate School office and
overseen by the faculty member assigned as
facilitator.
Business Law and BUSLAW A study and review of laws, government policies,
Corporate Practice rules and regulations affecting capital, investment,
labor, industry and business in general.
Business Project Study BUSPROJ This course deals on the main components of project
management from overview, project planning,
organizing, leading, to implementation, control &
evaluation. It will also focus on the financial, human
resource, pricing, risk management and cost control.
This will expose graduate students to different types
of projects with their distinct features and nature that
will widen their knowledge and skills in this area of
specialization.

Doctor of Business Administration

CORE COURSE
COURSE TITLE COURSE Course Description
CODE
Advanced Applied ADVARMS This course provides an overview of research as a
Research Methods method of investigation using the different steps in the
conduct of research and the common questions raised
in the conduct of the study.
Advanced Decision ADDECSA This course will introduce you to different of the
Science and Statistical advance descriptive and predictive Analytics modeling
Analysis and techniques commonly used by industries. By
taking this course, you will gain a solid foundation of
predictive analytics by analyzing huge historical data
thru the application of statistical algorithms and
machine learning techniques. In this course, you will
learn to create and conduct proper hypothesis testing
with predictive models as a guide in identifying the
future outcomes based on historical data. The student
will be exposed to the use of R/Studio software that
will facilitate data exploration, analysis, and
interpretation. based on the descriptive and predictive
models that you created. You will be provided with
useful business cases where you will apply the
concepts, and identify the most effective machine
learning techniques to solve real-world problems.
Management Ethics and METSORE This course introduces the learners to behavioral
Social Responsibility science theories, methods, and tools and provides
opportunities to use and apply them to problems

489
 encountered in their work and career. The course will
begin with an overview of work and organizations in
modern industrial society, and then examine
individual behavior, move to behavior in groups or
teams, and finally discuss organizations as a whole. It
is expected that at the end of the course, learners have
attained advanced understanding about managerial
psychology and have understood the behavioral
research process enabling them to presenting their
ideas in oral and written reports.
Philosophy of Business PHILBUS A study of business concept, analyzing its nature in
the light of its raison d’etre or ultimate cause (formal,
material, efficient and final causes.) Specifically, it
defines business in its various dimensions drawing
inferences from these definitions by analyzing the
concept of business, the nature and purpose of
economic goods with which business deals, the nature
and causes of the production and distribution
processes, and the concept of profit and service
motives of business.

MAJOR COURSE and COGNATES

COURSE TITLE COURSE Course Description
CODE
Comparative COMPMAN This course will help the learner analyze the extent to
Management System which management principles are applicable from one
country or business context to another. From the
point of view of the existing leader in the development
of management principles, which is the US, the course
will equip the learner with the ability to determine the
applicability of the systems to the local context.
Topics like the rise of many countries in Asia from
developing country to global powerhouse status, the
unprecedented transformation of socialist societies
through the adoption of market culture, and the
economic integration in Europe have made it an
imperative to explore alternative management
approaches to standard United States theories. The
purpose of teaching Comparative Management
Systems is to provide the learners with q
comprehensive knowledge of various management
styles practiced by managers in different countries and
different business contexts, with the aim of preparing
them to manage international organizations
successfully. The intention is to help them to develop
an awareness of the concept of culture and its

490
 pervasive and hidden influence on behavior,
particularly with respect to management and
management practices. This course aims to develop
familiarity with the types of situations and issues that
managers confront when working internationally or in
otherwise diverging contexts and to appreciate the
impact of living and working in another culture on
one’s personal behavior.
Crisis Management in CRISMAN The course aims to provide the learners with an
the Work Place understanding of the phenomenon crisis, its attributes,
and to discuss ideas on what can help them avoid and
handle a crisis intelligently. An enormous amount of
articles have been written on how to solve crises
situations. Often these solutions are presented in easy
to use -to do- lists. Unfortunately, solving
organizational crises is not that simple. This course
presents a clear framework that may help the learners
understand how organizational crises arise, and aims
to give them more insight in the complexity of crisis
management. The course consists of a discussion on
the psychological, social-cultural and technological-
structural causes of an organizational crisis; followed
by an examination as to what extent organizations can
prevent or plan for crises; and finally how
organizations can cope with a crisis once it has hit,
thereby focusing on crisis communication, leadership
and organizational learning. After successfully
completing this course, learners should be able to
understand the nature and types of organizational
crises; discuss the possible outcomes of organizational
crises; recognize how individual,
social/organizational/cultural, and technological
factors have contributed to the emergence of
organizational crises; explain which factors help in
preventing, containing, and resolving organizational
crises; and appreciate the role of individual/group
decision-making, communication, and leadership in
the crisis management process.
MAJOR COURSE and COGNATES
COURSE TITLE COURSE Course Description
CODE
Current Business CBSTRAC This course is an organizational challenges and issues
Problems (focus on are present in any business sectors, whether public or
Strategy Leadership) private and in any kind of industries. This course
highlights the common symptoms of business
problems or challenges and the diagnostic procedures

491
 to identify the real problems and root causes of these
challenges while innovative solutions and decision-
making tools are learned, understood, and
appreciated. The course is set to attend to actual
scenarios in the business of today and learn the
rational and strategic approach in arriving to a more
accurate and realistic business solution through
consultative way. The aim of this course is to adopt
the skills of business problem diagnosis and apply
proven tools in pain management, decision-making
and business solutions utilizing a strategic and
rational approach; to become business leaders,
consultant, problem solvers and champions of
change. This course is designed to initially overview
the consulting profession with a subsequent emphasis
on organization consulting issues. Effort will be
placed on enveloping proficiencies in a range of
skills required to practice strategy consulting. The
primary objective of this course is to provide you
with an opportunity to become familiar with the
typical phases in a consulting project which include:
selling a project, entering the client firm, gathering
data, business pain diagnosing issues, implementing
solutions and leaving.
Enterprise Analysis ENTERNA The course introduces the forces, processes, and
actors that shape economic globalization. This course
will provide an introduction to the “economic way of
thinking” and an understanding of the structure and
function of a number of global institutions. The
different schools of economic theory and thought,
and several key economic concepts that will greatly
aid in subsequent analysis, with emphasis will be on
macroeconomics, rather than microeconomics will be
learned. This course will also look at various
economic phenomena and institutions that are
prominent features of the global economy. The
course will begin with a brief introduction to
economics in general, focusing on the most
fundamental concepts and introducing the major
schools of economic thought. This will be follow by
a general description of national economies including
unemployment, inflations, and the role of money as
well as topics crucial to the understanding of subjects
such as regional integration, new trade partnerships,
as well as central globalization topics including
currency and trade issues.

492
Global Business GLOBENT The course introduces the forces, processes, and
Environment actors that shape economic globalization. This course
will provide an introduction to the “economic way of
thinking” and an understanding of the structure and
function of a number of global institutions. The
different schools of economic theory and thought,
and several key economic concepts that will greatly
aid in subsequent analysis, with emphasis will be on
macroeconomics, rather than microeconomics will be
learned. This course will also look at various
economic phenomena and institutions that are
prominent features of the global economy. The
course will begin with a brief introduction to
economics in general, focusing on the most
fundamental concepts and introducing the major
schools of economic thought. This will be follow by
a general description of national economies including
unemployment, inflations, and the role of money as
well as topics crucial to the understanding of subjects
such as regional integration, new trade partnerships,
as well as central globalization topics including
currency and trade issues.
Graduate Seminar GRADSEM This course is designed to widen the student’s
perspective and awareness of the topics of interest to
management through seminars by inviting guests
from industry, government, business and academia.
The course also involves presentation; the first three
chapters (the problem and its background. Review of
related literature and research methodologies) of the
draft dissertation paper.
Legal Aspect of LEGALAB A study and review of laws, government policies,
Business rules and regulations affecting capital, investment,
labor, industry and business in general.
Management MANPSYC Management Psychology enables the students to
Psychology improve their understanding of the nature and
dynamics of organizational life through insights from
the field of Management Psychology. It also provides
insights from psychological view into managing
people in a variety of settings, focuses on the skills of
an effective manager and the interplay between
management key organizational processes
such as planning, organizing, implementing,
empowering, and evaluation of key programs and
services. Management topics include managerial
work, interpersonal and leadership skills, power and
influence, conflict resolution, formal and informal

493
 communications, motivation, and teamwork.
Managing organizational change will be discussed as
a way to connect behaviors and organizational
processes. The instructional system of the course
emphasizes on the demonstration of competence in
various sub-areas in Management Psychology that
create impact in the company’s competitiveness
while keeping in mind the ethical standards of the
practice.

MAJOR COURSE and COGNATES

COURSE TITLE COURSE Course Description
CODE
Monetary and Fiscal MONEFIS The course introduces the students to the
Policy theoretical concepts and debates and practical
issues and of the fiscal and monetary resources in
terms of the policies and the systemic
macroeconomic environment. It analyzes the pillars
and the essential attributes that shape the fiscal and
monetary policymaking process and investigate
deeper into the significant realization of the
purposes and drives for growth and development of
a nation’s or societal wellbeing in terms of
structural transformation. Additionally, the course
will examine the impact of as many salient features
of structural transformation that deliver new and
sharper insights for understanding economic
development, regional income convergence,
aggregate productivity trends, business cycles, and
wage inequality where the monetary and fiscal
stance of developing countries including the
Philippines leads to lots of uncertainties. It will
cover a wide range of monetary and fiscal policy
topics, from the desirability of moving from low to
zero inflation to the outlook of government service
and economic performance. In addition to the
assigned readings, reflective and research /
capstone papers, the students will be expected to
follow the local and the ASEAN region’s economy
closely through the daily economic and
development issues available in the daily
broadsheets, web news pages and other literatures
e.g. The Economist magazine. The main focus is on
monetary and fiscal policy issues brought about by
the fluctuations of economic performance
impinging on peoples’ welfare, growth and

494
 structural transformation, and the options that
finance and economic policymakers could opt to in
strengthening the business development
performance.
Organizational EDUCLE This course is an in-depth study of organization wide
Development (focus on interventions designed to improve the organization
Educational Leadership) and to implement change in the organization. This
course includes techniques for developing and
improving the organization from a holistic
management approach. The course will help graduate
students develop an appreciation of the impact of
internal and external factors that impact change to an
organization in a global environment. In this course,
theoretical models and the process of OD will be
discussed. The course provides and in-depth
examination and evaluation of the various strategies
for the systematic introduction of change in
organizations. The course develops students’ skills in
organization diagnosis and assessment, as well as in
the design and implementation of change
interventions. Students will learn how to improve
individual, group/team and
organizational performance through the use of OD
techniques or interventions like group dynamics,
training, culture change, and work-life balance.
Project Planning and PROJPLAN Most projects are complex and multi-faceted,
Development and requiring extensive planning, development and
Evaluation evaluation. The structured approach, clearly
defined business case, processes and
responsibilities deliver successful results while
staying within the scope, project constrains and
allocated resources. With a clear understanding
of project management comprising planning,
development and evaluation it provides a cyclic
process to realize the aims and objectives of any
project initiatives that can bring huge benefits to an
organization. The overall aim of this course is to
provide Doctoral students with the necessary skills
required to plan their projects by creating project
scope statements and project work breakdown
structures. Additionally, they will learn how to
develop capstones, or milestones and key
performance indicators for monitoring and
controlling their project schedule and budget. The
course also aims at assisting them in evaluating the
feasibility of their projects not only by a rationale

495
 justification but by applying capital budgeting
techniques. Finally, the course will also discuss
how to effectively craft and plan project initiative
documents, stakeholders’ engagement as well
manage expectations of project sponsors.
Dissertation 1 DISSER1 This course students will be guided through a step by
step process of preparing to write a
dissertation. Writing the Dissertation proposal which
includes Introduction, Literature Review, and
Methodology. sections of the research. It will
also include giving peer feedback and editing and
revising each section they have produced, after
presenting the topics of their choices in front of the
class. At the end of the term, the student researcher is
expected to present his/her research paper for pre-
oral examination in front of a panel of experts.
Dissertation 2 DISSER2 This course designed to give the DBA student the
opportunity to present his dissertation paper before
an audience and a panel of reactors. This is given
during the terminal semester of the student. This
course provides the student valuable insights,
knowledge and wisdom from the panel of reactors as
well as from the audience.
Dissertation 3 DISSER3 This course is designed for students to defend their
Dissertation which includes the methodology of the
research design, the gathering of the research data,
the analysis of the research findings, and the
conclusions derived from the research. The defense
is the presentation of the pieces of evidence to
support and prove your research. After having gone
through the process of arriving at the conclusion,
he/ she is expected to defend his research output in
front of the panel of experts.

496
 NATIONAL SERVICE TRAINING PROGRAM 1

COURSE OVERVIEW
National Services Training Program 1 (NSTP 1) is a Three (3) unit academic course for collegiate
students who will take the Civic Welfare Training Service (CWTS) component of the NSTP. It is
designed to educate the students via online mode of learning on the programs and activities that
will contribute to the improvement of general welfare and equality of life in the community, and
its various institutional components particularly, in terms of: “improving health, education,
environment, entrepreneurship, safety, recreation, and moral of the citizenry (Section 3, d. of R.A.
9163). It will teach the students the importance of their physical, moral, spiritual, intellectual, and
social well-being which are all necessary in performing their role in nation-building.

COURSE OBJECTIVES
At the end of this course, the students should be able to: (1) Know the role of NSTP students in
the community; (2) Understand the role of the student in developing the communities; (3) Know
the importance of being part of the nation building; (4); Understand the issues on community
development; (5) Assess the effects of the different community problems; and (6) Articulate
personal positions on community problems.

NATIONAL SERVICE TRAINING PROGRAM 2

COURSE OVERVIEW

National Services Training Program 2 (NSTP 2) is a Three (3) unit academic course for collegiate
students who will take the Civic Welfare Training Service (CWTS) component of the NSTP. It is
designed to educate the students via online mode of learning on the programs and activities that
will contribute to the improvement of general welfare and equality of life in the community, and
its various institutional components particularly, in terms of: “improving health, education,
environment, entrepreneurship, safety, recreation, and moral of the citizenry (Section 3, d. of R.A.
9163). It will teach the students the importance of their physical, moral, spiritual, intellectual, and
social well-being which are all necessary in performing their role in nation-building.

COURSE OBJECTIVES

At the end of this course, the students should be able to: (1) Profess knowledge on the elements of
online community involvement in relation to the objectives of the NSTP; (2) Determine
community problems and concerns through online assessment and interview to the key members
of the community as basis for identifying viable intervention measures; (3) Conceptualize and plan
via online a community project for the community; (4); Render the community project contributory
to the development of the community and develop the students’ value of commitment, hard work
and resourcefulness using any social media platforms; (5) Evaluate the online implemented
community project and develop a community project report; and (6) Serve as active partners of
the Colegio, of the community, and of the nation in the implementation of different community
development programs, projects and activities.

497
1. NATIONAL SERVICE TRAINING PROGRAM

The National Service Training Program (NSTP) Act of 2001 (RA9163) has been signed
into law by her Excellency, President Gloria Macapagal-Arroyo, in response to the public
clamor of reforms in the Reserved Offices Training Corps (ROTC) Program.

The NSTP provides three program components where students in the tertiary level can
choose from, namely: the Reserve Officers Training Corps (ROTC) Program, The Civic
Welfare Training Service Program and the Literary Training Program. All of these
programs are to give emphasis to citizenship training. Colegio de San Juan de Letran opted
to adopt the Civic Welfare Training Service Program in response to the mandate of NSTP,
which states that “All higher and technical-vocational institutions public and private, must
offer at least one of the program components”. (Sec. 7: NSTP) The school authorities are
given the task to exercise academic and administrative supervision over the design
formulation, adoption and implementation of the different NSTP components in their
respective school”. (Sec. 10: NSTP)

Mission

To provide a trained and motivated manpower pool that can be tapped by the State for civic
welfare, literacy and other similar endeavors in the service of the nation.

Functions

a. To assist in the disaster preparedness, mitigation, response and rehabilitation programs;

b. To serve as an auxiliary to the Disaster Coordinating Council (DCC) response units;
c. To assist in the promotion of civic welfare activities;
d. To assist in the implementation of literacy programs;
e. To assist in socio-economic development;
f. To assist in environmental protection; and
g. To perform other similar endeavors. 3. Composition

The NSRC shall be composed of the graduates of the Civil Welfare Training Service
(CWTS) and Literacy Training Service (LTS) components of the NSTP.

Organization

The NSRC is organized under the umbrella of the National Disaster Coordinating Council
(NDCC). It shall have a national, regional, provincial and city/ municipal level of
organization parallel to the Disaster Coordinating Council (DCC) structures at all levels.
The DCC centers shall serve as the headquarters of the NSRC at respective level of
organization. Its National Center shall be based at the NDCC Disaster Preparedness Center,
Camp General Emilio Aguinaldo, Quezon City. A secretariat at all levels shall be organized
and composed of representatives from CHED and TESDA.

498
The CWST is a program component of the NSTP which consists of projects and activities
designed to encourage the youth to contribute in the improvement of the general welfare
and the quality of life of the local community and its various institutional components,
more particularly in terms of health, education, safety, recreation and morale of the
citizenry.

Module Description

MODULE I

Module I is an orientation module composed of two (2) lessons: the National

Service Training Program and the Civic Welfare Training Service Program adopted
by the Colegio.

MODULE II

It discusses the contemporary Philippine situation using social analysis tools. This
module aims to provide the students skills on how to look at things critically. Other
tools for Social Analysis are provided at the end of the session. This will also help
them to express and create a dream society and to compare that dream society with
the present situation of the country. This aims to awaken in them the sense of social
awareness and responsibility for them to achieve that dream.

MODULE III

It discusses the role of the youth in nation building. It aims to provide the students
an awareness of their role in nation building. It also presents the rights and duties
of every citizen. It talks about individual and collective rights plus the
responsibilities and duties correlative to these rights. This module hopes to
strengthen the student’s awareness of this rights and duties, which will later on be
transformed to active participation and involvement towards responsible
citizenship. A matrix on individual and collective rights is provided at the end of
the module. It also discusses leadership and the different qualities needed to be an
effective leader. This module aims to provide students with the necessary
knowledge and skills on how to handle a group of people in such a way that the
people will feel empowered and not just mere subjects of the leader. And lastly,
this module also discusses the knowledge and skills necessary to build a community
such as communication, facilitating and teamwork. This module will prepare the
students to gain practical skills as a preparation for actual Civic Welfare Service.

499
 MODULE IV

It discusses the different areas of community involvement. It orients the students

about the different areas where they can render service such that of health,
education, environment, safety and recreation. Seminars and symposia will be
provided to help the students cope up with the needs of each area of
involvement. Training skills will also be given so that the students could render
service effectively

3. CO-CURRICULAR AND EXTRA CURRICULAR PROGRAMS

3.1. STUDENT ORGANIZATION

3.1.1. Elementary

• English Club is one of the recognized students’ organizations in the elementary level
of the Basic Education Department of Letran Manila. Similarly, it is open to all young
breed of Letranites who wish to strengthen their English language skills and
competence needed inside and outside the Colegio’s premises. Consequently, learners
are exposed to various activities which may contribute to their holistic growth and
development, thus catering their needs, wants and even interests. As such, it does not
merely focus on the escalation of knowledge of each member rather extracurricular
activities are also put forward to pull off one of the significant lines in the Colegio’s
mission statement: “integral formation of Human Person in the noble tradition of
knightly excellence”. Ergo, English club members are expected to set a much higher
standard when it comes to upholding the underlying principles of the language as well
as the existing rules of the academic institution, explicitly and implicitly, resulting to
competent and disciplined individuals.

• Science Club is co-curricular organization of the Basic Education Department

Elementary Level of Colegio de San Juan de Letran-Manila. Science Club aims
students to develop scientific process skills, update knowledge in the field of Science
and Technology, encourage critical thinking and discovery through differentiated
activities, have opportunities for search of knowledge through research, uphold the
ideas of a Letranite through ethics in Science, prepare for science-related competitions
in and out of school.

• Book Lover’s Club is a co-curricular organization under the Basic Education

Department and the Library Department. It is designed to instill in the members’ mind
and heart the importance of books, reading and libraries and life-long learnings. Club
meetings are held at twice a month. The adviser prepares activities that will ensure the
members’ enjoyment while teaching them how to love and respect books and libraries.

• Honor Society is a club for the gifted students. It is a training poll for national and
international competitions. It is a leading honors organization dedicated to recognition
of member success, and to empower members to achieve.

500
 • Math Club is a club for students who are inclined to numbers. It is also a training poll
for competitions. The Purpose of Math Club is to develop students' level of Math skills
and knowledge. This will be accomplished by using games, activities, and mock
competitions. Students will cooperatively work to complete Logic and Math Puzzles.

• Girl Scouts of the Philippines (GSP) is the national Girl Scouting Association for girls
and young women in the Philippines. Its mission is “to help girls and young women
realize the ideas of womanhood and prepare themselves for their responsibilities in the
home, to the nation, and to the world community”. Girls-only association serves
800,000 members, of as 2017. GPS’s program focuses on well-being, family life,
heritage and citizenship, world community, preparedness, economic self-sufficiency,
arts and environment”. Center of the program is the “eight-point challenge”, a merit-
badge program. The highest award is the “Chief Girl Scout Medal” which was
introduced in 1976.

• Boy Scouts of the Philippines (BSP) is a National Boy Scouting Association for
young boys in the elementary and junior high school levels. The movement employs
the scout method, a program of informal education with emphasis on practical
outdoor activities such as camping, woodcraft, hiking, sports and many more. They
are also taught values that they can use for independent learning. All male students
are encouraged to be members of the boy scouts.

3.1.2. Junior High School

• Earth Savers Club (Science Club) is an organization, which upholds and impresses
the importance of the environment and which also promotes its welfare. Through
different activities and campaigns, the Earth Saver’s Club helps people become
aware of the environmental issues that we facing nowadays. For the benefit of the
members, the club offers activities, which let them further, explore nature and its
different aspects without having the need to go beyond the campus. The aim of the
Earth Saver’s club is to remind the people of how essential it is to us and that is
why we should, even in our little ways, help preserve what’s left of it.

• Letran Pages Dance Club is designed to complement the curricular offerings of the
department. It provides opportunities of the students to develop their talents, skills,
and leadership while at the same time stimulates their creativity, initiative,
responsibility, cooperation and social awareness.

The Club encourages the expression of the students’ special talent in the art of
dancing. It also provides opportunities for learning the different genres of dancing
hence, it contributes to the total development and formation of each student.

The Letran Pages Dance Club is a special activity program for students who display
an inclination towards music particularly dancing. The Dance Club members are

501
 selected through application process during the Club Launching. The students are
trained in modern, folk, contemporary, ballroom and interpretative dancing as part
of the activities of the Dance Club.

The activities of the Letran Pages Dance Club are open to Grade four to six. The
club is organized in June and activities are undertaken soon after the organizational
meeting. A club Adviser is assigned for which he ir she is most equipped with
necessary background and skills and assist in the development of the student in
dancing. He/She is tapped with his/her expertise at the same time providing outlets
for the expression of his/her talent.

As regular activities, the members if the Club are trained with the different genres
of dancing like modern, ballroom, interpretative, folk and the like. The Club also
performs in school and community events.

• Junior Peers of Letran is a dynamic organization of Junior high school students

under the support of the Letran Guidance and Counseling Center. It aims to actively
strive towards self-development and peer-management as well as assist the
guidance counselors in facilitating effective guidance services within the tradition
of Service, Unity, and Hope.

• Computer Club is a place where young people of today with similar interest in
computers are gathered. In this club, members will learn different techniques in
programming, designing and trouble shooting. It aims to make high school students
of the Colegio be aware of the use of computers in their daily lives and to have a
vast amount of information.

• Kampilan at Dramatiks Klab (Kapisanan ng mga Mag-aaral sa Pilipino sa Letran

at Dramatiks) ay isang organisasyon ng naglalayong malinang ang iba’t ibang
kasanayang pang komunikasyon tulad ng pakikinig, pagsasalita, pagbabasa,
pagsusulat at panonood. Ito ay makikita sa mga gawaing tulad ng pagsulat ng tula,
islogan, sanaysay, talumpatian, balagtasan, pagkukwento at dula at iba pang uri ng
mga akdang pampanitikan.

Ang mga paksa at Gawain ay sadyang inangkop sa kakayahan at interes ng mga

mag-aaral upang ang pagkatutto ay maging interaktibo, integratibo, makabuluhan,
napapanahon, kawili-wili at nakalilinang ng mga kritikal at mapanuring pag-iisip.

Ang Kampila atn Dramatiks Klab at sumasagisag sa mga mag-aaral na may

pagmamahal sa wika at pananampalataya, may abuting kalooban at kapaki-
pakinabang sa kapwa, sa kalikasan, at sa bayan.

• Art Club is a club for the gifted students in drawing, painting, modeling, designing,
printing, decorating and other related activities. The club provides an opportunity
for the students to cultivate and enrich his appreciation for the arts so that he can

502
 participate more fully in the practical application of arts to his daily life. In this club
four areas of arts will be covered namely:
i. Knowledge of design and visual perception
ii. Creative self-expression
iii. Media, materials and procedure
iv. Art appreciation

• Wellness Club encourages all students to pursue a healthy lifestyle. It is designed

to promote the physical, social, emotional and mental health of the Junior High
School students, thus, promoting better overall health, improved morale, and a
greater personal commitment to the school’s coordinated health program. Personal
commitment is likely to transfer into greater commitments to the health of students
and positive role modeling. Aside from saving on health care costs, a wellness
program could be seen as a way to spur recruitment, improve daily attendance and
morale, earn the loyalty of Letran community and promote students; general health
and well-being.

• Music Club recognizes students who are both inclined to field of music. It serves
as a venue to enhance their musical skills, develop their discriminative taste for
music, and integrate novel musical activities academically. Since its foundation of
2011, the Music ensemble has produced alumni that are successful in their pursuit
of careers in the field of performing arts. Current members and graduates have their
own share of victories in institutional and national contests in music, such as solo
singing competitions, group a cappella, and battle of the bands. As studies show
that students who perform in musical groups such as rock bands contribute to the
development of their inter-personal social skills, integral formation, and multiple
intelligences, the Letran music ensemble promotes wide genre of group
performances in the class room or off-campus.

The club is continuously tapped by other subject areas to provide music numbers
for school programs such as Binyag and Balik Arriba, Buwan ng Wika, English
Month, UN celebration, Colegio Week, Intramurals, Js Prom, and Recognition Day.

• Circle of Debate Enthusiasts (CODE) is a debate organization offered to all junior

High School students of the Colegio de San Juan de Letran. It aims at encouraging
the members to just speak and talk about certain matters on hand. It also wants to
practice and hone debate skills and raise awareness on important issues of the
country and of the world. The Circle of Debate Enthusiasts holds two major
activities every year: The Debate Opening Cup (Held during English Month
celebration) and the Dynamo Cup (held as culminating activity in February).

3.1.3. Senior High School

• St. Vicente Liem dela Paz Youth Club

503
 An organization named after the patron saint of the Colegio that will focus on activities
that will enhance student’s Catholic faith, beliefs and dissemination.

• The Letran SHS Erudites

A club that will cater to students whose interests are in deepening knowledge in academic
courses and aims to produce excellent students who can compete in scholarly
competitions outside the Colegio

• Letran Senior Squire Executives

An organization for students who are into business, marketing, finance and
entrepreneurship

• The Letran SHS Creative Hub

A specialized club in arts and media for students who are into photography, digital and
traditional arts and the like.

• Le’ Toque (Letran SHYS Team of Quatre Epices)

A club specializing on food preparations, serving and other practices related to food,
hospitality and services

• The Letran SHS Impresarios Guild

A club that caters to students’, whose interests are in to literary, plays and productions,
spoken poetry and the like.

• Letran SHS Danza en Ritmo Performing Group

A performing group for students whose skills are aligned with spatial and bodily
kinesthetic aspects of intelligence.

• The Letran SHS Fourth Estate

Together with the Letran SHS Student Council, they will work as the news body of the
department. This club will cater to students who are interested in current events,
journalism and broadcasting.

• Letran SHS i-Volunteer Club

A club that focuses on giving service sand activities that are geared towards alleviating
social and environmental concerns of this age. They are also the frontrunners in providing
extra hand in activities of the department and the Colegio.

• Letran SHS Verdure Club

A club that focuses on well-being of students in response to the recent pandemic that
increased cases of mental issues and challenges amongst the youth. The word “verdure”
means vegetation, health and vigor primarily focus on providing activities like planting,
yoga and other mental relaxation activities that could help student keep their sanity at
bay in this trying time.

504
3.1.4. Collegiate

3.1.4.1.Co-Curricular Organizations

• Blank Canvas Advertising House

Blank Canvas Advertising House is the official student organization of Advertising
majors in the Colegio.

• Media Works
Media Works is an organization designed to help and produce events and/or programs
that will develop inner potentials of Letranites, most especially the Communication major
students.

• SCRIBE: Student Creative Initiative in a Burgeoning Environment

The official student organization of Journalism majors which yields the personal
development of the students in the field of writing.

• Studio 1620
Serves as the recognized student organization for Broadcasting majors that continuously
breed and catalyze Letranites in events, video and production.

• Letran Legal Management Society

The Letran Legal Management society is established for the encouragement and
enhancement of skills and abilities of Legal Management Majors of the Colegio.

• Letran POLITICVS
Serves as the recognized student organization for Political Science majors. The Letran
Politicvs is a democratic and republican organization that the power resides in its
members and all authority emanates from them. The prime objective is to promote
holistic development.

• Letran Psychology Society

Letran Psychology Society is an organization for Psychology major students that
promotes wholesome social, cultural as well as physical development among students to
uplift the ideals and spirit of knighthood.

• Letran Future Educators Society

The organization for the Education majors in the colegio that aims to foster the spirit of
camaraderie among of the College of Education and to participate actively in the civic,
social, and spiritual welfare of Letran community

505
• Letran Culinary, Hospitality, Events, and Flairtending Society (CHEFS)
Letran CHEFS is a student organization for Hospitality Management major students, that
promotes camaraderie among the students to expose them in the fields of hospitality

• Letran Junior Financial Executives

LJFINEX is the official student body of Letran’s Financial Management students that
will provide different activities that will holistically hone them to become academically
competent, God-fearing, socially responsible and responsive leaders and builders of the
community.

• Letran Junior Marketing Association

LJMA is the official student organization of Letran Marketing Management students that
serves as the medium of expression to bring out the best they can be. LetranJMA also
aims to adopt Marketing students in one and build as a strong team.

• Letran Junior People Management Association

The Letran People Management Association is the officially recognized student
organization of the Human Resource Development Management Program of the Colegio
de San Juan de Letran

• Letran Junior Philippine Institute of Accountants

LJPIA is the official organization of the Accountancy Major students in the Colegio that
intends to assert a dynamic and responsible leadership to protect and promote the welfare
and interest of accountancy students for them to attain a high degree of moral, social and
intellectual growth.

• Letran Operations Management Society

Letran Operations Management Society is formed to unify, develop and train the students
who are under the program of BSBA major in Operations Management.

• Philippine Association of Nutrition – Psi Gamma Chapter

PAN-PSI Gamma is the official student organization of the Nutrition & Dietetics Major
students that aims to promote nutrition consciousness among the Filipino population.
Also, to promote research in support of the country’s food and nutrition programs.

• Philippine Association of Food Technologist – Tau Chapter

PAFT- TAU is the official student organization for the Food technology major students
that aims to develop spiritually and morally empowered individuals as well as produce
globally competitive and socially responsible leaders of the society.

• Letran Tourism Society

The Letran Tourism Society stands as the foundation of the Tourism Management
program that will help build up and augment its community to develop themselves into
globally competitive students.

506
• Young Entrepreneur Society of Letran
Serves as the recognized student organization for Entrepreneurship majors. An
organization composed of young and aspiring entrepreneurs’ students of Colegio de San
Juan de Letran.

3.1.4.2.Extra-Curricular Organizations

• Knight Snap
The Knight Snap photography club is organized to promote all aspects of photographic
arts. The organization is established to educate and benefit those students of the Colegio
who are interested in photography.

• Letran Community Volunteers

Letran Community Volunteers is an organization of Letran students who desire to keep
aflame the value of volunteerism and altruism of the founders of the colegio.

• Letran Dominican Network Youth Group (Letran DOMNET)

LDYG is not an organization, but a family that upholds the ideals of St. Dominic de
Guzman, a part of the Religious Affairs that aids everything that can be of help related
to religious and academic affairs.

• Letran Peer Facilitators’ Association

Letran Peer Facilitators’ Association is a dynamic organization under the support of
Letran Guidance and Counseling Center, which aims to strengthen the camaraderie
among the students of the Colegio. As well as to serve as an avenue for the students to
further develop their talents, skills, and knowledge.

• Association of Visual Arts in Letran

The Association of Visual Arts in Letran is a visual artist group with a goal of promoting
arts through traditional and digital artworks such as painting, portrait drawing, sculpting,
and animations.

• San Juan Macias Student Assistantship

The official organization for the Student Assistants of the Colegio.

3.1.4.3.Cultural and Performing Arts Group

• Letran Band
Officially recognized by the Colegio.Its members are students with talents in playing
musical instruments, as well as a quality program of training and performance, including
representing the Colegio in official functions.

• Letran Cheering Squad

Officially recognized by the Colegio to perform at NCAA events and other institutional
activities.

507
 • Letran Filipiniana Dance Company
Letran Filipiniana Dance Company is a cultural group that aims to preserve, respect and
present to the people the rich culture and arts of the Philippines through performing
various
Philippine cultural and/or traditional dances.

• Letran Singing Ambassadors

The official chorale group of the Colegio de San Juan de Letran. Its members are students
with exceptional gift for singing.

• Teatro de Letran
The premier theatre organization of Colegio de San Juan de Letran.

• Uknighted Dance Company

The Uknighted dance company is the Official Hiphop Group of the Colegio composed
of basic education to collegiate students. Under UDC, there are several titles for each
such as Letran pages uknighted for elementary, Letran squires uknighted for high school
and shs and Letran chevaliers uknighted for collegiate.

3.2.STUDENT GOVERNMENT

3.2.1. Pages Council (Elementary)

The Pages Council is the highest governing student organization in the elementary
department. Officers are duly elected by the studentry.

3.2.2. Letran High School Supreme Student Council (Junior High School)
The Letran High School Supreme Student Council (LHSSSC) is the highest organization in
the high school department. Major activities like the Junior-Senior promenade, boy’s week,
department celebration of teachers’ day and outreach activities are sponsored by this
organization.

3.2.3. The Letran SHS Student’s Executive Council (Senior High School)
An organization composed of elected student leaders - representatives by the Senior High
School students.

3.2.4. Letran Student Council (Collegiate)

The highest governing body for students which serves as the voice of the students. The
council is designed to help promote school spirit and leadership among students.

Student Publication

• The LANCE
The official student publication of Colegio de San Juan de Letran. (Collegiate level)

508
 PART IV
STUDENT SERVICES, FUNCTION HALLS AND MULTI PURPOSE
FACILITIES

1. Clinic
The Colegio maintains air-conditioned medical and dental clinics to check periodically on
the health of the students. Physicians, nurses and dentists handle cases, which call for
immediate medical attention.

2. Library
The Colegio maintains five air-conditioned libraries, with an extensive collection on
literature, science, art, education, business and other professional fields for students and
faculty use. These libraries are fully automated using ATHENA as its library system.

3. Guidance, Counseling, Testing, and Placement Department

The Guidance, Counseling, Testing, and Placement Department is an integral component
of the academic community which committed to bring forth professional, ethical, and
evidenced-based guidance and counseling services. In the teaching-learning continuum,
the role of guidance is significant in the pursuit of academic excellence, personal and career
growth, self-actualization and meeting the multi-faceted needs of the clientele. The
department also recognizes and appreciate the developmental tasks of individual which can
be achieved through the utilization of various guidance services. The guidance team
believes in the uniqueness, capabilities and potentials of individuals to achieve a balance
in their total well-being.

4. Letran Media Resources and Services (Letran MRS)

The LETRAN MRS has two sections: Instructional Media and Broadcasts Media. It
provides human and material resources for instructional and broadcast purposes. Among
the facilities available are the following: for the instructional media resources for
circulation. Services offered – lending of instructional material, and white photo
developing and printing. For the Broadcast Media facilities – the TV Production studio,
Radio production studio and postproduction. Services offered – audio and video production
and editing, video coverage, etc.

5. Information Technology Services Department (ITSD)

ITSD is a support group under the Administrative Affairs Division. ITSD focuses its
objectives in empowering the Letran Community to fulfill its responsibilities in the areas
of teaching, learning, research management, and the delivery of administrative services
using information and communications technology.

6. Student Center (SC) Auditorium

The SC Auditorium is located at the 4th floor of the St. Albert the Great Building. Two
stairways and an elevator direct clientele to the auditorium. The SC Auditorium can be
used by the Letran community for seminars, symposia, stage plays, Eucharistic celebration
and the like, which expects a larger number of participants. Previously, the SC Auditorium

509
 can accommodate up to 420 persons but effective AY 2020 – 2021, the venue can only
accommodate maximum of 139 persons.

7. St. Thomas Hall

The St. Thomas Hall is located at the 2nd floor of St. Thomas Aquinas Building. It is a
multi-purpose facility that can accommodate 160 persons and can accommodate events
such as trainings, catering functions and seminars that requires various set-ups. Effective
AY 2020 – 2021, St. Thomas Hall can only accommodate maximum of 60 persons.

8. Mabini Hall
The Mabini Hall is located at the 3rd floor level of the St. Dominic de Guzman Building.
This audio-visual room is best used for seminars, theatrical presentations, lectures and
symposia. This can house 156 persons inside. Effective AY 2020 – 2021, Mabini Hall can
only accommodate maximum of 56 persons.

9. Quezon Hall
The Quezon Hall is situated at the 2nd floor level of the St. Raymond Penafort Building and
is ideal to be used for seminars, lectures and class presentations with 122 seating capacity.
This is also ideal for review classes with its built-in arm rest seats. Effective AY 2020 –
2021, Quezon Hall can only accommodate maximum of 38 persons.

10. Del Pilar Hall

The Del Pilar hall is situated at the 2nd floor level of St. John the Baptist Building. It is
suitable for lectures, seminar for small group and meetings. This 56-seater facility is the
smallest function hall in the Colegio. Effective AY 2020 – 2021, Del Pilar Hall can only
accommodate maximum of 25 persons.

11. Balagtas Hall

The Balagtas Hall is located at the 2nd floor of St. Dominic de Guzman Building which is
equipped to handle seminars, classes, and other related activities (e.g. MOA signings,
academic exchange programs). It is furnished with the necessary sound system, projector,
and aircon units. Effective AY 2020 – 2021, Balagtas Hall can only accommodate
maximum of 25 persons.

12. Music Room

The Music Room is located at the ground floor of St. Vincent Ferrer Building, which is
equipped with music facilities and is sound-proofed. The venue is primarily used for choir
and dance rehearsals.

13. Bookstore
The bookstore supplies the student textbooks, classroom materials, office supplies, school
uniform and Letran College memorabilia and apparels. Located at the ground floor of the
main building.

510
14. Canteen
The Canteen serves both the student and the faculty and is open from 7:30 am to 8:00pm.,
Mondays through Saturdays. Effective AY 2020 – 2021, the Canteen can accommodate
maximum of 30 persons.

15. Chapel
The air-conditioned Chapel has a seating capacity of more than 300. The annual
recollections and other religious activities are held here, including weekday masses.
Effective AY 2020 – 2021, the Colegio’s Chapel can only accommodate maximum of 83
persons.

16. Salon de Actos

The Salon de Actos is located at the ground floor of Our Lady of Aranzazu Building. The
venue is suitable for exhibits, class presentations, study area, and dining area. Effective AY
2020 – 2021, the Salon de Actos can only accommodate maximum of 75 persons.

17. Classrooms
Letran provides the students with fully air-conditioned classrooms that can accommodate
more than 40 students and equipped with a 50-inch TV each. Effective AY 2020 – 2021,
maximum of 20 students can only be accommodated for each classroom.

18. Letran Quadricentennial Building

The Letran Quadricentennial Building is located right across St. Albert the Great Building
along Beaterio Street. It was formerly known as the Blessed Antonio Varona Gymnasium
which is undergoing major construction to house the gymnasium, additional lecture
classrooms, Physical Education (PE) rooms, a dormitory, and a hotel laboratory.

19. Hot and Cold Kitchen

The Hot and Cold Kitchen are used by students who are taking up courses related to
culinary skills.

20. Food Laboratory

The Food Laboratory is another venue used by students who are taking up courses related
to culinary skills.

21. Suite 1620

The Suite 1620 is a workplace for Hospitality Management students in which they get
familiar with hotel accommodation. It is also sometimes used as a guest room for important
visitors. It is located at the roof deck of the St. Thomas Aquinas Building.

22. Standard and Function Rooms

The Standard and Function Rooms are another venue used by Hospitality Management
students for demonstration and showcase their skills related to hospitality management
operations.

511
23. Bar Laboratory
The Bar Laboratory is being utilized by students taking courses related to hospitality
management, specifically for bar mixing classes.

24. Nutrition and Dietetics Clinic

The Nutrition and Dietetics Clinic is utilized by Nutrition and Dietetics students for their
courses that require laboratory use.

25. Computer Laboratory

The Computer Laboratory is a place for students to have their application of their computer
courses, as well as for their academic needs such as projects and other requirements.

26. Mac Laboratory

The Macintosh Laboratory is one of the facilities that Letran boasts of because of its up-
to-date technology. It is composed of the latest iMacs, furnished with Adobe Creative
Cloud, and equipped with an LCD projector. It is alternately used as a classroom for design,
editing, and photography courses.

27. Speech Laboratory

The Speech Laboratory, located at the 3rd floor of St. Vincent Ferrer Building, is newly
built with cubicles equipped with monitors and lapels. It also has TV and audio mixer that
can aid in the student’s speech courses activity.

28. Biology Laboratory

The Biology Laboratory is used by students who are taking up Biology courses and are
required to do experiments and research works. It is fully furnished with the necessary
apparatus to aid the needs of the students.

29. Chemistry Laboratory

The Chemistry Laboratory is used by students who are taking up Chemistry courses and
are required to do experiments and research works. It is fully furnished with the necessary
apparatus to aid the needs of the students.

30. Physics Laboratory

The Physics Laboratory is used by students who are taking up Physics courses and are
required to do experiments and research works. It is fully furnished with the necessary
apparatus to aid the needs of the students.

31. Microbiology and Parasitology Laboratory

The Microbiology and Parasitology Laboratory is used by students who are taking up
courses related to the fields of Microbiology and Parasitology and are required to do
experiments and research works. It is fully furnished with the necessary apparatus to aid
the needs of the students.

512
32. Technology and Livelihood Education (TLE) Laboratory
The TLE Laboratory is used by students to do their practical training related to TLE
subjects.

33. Psychology Laboratory

The Psychology Laboratory is located at the 4th floor of the St. Dominic de Guzman
Building. This facility is designed for Psychology classes, interview, and other program-
related activities.

34. Greenhouse
The Greenhouse facility is designed and built with materials suitable for proper
ventilation, heating, cooling, and lighting for plants. It is an outdoor laboratory appropriate
for growing and providing optimum environment for plants, as well as protecting the plants
from unwanted pests. This facility is used by the students during Science Classes,
especially in Botany class, for plant classification and observation. It is a facility
contributing to green space inside the Colegio.

35. Business and Entrepreneurship Laboratories

The Business and Entrepreneurship Laboratories of the Colegio are composed of
Commerce Laboratory and Entrepreneurship & Incubator Laboratory. These are utilized
by the students taking Entrepreneurship, Operations Management, and Marketing
Management programs. It is a venue where students can showcase their entrepreneurial
ideas.

36. Sensory Evaluation Laboratory

The Sensory Evaluation Laboratory is used, generally, for evaluating the sensory
characteristics, such as Appearance, Aroma, Flavor, Texture and General Acceptability, of
various food products. It is equipped with removable dividers to simulate the actual
“sensorium” wherein panelists hare provided with enough privacy to evaluate various food
products. Commonly, the BS Food Technology students make use of the laboratory for
experiments and food research.

37. Nutrition & Dietetics / Food Technology Laboratory

The Nutrition & Dietetics / Food Technology Laboratory is used by students taking
Nutrition & Dietetics and Food Technology programs and are required to do experiments
and research works. It is fully furnished with the necessary apparatus to aid the needs of
the students.

38. Instrumentation Room

The Instrumentation Room is a facility commonly used by Food Technology students are
required to do experiments and research works. It is fully furnished with the necessary
apparatus to aid the needs of the students.

39. Machine Shop

The Machine Shop is designed primarily to give Industrial Engineering students a practical
experience with various manufacturing processes, wherein students convert raw materials,

513
 such as wood and metal, into finished usable items. It also houses the Universal Testing
Machine (UTM), which is used by Civil Engineering students to test the tensile strength
and compressive strength of materials. Ergonomic measuring tools for anthropometry,
physical environment, and posture analysis are also present in Machine Shop.

40. Soil and Surveying Laboratory

The Soil and Surveying Laboratory is utilized by Civil Engineering students to conduct
analyses needed to classify soils and to support soil use.

41. Hydraulics Laboratory

The Hydraulics Laboratory is being used by Civil Engineering students to complement the
lecture portions of water-oriented courses of the Colegio’s Civil Engineering program. This
laboratory applies hydraulic modeling, analysis, and lab and field measurements expertise
to the solution of water resources, hydraulics, and fluid mechanics problems.

42. Drawing Laboratory

The Drawing Laboratory accommodates the drawing requirements of the professional
courses in Engineering and Digital Arts.

43. Electronics Engineering Laboratory

The Electronics Engineering Laboratory is utilized by Electronics Engineering students to
perform different experiments and simulations in communications both in analog and
digital means. The laboratory have several equipment like Microwave Trainer,
Transmission Line Demonstrator, Antenna Lab Generator & Receiver, and the
Microprocessor Trainer Board to name a few.

44. Electrical Engineering Laboratory

The Electrical Engineering Laboratory is the primary facility of the Colegio’s Electrical
Engineering program in performing different experiments and simulations. It can
accommodate experimentations on DC and AC Circuit Analysis, Polyphase Circuit
Analysis, Electrical Machineries, Instrumentation and Control, Distribution Systems and
Substation Design, and Power System Analysis.

514
 PART V
COMMUNITY AND EXTENTION PROGRAMS
DE ESPERANZA
(Letran Community Development Program 2022)
Rationale
Colegio de San Juan de Letran as a Catholic school joins this journey, this pilgrimage of hope, as
affirmation of her commitment to the ideal of DEUS, PATRIA, LETRAN, in order to contribute
to the realization of the new vision statement, to “raise the awareness, efforts and standards of
Letran Manila as a reputable school of quality education - that is centered on a Dominican
community that preaches Christ; that offers programs… in community service that are responsive
and responsible to the nation; that forms Letranites who are ready for a relevant role in the
world.”

Fittingly, the Colegio’s Community Development Program is about hope, DE ESPERANZA, which
Letran carries as her divinely infused virtue and preaches to all her constituents – the school and
her partner-communities.

More than the “extension services” required of schools, Letran is concerned about building
church, about developing communities, as a mandate of the Gospel and of the Catholic faith.
Letran preaches through education and forms human persons and communities integrally and
honorably. And to that Gospel belongs the preaching of justice, peace and care of creation,
especially to the poor. Also, that Gospel have its place in adhering the sustainable development
goals of the United Nations.

On the eve of her quadricentennial celebration in 2020, Letran recognizes and renders gratitude to
the gifts of the past, to anything and everything that built hopes, and draws lessons from them, in
order to move forward, to help people better, to develop communities further, to endure with hope
in this history and journey of salvation, towards the reign of God.

Towards 2022, Letran has agreed to focus on livelihood-capability building and values formation-
and-skills enrichment. Through manifold ways and means, the students and personnel of the
departments and programs of the Colegio hope to incarnate, through teaching-and-learning
encounter and collective effort, a true and ethical economic empowerment of her partner
communities, imbued with a sense of spirituality and sustainability, of Christian justice and
charity.

This is our institutional commitment to the integral development of the community (of employees
and students) within Letran, and of our partner communities all around.

515
DE ESPERANZA’s Conceptual Framework

INPUT PROCESS OUTPUT

ARRIBAyani Implementation of
Livelihood-
Volunteers DE ESPERANZA
priorities
skilled and More
Formation
(livelihood Responsible
ARRIBAyanan
Capability Partner Families
Community
Building and Letran
Formation
Values Formation Volunteers’
Linkages with and Skills Positive
other Enrichment) and Learning
organizations other support Experience
programs.

The framework shows that the expected end-results of the Program are to help the families of the
partner communities be responsible citizens and improve their livelihood activities and to provide
the Letran volunteers a positive learning experience through community extension. The values
formation and skills enrichment are essential because they guide and determine the success of the
economic doings of the partner households. The enthusiasm of the volunteers to share, the
willingness of the community to participate in the various community development projects, and
the assistance of other linkages play a major role in the implementation of the program and the
realization of its priorities.

The Program will provide opportunity for the Letran volunteers to enhance their personal
knowledge and grow from new experiences, to increase their social awareness and responsibility,
to develop their interpersonal communication skills, and to help them feel good because they are
helping others.

The Program, through sharing of expertise of the various academic programs of the Colegio, aims
to implement community development projects that will contribute to the livelihood and values
and skills formation for families of the partner communities.

The CCD will be tapping external organizations to strengthen the implementation of the various
development projects and activities. Likewise, the CCD will also be conducting fund raising
projects and activities and the proceeds will be added in the community extension fund of the
Colegio.

Priorities of the Program

As succinctly mentioned in the mission of the Colegio, Letranites are to be formed according to

516
the ideal of DEUS, PATRIA, LETRAN. Letranites must know how to put together specific
elements that will categorically describe community development. The Colegio sees that the
development of a humane community, whether urban or rural, is integral to the total development
of a human person.

The program is a community-based education program that will integrate the priorities, listed
below, to effect empowerment and holistic development of persons in the marginalized
communities.

1. Livelihood Capability Building

2. Values Formation and Skills Enrichment

In addressing the above priorities, Letran will be essentially involved in community building and
social transformation. The process is mainly that of living with the people, working with them,
starting from where they are in their development, and facilitating and guiding them in their holistic
transformation.

The Livelihood Capability Building

The “Livelihood” is considered as one of the community needs that aim to assist and provide a
way for its members in the community to develop the means to acquire things that are important
to them. In general, these are the common problems on livelihood most especially in the
marginalized sectors of the society: increasing incidence of unemployment, insufficient household
income, and inadequate knowledge, skills, and abilities that resulted to limited type of livelihood
that the people want to engage in.

The goal of the livelihood capability building is to enable Letran to assist the financial
independence of the partner families in the community through self-help, mobilization of their
capacities, and proper utilization of the resources for the livelihood. To achieve the said goals, the
following shall be aimed for: to develop the entrepreneurial skills of the people and improve their
knowledge and appreciation on the value of money and household financial management and to
help the people develop livelihood activities which they themselves can effectively manage and
which can augment income and provide employment in the area.
People in the partner community will be involved in designing livelihood program. This is one of
the best ways to ensure that the people will have a sense of ownership of the economic plans and
activities. The main activities will be: conduct of meetings and discussions, organization of
committees, actual action planning, set up structures and processes for the operation and
management of livelihood activities.

For the beginning capital, the savings of the people will be used as the first source of capitalization
for the livelihood venture. If in case there is a gap between the savings and capital requirement,
the Colegio will assist in securing an outside financing or other source to augment the investment
resources.

The livelihood projects will provide opportunities for some members of our partner community to
become productive in their present setting. Skills training, livelihood seminars and workshops,

517
consultation fora with experts in microfinance and cooperatives, are some of the activities. Regular
monthly meetings with the people, quarterly and yearly evaluation will be conducted in order to
have proper monitoring and evaluation of progress of the livelihood activities.

The Values Formation and Skills Enrichment

The “Values Formation and Skills Enrichment” aim to facilitate the holistic transformation of the
communities. It will help the people to be guided in doing their daily activities. Furthermore, they
will also enrich their capacity in proper management of their livelihood endeavors, they will
inculcate new sensibilities that motivate the people to fulfill their responsibilities and to actively
participate in the various community development projects.
The values and skills formation is composed of various community development programs that
include spiritual, physical, educational, and environmental.

Spiritual Program

This program aims to strengthen the spiritual growth of the residents of our partner communities
and help them strengthens their relationship with God and guides them in the understanding of
their faith.

The program activities will focus on the catechesis using the spiritual modules. The main unit of
formation is the Basic Ecclesiastic Community (BEC). The BEC will consist of fifteen members
in the community. Formation activities are being done on a monthly basis.

Spiritual conferences, sacramental celebrations, recollections, film showing on the lives of the
saints, catechism classes, symposium on the social teachings of the Church are part of this
component. Activities on Justice and Peace, and Human Rights Education are also included.

The partner organizations for this program are local Church of the different partner communities.

Physical Program

This program aims to improve access to primary health care education and services. The key
components are community mobilization and participation in pursuing community wellness.

Under this program are activities that address the common health problems of our partner
communities. Highlight of this component is the strengthening of the awareness of the community
in the prevention and immediate management of disease and common illness. Medical and dental
mission, nutrition seminars, drug and substance abuse prevention and control, feeding program,
first-aid workshops, bloodletting activity, and health fora are some of the activities.

The Department of Health (DOH) will be considered as possible partner for this program. The
DOH will assist the Colegio in educating the people in the community concerning health and
wellness.

518
Educational Program

This program aims to provide informal education services such as computer literacy training,
reading intervention, tutorial sessions, art classes, leadership training for youth, and cultural
workshops, values formation, literacy projects, and technical-vocational courses.

The main partner institution will be the Technical Education and Skills Development Authority.
The TESDA will be considered as possible partners in providing technical assistance in educating
the people about related vocational courses.

Environmental Program

This program aims to improve waste management practices and raise the quality of the
environment in the communities. It will enable the people to be more concerned about their
surroundings. It will help people manage well their environment and instill right behavior that will
serve as key to sustainable development.

For this particular program, The Department of Environment and Natural Resources (DENR) will
be considered as possible partners. The DENR will help in providing technical assistance in
educating the people about environmental concerns and waste management activities.

Clean-up drive, street painting, tree-planting, waste management seminar, solid waste segregation,
climate change, DRMM, fund raising for tree planting and for the victims of typhoons and other
calamities are some of the activities under this program. These are actions geared towards proper
management and sustainability of the environment.

ARRIBAyani – Letran Community Volunteers’ (LCV) Formation Program

Rationale

Recognizing the vital role of the Letranites in nation building, the Colegio de San Juan de Letran
shall promote civic consciousness among its students and employees and advance their
involvement in public and civic affairs. The Colegio shall facilitate their integral formation through
active community involvement and prepare them for their duties as citizens of the country and
children of the Holy Mother Church.

Volunteers’ Formation and Capability Building is a process that helps the volunteers enhance its
knowledge and skills to better implement the various community service activities. Experience has
shown that to foster and sustain effective community development programs, the Colegio must be
both viable and well-managed volunteers. The effectiveness of the community development
program of the Colegio will be largely dependent on a variety of other factors, including the skills
of the volunteers in implementing the program Therefore, capability building is essential to the
sustainability of programs so that it can continue to meet community needs efficiently and
effectively.

519
Purpose

The Letran Community Volunteers (LCV) is founded on Christ’s teachings of LOVE OF GOD
and LOVE OF NEIGHBOR - LOVE that forms volunteers and builds communities. The Letran
volunteers are guided by the triune ideal of DEUS, service to God first as God cannot be but first,
PATRIA, service to the motherland as all bounties of God are rooted deeply in the land upon which
Letran stands, and LETRAN, service to the Alma Mater - the mother who fashions the Letranites
in accord with her supreme ideal to become dynamic builders and leaders of communities. As
community volunteers, they are given the opportunity to contribute to the development of
communities. They shall be trained to take part in the work towards social change through
community involvement.

The LCV consists of employees, students, and alumni of the Colegio. It is an organization of
Letranites who are willing to support the community development program of the Colegio,
specifically, in empowering the marginal sectors of the society through community education. It
provides a venue for the members of the LCV where they voluntary devote and share their time,
resources, and expertise in the field of community outreach and service to others within and beyond
the walls of the Colegio.

Through the Letran Community Volunteer Corps Program, Letran hopes that its students and
employees shall become persons:

1. who actively participate in the affairs of the State and the Church;
2. who voluntarily lead in the society;
3. who diligently work for the betterment of the marginalized members of the community;
and
4. who proudly manifest altruism through their active concern for others.

Objectives

The Letran Community Volunteer Corps is an organization dedicated to the task of forming people
and building communities in the spirit of volunteerism and love-driven service. It aims to empower
the Letranites to work towards social change.

Specifically, it aims to: (1) make the Letranites conscientious of the present situation of the
communities where they belong, (2) equip the Letranites with the necessary skill for community
work, (3) involve the Letranites in the efforts of Letran in building communities.

Programs/Activities

• Life-coping Skills Training/Seminars: These are orientation and seminar activities such as
spiritual guidance, skills enhancements, and periodical evaluations. Leadership training is
intended to train leaders of the Letran Community Volunteers. It is an intensive training
workshop that facilitates new leaders in organizing and mobilizing the student body to do
community service or community outreach activities. The formation camp is an activity

520
 inside the school campus for members of the LCV and other students who wish to
participate in the community development program of Colegio. It aims to orient the
students about the skills and characteristics they need. It also aims at facilitating the
members in realizing their giftedness and their duties as citizen of the country, the world,
and of the Church. Different group dynamics and lectures are given. All of the seminars
aim to equip the volunteers with the necessary skills for community work. The idea is
before deploying Letranites to engage in the partner communities, they need to undergo
certain requirements to guide them in attaining a quality positive experience.
• Exposure/Immersion Activities: These are continuing formation activities such as
community visits, and community life. The activities aim to make the volunteers aware and
conscientious of the needs of Letran’s partner communities.
• Community Outreach Involvement Activities: These are activities which aim to involve
the volunteers in implementing sustainable solutions to the needs of Letran’s partner
communities.

Below is the list of various nature of community outreach involvement of a community volunteer:

• As Project Organizer - Initiates community planning and leads in the implementation of

community projects.
• As Project Resource Person/Speaker/Trainer- Provides technical expertise to target
beneficiaries as speaker/ trainer.
• As Project Staff - Assists in the implementation of the different community projects as
support staff.
• As Researcher - Undertakes research in some fields of knowledge with the evolving
process of using the product of research to improve the school’s community programs.
• As Solicitor - Initiates fund raising and development to support the different community
projects.
• As Donor – Donates something – money to a charity or blood for transfusion.

ARRIBAyanan – Community Building

Phase I – Entry in the Community and Partnership (six months). This first phase is a period of
interaction and living with the people with which the Colegio has established rapport with the
communities, experienced the people’s concerns and conditions, got to view the communities from
the people’s perspective, and learned the culture of the people and tried to integrate into their
culture.

This phase involves integration with the people, social investigation/ community study,
problem/issue identification which will be the bases for potential projects to address problems and
needs.

In integration, the Letran community is establishing rapport with the people in their continuing
effort to imbibe community life by living with them and undergoing the same experiences, sharing
their hopes, aspirations and hardships towards building mutual trust and cooperation.

Through social investigation the Letran community is systematically learning and analyzing the
various structures and forces in the community, economically, politically, and socio-culturally.

521
The Letran community here is making a community study in order to draw a clearer picture of the
community.

Through problem identification and analysis, the Letran community is able to define, analyze and
rank community problems and needs. The Letran community facilitates the systematic use of data
as means of helping communities perceive and analyze their situation from a more comprehensive
and analytical viewpoint.

The following are activities that can be done in order to identify problems or needs in a community.
The result of the needs assessment activities will be highly considered in crafting the five-year
development plan of the Colegio for the partner communities. Any of these activities, mentioned
below, must be properly documented and submitted to the Center for Community Development
for future reference (i.e. Minutes of Meeting, Narrative Report, Videos or Pictures with
description, etc).

• Community baseline survey – a formal or official study conducted in a community which

are focused on various needs: health, livelihood, literacy, environment, spirituality and
social concerns
• Community participants’ appraisal – members of the partner communities are led to
identify their own problems and needs through workshops or mobilization.
• Community consultations – community members are gathered in assemblies or meetings
to be consulted about matters that affect their community.
• Direct observations – residents of partner communities observe community problems (i.e.
garbage disposal, health issues, sanitation, livelihood, etc.)
• Focus group discussions - community members share or provide information about
important issues that matter to their community.

Relative to the five-year Community Development Plan of each college/ department, the seven
factors in community development must be considered:

1. Active Service Learning (ASL) or Community Outreach (CO) projects that are to be
planned and implemented must be based on the needs of the people in the partner
community;
2. Effective mobilization or organization of the people, both volunteers and participants, in
the implementation of ASL projects or CO projects;
3. Dedicated community leaders from Letran and partner communities always consult the
people about their needs and assist them in solving their problem or improving their lives;
4. Leaders give due recognition to community members involved in ASL or CO projects;
5. Involvement of community members in identifying and prioritizing needs, analyzing
problems, planning process, making decisions, and implementing projects;
6. People’s awareness of their strengths and weaknesses and appropriate actions to overcome
their weaknesses;
7. Unity or teamwork among the people toward the achievement of their goals and objectives.

Phase II – Community Organizing and Mobilization Phase (six months). Then, starting from where
the people are, an intensive community organizing phase follows. This is intended to capacitate
the people and enable them to effectively participate in and eventually sustain the efforts of

522
community building and social transformation. This phase will include rigorous capability
building, formation of core groups and committees, and people’s involvement in the planning and
community-based decision making, implementation and evaluation of the projects.

In this phase, the core group is being formed and goals/objectives are translated into specific
activities to meet community needs or solve community problems. In the process of integration
and social investigation, conscious efforts are made to identify potential leaders. Potential leaders
can assist the community organizer in providing/validating needs of the community and its people.

Through the core group formation, the Letran community is laying down the foundation of a strong
people’s organization. The Letran community is bringing together several of the most respected
indigenous leaders to exchange insights towards a deeper understanding of the dynamics of the
community.

After a core group has been formed, other members of the community may join to form a
community organization. A community organization will facilitate wider participation and
collective action on community problems. The core group members assist the community
organizer in motivating people on the need to get organized. The organizing process should result
in many successive and similar actions of the people.

Project identification gains meaning as the people discover the potential projects which can help
change oppressive conditions in their community and respond sensitively to their problems and
needs. That is precisely why we want the people to take the lead role in identifying development
projects. We want them, based on their own analysis of their conditions, to identify the
development projects feasible in their community.

There are numerous projects which can possibly help solve the people’s problems and meet their
needs. But in doing studies on development projects, we want the people to be critical in their
decision-making as to what projects would be implemented. We want the people, themselves, to
take the lead role in doing feasibility studies for their development projects. In short, we want the
feasibility studies to end up pinpointing to the people, themselves, which projects are viable and
how they can start on their own, so that the foundation of a self-reliant and self-sustaining
development is continuously built through their own capabilities and resources.
The Letran community assists the people in selecting projects which they will implement. The
Letran community will assist the people in preparing proposals and plans for implementing the
project. At this stage, the people must also prepare for the project implementation by having a
clear-cut work plan and division of responsibilities among the members. It should be kept in mind
that the active involvement of the people must be as extensive as possible. The whole organization
must be motivated and encouraged to decide and act for the project’s realization.

Phase III – Implementation of Community Development Projects Phase (three years). The next
phase is the actual implementation of community development projects identified by the people to
respond to real needs and concerns in the community. At this point, partnerships with other
organizations and other volunteers such as the alumni shall be considered in community building
projects.

523
In this phase, the community shall be mobilized and projects shall be implemented. The Letran
community shall assist in the implementation of activities undertaken by the community or
people’s organization to solve the problems confronting the community and thus serve to build
and strengthen the people’s self-confidence and self-respect.

In implementing the projects, we want to see the people taking the lead role. At this stage, the
process of planning and managing development projects, the actual participation of the people
shall be fully harnessed in meeting their objectives. As it has been in the earlier steps, this is also
a developmental process in a continuum of action-reflection-action.

Once completed, the projects will be continually managed and sustained by the community. The
projects must serve as avenues for the people’s continuing capability building, self-reliance and
empowerment. What we want to happen is for the people to know and continuously search for
more effective ways of doing things. We want them to discover innovative ways of organizing
their tasks and collectively pursuing them.
Phase IV - Consolidation, Program Evaluation, Turn-over (1 year). The Colegio together with the
people shall have a yearly evaluation and the three-year impact assessment of the community
development projects in which the people will know the entire experience and reflect on what
those projects mean in terms of their empowerment and the sustainability of their community
building efforts. In this phase, continual self-analysis is necessary to maintain and consolidate a
cooperative and participatory spirit among members of a group.

Through evaluation, the Letran community shall be assisting in the process of discovering by the
people what has been accomplished what has been left out and what remains to be done. Through
this collective effort, the people draw inspiration and deepen their commitments to pursue their
common goals. It is essential to evaluate to what degree the objectives correspond to the real
problems.

The turnover includes the transfer of community organizing roles and responsibilities and the
document such as a community study. A culminating program reviewing the objectives of the
community organizing process will be made by the Letran community to make the community
more conscious of what they have been through and what challenges lie ahead for them to tackle.

The turn over does not always mean complete pull-out since the degree of self-reliance achieved
may be relative vis-à-vis the problems confronting the community. Immediately after the phase-
out, the organizer may have to shift to a supporting role-monitoring consultation, evaluation of the
people who have now become our equals in the real sense of the world.

I.G. ARRIBA Helping Process

Recognition Program for Volunteers

Don Juan Geronimo Guerrero and Fray Juan Diego de Sta. Maria Award (Community
service award for outstanding student community volunteer)

524
Rationale

Students’ involvement in community affairs is one of the thrusts of every school community
involvement program. Community outreach programs are developed to encourage students to
actively take part in solving issues affecting the society, and for them to be more responsible
partners in nation building.

Letran’s community involvement program is founded on Christ’s teachings of LOVE OF GOD

and LOVE OF NEIGHBOR - LOVE that forms volunteers and builds communities. It is guided
by the triune ideal of DEUS, service to God first as God Cannot be but first, PATRIA, service to
the motherland as all bounties of God are rooted deeply in the land upon which Letran stands, and
LETRAN, service to the Alma Mater - the mother who fashions the Letranites in accord with her
supreme ideal to become dynamic builders and leaders of communities. As community volunteers,
they are given the opportunity to contribute to the development of communities. They shall be
trained to take part in the work towards social change through community involvement.

Recognizing the vital role of the Letranites in nation building, the Colegio de San Juan de Letran
shall promote civic consciousness among its students and advance their involvement in public and
civic affairs through the school’s various community outreach programs. The Colegio shall
facilitate their integral formation through active community involvement and prepare them for
their bounden duties as citizens of the country and children of the Holy Mother Church.

To give recognition for the outstanding involvement of the Letranite/s in community development,
the DON JUAN GERONIMO GUERRERO AND FRAY DIEGO DE SANTA MARIA award
was conceived. The award carries the names of the founders of Letran, Don Juan Geronimo
Guerrero and Fray Diego de Santa Maria who did not only share a common concern for the orphans
and poor but also have shown selfless dedication and magnanimity to others.

Objectives

The DON JUAN GERONIMO GUERRERO AND FRAY DIEGO DE SANTA MARIA award
was conceived to give recognition to the Letranite/s who has/had advanced their role as a youth in
making a difference in their communities, as dynamic builders and leaders of their communities.

Specifically, it aims to: (1) encourage the Letranites to be actively involved in the different
community service activities of the Colegio; (2) promote volunteerism among the Letranites as a
way to develop their abilities and sense of social responsibility.

Criteria

The recipient should have engaged in activities that involved spending his/her time on his/her own
free will, doing activities that aim to benefit individuals outside of his/her immediate family, the
environment and the community.

Specific Criteria: (1) The recipient is providing volunteer assistance consistently for at least three
(3) years to environmental, socio-economic, civic and humanitarian projects and programs of the

525
Colegio and/or other institutions and organizations in his/her community. (2) The recipient is a
member of a volunteer organization or any recognized organization of the Colegio and/or other
institutions and organizations in his/her community for at least two (2) years. (3) The recipient
has received various citations/recognitions from recognized organizations and institutions
promoting service and volunteerism (preferable).

Nomination and Selection

The following process of nomination and selection should be followed:

1. The candidate should be endorsed as nominee for the award by any of the following:
a. adviser or any faculty of the Colegio who knows the candidate;
b. organization adviser of any recognized organization of the Colegio where the
candidate is a member;
c. any non-teaching or administrator of the Colegio who knows the candidate;
d. any officially enrolled student of the Colegio who knows the candidate
2. Endorsement letter should be accompanied with the following documents:
a. records of certificates of involvement
b. certification of membership in an organization engaging in community works
c. certificate of citations and recognitions from various organizations
3. The selection will be done by a committee composed of the following:
a. Academic Heads
b. OSWD Director
c. CCD Director
d. Faculty Representatives
4. Selection of the awardee will be based on the merits of the documents submitted.
5. Candidate selected will be recommended by the committee for the approval of the Vice-
President for Religious Affairs.

Excellence Award for Community Service (Community service award for outstanding employee
community volunteer)

Rationale

The Colegio de San Juan de Letran is an educational institution with a peripheral interest in
community and extension services. As it envisions itself to be a model Christ-centered institution,
a community of persons permeated by Christ, Letran expresses by freely devoting her resources
for the sake of others through her community development program.

The Letran’s Community Developemnt Program, is a values-oriented community education

program that provides opportunities to Letranites to actively participate in the affairs of the Church
and society. The Program concretizes the Letran creed as it sends Letranites outside the walls of
the school to actively participate and to live the mission of building dynamic Christ-centered
communities, as part of the learning process that leads to their development to become dynamic
builders and leaders of the Filipino society.

It is in this light that the Letran’s Excellence Award in Community Service is established. The

526
award is given annually, recognizing the men and women of the Colegio who have selflessly
devoted their time, resources, and expertise to bring hope to the Colegio’s partner communities
and schools. It may also be given to a qualified Letran employee, faculty or non-teaching, who has
selflessly conducted community service activities beyond the walls of the Colegio together with
non-partner communities like an NGO or GO without receiving any compensation or reward for
that matter.

Objectives

This excellence in community service award aims to: (1) deepen the commitment of the Colegio
to God (Deus), to the Country (Patria) and to the Community (Letran); (2) recognize the
employee’s positive contributions to the society through active community service; (3) encourage
more employees to volunteer and participate in the community outreach and services of the
Colegio

Nomination

The Center for Community Development (CCD) shall submit a list of five employees with the
most number of community service activities duly accredited by the department. These community
service activities should have been conducted within the Colegio for the past school year.

Likewise, these community services may also refer to those carried out in public with an NGO or
other groups that have benefited the poor and marginalized sectors of the society.

The nomination shall be submitted to the HRD on or before the deadline of the prescribed
nomination period.

General Requirements

The nominee must: (1) be a bonafide employee of the Colegio; (2) have accomplished community
service activities during the 1st and 2nd semesters in or out of the Colegio.

Disqualification

The following are ineligible for this award because of the nature of their work: CCD Director,
CCD Management Staff, CCD Social Worker, Community Development Coordinators, NSTP
Area Head, NSTP Coordinator, NSTP Facilitator, NSP Coordinator, and the members of the
screening committee.

Screening Committee

The Screening Committee shall be created to evaluate the credentials of the nominees and
determine the recipient of the award based on the evaluation of the documents. This committee
shall be composed of following members appointed by the Vice President for Religious Affairs:
CCD Director, HRD Director, Faculty Representative, and Support Staff Representative.

527
The result of the evaluation shall be the exclusive basis in determining the recipient of the award.
The nominee, who obtains the highest rating, shall be recommended by the committee to the VPRA
as recipient of the award. Upon his approval, the said nominee shall be declared officially as
recipient of the award. The decision of the VPRA is final and irrevocable. The VPRA shall
recognize the concerned employee with the highest evaluation result through a token of
recognition.

Required Documents

All required documents shall be taken from the updated records and documents of the nominee
and CCD.

The community service is part of the Performance Management Evaluation System (PMES) of the
employees. The community service is 5% out of total 100% of the PMES. Below is the
transmutation table. The Center for Community Development is responsible to provide the Human
Resources Department with the community service report of the employees per school year. The
report will consist of the following: list of community service activities, raw scores, and equivalent
points.

Raw Equivalent Raw Equivalent Raw Equivalent Raw Equivalent

score point score point score point score point
100 5.00 75 3.75 50 2.50 25 1.25
99 4.95 74 3.70 49 2.45 24 1.20
98 4.90 73 3.65 48 2.40 23 1.15
97 4.85 72 3.60 47 2.35 22 1.10
96 4.80 71 3.55 46 2.30 21 1.05
95 4.75 70 3.50 45 2.25 20 1.00
94 4.70 69 3.45 44 2.20 19 0.95
93 4.65 68 3.40 43 2.15 18 0.90
92 4.60 67 3.35 42 2.10 17 0.85
91 4.55 66 3.30 41 2.05 16 0.80
90 4.50 65 3.25 40 2.00 15 0.75
89 4.45 64 3.20 39 1.95 14 0.70
88 4.40 63 3.15 38 1.90 13 0.65
87 4.35 62 3.10 37 1.85 12 0.60
86 4.30 61 3.05 36 1.80 11 0.55
85 4.25 60 3.00 35 1.75 10 0.50
84 4.20 59 2.95 34 1.70 9 0.45
83 4.15 58 2.90 33 1.65 8 0.40
82 4.10 57 2.85 32 1.60 7 0.35
81 4.05 56 2.80 31 1.55 6 0.30
80 4.00 55 2.75 30 1.50 5 0.25
79 3.95 54 2.70 29 1.45 4 0.20
78 3.90 53 2.65 28 1.40 3 0.15
77 3.85 52 2.60 27 1.35 2 0.10

528
 76 3.80 51 2.55 26 1.30 1 0.05
SUPPORT PROGRAMS

Letran Camiguin Norte Misyon

Missio ad Gentes, sending people to people, a new understanding which emerged from the heart
of the Philippines itself during the General Chapter of the Dominicans in the Philippines in 1977.
The frontiers that mark the preaching apostolate of the Dominican Order are not just places but
also persons. (Prooemium, Mission Apostolate, Acts of the Seventh Provincial Chapter of the
Dominican Province of the Philippines)

Rationale

The motive behind the missio ad gentes is love of neighbor. It is the same motive behind Letran’s
community involvement program. The Colegio through the Center for Community Development
(CCD) has an existing community development program. One of the support programs is
MISYON and it was conceived in 1999. The motive of the Misyon is love of neighbor. The
Colegio’s “love of neighbor” goes beyond the confines of the community of Letran and
neighboring communities. Letran’s love of neighbor is going to people and transcends
geographical boundaries. This Misyon is in Camiguin Island Norte, where the Lyceum of
Camiguin is, and the remote barangays of the area.

The Misyon is regularly scheduled during summer. The first Misyon was held in summer of 2000.
Based on CCD’s record, 17 Misyons had already been conducted. There was supposed to be 18
Misyons; one misyon was cancelled because the coast guards in Aparri did not permit the
volunteers to cross the sea to the island because of inclement weather.

For the academic year 2017 to 2018, we are very hopeful to have two successful Misyons; the first
will be timely scheduled within the “one-week short summer” of September, and the second will
be within the “long summer” of April to May. We are optimistic that the weather conditions of
identified summer periods will be calm and favorable for sea travel.

In recognition of the importance of education and for Letran to continuously partake in the mission
apostolate of the Dominican Province of the Philippines, a memorandum of understanding was
formally signed between the Colegio de San Juan de Letran-Manila and the Lyceum of Camiguin
last July 7, 2017. The general objective of this joint venture is to have better implementation of
the programs through educational cooperation between the two learning institutions. It is an avenue
that will provide the students and employees of both schools with different educational
opportunities.

Objectives

To partake in the mission apostolate of the Dominican Province of the Philippines in the island of
Camiguin, Misyon has the following objectives: (1) To support the preaching apostolate and
missionary works of the Dominican missionary priests assigned in the island; (2) To provide basic
health services to the residents of the island; (3) To facilitate capability building and empowerment

529
among the residents of the island; and (4) To set-up a sustainable enterprise for income
sustainability among the residents of the island.
Projects and activities

In concretizing the program, the following projects and activities are being implemented:

PISO for Camiguin

The project started in 2001 as a fundraising activity to purchase an ―ice-maker (the same machine
model used by the neighboring island Calayan) needed to produce ice to help preserve the
community’s agricultural produced such as vegetables, fruits, meat and fish. The project was later
on developed into a collection drive to include collecting goods (canned goods, milk, sugar, etc.),
and used clothes. Yearly, the Center for Community Development is collecting donations from the
various sectors of the school community in support of the needs of the missionary priests and the
parishioners.

Send-a-Child to School

The efforts of the government to make education available to all are coupled with problems of
limited budget. It is in this context that Letran is extending its resources and expertise to effect
change and assist in the formation and continuing education of students and promote the
continuing professionalism of teachers in the island. Yearly, the Center for Community
Development is collecting donations (including educational materials, school uniforms, shoes, and
bags) from the various sectors of the school community in support of the needs of the schools in
the island, particularly the Lyceum of Camiguin.
Send School Supplies for Children

Every child has the right to receive proper education in order to be a good citizen and a responsible
Christian. Education is the best solution to the problem of hunger – material and spiritual. The
right to education is equal to the right to food. Respect for every child’s right to food promotes
respect for his or her human dignity. In relation to the Send-a-Child-to-School project in Camiguin,
the ―Send School Supplies for Children project aims to promote among the grade school pupils
of the Colegio a sense of social responsibility by providing a school bag filled with pencils, pad
papers, ball pens, notebooks, slippers, and story books. Each Letran pupil or student serves as an
―ate or ―kuya to a child from the Lyceum of Camiguin as well as from a public elementary
school (Minabel Elementary School).

Training for Teachers

Continuing professionalism of the teachers especially in remote areas is needed to enhance teacher
skills vital in the integral formation of students. Skills training are conducted to help the teachers
in the island cope up with the changing methodologies of teaching.

Annual Medical/Dental Mission

Medical facilities, including doctors and medical supplies are lacking in the island. Government
free medical services are only conducted once a year. To supplement the services provided by the
government, medical and dental services are conducted in the island at least once a year to provide
basic health services to the residents of the island. The Center for Community Development

530
conducts donation drive – for financial or material support, particularly medicines and vitamins.
Preventive Health Seminars

Considering the problem of lack of medical supplies/doctors/ hospitals/clinics, preventive health

seminars are conducted to provide capability skills to the people in relation to prevention against
illnesses and other related health problems.

Youth Leadership Training

Recognizing the vital role of the youth in building their community, youth leadership and various
youth development training activities are conducted to develop leadership potentials and skills of
the students in the island.

Livelihood Skills Training

To facilitate capability building and empowerment among the residents of the island, community-
based skills training on livelihood are conducted which hope to help the people raise incomes.

Cooperatives for Camiguin

For continuous capability building, self-reliance and empowerment of the people in the
community, Letran is forming cooperatives in the partner barangays of the island. These
cooperatives are hoped to provide sustainable growth to the community to enable the people to
pool money, human resources and talents for them to build capital, and work together to produce
more goods and increase incomes.
Library Assistance

The Center for Community Development gathers old and new books from the Letran community
and donors and delivers them to the Lyceum of Camiguin to help them in their library collection
or books acquisition.
Help Build a Classroom for Senior High School in Lyceum of Camiguin.

This project of Letran is grounded on R.A. 10533 known as ―Enhanced Basic Education Act of
2013 which is being implemented throughout the country. Lyceum of Camiguin is the only
Catholic and Dominican institution in the island that offer Senior High School. The Colegio’s
Center for Community Development fully supports the mission of education of the Dominican
Province of the Philippines in Camiguin. The building of a classroom is aimed at helping in the
development of the community. Specifically, the classroom will help provide sustainable
educational learning experiences for the youth sector in the island who will eventually become
leaders and builders of the country.

Our values, love of God and love of neighbor, will move Letran to continue sending people to
people, to send Letranites to people in need of assistance, people who are either next-door
neighbors or geographically distant neighbors. As part of its commitment to build communities,
Letran will continue to venture into the unknown and unfamiliar communities to get closer to
people, to one another. Nobody is far, everybody is near. Indeed, everyone is a neighbor!
(Prooemium, Mission Apostolate, Acts of the Seventh Provincial Chapter of the Dominican

531
Province of the Philippines)

Center for Human Rights Education

Rationale

Human rights are the supreme, inherent and inalienable rights to life, dignity and to develop one’s
self. Human rights are means to protect, affirm, promote and realize the value of being human. But
during the martial law years and until now, a lot of human rights, both collective and individual,
are violated to serve the interest of the few. The various issues and concerns regarding human
rights violation have become diverse and complicated. But at present, these are not only the issues
and concerns we have to face for there is also the alarming violation of our environment which
results to poverty.

The alarming rate of degradation and over-exploitation of our natural resources have resulted in
the current dismal state of our environment. How grave is the situation of our environment? Indeed,
there is no simple answer to this question. And we have to premise our answer to humanity’s action
on nature in order to survive and how this is affected by humanity’s social action.

As less and less can be gotten out of nature, people move out in all directions. Direction of their
movement is dictated by the offer of better economic opportunities elsewhere. From the
economically exhausted agricultural lowlands, they move up to public forestlands, or move down
to the coast. Others migrate to the urban centers. Many of them end up as squatters in the new
found heaven and have to depend on an impoverished environment because many others have been
there much ahead of them. The out-migration from depressed provinces continues to add the
swelling urban squatter population that may already consist of fourth and even fifth generation
squatter families. Poverty at present is so massive and has created a moral and economic imperative
for action.

Objectives
• To educate the school community on issues related to human rights violation, poverty and
environmental degradation.
• To promote human rights education and boost concern of the poor and environmental
awareness in the school community.
• To provide the school community the opportunities to be actively involved in human rights
protection, community development and preservation of our environment.

Advocacy Team
• Vice-President for Religious Affairs
• Director of the Center for Community Development
• Chairman of Social Science Area
• Chairman of Religious Education Area
• Representative from the Faculty
• Representative from the Non-teaching Staff
• President of the Letran Student Council
• President of the Letran Community Volunteers

532
 • President of the Letran DOMNET

Community Service as Student Formation: “I Care to Serve”

Rationale

Community service, in relation to student formation, must be understood positively as an

opportunity given to a student who has committed an offense to serve the defenseless in the
community, to see life from a different perspective, and to gain reasonable insights to live life well.
It must not be seen as a form of punishment or sanction that will isolate the student from the school
community. Rather, it must be distinguished from school service or community service of
recognized student organizations as well as active service learning requirement in various
academic disciplines.

From the Christian Catholic perspective, community service in connection with student formation
must be viewed as a way of healing, renewal and an experience of God’s mercy and compassion.
It must be acknowledged as a means to grow in one’s faith, to find hope, to give and to receive
love. Community life entails loving correction and openness to be lovingly corrected for the
common good. The guidance and formation of the young and vulnerable children is the moral
responsibility of all the members of the school community.

The Center for Community Development (CCD) will offer ―I CARE to SERVE module in the
light of student formation. I C-A-R-E stand for Correct, Admit, Respect, Engage in order to
appreciate the S-E-R-V-E values which refer to Stewardship, Empathy, Responsibility,
Volunteerism, Empowerment.

Objectives

As a partner in student formation, the CCD will assist the Office of Student Welfare and
Development (OSWD) to meet the following objectives:

• Coordinate with a partner community or an institution where student can conduct

community service during his or her formative suspension;
• Allow the student to assist at the CCD on matters related to community service in case an
institution is unavailable;
• Assist or guide the student in the processing of experiences and insights gained from his or
her community service;
• Notify the OSWD about the student’s status or progress after careful processing or
evaluation of the student’s community service activity.

Guidelines

1. The Discipline Board or the Director of the OSWD shall endorse the student-on-formative
suspension to the CCD to undergo community service or immersion.
2. The OSWD shall accomplish the Community Service Form available at the CCD for at
least two weeks or 14 days prior to the target date of implementation of community service

533
 or immersion of the student-on-suspension. Likewise, the policy on activity ban shall be
observed.
3. The community service or immersion activities shall be aligned with the existing
community development programs of the CCD. Dole-out activities are highly discouraged.
A mission-oriented activity shall be encouraged.
4. The social worker, management staff, or director of the CCD will refer the student-on-
formative suspension to a partner community, school, or institution where he or she will
stay for one whole day to render community service.
5. The CCD will determine which community or institution (linkage) will be assigned to the
student relative to his or her offense.
6. A letter from OSWD and CCD shall be sent to the parents or guardians informing them
about the date, time, place, and objective of the community service. This letter must be
noted by the division heads.
7. The student must submit the reply slip to the CCD; without it, he or she will not be allowed
to render community service.
8. Activities responding to the different advocacies of the Colegio are also encouraged:
livelihood, health, educational, environmental, and spiritual.
9. The student will be asked to write a narrative report and a reflection paper expressing his
or her realizations or insights gained from his or her immersion experiences with the
community assigned to him or her.
10. The CCD Director will assign a staff or coordinator to assist or guide the student in the
processing of experiences and insights gained from his or her community service.
11. The CCD will notify the OSWD about the student’s status or progress after careful
processing or evaluation of the student’s community service activity.

Decorum and Behavior

1. The student must arrive at the assigned community or institution on time and must give
respect to everyone in the community as well as to its rules and regulations.
2. He or she must wear the Letran polo shirt, ID, blue jeans, and rubber shoes. He must bear
in mind that he or she is representing the Colegio during community service.
3. Accountability form for attendance (arrival and departure) with the signature of head of the
institution will be accomplished and submitted to the CCD. Incomplete form will be
returned to the student.
4. The student-on-suspension must take the ―I CARE to SERVE Module at the CCD
responsibly in order to gain personal or spiritual benefits. During the activity, he or she
must be able to discover more about himself / herself and to gain positive realizations and
insights.
5. The CCD, together with the OSWD, may designate a staff, coordinator, or faculty to
volunteer as adult chaperone to the student. Otherwise, he or she shall be entrusted to the
social worker or head of the community or institution for monitoring.
6. The CCD will assist the student regarding his or her transportation and food allowance as
a sign of care and love.
7. He or she will be required to render a minimum of 8 hours to a maximum of 24 hours
community service based on the recommendation of the Discipline Board.

534
Lingap Arriba: Volunteerism and Community Service Festival

Birth of Lingap Arriba

During the term of Rev. Fr. Tamerlane R. Lana, OP as Rector and President (2007-2015), the
Lingap Arriba Festival or Volunteerism and Community Service Day was born. He said:

I have always said that „knowledge without service‟ atrophies the heart. That‟s why I renew my
call to the academic community to lend support to Letran‟s community development programs by
counting yourselves as volunteers. Surely, the swarm of committed volunteers would shape the
quality of community and extension services that bears the mark of the Letran Spirit.

REV. FR. TAMERLANE R. LANA, OP

Doing a Sequel at the Helm of Letran

Lingap Arriba is an annual festival of the Colegio de San Juan de Letran that celebrates different
acts of altruism. It signals the year-long commitment sworn by every Letranite to serve – Deus
(God), Patria (Fatherland) and Letran (Community).

The Lingap Arriba: Letran Volunteerism and Community Service Day is a call for convergence
among volunteers from the different sectors of the Colegio. As Fr. Lana (2011) states ―Surely,
the swarm of committed volunteers would shape the quality of community and extension services
that bears the mark of the Letran Spirit. Lingap Arriba is a day of renewal. It is a day of
recommitting ourselves to the very reason of our school’s existence – to care. It is a day that signals
the start our participation in the development of our partner communities. It is the day when all
Letranites are called to take the heart of Don Juan and the soul of Fray Diego -the heart that heeds
and the soul that serves.

Letran was formed due to the desire of the founders to care for the orphans. Letran lasts because
of her service to the poor. Letran will continue to exist to guide those who build their hopes.

Objectives of the Lingap Arriba

Lingap Arriba aims to:

1. To sustain a service oriented Letran Community
2. To develop and implement programs in key areas of Kerygma, Liturgia and
Diakonia
3. To intensify campaign on selected advocacies in support to the programs of the
Dominican provincial promoter of Commission on Justice, Peace and Care for
Creation

535
From Institutional to Departmental Lingap Arriba

Beginning Academic Year 2016–2017, each academic department shall conduct Lingap-Arriba
Day at least once every semester. It shall encourage active participation from employees, faculty,
students, parents, and partners. Prior to all activities, organizers have to coordinate with the Center
for Community Development and file appropriate documents for the Community Service Form

Letran’s Description of Community Development

Peripheral Interest in Community Development

The Colegio de San Juan de Letran is an educational institution with a peripheral interest in
community development and community extension services. As it envisions itself to be a model
Christ-centered institution, a community of persons permeated by Christ, Letran expresses love of
God and love of neighbor by freely devoting its resources for the sake of others through its
community involvement program.

Community Development at the Heart of Letran

Community development is the ―heart of Letran as a school, as a Christian community, as a

Dominican ―Sacra Praedicatio‖ (Rev. Fr. Clarence Victor C. Marquez, OP, June 17, 2016). The
Colegio de San Juan de Letran’ s Center for Community Development has the vital function in
providing assistance to the needy and disadvantaged by helping them develop into well-integrated
persons, thus, uplifting the human dignity of our society.

Definition of Community Development

As a recognized discipline, community development has been defined broadly from the
perspective of the academicians and practitioners: ―Academicians view community development
as a process that provides individuals of a community the ability to act collectively and enhances
that capacity of members within a community to improve their situation in their local area.
Practitioners view community development as an outcome that improves the physical, social,
economic, and environmental conditions in a community. (Mark Brennan, et al., (2014). IFAS
Community Development: Toward a Consistent Definition of Community Development, University
of Florida)

Scriptural Foundation of Community Development

From the theological perspective, the heart and soul of Community Development is the Word of
God. Justice, love, mercy, and peace are key biblical words for community development.

Old Testament

In the context of the story of liberation of Israelites from slavery, persecution, and oppression in

536
Egypt in the book of Exodus, the Lord God established a covenant with His chosen people through
Moses. On Mount Sinai, God gave Moses the Ten Commandments which would guide the
Israelites to true freedom through faith (Ex. 20:1-17; Deut.5:6-21). In response to God’s love, the
Israelites were called to live a moral life. The Compendium of the Social Doctrine of the Church
states that ―the Ten Commandments, which constitute an extraordinary path of life and indicate
the surest way for living in freedom from slavery to sin, contain a privileged expression of the
natural law‖ (CSDC, 22).

The prophetic and wisdom books in the Old Testament likewise speak of the importance of justice
and peace crucial in community life. The prophet Isaiah, for example, teaches that we must
―learn to do good; make justice our aim; redress the wronged, hear the orphan’s plea, defend
the widow‖ (Is.1:17 NABRE). In a similar way, the prophet Micah tells us about doing what is
good and what the Lord requires from us: ―Only to do justice, to love goodness, and to walk
humbly with your God‖ (Mic. 6:8; NABRE).

In the New Testament, the life and teachings of Jesus Christ and of the early Christian community
provide us examples and inspiration to carry out our mission to empower the Filipino poor
through community education. Jesus said, ―Just so, the Son of Man did not come to be served
but to serve and to give his life as a ransom for many‖ (Mt. 20:28 NABRE).

Community service is a way to love into perfection – ―Be perfect, just as your heavenly Father
is perfect (Mt. 5:48). It is following Jesus Christ in love and holiness. In the Gospel of Saint Luke,
Jesus describes his messianic ministry with the words of Isaiah which recall the prophetic
significance of the jubilee: ―The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because he has anointed me to
preach the good news to the poor. He has sent me to proclaim release to the captives and
recovering of sight to the blind, to set at liberty those who are oppressed, to proclaim the
acceptable year of the Lord‖ (Lk4:18-19; cf. Is 61:1-2).

The Community Development Program of Letran Manila concretizes the seven corporal and
spiritual works of mercy that arise from the Sacred Scriptures. These are the following:

Corporal Works of Mercy Spiritual Works of Mercy

1. Feed the hungry 1. Counsel the doubtful

2. Give drink to the thirsty 2. Instruct the ignorant
3. Clothe the naked 3. Admonish the sinner
4. Shelter the homeless 4. Comfort the sorrowful
5. Visit the sick 5. Forgive injuries
6. Visit the imprisoned 6. Bear wrongs patiently
7. Visit the imprisoned 7. Pray for the living and the dead

Catholic Social Teachings on Community Development

The Church, as an expert in integral and solidary humanity, compiled and published her social
teachings in a book called Compendium of the Social Doctrines of the Church in 2004. This
important document grounds the Colegio de San Juan de Letran’s mission in community
development. It is because the Catholic Social Teachings offer principles for reflection, criteria for

537
judgment, directives for action, and a vital link with the Gospel of the Lord (Sollicitudo Rei
Socialis, 3).

One of the important social encyclicals that gave a new name to development is Pope Paul VI’s
Populorum Progressio, On the Development of Peoples, promulgated on March 26, 1967. It states:

“Development cannot be restricted to economic growth alone. To be authentic, it must be well

rounded; it must foster the development of each man and of the whole man. As an eminent
specialist on this question has rightly said: “We cannot allow economics to be separated from
human realities, nor development from the civilization in which it takes place. What counts for us
is man – each individual, each human group, and humanity as a whole.” (PP 14) “When we fight
poverty and oppose the unfair conditions of the present, we are not just promoting human well-
being; we are also furthering man's spiritual and moral development, and hence we are benefiting
the whole human race. For peace is not simply the absence of warfare, based on a precarious
balance of power; it is fashioned by efforts directed day after day toward the establishment of the
ordered universe willed by God, with a more perfect form of justice among men.” (PP 76)

The key to community development is people. Community development happens when people in
the community pursue peace. Peace as the new name of development is achieved when there is
recognition or respect for every person’s human dignity.

With the poor and the vulnerable always in his mind and heart, His Holiness Pope Francis would
refer to the above-mentioned Social Teaching on authentic development. He said that the Church,
―the advocate of justice and defender of the poor in the face of intolerable social and economic
inequalities which cry to heaven (Aparecida Document, 395, 13 -31 May 2007), wishes to offer
her support for every initiative that can signify genuine development for every person and for the
whole person. He said, ―It is certainly necessary to give bread to the hungry – this is an act of
justice. But there is also a deeper hunger, the hunger for a happiness that only God can satisfy, the
hunger for dignity. There is neither real promotion of the common good nor real human
development when there is ignorance of the fundamental pillars that govern a nation, its non-
material goods: life, which is a gift of God, a value always to be protected and promoted; the
family, the foundation of coexistence and a remedy against social fragmentation; integral
education, which cannot be reduced to the mere transmission of information for purposes of
generating profit; health, which must seek the integral well-being of the person, including the
spiritual dimension, essential for human balance and healthy coexistence; security, in the
conviction that violence can be overcome only by changing human hearts (Varginha, 25 July
2013).

Principles of the Catholic Social Teachings

The four major principles in the Catholic Social Teachings are: the principle of the dignity of the
human person, the principle of solidarity, the principle of subsidiarity, and the principle of the
common good. The foundational principle of community development is the principle of the
dignity of the human person. The Commission on Justice, Peace, and Care of Creation advocates
―human dignity sensitivity awareness‖ which is more than the ―gender sensitivity awareness.
The secular world may enumerate 60 kinds of gender in the world, but the Church teaches the
importance of recognizing the human dignity of every person regardless of his or her gender or
sexual orientations, race, nationality, age, religion, employment or economic situation, health,

538
intelligence, achievement or any other differentiating characteristic. Every human person is meant
to be treated with respect because he or she is never a means, but always an end. Every human
person’s dignity is founded on the truth that he or she is created in the image and likeness of God,
redeemed by Jesus Christ, sanctified by the Holy Spirit, and a child of God destined for eternal life
(CFC, 685). The fifth commandment, ―You shall not kill‖ (Ex. 20:13; Dt. 5: 17) positively
commands respect for human life of every person, from the moment of conception to natural death.
This commandment grounds the respect for the sacredness of human life and the promotion of a
just and humane society. This commandment reminds everyone that it is always wrong to attack
an innocent human life.

From these four major principles, ten principles have been identified as ―building blocks of the
Church’s Social Doctrines. These are:

1. The principle of the dignity of the human person.

2. The principle of respect for human life.
3. The principle of association
4. The principle of participation
5. The principle of preferential protection for the poor and the vulnerable
6. The principle of solidarity
7. The principle of stewardship
8. The principle of subsidiarity
9. The principle of human equality
10. The principle of common good

Values of the Catholic Social Teachings

The Compendium of the Social Doctrine of the Church identifies four ―social values that are
inherent in the dignity of the human person, whose authentic development they foster. Essentially,
these values are: truth, freedom, justice, and love‖ (CSDC, 197).

Regarding TRUTH, every person has the ―specific duty to move always towards the truth, to
respect it and bear responsible witness to it. Living in the truth has special significance in social
relationships‖ (CSDC, 198).

Regarding FREEDOM, it is the ―highest sign in man (and woman) of his being made in the divine
image and, consequently, is a sign of the sublime dignity of every human person” (CSDC, 199).

Reg arding JUSTICE, it is a ―value that accompanies the exercise of the corresponding cardinal
moral virtue. According to its most classic formulation, it ―consists in the constant and firm will
to give their due to God and neighbour‖ (CSDC, 201).

Regarding LOVE, ―It is from the inner wellspring of love that the values of truth, freedom and
justice are born and grow. Human life in society is ordered, bears fruits of goodness and responds
to human dignity when it is founded on truth; when it is lived in justice, that is, in the effective
respect of rights and in the faithful carrying out of corresponding duties; when it is animated by
selflessness, which makes the needs and requirements of others seem as one's own and intensifies
the communion of spiritual values and the concern for material necessities… (CSDC 205).

539
Themes of the Catholic Social Teachings

According to the United States Conference of Catholic Bishops (2005), at the heart of the Catholic
Social Teachings are the seven themes that provide wisdom and guidance about building a just
society through various community development efforts. These are also connected to the ten
building blocks or principles.

1. Life and Dignity of the Human Person

2. Call to Family, Community, and Participation
3. Rights and Responsibilities
4. Option for the Poor and Vulnerable
5. The Dignity of Work and the Rights of Workers
6. Solidarity
7. Care for God's Creation

540
 PART VI
RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION

The Research and Publication Department, formerly the Letran Research Center, is the official
arm of Colegio de San Juan de Letran in all its activities related to knowledge building and sharing.
Even before its rechristening to “Research and Publication Department” just this academic year,
the Department has made sure that the entire research process, from research conceptualization,
proposing research, data gathering, research services, presentation grants and incentives, and
ultimately, publication, shall be of topmost quality as expected for tertiary academic institutions.

The RPD envisions itself in the forefront of scholarly research in the Philippines as recognized by
the international academic community. Thus, the RPD is committed to the advancement of a strong
research culture of Letran Manila through the development of the capacity and capability of every
member of the Colegio to become a community of intellectual professionals guided by the
Dominican charism that are responsive to national and international issues.

The RPD is divided into four distinct areas, each focusing on a different aspect of research and
publication for both students and employees alike. These are Employee Research, Student
Research, Office Management Work, and the Office of the Director, which oversees the entire
process of the RPD. Both the Employee and Student Research areas are filled in by a research
coordinator while a management staff is in charge of the office management section.

Under Employee Research are majority of the RPD’s thrusts when it comes to research of faculty
members, support staff, and administrators. Programs in Research Capacity Building through
research seminars, research networking, and research data banking; Research Visibility through
travel grants for faculty members and presentation incentives for those who have published in
academic journals; and Research Publication such as publication incentives and research awards
to recognize glorious feats from Colegio researchers are being implemented.

The Employee Research area through the Employee Research Coordinator also serves as the
Managing Editor for the various academic journals of the Colegio namely Luz y Saber, the official
multidisciplinary academic journal of Colegio de San Juan de Letran Manila and Brillar, the
official multidisciplinary academic journal of the ONELETRAN Research Cluster. The RPD
currently chairs the ONELETRAN Research Cluster, an organization of the research departments
of the Letran constituent schools in Abucay (Bataan) Calamba (Laguna), and Manaoag
(Pangasinan). Letran Manila has been acting as the Cluster Chair since 2018.

The Research Assistance Program falls under the domain of Student Research. Headed by the
Student Research Coordinator, the Research Assistance Program has four available services for
student researchers—instrument and questionnaire validation, statistical analysis for quantitative
research papers, originality checking (powered by the TurnItIn originality checking software), and
the language and grammar editing service. These research services are required for students of the
Colegio before they can defend their proposals or final papers as a requirement for graduation. The
Student Research Coordinator also manages two academic journals—the Antorcha and the Letran
Business and Economic Review, the official academic journal of the Letran Graduate School.

541
The Management Staff oversees the logistical and administrative needs of both the Employee and
Student Research Coordinators. The Management Staff also produces the Activity Evaluation
Forms for the use of all events in the Colegio. Summary of these evaluation sheets are also
processed and sent to the recipient a week after the event evaluation period.

Vision
The Research and Publication Department envisions itself in the forefront of scholarly research in
the Philippines recognized by the international academic community.

Mission
We are the Research and Publication Department. We are committed to the advancement of a
strong research culture of Letran Manila through the development of the capacity and capability
of every member of the Colegio, to become a community of intellectual professionals guided by
the Dominican charism that are responsive to national and international issues.

Objectives
The Research and Publication Department aims to:
• Significantly contribute to the advancement of knowledge through relevant research;
• Provide every member of Colegio’s academic community a comprehensive research-based
training and development program that addresses and responds to the continuing
improvement and upgrading of the members’ research skills and competencies;
• Establish linkages and collaborations with reputable research institutions for research and
development projects, funding and assistance, and knowledge exchange and management;
and
• Provide a venue that creates opportunity for valuable knowledge dissemination through
research fora and conferences and publication in national and international refereed
journals.

Research Agenda
The revised research agenda of the LRC is ultimately aimed at research, development, and
innovation. Research ventures on Nature and Environment, Local Responsiveness and Policy
Studies, Product Development, Sustainability, Society, Culture, and Human Behavior, Gender
Responsive Research, Quality Standards in Education, and ‘Glocalization’ are prioritized, along
with fostering research collaboration in meeting the demands of the interconnected research
agenda framework.

542
 Nature and
Environment
Local /National
‘Glocalization’ Responsiveness
and Policy
Studies

Quality RESEARCH, Business and

Standards in DEVELOPMENT, Product
Education AND INNOVATION Development

Gender Sustainability
Responsive and Heritage
Research Society, Culture,
Conservation
and Human
Behavior
Figure 1: Research Agenda Framework

Research Subjects and Descriptions

Nature and Environment

Research on environmental and biodiversity awareness, trends in the scientific community of
natural and physical sciences, climate change and its effects to attitudes and behavior is included
in this agenda. It includes, but not limited to, studies on waste management; energy and resources
conservation; ecological economics, green business, and technology; pollution control and
prevention; risk reduction and response management; area/geographical studies; and food security.

Local Responsiveness and Policy Studies

In this agenda, research on different disciplines responding to the needs and challenges of the
local/national community, of the national scale, and of various industries are prioritized. It
includes, but is not limited to, studies on the culture and communities of indigenous people and
other marginalized sectors; politics, governance, and local/national policy studies;
prevalent/emerging local and national issues; baseline studies for community program
development; and school-community partnerships.

Business and Product Development

This agenda focuses on research studies regarding the creation of products, software, and
prototypes with new or different characteristics that offer new or additional benefits to
stakeholders. It includes studies on product formulation, food fortification and enrichment, and
prototype assembly in preparation for possible patenting. This agenda also includes office and
business management, breakthroughs in the corporate and business worlds, and the overall process

543
of strategic and organizational planning from product conceptualization, marketing/advertising,
evaluation to commercialization and feedback mechanism.

Sustainability and Heritage Conservation

Research on conservation of the environment and biodiversity, environmental sustainability, the
role of business in nature and society, and the sustainability of cultural heritage, are the foundations
of this agenda. It includes, but is not limited to, studies on renewable energy technologies, pollution
control and prevention, social responsiveness, positive psychology, psychology of disaster
response, disaster and mental health, conservation of Letran and Intramuros as an important
historical site, the Philippine arts (visual, performing, music, physical, etc.), cultural heritage
mapping (built, movable, personalities, intangible), linguistics and language conservation, and
historical research.

Society, Culture, and Human Behavior

In this agenda, studies on the general society, the Filipino culture, and behavioral/social sciences
are the primary focus of the Center. This includes researches regarding, but not limited to,
sociological and psychological analyses, Filipino identity studies, current and contemporary
events, media (mass, social, print, broadcast, etc.), law and human rights, mental health and
wellness, socio- and intercultural studies, philosophy and theology, advocacy and NGO studies,
institutional studies on the society, culture, and behavior of Letranites and the Colegio’s
stakeholders, inequality/poverty studies, and impact studies.

Gender Responsive Research

As mandated by the Commission on Higher Education (CHED), research on gender and women
studies, gender and development, and emerging gender issues shall be the focus on in this agenda.
This includes research regarding, but not limited to, gender and economic empowerment, gender
in power and decision making, gender planning and budgeting, indigenous women, and girls,
Violence Against Women and Children (VAWC), women in history, feminist literature, gender
identities and sexual orientation, intersectional studies on social issues and gender, gender
sensitivity, and gender-based violence.

Quality Standards in Education

Research focused on the development of education, pedagogy, policies on education, teacher
education, and ICT education shall be catered in this agenda. This includes research regarding, but
not limited to, graduate tracer studies, use of technology in teaching, indigenous education, trends
in education, educational benchmarking, e-learning and distance learning, classroom-based
research, and new ecologies of learning.

‘Glocalization’
A new term in international studies, Glocalization is concerned with globalization and localization
of cultural and social elements. This agenda is focused on international linkages, international
studies, and the interconnectedness of the global society. It includes studies on, but not limited to,
globalization, area studies, international business, millennium development goals, tourism,
entrepreneurship, development studies, international trends, the contemporary world, foreign
relations, global scale research, Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) integration, and
global culture.

544
ARRIBA Research Program (2017-2022)

Research is one of the pillars of education, alongside instruction and community services. Through
research, new knowledge and information can be gathered and acquired to enhance intellectual
understanding and guide in decision-making.

Research and Publication Department is responsible in providing quality research and publications
to intensify the research culture of the Colegio. Anchored on the aforementioned thrust, the Letran
Research Center developed its five-year Arriba Research Program consisting of six specific
domains—The Agenda, Capacity Building, Assistance, Publication, Visibility, and Linkages that
form the framework for a revitalized research culture in the Colegio.

Figure 2: Arriba Research Program Framework

545
PROGRAMS AND PROJECTS

Table 1. Research Center Projects and Programs

Programs Projects
Research Capacity Building Research Data Banking
Program (RCBP) (Project ReDaB)
Trainings and Needs Assessment
(Project TraNeA)
Training Opportunities for Research Competence
Honing
(Project TORCH)
Improving Competence on Advising and
Networking (Project iCAN)
Assisting Researchers thru the Mentor-Mentee
Scheme
(Project ARMMS)
Research Publication Program Research Output Tracking for Empowerment
(RPP) (Project ROTE)
Research Output Publication for Empowerment
(Project ROPE)
Research Awards for Publications and Patents
(Project ReAPP)
Research Assistance Program Research Assistance & Direction
(RAP) (Project ReAD)
Increasing Funding from International and
National Organizations
(Project iFINO)
Research Visibility Program (RVP) Research Collaboration, Initiative and
Networking
(Project ReCOIN)
Faculty Overseas Research Training and Exposure
(Project FORTE)
Instituting Database of Research Efforts for
Academic Merit
(Project iDREAM)
Investing on Memberships in Organizations for
Linkages and Direction
(Project iMOLD)
Presentation Opportunity Skills Enhancement
(Project POSE)

546
Research Capacity Building Program (RCBP)

1. Research Data Banking (Project ReDaB). This project involves the data banking of all
the research information and endeavors of all the members of the Colegio, both employees
and students.

2. Training and Needs Assessment (Project TraNeA). This project seeks to identify the
current state of research in the Colegio including the members’ needs and training
requirements to increase research productivity and engagement.

3. Training Opportunities for Research Competence Honing (Project TORCH). This

project involves a package of comprehensive training and seminar-workshop programs and
activities that provide both faculty, students, and employees opportunity to further hone
their research skills and be exposed to current research trends.

4. Improving Competence on Advising and Networking (Project iCAN). Designed

specifically for research advisers, this project seeks to enhance advising and networking
skills of researchers for more sophistication & rigor in research output.

5. Assisting Researchers thru the Mentor-Mentee Scheme (Project ARMMS). This

project aims to hone the capabilities of junior employee/faculty researchers in the conduct
of research and research writing through a face-to-face intensive training with senior
employee/faculty researchers.

Research Publication Program (RPP)

1. Research Output Tracking for Empowerment (Project ROTE). The project aims to
assist the researchers in the conduct of their research by providing constructive feedback
on their research output on a piecemeal basis.

2. Research Output Publication for Empowerment (Project ROPE). The project aims to
assist the researchers in the publication of their research outputs through the Colegio’s
Research Journal, Luz y Saber and other national and international referred research
journals.

3. Research Awards on Publications and Patents (Project ReAPP)

The project aims to recognize the productivity of researchers, not only through monetary
incentives, but also through recognition by administration and peers.

Research Assistance Program (RAP)

1. Research Assistance & Direction (Project ReAD) on employee and student research.
This project aims to assist both graduate and undergraduate students in the conduct of their
research by providing them with the necessary assistance on statistical treatment, language
editing and certification of originality of their research.

547
 2. Increasing Funding from International and National Organizations (Project iFINO)
This project aims to scout for funding institutions for financial support of research projects
and to prepare proposals for grants based on the institution’s research agenda in
collaboration with the employee researchers and the program coordinators.

Research Visibility Program (RVP)

1. Research Collaboration, Initiative and Networking (Project ReCoIN). This project

aims to establish favorable linkages and initiatives with national and international agencies
/ institutions to define parameters for faculty development and exchange programs
including research collaboration.

2. Faculty Overseas Research Training and Exposure (Project FORTE). The project
gives opportunity to resident faculty researchers to further hone their research skills and
know-how through exposure to research scholarship and/or fellowship. Additionally, it
gives an opportunity for the faculty researcher to disseminate relevant research findings in
recognized seminars and conferences for increased visibility index.

3. Instituting Database of Research Efforts for Academic Merit (Project iDREAM). This
project seeks to document all the research efforts of the faculty and students of the Colegio
through an iCloud research repository and showcase the best outputs through a well-
maintained research hub.

4. Investing on Memberships in Organizations for Linkages and Direction (Project

iMOLD). This project aims to provide opportunities for employee researchers to be
members of professional organizations for possible linkages and collaborations.

5. Presentation Opportunity Skills Enhancement (Project POSE). This project seeks to

hone the research presentation skills of both faculty and students in research forums,
colloquia and conferences.

EMPLOYEE RESEARCH PROGRAMS (ERP)

The Employee Research Program (ERP) aims to strengthen the Colegio’s research culture through
aiding the employees in their conduct of research. Furthermore, recipients of the ERPs are entitled
to receive due compensation commensurate to the type of research conducted through the research
schemes that they can avail. The ERP consists of two schemes: Research Deloading (formerly the
Faculty Deloading Scheme) and Research Overload/Project-Based Research.

Research Deloading

Only permanent faculty members and administrators with built-in teaching load may avail of
deloading scheme. Faculty members/administrator who are about to retire may still qualify as
proponents under this scheme provided that the duration of the research should not go beyond the
expected date of retirement. All applicants for research deloading scheme shall be recommended
by their respective department head. Research granted under this scheme have a duration from one

548
semester to one academic year. For a team project research, only one faculty member may avail of
the research deloading scheme. Deloading is dependent upon the scope of study, and data gathering
mechanism:
Table 2: Research Loading Matrix (Basic and Applied Research)
Unit Data Gathering Unit
Scope of Study
s Mechanism s
Letran/Local/Regional 3 Secondary Data Analysis 3
National/International 6 Fieldwork 3
Experiment/Laboratory 6
Theory Building 6

TABLE 3: RESEARCH LOADING MATRIX (ACTION RESEARCH)

Locale Units
Letran/Departmental 3
National 6
International 9

Project-Based Research Scheme (PBRS)

The PBRS may be availed as an individual or collaborative research but in the case of collaborative
research, the main proponent should be a permanent faculty member of the Colegio. Upon the
recommendation of the Dean or the Department Head, contractual, part-time, and probationary
faculty members may qualify as co-proponents of research projects. In meritorious cases
(publication history, research completed), they may be considered as principal proponents
provided that they have stayed in the Colegio for at least two consecutive years. Visiting or
exchange faculty members with research experience may qualify as proponents, but the duration
of the project should not go beyond the term of the appointment. Retiring faculty members with
research experience may qualify as proponents, but the duration of the project should not go
beyond the term of their employment. The maximum number of researchers in a research project
shall only be three (3). Duration of the research is from one (1) semester to one (1) academic year.

EMPLOYEE RESEARCH INCENTIVES

The Employee Research Incentive aspires to encourage the dissemination of knowledge acquired
in research through the provision of incentives for the publication and presentation of the research
projects of the employees. Researchers who are able to publish and present the output of the
research are given monetary incentives for their initiative and effort.

Incentives are characterized as Publication Incentive (Project ReAPP) and Presentation Incentive
(Project POSE).

549
 Table 4: Publication and Patent Incentives in Peso
Letran Non-ISI/Refereed ISI
Internationa
Luz y Antorch Nationa Internation Nationa Patent
l/Patent
Saber a l al l (Int’l)
(Phil.)
5,000 3,000 10,000 15,000 25,000 50,000 75,000

Table 5: Presentation Incentive for Keynote and Plenary Speakers in Research-Related

Conference in Peso
Type of International
Speaking National
Philippines Overseas
Engagement
Keynote 15,000 20,000 25,000
Plenary 10,000 15,000 20,000

TABLE 6: PRESENTATION INCENTIVE FOR PARALLEL SPEAKERS IN RESEARCH-RELATED

CONFERENCES IN PESO
Letran National International
Philippines Overseas Virtua
Oral Poster Oral Poster
Oral Poster Oral Poster l
2,000 1,000 8,000 3,000 10,000 5,000 15,000 8,000 8,000

EMPLOYEE RESEARCH GRANT (ERG)

The ERG is provided through the Faculty Overseas Research Training and Exposure (Project
FORTE) aims to provide funding and assistance to the employees of the Colegio in disseminating
the results of the research in conferences and fora. The grant likewise seeks to establish linkages
with local and international institutions. The RPD, through Project FORTE, supports the research
endeavors of the employees of the institution by providing financial support for the registration
fee, transportation fee, accommodation fee and other related expenditures for paper presentations
in national and international research-related trainings and seminars.

550